UNITED STATES OF AMERICA * * . FOUNDED 1836 WASHINGTON, D. C. Bl9574 flSSQDW. MyJCTSffl INDEX-CATALOGUE ft * OF THE LIBRARY OF THE SURGEON GENERAL'S OFFICE UNITED STATES ARMY (ARMED FORCES MEDICAL LIBRARY) AUTHORS AND SUBJECTS FOURTH SERIES VOL. XI MH—MN UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1955 Arc n. £75. M4 s*er, -4 V. H 195" 5" For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office Washington 25, D. C. - Price $9 (cloth) LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL Armed Forces Medical Library, 21 July, 1955. Major General Silas B. Hays, The Surgeon General, United States Army. General: I have the honor to transmit herewith the Eleventh Volume of the Fourth Series of the Index-Catalogue of the Library of the Surgeon General's Office. This is the fifty-eighth volume of the publication, begun under the direction of Dr. John Shaw Billings in 1880; it is the last volume to be issued in the traditional format. Following this, the Library plans to issue a five- or six-volume Supplementary Series of the Index-Catalogue, greatly modified as to form and content; in this work we are currently engaged. When the Supplementary Series is eventually completed, sometime within the next decade, the Index-Catalogue will be at an end. The reasons for closing out this great medical bibliography have been described in detail in an article published in Texas Reports on Biology and Medicine (8:271-300 [1950]). It is perhaps well to repeat the main argument here. In 1921, when the Third Series was underway, Gen. Robert E. Noble, then Librarian, proposed changing the method of publishing the Index-Catalogue, to pro- vide for an annual volume, complete in itself for a given time span, rather than for extended serial publication requiring a twenty-year cycle for completion of any one Series. General Noble was alarmed at the ever-increasing gulf between the number of items indexed and the number of items published; even in his day the unpublished backlog consisted of over 1,000,000 items. In 1926, Col. James M. Phalen, then Librarian, announced that beginning with Volume VI of the Third Series, subject entries for periodical articles would be made only for material which had appeared before that date. This policy was reversed beginning with the publication of the first volume of the Fourth Series in 1936. In 1938 Col. Harold W. Jones, then Librarian, attempting to find a solution to this problem of accumulated unpublished references, proposed the regular annual publication of alphabetical volumes, and this policy was followed until 1943. In 1944 Colonel Jones called a conference of consultants, which considered the possibility of adopting a 12-year cycle for each alphabetical series. Concurrently, the Library was surveyed by a special committee of the American Library Association; the report of this committee contained a number of suggestions for the future of the Index- Catalogue. In 1947 Col. Joseph H. McNinch, then Director, recommended that an advisory committee of consultants on the indexes published by the Army Medical Library be appointed; this Committee came into being in the summer of 1948. Its membership was carefully selected to represent the best thought available on medical bibliography. Over a period of three and a half years, first under the chairmanship of Dr. Lewis H. Weed, and later under the chairmanship of Dr. Chauncey D. Leake, the Committee held twelve meetings in which it systematically explored the questions of use of and in IV LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL need for medical indexes, and of techniques, including new machine methods, which might be employed in constructing them. During the life of the Committee, a special research project was undertaken at Johns Hopkins University by Dr. Sanford V. Larkey, who also served as a member of the Committee; the studies of the research project were available to the Committee for its deliberation. The Committee learned that the unpublished file of cards totalled 1,750,000; and that the file was increasing at a rate of better than 200,000 cards per year. Publication was progressing at the rate of one volume of 80,000 references every three years. Considering that by 1950 a total of 2,865,000 references had already been published in the four series of the Index-Catalogue, and projecting the rates of indexing and publishing beyond that time, it was apparent that if the Index-Catalogue were to continue in its present form, by the year 1958 the total number of items published would be 3,105,000, whereas the total number of items in the unpublished backlog by 1958 would be 3,150,000. In other words, by 1958 the Index-Catalogue would be withholding from publication more information than it had been able to publish in the 78 years from 1880 to 1958. Thereafter, even if annual volumes of 80,000 ref- erences could be published, an annual publishing deficit of 120,000 items would be incurred, swelling the gigantic backlog. The Committee recommended that the Index-Catalogue be brought to a close with the volume then in preparation (the present volume); that selected monographic material from the backlog (the Supplementary Series) be published, and that the Library continue to develop an indexing program of its current receipts of current material. In response to the last charge, the Library rehabilitated its monthly Current List of Medical Literature, in which since 1950 it has indexed the current significant periodical literature of medicine at a consistent rate of 100,000 items annually, with semi-annual cumulations of subject and author indexes. In addition, the Library has published an annual Catalog, containing author and subject entries for all mono- graphic items processed in the Library during the year; it is to be noted that the first five-year cumulation of the Catalog has been published this year. The basic concept of our program is that the four series of the Index-Catalogue, along with the Supplementary Series to be published, constitute the subject key to our holdings up to 1950; beginning in 1950 and thenceforth, the Catalog and the Current List fulfill our obligations in this area. This present volume of the Index-Catalogue illustrates well both the great virtues and the great defects of the old system. The virtues hinge on the tremendous pano- rama of medicine which is disclosed; the defects revolve around a catchword style of subject entry almost inescapably inherent in the old plan, limiting complex material to entry under a single subject, and especially the time lag of decades between appear- ances of volumes containing material under the same letter. These aspects are most striking in the Military Section, where a complete alphabetical range is displayed within a single volume, rather than in a single series. Four men have edited the Index-Catalogue throughout its existence—Fletcher, Garrison, Alleman and, for the Fourth Series, Claudius F. Mayer. Dr. Mayer left the Library staff in September 1954; at the time of his departure all material included in this volume was already in the hands of the printer. LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL V The box-score for the Index-Catalogue over the years is indicated in the following tabulation: Author titles Subject titles Books and pamphlets Journal articles First series (v.1-16,1880-95)___ Second series (v.1-21,1896-1916) Third series (v.1-10,1918-32)... Fourth series (v.1-11,1936-55): Volume One (A) 1936_____ Volume Two (B) 1937...... Volume Three (C) 1938___ Volume Four (D) 1939____ Volume Five (E, F) 1940... Volume Six (G) 1941_____ Volume Seven (H) 1942___ Volume Eight (I, J) 1943... Volume Nine (K, L) 1945.. Volume Ten (M,) 1948____ Volume Eleven (M2) 1955.. Total for Fourth series... Grand total___________ 176,364 169,182 88, 876 2,779 8,892 4,281 3,798 5,499 5,836 6,443 2.928 10,462 7,214 2,012 60,144 494, 566 168, 537 136, 405 57,034 4,454 3,631 4,302 4,375 5,630 3,125 6,542 3,616 3,967 5,890 10, 801 56,533 418,309 511,112 645, 557 603,600 71,168 79,874 77,479 55,950 88,048 58, 871 60, 502 51,319 91,337 62, 876 98,343 795, 767 2,556,036 The 3,000,000 subject references in the 58 volumes of the Index-Catalogue (vol- umes found on medical library shelves throughout the world) constitute a permanent body of reference covering publications of the 15th to the 20th century. The continu- ing usefulness of this material is assured. The Armed Forces Medical Library now turns its attention to the more pressing tasks of providing bibliographic keys to the current literature of medicine which will appear promptly, will be reasonably compre- hensive in scope, and will be as convenient to use as our ingenuity can devise, or as time and money limitations may dictate. Frank B. Rogers, Lieutenant Colonel, Medical Corps, United States Army The Director, Armed Forces Medical Library SUPPLEMENTARY LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS FOR SERIAL PUBLICATIONS USED IN THE FOURTH SERIES OF THE INDEX - CATALOGUE* Arsber. Akad. sjukhus. Uppsala Arsber. Provlak. Goteborg Arsber. Provlak. Kronoberg Arsber. Provlak. Vastmanland Aarsber. Retslaegeraad., Kbh. Arsb. Goteborgs tandlak. sallsk. ABC Rep., Wash. Aberdeen M. Mag. Abh. Gesch. Med. & Naturwiss. Abh. Naturhist. Ges. Niirnberg Abh. Physiol, inst. Freiburg Abstr. Alabama Acad. Sc. Abstr. Bk Internat. Congr. Genet. Abstr. Bull. Insect Control Com. Abstr. Congr. internac. lepra Abstr. Curr. Inform. Insect Control Abstr. Declass. Docum., Oak Ridge Abstr. Papers Am. Chem. Soc. Abstr. Papers N. York Ass. Pub. Health Laborat. Abstr. Papers School Health Off. Kansas 1. Arsberattelse fran Kungl. Akademiska sjukhuset i Uppsala. Stockholm, &c. 2. Arsberattelse fran forste Provinsiallakaren i Goteborgs och Bohus Ian. Goteborg. 3. Arsberattelse fran forste Provinsiallakaren i Kronobergs Ian. Vaxjo. 4. Arsberattelse fran forste Provinsiallakaren i Vastman- lands Ian. Koping. 5. Aarsberetning; Retslaegeraadets. K0benhavn. 6. Arsbok; Goteborgs tandlakare-sallskap. Goteborg. 7. A[ccident]B[oards &]C[ommissions] reporter. Wash- ington. 8. Aberdeen medical magazine. Aberdeen. 9. Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Medizin und der Naturwissenschaften. Berlin. 10. Abhandlungen der Naturhistorischen Gesellschaft zu Niirnberg. Niirnberg. 11. Abhandlung aus dem Physiologischen Institut Freiburg im Breisgau. Freiburg im Breisgau. 12. Abstracts; Alabama Academy of Science. Birming- ham. 13. Abstract book; International Congress of Genetics. Stockholm. 14. Abstract bulletin of the Insect Control Committee, National Research Council. Washington. 15. Abstracts; Congreso internacional de la lepra. La Habana. 16. Abstracts of current information on insect and rodent control. Washington. 17. Abstracts of declassified documents. Oak Ridge, Tenn. 18. Abstracts of papers; American Chemical Society. Washington, &c. 19. Abstracts of papers and summaries of discussions; New York State Association of Public Health Labora- tories. Albany. 20. Abstract of papers; School for Health Officers and Public Health Nurses, Kansas. Topeka. * This list forms a supplement to the List of Abbreviations published in Series 4, Volume 10. 824787—vol. 11, 4th series;----1 [ 1 ] [2J Abstr. Proc. Am. Soc. Clin. Invest. Abstr. Theses Cornell Univ. Academy Bookman, N. Y. Accion farm., B. Air. ACHA News, Chic. Acquis, med. rec, Par. Acta allerg., Kbh. Acta cancr., Budap. Acta cancr. jugosl. Acta chem. scand. Acta chir. patav. Acta endocr., Kbh. Acta genet., Basel Acta gnath., Kbh. Acta haemat., Basel Acta haemat. jap. Acta hist. sc. natur. med., Kbh. Acta Inst. anat. univ., Helsin. Acta Inst. zool. Univ. athen. Acta jap. med. trop. Acta med., Hukuoka Acta med. hidalg. Acta med. hokkaidon. Acta med. ital. Acta med. iugoai. Acta med. leg. social.. Brux. Acta med. patav. Acta med. turc. Acta neur., Nap. Acta neur. psychiat. belg. Acta nippon. med. trop. Acta otolar. orient., Tel Aviv Acta otorhinolar., Brux. Acta paediat. belg. Acta paediat. lat., Parma Acta pediat. espan. Actas Ciba, B. Air. Actas Conf. asist. social lepra, B. Air. Actas Conf. salub. pub. (Panama) Actas Congr. Confed. soc. sudamer. pediat. Actas Congr. med. Iat. amer. Actas Congr. nac. med. trabajo Acta serol., Tokyo Acta ses. pub. Acad. med. cir. Bar- celona Actas ginecotoc, Montev. Actas Inst, policlin., Barcel. Actas Jornada san. (Chile) Actas Jornadas med. quir. nac. livia) Actas Jornadas rioplat. obst. gin. Actas lusoespan. neur. Acta Soc. sc. fenn. Actas Soc. oft. hisp. amer. Acta tuberc. belg. Acta Univ. hung. Franc. Joseph. Acta urol., Budap. Acta vet. neerl. (Bo- 21. Abstract of the proceedings of the annual meeting; American Society for Clinical Investigation, [n. p.] 22. Abstracts of theses; Cornell University. Ithaca. 23. Academy (The) bookman. New York. 24. Acci6n farmaceutica. Buenos Aires. 25. A[merican]C[ollege of]H[ospital]A[dministrators] news. Chicago. 26. Acquisitions (Les) m^dicales r6centes. Paris. 27. Acta allergologica, K0benhavn. 28. Acta cancrologica. Budapest. 29. Acta cancrologica Jugoslavica. ^ Beograd. 30. Acta chemica Scandinavica. K0benhavn. 31. Acta chirurgica Patavina. Padova. 32. Acta endocrinologica. K0benhavn. 33. Acta genetica et statistica medica. Basel. 34. Acta gnathologica. K0benhavn. 35. Acta haematologica. Basel. 36. Acta haematologica Japonica. Nagoya. 37. Acta historica scientiarum naturalium et medicinalium. K0benhavn. 38. Acta Instituti anatomici universitatis. Helsinki. 39. Acta Instituti et musei zoologici Universitatis Athe- niensis. Athenai. 40. Acta Japonica medicinae tropicalis. Taihoku, For- mosa. 41. Acta medica. Hukuoka. 42. Acta medica hidalguense. Pachuca. 43. Acta medica Hokkaidonensia. Sapporo. 44. Acta medica Italica. Milano. 45. Acta medica Iugoslavica. Zagreb. 46. Acta medicinae legalis et socialis. Bruxelles, &c. 47. Acta medica Patavina. Padova. 48. Acta medica Turcica. Ankara. 49. Acta neurologica. Napoli. 50. Acta neurologica et psychiatrica Belgica. Bruxelles. 51. Acta Nipponica medicinae tropicalis. Taihoku, For- mosa. 52. Acta oto-laryngologica orientalia. Tel Aviv, &c. 53. Acta oto-rhino-laryngologica Belgica. Bruxelles. 54. Acta paediatrica Belgica. Bruxelles. 55. Acta paediatrica Latina. Parma. 56. Acta pedi&trica espafiola. Madrid. 57. Actas Ciba. Buenos Aires. 58. [Actas]; Conferencia de asistencia social de la lepra. Buenos Aires. 59. [Actas]; Conferencia de salubridad publica y asistencia social (Republica de Panama) Panama. 60. [Actas] Congreso de la Confederaci6n de sociedades sudamericanas de pediatrfa. Santiago de Chile. 61. Actas y trabajos; Congreso medico latino americano. Lima, &c. 62. [Actas]; Congreso nacional de medicina y seguridad del trabajo. Madrid. 63. Acta serologica et immunologica. Tokyo. 64. Acta de la sesi6n publica inaugural; Academia de medicina y cirugia de Barcelona. Barcelona. 65. Actas ginecotocol6gicas. Montevideo. 66. Actas de las reuniones cientificas del Cuerpo facul- tativo del Instituto policlfnico. Barcelona. 67. Actas y trabajos de la Jornada sanitaria (Chile) Santiago. 68. Actas y trabajos; Jornadas m6dico-quirurgicas nacio- nales (Bolivia) La Paz. 69. [Actas] Jornadas rioplatenses de obstetricia y gine- cologia [v. p.] 70. Actas luso-espafiolas de neurologia y psiquiatria. Madrid. 71. Acta Societatis scientiarum Fennicae. Helsinki. 72. Actas de la asamblea anual; Sociedad oftalmol6gica hispano-americana. Barcelona. 73. Acta tuberculosea Belgica. Bruxelles. 74. Acta litterarum ac scientiarum Reg. Universitatis hung. Francisco-Iosephinae. Budapest. 75. Acta urologica. Budapest. 76. Acta veterinaria Neerlandica. Utrecht. [3] Acta vitamin., Milano Actes Com. internat. biblioth. Actes Congr. internat. anthrop. Actes Congr. penit. internat. Actes Inst, internat. anthrop. Activit. Bull. Ohio River Pollut. Surv. Activit. Commun. Dis. Center, Atlanta Activite sc. med. Activit. Rep. U. S. Quartermast. Food & Cont. Inst. Actual, biochim., Liege Actual, biol. Inst. Rocha Cabral Actual, derm, vener. Actual, med., Brux. Actual, med. mund., B. Air. Actual, odontostomat., Par. Actual, otorhinolar., Par. Actual, util. med., Lisb. Acuff Clin. Bull. ADA Forecast, Brooklyn ADTIC Digest, Eglin Field Advance. Biol. M. Physics Advance. Enzymol., N. Y. Advance. Food Res. Advance. Genet. Advance. Surg. Aerztebl. Bayern Aerztebl. Berlin Aerztebl. Sachsen Aerztl. Forsch. Aerztl. Mhefte, Berne Aerztl. Monogr. Aerztl. Nachr., Aussig Aerztl. Sammelbl. Aerztl. Wegweiser Aesculapiad, Bost. Aesculapian, Chic. Afkomst & toekomst Africa med., Lisb. Agfa Rontgenbl. Agra M. Coll. J. Air M. News Lett., Lond. Aiti igakkai zassi Aix les Bains med. Akad. zahnarztl. Fortbild. Akarui boeki Alabama Cancer Bull. Alameda Co. Pub. Health News Alberta M. Bull. Alberta Pub. Health Bull. Alexian, Chic. Alkoholfrage, Schwarzenb. Allg. Offertbl. Krankenhausb. Allg. path. Schr. Almanach Internat. Psychoanal. Verl., Wien Alman. lazni Alman. salud, B. Air. Alpenpost, Glarus Alumnae Bull. Yale School Nurs. Alumnae News N. York Hosp. School Nurs. 77. Acta vitaminologica. Milano. 78. Actes du Comit6 international des bibliotheques. Uppsala, &c. 79. [Actes du congres]; Congres international d'anthro- pologie & d'archeologie prehistorique. Paris. 80. Actes du Congres penitentiaire international. Gro- ningen. 81. [Actes]; Institut international d'anthropologie. Paris. 82. Activities bulletin; Ohio River Pollution Survey. Cincinnati. 83. Activities; Communicable Disease Center. Atlanta. 84. Activite' (L') scientifique et m^dicale. Paris. 85. Activities report of the (U. S.] Quartermaster Food and Container Institute for the Armed Forces. Chicago. 86. Actualites biochiiniques. Li6ge. 87. Actualidades biol6gicas; conferencias realizadas no Instituto Rocha Cabral. Lisboa. 88. Actuality (L') dermato-v6n6r6ologique. Paris. 89. Actuality m6dicales. Bruxelles. 90. Actualidad medica mundial. Buenos Aires. 91. Actualites odonto-stomatologiques. Paris. 92. Actualites oto-rhino-laryngologiques. Paris. 93. Actualidades e utilidades medicas. Lisboa. 94. Acuff Clinic bulletin. Knoxville. 95. A[merican]D[iabetes]A[ssociation] forecast. Brooklyn. 96. A[rctic]D[esert &]T[ropic]I[nformation]C[enter] digest. Eglin Field, Fla. 97. Advances in biological and medical physics. New York. 98. Advances in enzymology and related subjects of bio- chemistry. New York. 99. Advances in food research. Xew York. 100. Advances in genetics. New York. 101. Advances in surgery. Xew York. 102. Aerzteblatt fur Bayern. Miinchen. 103. Aerzteblatt fur Berlin. Berlin. 104. Aerzteblatt fur Sachsen, Prov. Sachsen, Anhalt und Thiiringen. Dresden. 105. Aerztliche Forschung. Bad Worishofen. 106. Aerztliche Monatshefte fur berufliche Fortbildung. Berne, &c. 107. Aerztliche Monographien. Wtirzburg. 108. Aerztliche Nachrichten. Aussig. 109. Aerztliche Sammelblatter. Stuttgart. 110. Aerztlicher Wegweiser. Berlin. 111. Aesculapiad (The) [Harvard Medical School] Boston. 112. Aesculapian (The) Chicago. 113. Afkomst en toekomst. 's Gravenhage. 114. Africa medica. Lisboa. 115. Agfa Rontgenbliitter. Berlin. 116. Agra Medical College journal. Agra, India. 117. Air medical news letter. London. 118. Aiti igakkai zassi. Nagoya. 119. Aix-les-Bains medical. Lyon. 120. Akademie fur zahnarztliche Fortbildung. Berlin. 121. Akarui boeki. Shizuoka. 122. Alabama (The) cancer bulletin. Montgomery. 123. Alameda County public health news. Oakland, Calif. 124. Alberta (The) medical bulletin. Calgary. 125. Alberta public health bulletin. Edmonton. 126. Alexian (The) Chicago. 127. Alkoholfrage (Die) Schwarzenburg. 128. Allgemeines Offertenblatt fiir Krankenhausbedarf. Berlin. 129. Allgemeinpathologische Schriftenreihe. Stuttgart. 130. Almanach fiir das Jahr; Internationaler Psycho- analytischer Verlag., Wien. 131. Almanach ldznf Ceskoslovensk6 Republiky. Praha. 132. Almanaque de la salud. Buenos Aires. 133. Alpenpost (Die) Glarus, &c. 134. Alumnae bulletin; Yale University School of Nursing. New Haven. 135. Alumnae news; Cornell University-New York Hos- pital School of Nursing Alumnae Association. New York. [4] Alumni Bull. Albany M. Coll. Alumni Bull. Coll. Dent. Univ. Illinois Alumni Bull. (School Med.) Clevel. Ambix, Lond. Am. Heart AMI, Barcel. Am. J. Human Genet. Am. J. Occup. Ther. Am. J. Physics Am. M. Practitioner Am. OSE Rev. Am. Podiatrist Am. Practitioner Am. Prosthet. Amtl. Mitt. Landesversicher. Anst. Rheinprovinz Amtl. Nachr. Reichsversicher. An. Acad, deont., Madr. An. Acad, farm., Madr. An. Acad. med. cir. Barcelona Anaesthesia, Lond. An. As. espan. progr. cienc. An. Ass. quim. Brasil An. Ateneo din. quir., Montev. An. Ateneo med. leon. An. Azevedos An. Cated. din. med. Mazzei An. cient., S. Paulo An. Clin, gin., S. Paulo An. Clin. med. A, Montev. An. Clin. pat. quir., Barcel. An. Colonia G. Riedel, Rio An. Congr. brasil. ortop. An. Congr. brasil. urol. An. Congr. nac. saude escol., S. Paulo An. Conv. med. indust., B. Air. An. enferm., S. Paulo An. Esc. med., Mex. Anex. Mem. Min. trab. Colombia An. Fac. cienc. Porto An. Fac. farm, odont. Univ. S. Paulo An. Fac. farm. Porto An. Fac. med. Bahia An. Fac. odont. Univ. nac, Asuncion An. farm, bioquim., Bogota Angiologia, Barcel. Angiology, Bait. Anglo-French Med. Topics, N. Y. An. hig. escol., Mex. An. Hosp. ninos, B. Air. An. Hosp. ninos Rosario 136. Alumni bulletin; Albany Medical College. Albany. 137. Alumni bulletin; College of Dentistry; University of Illinois. Chicago. 138. Alumni bulletin (School of Medicine, Western Re- serve University) Cleveland. 139. Ambix. London. 140. American (The) heart. New York. 141. AMI [Ayuda medica extranjera] Barcelona. 142. American (The) journal of human genetics. Balti- more. 143. American (The) journal of occupational therapy. Boston. 144. American journal of physics. Lancaster. 145. American medical practitioner. New York. 146. American OSE review; American Committee for Pro- tection of the Health of the Jews. New York. 147. American (The) podiatrist. New York. 148. American practitioner and Digest of treatment. Philadelphia. 149. American prosthetics. Kansas City, Mo. 150. Amtliche Mitteilungen der Landesversicherungsan- stalt Rheinprovinz. Diisseldorf. 151. Amtliche Nachrichten fiir Reichsversicherung. Ber- lin. 152. Anales de la Academia deontol6gica. Madrid. 153. Anales de la Real Academia de farmacia. Madrid. 154. Anales; Academia de medicina y cirugia de Barce- lona. Barcelona. 155. Anaesthesia. London. 156. Anales de la Asociaci6n espafiola para el progreso de las ciencias. Madrid. 157. Anais da Associagao quimica do Brasil. Rio de Janeiro. 158. Anales del Ateneo de clinica quirurgica. Montevideo. 159. Anales del Ateneo medico leones de la Asociaci6n de la prensa medica espafiola. Le6n. 160. Anais Azevedos. Lisboa. 161. Anales de la C&tedra de clinica m6dica del Dr. E. S. Mazzei. Buenos Aires. 162. Anais cientificos. Sao Paulo. 163. Anais da Clinica ginecol6gica da Faculdade de medi- cina da Universidade de S. Paulo. Sao Paulo. 164. Anales de la Clinica medica A. Montevideo. 165. Anales de la Clinica de patologia quirurgica. Barce- lona. 166. Anais da Colonia Gustavo Riedel. Rio de Janeiro. 167. Anais do Congresso brasileiro de ortopedia e trau- matologia. [v. p.] 168. Anais do Congresso brasileiro de urologia. Rio de Janeiro. 169. Anais do Congresso nacional de saude escolar. Sao Paulo. 170. Anales de la Convenci6n de los medicos de la industria. Buenos Aires. 171. Anais de enfermagem. Sao Paulo. 172. Anales de la Escuela N[acional] de medicina; Uni- versidad nacional de Mexico. Mexico. 173. Anexos a la Memoria del Ministro de trabajo, higiene y previsi6n social; Republica de Colombia. Bogotd. 174. Anais da Faculdade de ciencias do Porto. Porto. 175. Anais da Faculdade de farmacia e odontologia da Universidade de Sao Paulo. Sao Paulo. 176. Anais da Faculdade de farmacia do Porto. Porto. 177. Anais da Faculdade de medicina da Bahia. Bahia: 178. Anales; Facultad de odontologia; Universidad na- cional. Asunci6n. 179. Anales de farmacia y bioquimica. Bogota. 180. Angiologia. Barcelona. 181. Angiology. Baltimore. 182. Anglo-French medical topics. New York. 183. Anales de higiene escolar. Mexico. 184. Anales del Hospital de ninos. Buenos Aires. 185. Anales del Hospital de ninos e Instituto de pueri- cultura de Rosario. Rosario. [5] An. Hosp. S. Jose (C. R.) An. Hosp. Varsovia, Toulouse. An. Inst, cirug. exp., Caracas An. Inst. hig. Montevideo An. Inst. Llorente An. Inst. med. exp. Yalencia An. Inst. mun. radiol., B. Air. An. Inst. pat. digest. Hosp. Rawson, B. Air. An. Inst, pediat., B. Air. An. Inst, pediat. Hosp. ninos, B. Air. An. Inst, radioquir. Guipuzcoa An. Laborat. centr., Cochabamba An. med. dr., Barcel. An. med. Concepcion An. med. leg., Barcel. An. med. pub., Santa Fe An. med. Sta Maria (Brazil) Ann. Acad. med. Rio Ann. Acad. sc. fenn. Ann. ACFAS, Montreal Ann. belg. med. mil. Ann. belg. stomat. Ann. brasil. derm. syph. Ann. chim., Par. Ann. chir. gyn. fenn. Ann. Clin laborat., Par. Ann. Ecole sup. med. pharm. Indochine Annee clin. Annee endocr. Annee sc. indust., Par. Ann. enf., Par. An. neuropsiq., Bogota Ann. Fac. fr. med. pharm. Beyrouth Ann. Fac. med. Parana Ann. Hosp. S. Creu, Barcel. Ann. Inst. obst. gyn., Helsin. Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille Ann. ital. derm. Ann. med. exp. biol. fenn. Ann. med. int. fenn. Ann. med. sociale Ann. med. Vittel Ann. Merck, Milano Ann. nutrit., Par. Ann. Orgone Inst. Ann. pedol., Brux. Ann. pharm. belg. Ann. R. Coll. Surgeons England Ann. san. pubb., Roma 186. Anales del Hospital de San Jose. San Jos6, Costa Rica. 187. Anales del Hospital Varsovia. Toulouse. 188. Anales del Institute de cirugia experimental. Ca- racas. 189. Anales del Instituto de higiene de Montevideo. Montevideo. 190. Anales del Instituto Llorente. Madrid. 191. Anales del Instituto de medicina experimental de Valencia. Valencia. 192. Anales del Instituto municipal de radiologia y fisio- terapia. Buenos Aires. 193. Anales del Instituto de patologia digestiva y de la nutrici6n Francisco T. Olivera; Hospital Rawson. Buenos Aires. 194. Anales del Instituto de pediatria y puericultura de la Facultad de ciencias medicas. Buenos Aires. 195. Anales del Instituto de pediatria del Hospital de ninos. Buenos Aires. 196. Anales del Instituto radio-quirurgico de Guipuzcoa. San Sebastian. 197. Anales del Laboratorio central. Cochabamba, Bo- livia. 198. Anales de medicina y cirugia. Barcelona. 199. Anales medicos de Concepci6n. Concepci6n, Chile. 200. Anales de medicina legal, psiquiatria y anatomia patologica. Barcelona. 201. Anales de medicina publica. Santa Fe. 202. Anais de medicina de Santa Maria. Santa Maria, Brazil. 203. Annaes da Academia de medicina do Rio de Janeiro. Rio de Janeiro. 204. Annales Academiae scientiarum Fennicae. Helsinki. 205. Annales de l'A[ssociation]C[anadienne-]F[rancaise pour l']A[vancement des]S[ciences] Montreal. 206. Annales beiges de medecine militaire. Liege. 207. Annales beiges de stomatologie. Bruxelles. 208. Annaes brasileiros de dermatologia e syphilographia. Rio de Janeiro. 209. Annales de chimie. Paris. 210. Annales chirurgiae et gynaecologiae Fenniae. Hel- sinki. 211. Annals of the Clin laboratories. Paris. 212. Annales de l'Ecole superieure de medecine et de pharmacie de l'lndochine. Hanoi. 213. Annee (L') clinique. Paris. 214. Annee (L') endocrinologique. Paris. 215. Annee (L') scientifique et industrielle. Paris. 216. Annales (Les) de l'enfance. Paris. 217. Anales neuro-psiquiatricos del Frenocomio de mujeres de Bogota. Bogota. 218. Annales de la Faculte franchise de medecine et de pharmacie de Beyrouth. Beirut. 219. Annaes da Faculdade de medicina do Parand. Curitiba. 220. Annals de l'Hospital de la Santa Creu i Sant Pau. Barcelona. 221. Annales Instituti obstetricii et gynecologici Uni- versitatis. Helsinki. 222. Annales de l'lnstitut Pasteur de Lille. Paris. 223. Annali italiani di dermatologia e sifilografia. Napoli. 224. Annales medicinae experimentalis et biologiae Fen- niae. Helsinki. 225. Annales medicinae internae Fenniae. Helsinki. 226. Annales (Les) de medecine sociale. Lyon, &c. 227. Annales m^dicales de Vittel. Saint-Dizier. 228. Annali Merck. Milano. 229. Annales de la nutrition et de l'alimentation. Paris. 230. Annals of the Orgone Institute. New York. 231. Annales (Les) pedologiques. Bruxelles. 232. Annales pharmaceutiques beiges. Bruxelles. 233. Annals of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. London. 234. Annali della sanita pubblica. Roma. [6] Ann. Soc. biol. Pernambuco Ann. Soc. pharm. chim. S. Paulo Ann. statist., Roma Annuaire stat. hydromin. &c. France Annual Health Rep. Co. M. Off. Hampshire Annual Meet. Am. Ass. Health Phys. Educ. Annual Meet. Ass. Surgeon South. Railw. Co. Annual Meet. Com. Aviat. Psychol. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc. Annual Meet. N. England Hosp. Ass. Annual Meet. Philippine Coll. Sur- geons Annual M. Rep. Basutoland Annual M. Rep. Chicago Tuberc. Inst. Annual M. San. Rep. Cyprus Annual Rep. Admin. South Sea Islands Annual Rep. Alberta Hosp. Annual Rep. Am. Acad. Orthop. Sur- geons Annual Rep. Armored M. Res. Laborat. Annual Rep. Bact. Laborat. Kenya Annual Rep. Baruch Com. Phys. M. Annual Rep. Bd Health Florida Annual Rep. Bd Health Georgia Annual Rep. Bd Health Indiana Annual Rep. Bd Health S. Carolina Annual Rep. Bd M. Exam. California Annual Rep. Bilharzia Snail Destr. Sect. Min. Pub. Health Egypt Annual Rep. Broome Co. Tuberc. Hosp. Annual Rep. Bur. Health Philippine Islands Annual Rep. Bush Nurs. Ass. Annual Rep. Canad. Ass. Prev. Tuberc. Annual Rep. Centr. Bd Health S. Australia Annual Rep. Centr. Coop. Antimalaria Soc, Calc Annual Rep. Centr. Maine Gen. Hosp., Lewist. Annual Rep. Centr. Res. Inst. Kasauli Annual Rep. Centr. State Hosp., Indianap. Annual Rep. Chicago Mat. Center Annual Rep. Chief M. Off. Bd Educ. Gr. Britain Annual Rep. Coll. Pharm. Soc. Gr. Britain 235. Annaes da Sociedade de biologia de Pernambuco. Recife 236. Annaes da Sociedade de pharmacia e chimica de Sao Paulo. Sao Paulo. 237. Annali di statistica. Roma. 238. Annuaire des stations hydrominerales climatiques et baln6aires de France. Paris. 239. Annual health report of the County Medical Officer, Hampshire County. Southend-on-Sea. 240. Annual meeting; American Association for Health and Physical Education. Washington. 241. Annual meeting of the Association of Surgeons of the Southern Railway Company. New York. 242. Annual meeting of Committee on Aviation Psychol- ogy [U. S.] National Research Council. Washington. 243. Annual meeting; New England Hospital Association. Boston. 244. Annual meeting [Program and abstracts] Philippine College of Surgeons. Manila. 245. Annual medical and public health report; Medical Department, Basutoland. Morija. 246. Annual medical report of the Chicago Tuberculosis Institute. Chicago. 247. Annual medical & sanitary report; Director of Medi- cal and Health Services; Cyprus. Nicosia. 248. Annual report to the League of Nations on the administration of the South Sea Islands under Japanese mandate. Tokyo. 249. Annual report, Alberta municipal hospitals; Depart- ment of Public Health. Edmonton, Can. 250. Annual report; American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons [Chicago?] 251. Annual historical report; Armored Medical Research Laboratory. Fort Knox, Ky. 252. Annual report of the Bacteriological Laboratory; Kenya. Nairobi, &c. 253. Annual report; Baruch Committee on Physical Medicine. New York. 254. Annual report; State Board of Health, Florida. Jacksonville. 255. Annual report of the State Board of Health of the Commonwealth of Georgia. Atlanta. 256. Annual report of the State Board of Health of Indiana. Indianapolis. 257. Annual report; State Board of Health, South Caro- lina. Columbia. 258. Annual report; Board of Medical Examiners of the State of California. Sacramento. 259. Annual report; Bilharzia Snail Destruction Section, Ministry of Public Health Egypt. Cairo. 260. Annual report of the Broome County Tuberculosis Hospital. Chenango Bridge, N. Y. 261. Annual report of the Bureau of Health, Philippine Islands. Manila. 262. Annual report; Bush Nursing Association, New South Wales. Sydney. 263. Annual report; Canadian Association for the Preven- tion of Tuberculosis. Toronto. 264. Annual report; Central Board of Health, South Australia. Adelaide. 265. Annual report of the Central Co-operative Anti- malaria Society. Calcutta. 266. Annual report; Central Maine General Hospital. Lewiston. 267. Annual report of the Central Research Institute, Kasauli. Delhi. 268. Annual report; Central State Hospital. Indianapolis, Ind. 269. Annual report; Chicago Maternity Center. Chicago. 270. Annual report of the Chief Medical Officer of the Board of Education; Great Britain. London. 271. Annual report of research; College of the Pharma- ceutical Society of Great Britain, University of London. London. [7] Annual Rep. Com. Acute Resp. Dis. U. S. Army Annual Rep. Com. Epidem. Surv. U. S. Army Annual Rep. Com. Growth (Nat. Res. Counc.) Annual Rep. Com. Immuniz. U. S. Army Annual Rep. Com. Liver Dis. Army Epidem. Bd Annual Rep. Com. Mening. U. S. Army Annual Rep. Com. Neurotr. Virus Dis. U. S. Army Annual Rep. Co. M. Off. West Riding Annual Rep. Com. Virus Dis. U. S. Army Annual Rep. Dep. Health Alabama Annual Rep. Dep. Health Baltimore Annual Rep. Dep. Health N. Jersey Annual Rep. Dep. Ment. Hyg. N. York Annual Rep. Dep. Pub. Health Illinois Annual Rep. Dep. School Hyg. Milwau- kee Annual Rep. Dep. Vet. Sc. Tanganyika Annual Rep. Div. Vener. Dis. Brit. Columbia Annual Rep. Duval Co. Welf. Bd Annual Rep. Food & Drug Com. Mis- souri Annual Rep. Georgia Bd Health Annual Rep. Glasgow Cancer Hosp. Annual Rep. Gorgas Mem. Laborat. Annual Rep. Haffkine Inst. Annual Rep. Health Cheltenham Annual Rep. Health Com., S. Louis Annual Rep. Health Dep. North. Rho- desia Annual Rep. Health Leicester Annual Rep. Hosp. Sect. Duke Endow. Annual Rep. Indiana Counc. Ment. Health Annual Rep. Internat. Ass. Milk San. Annual Rep. Internat. Health Div. Rockefeller Found. Annual Rep. Jamaica Yaws Com. Annual Rep. Kansas City Acad. M. Annual Rep. King Edward VII Welsh Nat. Mem. Ass. 272. Annual report; Commission on Acute Respiratory Diseases (U. S. Army Epidemiological Board) Wash- ington. 273. Annual report; Commission on Epidemiological Sur- vey; U. S. Army Epidemiological Board. Washington. 274. Annual report; Committee on Growth (National Re- search Council) Washington. 275. Annual report of the Commission on Immunization; U. S. Army Epidemiological Board. Washington. 276. Annual report of the Commission on Liver Disease of the Army Epidemiological Board. Washington. 277. Annual report; Commission on Meningococcal Men- ingitis [U. S.] Army Epidemiological Board. Washing- ton. 278. Annual report of the Commission on Neurotropic Virus Diseases of the [U. S.] Army Epidemiological Board. Washington. 279. Annual report of the County Medical Officer; County Council of the West Riding of Yorkshire. Yorkshire. 280. Annual report of the Commission on Virus and Rickettsial Diseases [U. S.] Army Epidemiological Board. Washington. 281. Annual report; State Department of Health, Ala- bama. Montgomery. 282. Annual report; Department of Health, Baltimore. Baltimore. 283. Annual report of the Department of Health of the State of New Jersey. Trenton. 284. Annual report; Department of Mental Hygiene, State of New York. Albany. 285. Annual report; Department of Public Health, Illinois. Springfield. 286. Annual report of the Department of School Hygiene of the Board of School Directors of the City of Milwau- kee. Milwaukee. 287. Annual report of the Department of Veterinary Science and Animal Husbandry; Tanganyika Territory. Dar es Salaam. 288. Annual report; Division of Venereal Disease Control; Department of Health and Welfare; Province of British Columbia. Victoria. 289. Annual report; Duval County Welfare Board. Jacksonville. 290. Annual report of the Food and Drug Commissioner; State of Missouri. Jefferson City. 291. Annual report of the Georgia State Board of Health. Atlanta. 292. Annual report; Glasgow Royal Cancer Hospital. Glasgow. 293. Annual report of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Panama. Washington. 294. Annual report of the Haffkine Institute. Bombay. 295. Annual report on the health of Cheltenham; Medical Officer of Health. Cheltenham. 296. Annual report of the Health Commissioner. St. Louis, Mo. 297. Annual report; Health Department; Northern Rho- desia. Lusaka. 298. Annual report upon the health of Leicester. Leicester, Engl. 299. Annual report; Hospital Section; Duke Endowment. Charlotte, N. C. 300. Annual report of the Indiana Council for Mental Health. Indianapolis. 301. Annual report of the International Association of Milk Sanitarians. Albany. 302. Annual report; International Health Division, Rocke- feller Foundation. New York. 303. Annual report of the Jamaica Yaws Commission. Kingston. 304. Annual report; Kansas City Academy of Medicine. Kansas City, Mo. 305. Annual report; The King Edward VII Welsh Na- tional Memorial Association. Cardiff. [8] Annual Rep. Laborat. Serv. Uganda Annual Rep. League of Nat. Health Org. East. Bur. Annual Rep. Letchworth Village Annual Rep. Life Insur. M. Res. Fund Annual Rep. Los Angeles Co. Health Dep. Annual Rep. Manhattan Eye &c Hosp. Annual Rep. M. Dep. Field Res. Lab- orat., Fort Knox Annual Rep. M. Dep. Hong Kong Annual Rep. M. Dep. Singapore Annual Rep. M. Dep. Tanganyika Annual Rep. Mellon Inst., Pittsb. Annual Rep. Min. Pub. Health Egypt Annual Rep. M. Off. Health, Salford Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Holborn Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Krugers- dorp Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Notting- ham Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Plymouth Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Pretoria Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Southamp- ton Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Sunder- land Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Swansea Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Wallasey Annual Rep. M. Off. Health Wrexham Annual Rep. Mosquito Contr. Serv. Brit. Guiana Annual Rep. Nat. Vet. M. Ass. Gr. Britain Annual Rep. N. Hampshire Tuberc. Ass. Annual Rep. N. York Ass. Blind Annual Rep. N. York State Vet. Coll. Cornell Univ. Annual Rep. Ophth. Sect. Kasr el-Aini Hosp. Annual Rep. Pasteur Inst. South. India Annual Rep. Progr. Chem., Lond. Annual Rep. Pub. Health Dep. Edin- burgh Annual Rep. Red Cross S. John Nat. Coord. Com., Johannesb. Annual Rep. R. Edinburgh Hosp. Ment. Nerv. Dis. Annual Rep. Res. Inst. Tuberc. Kana- zawa Annual Rep. Roswell Park Mem. Inst. (Buffalo) Annual Rep. R. Victoria Hosp., Belfast 306. Annual report of the Laboratory Services Division of the Medical Department; Uganda. Entebbe. 307. Annual report; League of Nations Health Organisa- tion Eastern Bureau. Singapore. 308. Annual report; Letchworth Village. Albany, &c. 309. Annual report; Life Insurance Medical Research Fund. New York. 310. Annual report; Los Angeles County Health Depart- ment. Los Angeles. 311. Annual report of the Manhattan Eye, Ear and Throat Hospital. New York. 312. Annual historical report; Medical Department Field Research Laboratory. Fort Knox, Ky. 313. Annual report of the Medical Department; Hong Kong Government. Hong Kong. 314. Annual report of the Medical Department; Colony of Singapore. Singapore. 315. Annual report; Medical Department, Tanganyika Territory. Dar es Salaam. 316. Annual report; Mellon Institute. Pittsburgh. 317. Annual report on the work of the Ministry of Public Health. Cairo. 318. Annual report of the Medical Officer of Health. Salford. 319. Annual report of the Medical Officer of Health; the metropolitan borough of Holborn. London. 320. Annual report of the Medical Officer of Health; Krugersdorp. Krugersdorp, S. Afr. 321. Annual Report of the Medical Officer of Health, City of Nottingham. Nottingham, Engl. 322. Annual Report of the Medical Officer of Health, City of Plymouth. Plymouth, Engl. 323. Annual report of the Medical Officer of Health, Pretoria. Pretoria. 324. Annual report; Medical Officer of Health; County Borough and Port of Southampton. Southampton. 325. Annual report of the Medical Officer of Health; County borough of Sunderland. Sunderland. 326. Annual report; Medical Officer of Health, Swansea. Swansea. 327. Annual Report of the Medical Officer of Health and School Medical Officer, County Borough of Wallasey. Birkenhead. 328. Annual report of the Medical Officer of Health; Wrexham Rural District Council. Wrexham. 329. Annual report; Mosquito Control Service; Medical Department; British Guiana. Georgetown. 330. Annual report & balance sheet; National Veterinary Medical Association of Great Britain & Ireland. Lon- don. 331. Annual report; New Hampshire Tuberculosis Associa- tion. Manchester. 332. Annual report; New York Association for the Blind. New York. 333. Annual report of the New York State Veterinary College at Cornell University [Albany?] 334. Annual report of Ophthalmic Section; Kasr el-Aini Hospital. Cairo, Egypt. 335. Annual report of the Director; Pasteur Institute of Southern India. Coonoor. 336. Annual reports on the progress of chemistry. London. 337. Annual report of the Public Health Department, Edinburgh. Edinburgh. 338. Annual report on the occupational therapy training scheme in the royal naval & imperial military hospitals in South Africa; Red Cross-St. John National Co- ordinating Committee of South Africa. Johannesburg. 339. Annual report; Royal Edinburgh Hospital for Mental and Nervous Disorders. Edinburgh. 340. Annual report of the Research Institute of Tubercu- losis, Kanazawa Medical College. Kanazawa. 341. Annual report of the Board of Visitors and Director1 Roswell Park Memorial Institute (Buffalo) Buffalo' N. Y. 342. Annual report; Royal Victoria Hospital. Belfast. [9] Annual Rep. Safety in Mines (Gr. Britain) Annual Rep. S. Afr. Inst. M. Res. Annual Rep. S. Afr. Nat. Counc. Ment. Health Annual Rep. Saito Found., Sendai Annual Rep. School M. Off. Colchester Annual Rep. S. Elizabeth Hosp., Rich- mond Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst. Annual Rep. U. S. Farm Secur. Admin. M. Off. Annual Rep. Vet. Serv. Egypt Annual Rep. Washington State Dep. Health Annual Rep. Westchester Co. Dep. Health Annual Rev. Microb. Annual Sc. Award Cerem. Am. Pharm. Manufact. Ass. Annual Sc. Discov., Bost. Annual Summaries Aeromed. Laborat. U. S. Air Forces Annual Surv. Res. Pharm. Annual West. Br. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Annuario Esc. med. cir. Lisboa Annuario statist. Genova Annuario Univ. Sassari Ann. Univ. Ferrara Ann. Univ. Lille Ann. Univ. Lublin An. oft., Asuncion Anot. med., Habana An. otorinolar., Recife An. Policlin. enferm. infec, B. Air. An. Sec urol. Hosp. Salvador, Santiago An. Serv. ap. digest. Policlin. Cordoba An. Serv. cirug. Hosp. Cosme Argerich, B. Air. An. Serv. neur., Valencia An. Soc. biol. Pernambuco An. Soc farm. quim. S. Paulo An. Soc. med. Porto Alegre Anthologica, Modena Antibiotiki, Moskva Antifasc. Meet. Soviet Scientists Antifash. mit. sovet. uchen. Antituberc Bull., Manila Anuario argent, med. cir. pract. Anuario bibliogr. peru. Anuario bibliogr. venezol. Anuario Guine port. Anuario med. Peru Anuario san. mun., Habana An. Univ. centr. Ecuador An. Univ. Montevideo 343. Annual report on safety in mines research (Great Britain. Ministry of Fuel and Power) London. 344. Annual report; South African Institute for Medical Research. Johannesburg. 345. Annual report; South African National Council for Mental Health. Johannesburg. 346. Annual report of the work; Saito Gratitude Founda- tion. Sendai. 347. Annual report of the School Medical Officer; Borough of Colchester. Colchester. 348. Annual report of St. Elizabeth's Hospital. Rich- mond. 349. Annual report of the Board of Regents of the Smith- sonian Institution. Washington. 350. Annual report; United States Farm Security Admin- istration, Office of the Chief Medical Officer. Wash- ington. 351. Annual report; Veterinary Service, Flgypt. Cairo. 352. Annual report; Washington State Department of Health. Olympia. 353. Annual report; Westchester County Department of Health. White Plains, N. Y. 354. Annual review of microbiology. Stanford, Calif. 355. Annual scientific award ceremony; American Pharma- ceutical Manufacturers' Association. New York. 356. Annual of scientific discovery. Boston. 357. Annual summaries; university contracts with Aero Medical Laboratory, U. S. Air Forces. Dayton. 358. Annual survey of research in pharmacy. Baltimore. 359. Annual; Western Branch, American Public Health Association. San Francisco. 360. Annuario; Escola medico-cirurgica de Lisboa. Lisboa. 361. Annuario statistico di Genova. Genova. 362. Annuario per gli anni accademici; Universita degli studi di Sassari. Sassari. 363. Annali della Universita di Ferrara. Ferrara. 364. Annales de l'Universite de Lille. Lille. 365. Annales Universitatis Mariae Curie-Sklodowska Lublin. Lublin. 366. Anales de oftalmologia y oto-rino-laringologia del Paraguay. Asunci6n. 367. Anotaciones medicas. La Habana. 368. Anais de oto-rino-laringologia. Recife. 369. Anales de la Sala VIII Policlinica de enfermedades infecciosas; Hospital F. J. Mufiiz. Buenos Aires. 370. Anales de la Secci6n de urologia del Hospital del Salvador. Santiago de Chile. 371. Anales del Servicio del aparato digestivo, nutrici6n y secreciones internas de la Policlinica municipal de C6rdoba. C6rdoba, Spain. 372. Anales del Servicio de cirugia; Hospital Cosme Argerich. Buenos Aires. 373. Anales del Servicio de neurologia de Prof. J. J. Barcia Goyanes. Valencia. 374. Anais da Sociedade de biologia de Pernambuco. Recife. 375. Anais da Sociedade de Paulo. Sao Paulo. 376. Anais da Sociedade de Porto Alegre. 377. Anthologica. Modena. 378. Antibiotiki. Moskva. 379. Anti-Fascist Meeting of Soviet Scientists. Moskva. 380. Antifashistskii miting sovetskikh uchenykh. Moskva. 381. Anti-tuberculosis bulletin. Manila. 382. Anuario argentino de medicina y cirugia pr&cticas. Buenos Aires. 383. Anuario bibliogrdfico peruano. Lima. 384. Anuario bibliografico venezolano. Caracas. 385. Anudrio da Guine' portuguesa. Bissau. 386. Anuario m6dico del Peru. Lima. 387. Anuario de la sanidad municipal. La Habana. 388. Anales; Universidad central del Ecuador. Quito. 389. Anales de la Universidad [de Montevideo] Monte- video. farmacia e quimica de Sao medicina de Porto Alegre. X24787—VOL. 11, 4th series- [10] Anya & csecsemoved. Apothekersblad, Brux. Apuntes cient., Cabimas Arb. Anat. Inst. Univ. Kyoto Arb. Deut. psychiat. Univ. Klin. Prag Arb. Kodeafd. Rigshosp., Kbh. Arb. 1. Med. klin., Stockh. Arb. Jap. mil. arztl. Lehranst., Tokyo Arb. Ludwig Aschoff Haus, Freib. Arb. Med. Fak. Okayama Arb. Med. Univ. Okayama Arb. Paul Ehrlich Inst. Frankfurt Arb. Psychiat. Inst. Tohoku Univ. Arb. Serobakt. Inst. Univ. Helsinki Arb. Staat. Inst. exp. Ther. Arch, alchem. Forsch. Arch, anat., Santiago (Sp.) Arch, argent, kines. Arch, argent, psicol. norm. pat. Arch. belg. derm. syph. Arch. biol. hungar. Arch, boliv. med. Arch, boliv. pediat. Arch. Centre anticancer. Geneve Arch, chir., Budap. Arch. chir. inf., Roma Arch. chir. neerl. Arch. chir. torace Arch. Clin. obst. gin. Eliseo Canton Arch. clin. radiol. ther. rhumat. Arch. Col. med. Salvador Arch. derm. syph. Clin. Hop. S. Louis, Par. Arch. De Vecchi Arch, droit climat. Arch, droit med. Arch, enferm. corazon Arch. Gabinete med., La Paz Arch. gen. biopsied., Roma Arch, hig., B. Air. Arch. hist, filoz. med., Poznan Arch, histol., B. Air. Arch, hosp., Bilbao Arch, hosp., Par. Arch. Hosp. univ., Habana 390. Anya-6s csecsemoV^delem. Budapest. 391. Apothekersblad (Het) Bruxelles. 392. Apuntes cientificos. Cabimas, Venezuela. 393. Arbeiten aus der dritten Abteilung des Anatomischen Institutes der Kaiserlichen Universitat Kyoto. Kyoto. 394. Arbeiten aus der Deutschen psychiatnschen Uni- versitats-Klinik in Prag. Berlin. 395. Arbejder fra F0deafdeling A og Gynaekologisk afdeling; Rigshospitalet. K0benhavn. 396. Arbeten och smatryck fran 1. Medicinska khniken, Serafimerlasaret. Stockholm. 397. Arbeiten aus der K. Japanischen militar-arzthchen Lehranstalt. Tokyo. 398. Arbeiten aus dem Ludwig Aschoff-Haus. Freiburg im Breisgau. 399. Arbeiten; Medizinische Fakultat, Okayama. Oka- yama. 400. Arbeiten aus der Medizinischen Universitat zu Okayama. Okayama. 401. Arbeiten aus dem Paul Ehrlich-Institut und dem Georg Speyer-Hause zu Frankfurt a. M. Jena. 402. Arbeiten aus dem Psychiatrischen Institut der Kaiser- lichen Tohoku Universitat zu Sendai. Beitrage zur Psychoanalyse [und Psychopathologie] Sendai. See Beitr. Psychoanal., Sendai. 403. Arbeiten aus dem Sero-Bakteriologischen Institut der Universitat Helsinki. Helsinki. 404. Arbeiten aus dem Staatlichen Institut fiir experi- mented Therapie und dem Forschungsinstitut fiir Chemotherapie zu Frankfurt a. M. Jena. 405. Archiv fiir alchemistische Forschung. Berlin. 406. Archivos de anatomia. Santiago, Spain. 407. Archivos argentinos de kinesiologia. Buenos Aires. 408. Archivos argentinos de psicologia normal y patol6gica, terapia neuro mental y ciencias afines. Buenos Aires. 409. Archives beiges de dermatologie et de syphiligraphie. Bruxelles. 410. Archiva biologica Hungarica. Tihany. 411. Archivos bolivianos de medicina. Sucre. 412. Archivos bolivianos de pediatria y puericultura. La Paz. 413. Archives du Centre anticance>eux et du Radium institut de Geneve. Geneve. 414. Archivum chirurgicum. Budapest. 415. Archivio di chirurgia infantile. Roma. 416. Archivum chirurgicum Neerlandicum. Arnhem. 417. Archivio di chirurgia del torace. Firenze. 418. Archivos; Clinica obst^trica y ginecol6gica Eliseo Cant6n. Buenos Aires. 419. Archives cliniques, radiologiques et the>apeutiques*de rhumatologie. Lyon. 420. Archivos del Colegio medico de El Salvador. San Salvador. 421. Archives dermato-syphiligraphiques de la Clinique de l'Hopital Saint-Louis. Paris. 422. Archivio De Vecchi per l'anatomia patologia e la medicina clinica. Firenze. 423. Archives (Les) du droit climatique et de l'hygiene. Paris. 424. Archives (Les) du droit medical et de l'hygiene. Paris. 425. Archivos de enfermedades del coraz6n Barcelona. 426. Archivo del Gabinete medico del Comity nacional de deportes. La Paz. 427. Archivio generale di biopsicologia, biopsicopatologia e biopsicoterapia. Roma. 428. Archivos de higiene. Buenos Aires. 429. Archiwum historji i filozofji medycyny oraz historji nauk przyrodniczych. Poznan. 430. Archivos de histologia normal y patol6gica, Buenos Aires. 431. Archivos del hospital. Bilbao. 432. Archives hospitalieres. Paris. 433. Archivos del Hospital universitario. La Habana. y vasos. [11] Arch. inn. Med., Stuttg. Arch. Inst. Hessarek Arch. Inst. Pasteur Martinique Arch, med., Lima Arch, med., Marseille Arch, med., Mex. Arch. med. chir. Normandie Arch. med. exp., Madr. Arch. med. farm., Trujillo Arch. med. Hosp. Ramos Mejia, B. Air. Arch. med. int., Parma Arch. med. quir., Barcel. Arch. Meteor., Wien Arch. nac. biol. med., La Plata Arch, neuropsiq., Habana Arch. neur. psiq., Habana Arch. Orthodont., Brux. Arch, parana. med. Arch. Path. Inst. London Hosp. Arch. peru. pat. clin. Arch, policia, S. Paulo Arch. port. sc. biol. Arch, rhumat., Lyon Arch. sal. pub., B. Air. Arch. sc. physiol., Par. Arch. Seer. sal. pub. (Argentina) Arch. Soc. med. Valdivia Arch, stomat., Liege Arch, sudamer. oft., Santiago Arch, tisiol., Nap. Arch, trimestr. Inst. Luxembourg Arch, tuberc, Madr. Arch, venezol. card. Arch, venezol. pat. trop. Arch, wallon. stomat. Arcisped. S. Anna di Ferrara (Riv.) Ardeal. med., Cluj Argomenti farm. ter. Argus, Battle Creek Arizona Pharmacist Arkansas Dent. J. Arkansas Health Bull. Arkh. anat., Leningr. Arkh. Glavna dir. narod. zdrave, Sofia Arkh. oft., Moskva Arkh. otolar., Moskva Arkh. pat., Moskva Armed Serv. Res. Rep. Insect & Rodent Army M. Serv. Mag., Aldershot Arq. anat. pat. Coimbra Arq. biol. teen., Curitiba Arq. brasil. cardiol. Arq. brasil. neuriat. psiquiat. 434. Archiv fiir innere Medizin. Stuttgart. 435. Archives de l'lnstitut d'Hessarek (Institut Razi) Teheran. 436. Archives de l'lnstitut Pasteur de la Martinique. Fort-de-France. 437. Archivos medicos. Lima. 438. Archives de medecine g6n6rale et coloniale. Marseille. 439. Archivos medicos. M6xico. 440. Archives (Les) m6dico-chirurgicales de Normandie. Le Havre. 441. Archivos de medicina experimental. Madrid. 442. Archivo de medicina y farmacia. Ciudad Trujillo. 443. Archivos medicos del Hospital Ramos Mejia. Buenos Aires. 444. Archivo di medicina interna. Parma. 445. Archivos medico quiriirgicos y del trabajo. Bar- celona. 446. Archiv fiir Meteorologie, Geophysik und Bioklima- tologie. Wien. 447. Archivos nacionales de biologia y medicina. La Plata. 448. Archivos de neuro-psiquiatria. La Habana.- 449. Archivos de neurologia y psiquiatria. La Habana. 450. Archives of orthodontics. Bruxelles. 451. Archivos paranaenses de medicina. Curitiba. 452. Archives of the Pathological Institute of the London Hospital. London. 453. Archivos peruanos de patologia y clinica. Lima. 454. Archivos de policia e identificagao. Sao Paulo. 455. Archives portugaises des sciences biologiques. Porto. 456. Archives de rhumatologie. Lyon. 457. Archivos de salud publica. Buenos Aires. 458. Archives des sciences physiologiques. Paris. 459. Archivos de la Secretaria de salud publica de la naci6n (Argentina) Buenos Aires. 460. Archivos de la Sociedad medica de Valdivia. Val- divia. 461. Archives de stomatologie. Li6ge. 462. Archivos sud-americanos de oftalmologia. Santiago de Chile. 463. Archivio di tisiologia. Napoli. 464. Archives trimestrielles; Institut grand-ducal de Luxembourg. Luxembourg. 465. Archivos de tuberculosis de la Enfermeria de Cha- martin de la Rosa. Madrid. 466. Archivos venezolanos de cardiologia y hematologia. Caracas. 467. Archivos venezolanos de patologia tropical y para- sitologia medica. Caracas. 468. Archives wallonnes de stomatologie. Li6ge. 469. Arcispedale (L') S. Anna di Ferrara (Rivista) Ferrara. 470. Ardealul medical. Cluj. 471. Argomenti di farmacoterapia. Reggio-Emilia. 472. Argus. Battle Creek, Mich. 473. Arizona pharmacist. Phoenix. 474. Arkansas (The) dental journal. Conway. 475. Arkansas health bulletin. Little Rock. 476. Arkhiv anatomii, histologii i embriologii. Leningrad. 477. Arkhiv; Glavna direkcia na narodnoto zdrave. Sofia. 478. Arkhiv oftalmologii. Moskva. 479. Arkhiv otolaringologii. Moskva. 480. Arkhiv patologii. Moskva. 481. Armed services research and development report on insect and rodent control. Washington. 482. Army (The) Medical Services magazine. Aldershot. 483. Arquivos de anatomia patol6gica, patologia correla- tive e neuro-ergonologia [Formerly: Arquivos de ana- tomia patol6gica, patologia correlative e histo-fisiologia] Coimbra. 484. Arquivos de biologia e tecnologia. Curitiba. 485. Arquivos brasileiros de cardiologia e hematologia. Rio de Janeiro. 486. Arquivos brasileiros de neuriatria e psiquiatria. Rio de Janeiro. [12] Arq. brasil. nutr. Arq. brasil. urol. Arq. cirurg., Rio Arq. cirurg. ortop., Recife Arq. Clin, gin., Rio Arq. Clin, med., Porto Arq. Esc. sup. vet. Minas Gerais Arq. Fac. hig. saude pub. S. Paulo Arq. Inst. anat. pat., Coimbra Arq. Inst, farm., Coimbra Arq. Inst. mil. biol., Rio Arq. Inst. quim. biol. Minas Gerais Arq. Jornada brasil. puericult. Arq. med. cir. Pernambuco Arq. med. mun., S. Paulo Arq. Min. educ. saude, Rio Arq. Serv. nac. lepra, Rio Arq. Univ. Bahia Fac. med. Ars medica, Pavia Articulator, Sydney Art med., Nice Art & med., Par. Art med. Anvers ASEC Bull., N. Y. Ash's J., Lond. Ash's Month., Lond. Ash's Q. Circ, Lond. As. interamer. ingen. san. Askeri vet. dergisi Asklepios Bibl., Wiirzb. Assemb. gen. Ligue fr. cancer Assicur. sociali Ass. internat. femme medecins Ateneo parm. Athanor, Santiago Atomes & radiat., Par. Atomic Energy in Biophys. Atomic Energy Yearb., Lond. Attendant, Phila. Atti Accad. sc. Torino Atti Ass. cult, liberi doc. Univ. Napoli Atti Centro internaz. difesa sociale, Genova Atti Clin, otolar. Napoli Atti Clin, otorinolar. Torino Atti Congr. internaz. piante med. Atti Congr. internaz. trasfus. sangue Atti Congr. ital. eugen. sociale Atti Congr. ital. genet. Atti Congr. naz. chirurg. guerra 487. Arquivos brasileiros de nutricao. Rio de Janeiro. 488. Arquivos brasileiros de urologia. Sao Paulo. 489. Arquivos de cirurgia. Rio de Janeiro. 490. Arquivos de cirurgia e ortopedia. Recife. 491. Arquivos de Clinica ginecol6gica da Faculdade nacional de medicina. Rio de Janeiro. 492. Arquivos de Clinica medica (2?) Porto. 493. Arquivos da Escola superior de veterinana do estado de Minas Gerais. Belo Horizonte. 494. Arquivos da Faculdade de higiene e saude publica da Universidade de Sao Paulo. Sao Paulo. 495. Arquivos do Instituto de anatomia patol6gica. Coimbra. 496. Arquivos do Instituto de farmacologia e terapeutica experimental. Coimbra. 497. Arquivos do Instituto militar de biologia. Rio de Janeiro. 498. Arquivos do Instituto quimico-biol6gico do estado de Minas Gerais. Belo Horizonte. 499. Arquivos; Jornada brasileira de puerieultura e pediatria. Rio de Janeiro, &c. 500. Arquivos de medicina e cirurgia de Pernambuco. Recife. 501. Arquivos medicos municipals. Sao Paulo. 502. Arquivos; Ministerio da educagao e saude. Rio de Janeiro. 503. Arquivos do Servico nacional de lepra. Rio de Janeiro. 504. Arquivos da Universidade da Bahia, Faculdade de medicina. Salvador. 505. Ars medica. Pavia. 506. Articulator (The) Sydney. 507. Art (L') medical. Nice. 508. Art et medecine. Paris. 509. Art (L') medical d'Anvers. Anvers. 510. A[merican]S[ociety of]E[uropean]C[hemists and Phar- macists] bulletin. New York. 511. Ash's journal. London. 512. Ash's monthly. London. 513. Ash's quarterly circular. London. 514. Asociaci6n interamericana de ingenieria sanitaria. Washington. 515. Askeri veteriner dergisi. Ankara. 516. Asklepios Bibliothek. Wiirzburg. 517. Assemblee generale; Ligue francaise contre le cancer Paris. 518. Assicurazioni (Le) sociali. Roma. 519. Association internationale des femmes medecins. Paris. 520. Ateneo (L') parmense. Parma. 521. Athanor. Santiago de Chile. 522. Atomes et radiations. Paris. 523. Atomic energy in biophysics, biology and medicine. Oak Ridge, Tenn. 524. Atomic energy year book. London. 525. Attendant (The) Philadelphia. 526. Atti della Reale Accademia della scienze di Torino. Torino. 527. Atti dell'Associazione culturale dei liberi docenti della R. Universita di Napoli. Napoli. 528. Atti del Centro internazionale di studi di difesa sociale. Genova. 529. Atti della Clinica otorinolaringologica della R. Uni- versita di Napoli. Napoli. 530. Atti della Clinica otorinolaringologica della R. Uni- versita di Torino. Coma. 531. Atti ufficiali; Congresso internazionale fra i paesi europei interessati alia coltivazione ed al commercio delle piante medicinali aromatiche ed affini. Venezia. 532. Atti del Congresso internazionale della trasfusione del sangue. Milano. 533. Atti; Congresso italiano di eugenetica sociale. Roma. 534. Atti; Congresso italiano di genetica ed eugenica. Roma. 535. Atti del congresso: Congresso nazionale di chirurgia di guerra. Roma. [13] Atti Congr. naz. med. lavoro Atti Congr. naz. radiol. Atti Congr. sc. osped. Atti Congr. Soc oft. ital. Atti Congr. stud, col., sez. pat. Atti Conv. med. idrol. Atti Conv. naz. Lega ital. c tumori Atti Conv. sc. fis. mat. natur. Atti 1st. Angelo Mosso Atti 1st. med. leg. Univ. Padova Atti 1st. naz. assicur. Atti sc. ital. Atti Settim. med. internaz. Atti Soc. lombarda med. Attivita sc. 1st. clin. med. Univ. Bologna. Atual. med. san., Rio Australas. Homoeop. M. Gaz. Australas. J. Optometry Australas. Pharm. Notes Austral. J. Sc. Res. Avvenire farm. Avvenire san. 536. Atti; Congresso nazionale di medicina del lavoro. Torino. 537. Atti del Congresso nazionale di radiologia medica. Venezia. 538. Atti dei Congressi scientifici ospedalieri. Genova. 539. Atti del Congresso della Societa oftalmologica italiana. Roma. 540. Atti del Congresso di studi coloniali, sezione patologia e igiene [coloniale] (title varies slightly) Firenze. 541. Atti del Convegno medico idrologico. Milano. 542. Atti del Convegno nazionale; Lega italiana per la lotta contro i tumori. Firenze. 543. Atti; Convegno di scienze fisiche, matematiche e naturali. Roma. 544. Atti dello Istituto Angelo Mosso sul Monte Rosa. Cirie. 545. Atti dell'Istituto di medicina legale e delle assicura- zioni della R. Universita di Padova. Treviso. 546. Atti; Istituto nazionale delle assicurazioni. Roma. 547. Atti [Congresso] degli scienziati italiani. Napoli. 548. Atti della Settimana medica internazionale. Salso- maggiore; Roma. 549. Atti e memorie della Societa lombarda di medicina. Milano. 550. Attivita scientifica dell'Istituto di clinica medica generale e terapia medica della R. Universita di Bologna. Bologna. 551. Atualidades medico-sanit&rias. Rio de Janeiro. 552. Australasian homoeopathic medical gazette. Dune- din. 553. Australasian (The) journal of optometry. Sydney. 554. Australasian (The) pharmaceutical notes and news. Sydney. 555. Australian journal of scientific research. East Mel- bourne. 556. Avvenire (L') della farmacia. Roma. 557. Avvenire (L') sanitario. Milano. B Band, Bern Banner, Devils Lake Bayer. Aerztebl. Bayern in Zahlen Beacon, Augusta Beacon (Wisconsin Sanat.) Behaviour, Leiden Behringwerk Mitt. Beitr. arztl. Fortbild. Beitr. allg. Med. Beitr. Anat. funkt. Syst. Beitr. Psychoanal., Sendai Beitr. schweiz. Statist. Belg. tschr. mil. geneesk. Beneficencia, Maracaibo Ber. Arbeitstag. berat. Aerzte Ber. Arbeitstag. Ost berat. Facharzte Ber. Augenh. Ber. Cancerforen. Stockholm Ber. Gr0nlands styrel. Ber. Internat. Congr. Psychol. Ber. Internat. Kongr. Schulhyg. 558. Band (Das) Bern. 559. Banner (The) Devils Lake. 560. Bayerisches Aerzteblatt. Miinchen. 561. Bayern in Zahlen. Miinchen. 562. Beacon (The) [Oliver General Hospital] Augusta. 563. Beacon (Wisconsin State Sanatorium) Statesan. 564. Behaviour. Leiden. 565. Behringwerk-Mitteilungen. Berlin. 566. Beitrage zur arztlichen Fortbildung. Aussig. 567. Beitrage aus der allgemeinen Medizin. Stuttgart. 568. Beitrage zur Anatomie funktioneller Systeme. Leip- zig. 569. Beitrage zur Psychoanalyse [und Psychopathologie]; Arbeiten aus dem Psychiatrischen Institut der Tohoku K. Universitat. Sendai. 570. Beitrage zur schweizerischen Statistik. Bern. 571. Belgisch tijdschrift voor militaire geneeskunde. Liege. 572. Beneficencia (La) Maracaibo. 573. Bericht iiber die Arbeitstagung der beratenden Aerzte [Berlin?] 574. Bericht iiber die Arbeitstagung Ost der beratenden Facharzte [Berlin?] 575. Bericht iiber die Leistungen und Fortschritte der Augenheilkunde. Wiesbaden. 576. Berattelse fran styrelsen for Cancerforeningen i Stockholm. Stockholm. 577. Beretninger vedr0rende Gr0nlands styrelse. K0ben- havn. 578. [Bericht]; Internationaler Congress fiir Psychologic. Miinchen. 579. Bericht; Internationaler Kongress fiir Schulhygiene. Niirnberg. [14] Ber. Kriegstag. berat. Facharzte Ber. Landsfor. bekaemp. b0rnelam. Berl. homoop. Zschr. Berl. Statist. Ber. Naturwiss. med. Verein. Inns- bruck Ber. Naturwiss. Ver. Schwaben. Ber. Nord. vet. Ber. San. insp. Goteborg Ber. Staatl. Inst. exp. Ther. Frankfurt a. M. Ber. Sundhedsstyrel. Gr0nland laege- eksp. Betriebskrankenkasse Bibl. card., Basel Bibliogr. acad. Univ. Louvain Bibliogr. biotheor., Leiden Bibl. & mus. Neuchatel Bibl. tuberc, Basel Bibl. vracha, Berl. Bienn. Rep. Bd Health Mississippi Bienn. Rep. Colorado Bd Health Bienn. Rep. Com. Health Alaska Bienn. Rep. Dep. Health Tennessee Bienn. Rep. Dep. Inst. Louisiana Bienn. Rep. Kansas Bd Health Bienn. Rep. Louisiana Bd Health Bienn. Rep. Minnesota Div. Pub. Inst. Bienn. Rep. Missouri Com. Blind Biochem. Prepar., N. Y. Biochim. biophys. acta, Amst. Bioclima, Tor. Biokhim. J., Kiev Biol, educ, S. Paulo Biol. Heilkunst Biol. Human Affairs, Lond. Biol, lek., Warsz. Biol, listy, Praha Biol. & med., Marseille Biol. & med., Par. Biol. med. Taschenb., Stuttg. Biologe, Munch. Biol. Pract., Lond. Biopsychology, Phila. Bios, Lpz. Bios, Oklahoma BIOS Final Rep., Lond. Biosphaera, Tokyo Blgar. klin. Bl. Lebensmagnet. Bloodless Phlebotomist Bloodless Surgeon Blue Bk, N. Y. Blue Print for Health Bl. Untersuch. &c. Instrum. Bl. Zahnh., Ziir. Bohm. mahr. Gesundhbl. 580. Bericht iiber die Kriegstagung der beratenden Fach- 581. Beretning fra Landsforeningen til bekaempelse af b0rnelammelse og dens f0lger. K0benhavn. 582. Berliner homoopathische Zeitschrift. Berlin. 583. Berliner Statistik. Berlin. . . 584. Berichte des Naturwissenschaftlich-medizinischen Vereines in Innsbruck. Innsbruck. 585. Bericht des NaturwissenschaftHchen Vereins fur Schwaben und Neuburg. Augsburg. 586. Beretning; Nordiska veterinaerm0te. Oslo. 587. Berattelse om Sanitara inspektioner m. m. i Gote- borgs och Bohus Ian. Goteborg. 588. Bericht iiber die Tatigkeit des Staatl. Instituts fur experimentelle Therapie in Frankfurt a. M. Wiesbaden. 589. Beretning fra den Sundhedsstyrelsen til Gr0nland udsendte laegeekspedition. K0benhavn. 590. Betriebskrankenkasse (Die) Essen. 591. Bibliotheca cardiologica. Basel. 592. Bibliographie academique; Universite catholique de Louvain. Louvain. 593. Bibliographia biotheoretica. Leiden. 594. Bibliotheques et musees de la ville de Neuchatel. Neuchatel. 595. Bibliotheca tuberculosea. Basel. 596. Biblioteka vracha. Berlin. 597. Biennial report; State Board of Health, Mississippi. Jackson. 598. Biennial report; Colorado State Board of Health. Denver. 599. Biennial report of the Office of the Commissioner of Health, Alaska. Juneau. 600. Biennial report; Department of Public Health, Ten- nessee. Nashville. 601. Biennial report of Department of Institutions, State of Louisiana. Baton Rouge. 602. Biennial report; Kansas State Board of Health. Topeka. 603. Biennial report; Louisiana State Board of Health. New Orleans. 604. Biennial report; State of Minnesota, Division of Public Institutions. Stillwater. 605. Biennial report of the Missouri Commission for the Blind. St. Louis, &c. 606. Biochemical preparations. New York. 607. Biochimica et biophysica acta. Amsterdam. 608. Bioclima. Torino. 609. Biokhimichny jurnal. Kiev. 610. Biologia (A) educacional. Sao Paulo. 611. Biologische Heilkunst. Dresden. 612. Biology and human affairs. London. 613. Biologia lekarska. Warszawa. 614. Biologicke" listy. Praha. 615. Biologie et medecine. Marseille. 616. Biologie et medecine. Paris [print. Rouen] 617. Biologisch-medizinisches Taschenbuch. Stuttgart. 618. Biologe (Der) Miinchen. 619. Biological practice. London. 620. Bio-psychology. Philadelphia. 621. Bios. Leipzig. 622. Bios. Oklahoma City; Mount Vernon, Iowa. 623. B[ritish]I[ntelligence]0[bjectives]S[ub-Committee] fi- nal report. London. 624. Biosphaera. Tokyo. 625. Blgarska klinika. Sofia. 626. Blatter fiir Lebensmagnetismus. Leipzig. 627. Bloodless (The) phlebotomist. New York. 628. Bloodless (The) Surgeon. Norfolk, Va. 629. Blue book [International & Spanish Association of Physicians, Dentists & Pharmacists] New York. 630. Blue print for health. Chicago. 631. Blatter fiir Untersuchungs- und Forschungs-Instru- mente. Rathenow. 632. Blatter fiir Zahnheilkunde. Zurich. 633. Bohmisch-mahrische Gesundheitsblatter. Prag. 15 Borgyogy. vener. szemle Borsenbl. deut. Buchhandel Boj o zdrav., Bratisl. Boj proti tuberk. Bol. Acad. peru. cirug. Bol. admin. Seer. sal. pub. (Argentina) Bol. A. M. E., La Paz Bol. As. gen. antituberc Puerto Rico Bol. Asilo alien. Oliva Bol. As. med. Santiago (Domin.) Bol. As. patron, mecan. dent., B. Air. Bol. Ass. filos. natur., Porto Bol. Ass. quim. Brasil Bol. bibliogr., Montev. Bol. bibliogr. mex. Bol. Bibl. nac, Lima Bol. Centro estud. Hosp. serv. estado. Rio Bol. Centro gen. vacuna, Habana Bol. Clin, ginecotocol., Montev. Bol. clin. Hosp. colon. Lisboa Bol. Col. brasil. cirurg. Bol. Col. med., Montev. Bol. Col. med. mun. S. Spiritus Bol. Col. of. med. Provinc Malaga Bol. Com. antituberc. (Uruguay) Bol. Confed. farm, bioquim. argent. Bol. Cons. gen. col. odont. Bol. Cons. nac. tuberc, Habana Bol. Cruz Roja cubana Bol. cult. Cons. gen. col. med. Espana Bol. cult. Guine port. Bol. Dep. med. social, Quito Bol. Dep. protec mat. inf. Peru Bol. Dir. salub. pub., Lima Bol. econom., Lour. Marques Bol. Esc. nac. vet., Rio Bol. Esc. odont., Quito Bol. espan. cancer. Bol. espan. hidrol. med. Bol. espan. otorrinolar. Bol. espan. urol. Bol. estadist., Madr. Bol. estadist. peru. Bol. Fed. farm. B. Aires Bol. Fed. med. peru. Bol. Hosp. Melchor Romero Bol. Hosp. mil., Habana 634. B6rgy6gyaszati es venerologiai szemle. Budapest. 635. Borsenblatt fiir den deutschen Buchhandel. Leipzig. 636. Boj o zdravie. Bratislava. 637. Boj proti tuberkulose. Praha. 638. Boletin de la Academia peruana de cirugia. Lima. 639. Boletin administrativo de la Secretaria de salud publica de la naci6n (Argentina) Buenos Aires. 640. Boletin de la A[grupaci6n]M[edica de]E[studios] La Paz. 641. Boletin de la Asociacion general antituberculosa de Puerto Rico. San Juan. 642. Boletin del Asilo de alienados en Oliva. Oliva. 643. Boletin de la Asociaci6n medica de Santiago (Domin- ican Republic) Santiago de los Caballeros. 644. Boletin de la Asociaci6n patronal de mec&nicos dentales. Buenos Aires. 645. Boletim da Associagao da filosofia natural. Porto. 646. Boletim da Associagao quimica do Brasil. Sao Paulo. 647. Boletin bibliogrdfico. Montevideo. 648. Boletin bibliogrdfico mexicano. Mexico. 649. Boletin de la Biblioteca nacional. Lima. 650. Boletim do Centro de estudos do Hospital dos servidores do estado. Rio de Janeiro. 651. Boletin; Centro general de vacuna de la Isla de Cuba. Habana. 652. Boletin de la Clinica ginecotocol6gica, Cdtedra del Prof. Manuel B. Rodriguez. Montevideo. 653. Boletim clinico e de estatistica do Hospital colonial de Lisboa. Lisboa. 654. Boletim do Colegio brasileiro de cirurgioes. Rio de Janeiro. 655. Boletin del Colegio medico del Uruguay. Monte- video. 656. Boletin del Colegio medico municipal de Sancti Spiritus. Sancti Spiritus. 657. Boletin del Colegio oficial de medicos de la Provincia de Malaga. M&laga. 658. Boletin; Comisi6n honoraria para la lucha antitu- berculosa (Uruguay) Montevideo. 659. Boletin; Confederaci6n farmaceutica y bioquimica argentina. Buenos Aires. 660. Boletin oficial del Consejo general de colegios de odont61ogos. Madrid. 661. Boletin de informacion; Consejo nacional de tubercu- losis. La Habana. 662. Boletin oficial de la Cruz Roja cubana. La Habana. 663. Boletin cultural e informativo; Consejo general de colegios medicos de Espana. Madrid. 664. Boletim cultural da Guine portuguesa. Lisboa. 665. Boletin del Departamento medico-social; Instituto nacional de previsi6n. Quito. 666. Boletin; Departamento de protecci6n materno- infantil, Peru. Lima. 667. Boletin; Direcci6n de salubridad publica. Lima. 668. Boletim econ6mico e estatistico. Lourenco Marques. 669. Boletim da Escola nacional de veterin&ria. Rio de Janeiro. 670. Boletin de la Escuela de odontologia; Facultad de ciencias m^dicas; Universidad central del Ecuador. Quito. 671. Boletin espanol de cancerologfa. Madrid. 672. Boletin espanol de hidrologia medica y climatologia. Madrid. 673. Boletin espanol de otorrinolaringologia y bronco- esofagologfa. Madrid. 674. Boletin espanol de urologia. Madrid. 675. Boletfn de estadistica. Madrid. 676. Boletin de estadistica peruana. Lima. 677. Boletin quincenal; Federaci6n farmaceutica de la Provincia de Buenos Aires. Buenos Aires. 678. Boletin de la Federaci6n medica peruana. Lima. 679. Boletin del Hospital Melchor Romero. Melchor Romero, Argentina. 680. Boletin del Hospital militar. La Habana. [16] Bol. inform., Bogota Bol. inform. As. med. peru. Bol. inform. Clin, laborat., Zaragoza Bol. inform. Cons. gen. coleg. farm. Espana Bol. inform, estadist. san., Tetuan Bol. inform. Inst. nac. previs., Madr. Bol. inform, parasit. chile. Bol. inform, teen, (parasit.) Santiago Bol. Inst. nac. radium, Bogota Bol. Inst. Oscar Freire, S. Paulo Bol. Inst. pat. med., Madr. Bol. Inst, puericult., Rio Bol. Inst. sup. hig. Jorge, Lisb. Bol. internac bibliogr. argent. Boll. Accad. Lancisi. Boll. CESPERA Boll. Consorz. antituberc. Livorno Bol. Liga urug. cancer uterino Boll. 1st. pat. libro Boll. 1st. sanat. tisiol., Nap. Boll. Lega ital. c cancro Boll. Lega ital. c tumori Boll, med., Trapani Boll. med. Svizzera ital. Boll. Ord. med. chir. Napoli Boll, san., Roma Boll, schermogr., Roma Boll. Soc. ital. microb. Boll. Soc. med. chir. brescia. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Cremona Boll. Soc. med. chir. trevig. Boll. Soc. piemont. ost. gin. Boll. Soc. trivenet. chir. Boll, statist. Africa ital. Bol. lucha antituberc, Habana Bol. med., Caracas Bol. med. mun. Habana Bol. Min. agric, Rio Bol. odont. paul. Bol. of. As. quim. Puerto'Rico Bol. Of. inform, san., Madr. 681. Boletin informativo. Bogota. 682. Boletin informativo de la AsociaciOn medica peruana Daniel A. Carrion. Lima. 683. Boletin informativo de Clinica y laboratono. Zara- 684. Boletin de informaci6n; Consejo general de colegios oficiales de farmaceuticos de Espana. Madrid. 685. Boletin mensual de informaci6n estadistica, sanitaria y demogrdfica. Tetuan, Morocco. 686. Boletin de informaci6n del Instituto nacional de previsi6n. Madrid. 687. Boletin de informaciones parasitarias chilenas. Santiago de Chile. 688. Boletin de informaci6n t^cnica; Departamento de parasitologia. Santiago de Chile. 689. Boletin del Instituto nacional de radium. Bogota. 690. Boletim do Instituto Oscar Freire. Sao Paulo. 691. Boletin del Instituto de patologia medica. Madrid. 692. Boletim do Instituto de puericultura da Universidade do Brasil. Rio de Janeiro. 693. Boletim do Instituto superior de higiene Doutor Ricardo Jorge. Lisboa. 694. Boletin internacional de bibliografia argentina. Buenos Aires. 695. Bollettino e atti della Accademia Lancisiana di Roma. Roma. 696. Bollettino; CE[ntro]SPE[rimentale di]RAdiestesia] Roma. 697. Bollettino consorziale; Consorzio antituberculare, Provincia di Livorno. Livorno. 698. Boletin oficial de la Liga uruguaya contra el cdncer uterfno. Montevideo. 699. Bollettino del R. Istituto di patologia del libro. Roma. 700. Bollettino dell'Istituto sanatoriale Principi di Pie- monte dell'L N. P. S., Clinica tisiologica delta R. Uni- versita di Piemonte. Napoli. 701. Bollettino della Lega italiana per la lotta contro il cancro. Milano. 702. Bollettino della Lega italiana per la lotta contro i tumori. Roma. 703. Bollettino medico degli ospedali e dispensari di Trapani e provincia. Trapani. 704. Bollettino dei medici della Svizzera italiana. Lo- carno. 705. Bollettino dell'Ordine dei medici-chirurgi di Napoli e provincia. Napoli. 706. Bollettino sanitario; Laboratorio di accertamenti epidemiologic! e profilattici; Istituto di sanita pubblica. Roma. 707. Bollettino schermografico. Roma. 708. Bollettino della Societa italiana di microbiologia. Milano. 709. Bollettino della Societa medico chirurgica bresciana. Brescia. 710. Bollettino della Societa medico-chirurgica di Cre- mona. Cremona. 711. Bollettino della Societa medico-chirurgica trevigiana. Treviso. 712. Bollettino della Societa piemontese di ostetricia e ginecologia. Torino. 713. Bollettino della Societa triveneta di chirurgia. Pa- dova. 714. Bollettino statistico dell'Africa italiana. Roma. 715. Boletin de lucha antituberculosa. Habana. 716. Boletin medico. Caracas. 717. Boletin medico municipal de La Habana. La Ha- bana. 718. Boletim do Ministerio da agricultura, Brazil. Rio de Janeiro. 719. Boletim odontologico paulista. Sao Paulo. 720. Boletin oficial de la Asociaci6n de quimicos de Puerto Rico. San Juan. 721. Boletin de la Oficina de informaci6n sanitaria [Insti- tuto de biologia y sueroterapia] Madrid. [17] Bol. previd. social, Coimbra Bol. provis. Com. interamer. segur. social Bol. Repart. san. panamer. Bol. Rev. iber. amer. cienc. med. Bol. san., Ascuncion Bol. san. mil., Mex. Bol. segur. hig. trabajo Bol. Serv. hig. rural, Torreon Bol. Serv. nac. lepra, Rio Bol. SESP, Rio Bol. Soc. argent, cirug. ortop. Bol. Soc argent, oft. Bol. Soc. cirug. Cordoba Bol. Soc espan. radiol. Bol. Soc. med. cir. S. Jose do Rio Preto Bol. Soc. venezol. cirug. Bol. tisiol., Mex. Bol. tisiol., Porto Bol. vet. Exerc, Rio Botyu kagaku Brain & Nerve, Tokyo Brit. Chem. Digest Brit. Chemist Brit. Chiropod. J. Brit. J. Addict. Brit. J. Cancer Brit. J. Nutrit. Brit. J. Plastic Surg. Brit. J. Psychiat. Social Work Brit. M. Students J. Brit. Optician Brit. Red Cross Soc Q. Rev. Brit. Sc. News Brit. Vet. J. Brooklyn Pharmacist Buckeye Osteopath. Bucks Co. M. Month., Perkasie Budapest szekesf. kozegeszs. Budapest szekesf. statiszt. havifiiz. Biich. d. Augenarzt. Bui. As. psihiat. Romania Bull. Acad. nat. med. Bull, actual, med., Beirut Bull. Akron Dent. Soc. Bull. Alameda Co. M. Ass. Bull. Alameda Dent. Soc. Bull, alger. cancer. Bull, alger. carcin. Bull. Am. Ass. Pub. Health Dentists Bull. Am. Coll. Radiol. Bull. Am. M. Ass. Vienna, Wien Bull. Am. Pharm. Ass. Bull. Am. Protest. Hosp. Ass. Bull. Am. Regist. Path. (NRC) Wash. 722. Boletim da previdencia social. Coimbra. 723. Boletin provisional; Comite interamericano de seguri- dad social. Montreal. 724. Boletim da Repartigao sanitaria pan-americana. Washington. 725. Boletin de la Revista ibero-americana de ciencias m6dicas. Madrid. 726. Boletin sanitario. Ascunci6n. 727. Boletin de sanidad militar. Mexico. 728. Boletin de seguridad e higiene del trabajo. Madrid. 729. Boletin de los Servicios de higiene rural y medicina social en la Comarca Lagunera. Torreon. 730. Boletim do Servigo nacional de lepra. Rio de Janeiro. 731. Boletim do S[ervigo]E[special de]S[aude]P[ublica] Rio de Janeiro. 732. Boletines y trabajos; Sociedad argentina de cirugia ortop^dica. Buenos Aires. 733. Boletin de la Sociedad argentina de oftalmologia. Buenos Aires. 734. Boletines y trabajos; Sociedad de cirugia de Cordoba. C6rdoba. 735. Boletin de la Sociedad espafiola de radiologia. Madrid. 736. Boletim da Sociedade de medicina e cirurgia de Sao Jose" do Rio Preto. Sao Jose do Rio Preto. 737. Boletin de la Sociedad venezolana de cirugia. Cara- cas. 738. Boletin tisiologico dispensarial. Mexico. 739. Boletim de tisiologia do Sanatorio-hospital Rodrigues Semide. Porto. 740. Boletim veterinario do Exercito. Rio de Janeiro. 741. Botyii kagaku. Kyoto. 742. Brain and nerve (No oyobi sinkei) Tokyo. 743. British (The) chemical digest. London. 744. British (The) chemist. London. 745. British (The) chiropody journal. London. 746. British (The) journal of addiction (to alcohol and other drugs) London. 747. British (The) journal of cancer. 748. British (The) journal of nutrition. Cambridge. 749. British journal of plastic surgery. Edinburgh. 750. British journal of psychiatric social work. London. 751. British (The) medical students' journal. London. 752. British (The) optician. London. 753. British Red Cross Society quarterly review. London. 754. British science news. London. 755. British (The) veterinary journal. London. 756. Brooklyn (The) pharmacist. Brooklyn. 757. Buckeye (The) osteopathic physician. Columbus. 758. Bucks (The) County medical monthly. Perkasie, Pa. 759. Budapest szekesfov&ros kozegeszs6gugye. Budapest. 760. Budapest sz6kesf6va>os statisztikai havifiizetei. Bu- dapest. 761. Biicherei des Augenarztes. Stuttgart. 762. Buletinul Asociatiei psihiatrilor din Romania. Iasi. 763. Bulletin de l'Acad^mie nationale de medecine. Paris. 764. Bulletin des actualites medicales. Beirut. 765. Bulletin; Akron Dental Society. Akron, Ohio. 766. Bulletin (The) of the Alameda County Medical Association. Oakland, Calif. 767. Bulletin; Alameda County District Dental Society. Oakland, Calif. 768. Bulletin algerien de cancerologie. Alger. 769. Bulletin algerien de carcinologie. Alger. 770. Bulletin (The) of the American Association of Public Health Dentists. Lansing, Mich. 771. Bulletin; American College of Radiology. Chicago. 772. Bulletin; American Medical Association of Vienna. Wien. 773. Bulletin; American Pharmaceutical Association. Chicago. 774. Bulletin; American Protestant Hospital Association. Evansville, Ind. 775. Bulletin [Subcommittee on the] American Registries of Pathology (Committee on Pathology; National Re- search Council) Washington. [18] Bull. Am. Student Health Ass. Bull. Am. Women Hosp., N. Y. Bull, analyt. bibliogr. hellen. Bull. Animal Res. Vect. Dis. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Arkansas Bd Health Bull. Army Health Statist., Lond. Bull. Ass. Advance. Psychoanal., N. Y. Bull. Ass. gyn. obst. fr. Bull. Ass. med. fr. Amerique du Nord Bull. Ass. med. haiti. Bull. Atomic Scientists Bull. Audiom. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Austral. Ass. Occup. Therapists Bull. Bergen Co. M. Soc. Bull. Berks Co. M. Soc. Bull. Blood (NRC) Wash. Bull. Blood Subst. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Brit. Sc. Instrum. Res. Ass. Bull. Buchanan Co. M. Soc. Bull. Buffalo Hosp. Bull. Buncombe Co. M. Soc. Bull. Bur. Am. Ethnol. Bull. Bur. Med. Econom. Am. M. Ass. Bull. Camden-Clark Mem. Hosp. Bull. Cardiovasc Dis. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Chemother. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Chicago Hosp. Ass. Bull. Chicago Tuberc Inst. Bull. Christ. M. Counc. Overseas Work Bull. Cleveland Gen. Hosp. Bull. Colorado State Hosp. Bull. Columbus Acad. M. Bull. Columbus Dent. Soc Bull. Com. M. Social Eye Workers Bull. Commun. Dis. UNRRA Bull. Com. Path. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Com. Veterans M. Probl. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Cons. nat. Ordre nat. chir. den- tist. 776. Bulletin; American Student Health Association. Minneapolis, &c. 777. Bulletin; American Women's Hospitals. New York. 778. Bulletin analytique de bibliographie hellemque. Athenes. 779. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Animal Reservoirs and Vectors of Disease (National Research Council) Wash- ington. 780. Bulletin; Arkansas State Board of Health. Little Rock. 781. Bulletin of Army health statistics. London. 782. Bulletin; Association for the Advancement of Psycho- analysis. New York. 783. Bulletin de l'Association des gynecologues et obste- triciens de langue frangaise. Paris. 784. Bulletin; Association des medecins de langue fran- gaise de 1'Amerique du Nord. Montreal. 785. Bulletin de l'Association medicale haitienne. Port- au-Prince. 786. Bulletin; Atomic Scientists of Chicago. Chicago. 787. Bulletin [Panel on] Audiometry (Committee on Hear- ing, National Research Council) Washington. 788. Bulletin; Australian Association of Occupational Therapists. Sydney. 789. Bulletin of the Bergen County Medical Society. Teaneck, N. J., &c. 790. Bulletin of the Berks County Medical Society. Reading, Pa. 791. Bulletin [Committee on] Blood and Blood Derivatives (National Research Council) Washington. 792. Bulletin [of the Subcommittee on] Blood Substitutes (National Research Council) Washington. 793. Bulletin; British Scientific Instrument Research Association. London. 794. Bulletin of the Buchanan County Medical Society. St. Joseph, Mo. 795. Bulletin; Buffalo City Hospital. Buffalo. 796. Bulletin; Buncombe County Medical Society. Ashe- ville, N. C. 797. Bulletin; Bureau of American Ethnology; Smith- sonian Institution. Washington. 798. Bulletin; Bureau of Medical Economic Research; American Medical Association. Chicago. 799. Bulletin of the Camden-Clark Memorial Hospital staff conference. Parkersburg, W. Va. 800. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Cardiovascular Diseases (Committee on Medicine, National Research Council) Washington. 801. Bulletin [Committee on] chemotherapy (National Research Council) Washington. 802. Bulletin of the Chicago Hospital Association. Chicago. 803. Bulletin of the Chicago Tuberculosis Institute. Chicago. 804. Bulletin of the Christian Medical Council for Over- seas Work. New York. 805. Bulletin of the Cleveland General Hospital. Cleve- land. 806. Bulletin; Colorado State Hospital. Pueblo. 807. Bulletin; Columbus Academy of Medicine Colum- bus, O. 808. Bulletin; Columbus Dental Society. Columbus Ohio. 809. Bulletin; Committee of Medical Social Eye Workers. New York. 810. Bulletin of communicable diseases and medical notes1 European Regional Office, Health Division, United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Administration [London?] 811. Bulletin; Committee on Pathology, National Re- search Council. Washington. 812. Bulletin] CVMP; Committee on Veterans Medical Problems (National Research Council) Washington 813. Bulletin du Conseil national; Ordre national des chirurgiens-dentistes. Paris. [19] Bull. Corydon Palmer Dent. Soc. Bull. Counc. Christ. M. Work, Shang- hai Bull. Counc. Pub. Educ. Am. Hosp. Ass. Bull. Counc. Pub. Relat. Am. Hosp. Ass. Bull. Dent. Laborat. California Bull. Dent. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Div. Labor Stand., Wash. Bull. Douglas Park Br. Chicago M. Soc. Bull. Drug Addict. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Ecole psychol., Par. Bull. Equip. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Essex Co. Dent. Soc. Bull. Evanston Br. Chicago M. Soc. Bull. Fac. med. Univ. Montreal Bull. Food Supply (NRC) Wash. Bull. Free Hosp. Women, Bost. Bull, from Britain Bull. Garfield Co. M. Soc. Bull. Garfield Hosp., Wash. Bull. Geisinger Mem. Hosp. Bull. Georgetown Univ. M. Center Bull. Greene Co. M. Soc. Bull. Hawaii M. Ass. Bull. Hearing (NRC) Wash. Bull. Hop. S. Michel, Par. Bull. hyg. indust., Ottawa Bull. Indust. Hyg. Found. Bull. Infect. Dis. (NRC) Wash. Bull, inform. Min. san. pub. Bull. Insect Contr. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Inst. Appl. Biol. Bull. Inst. Marine Trop. M., Gdansk Bull. Inst. M. Res. Madrid Bull. Inst. nat. orientat. prof., Par. Bull. Interamer. Com. Social Secur., Montreal Bull, internat. CI. sc. math. Acad, sc, Praha Bull, internat. protect, enf., Brux. 814. Bulletin of the Corydon Palmer Dental Society. Youngstown, O. 815. Bulletin of the Council on Christian Medical Work of the Chinese Medical Association. Shanghai. 816. Bulletin; Council on Public Education, American Hos- pital Association. Chicago. 817. Bulletin; Council on Public Relations, American Hospital Association. Chicago. 818. Bulletin of Dental Laboratory Society of California. Los Angeles. 819. Bulletin [Committee on] Dentistry (National Re- search Council) Washington. 820. Bulletin; Division of Labor Standards; U. S. Depart- ment of Labor. Washington. 821. Bulletin of the Douglas Park Branch of the Chicago Medical Society. Chicago. 822. Bulletin [Committee on] Drug Addiction and Nar- cotics (National Research Council) Washington. 823. Bulletin de l'Ecole de psychologie et de la Soci6te de psychotherapie. Paris. 824. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Equipment (Committee on Blood and Blood Derivatives; National Research Council) Washington. 825. Bulletin; Essex County Dental Society. Newark, N. J. 826. Bulletin of Evanston Branch of Chicago Medical Society. Evanston. 827. Bulletin de la Faculte de medecine de l'Universite de Montreal. Montreal. 828. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Food Supply [Committee on Sanitary Engineering and Environment] (National Research Council) Washington. 829. Bulletin; Free Hospital for Women. Boston. 830. Bulletins from Britain. New York, N. Y. 831. Bulletin; Garfield County Medical Society. Enid, Okla. 832. Bulletin; Garfield Memorial Hospital. Washington. 833. Bulletin of the [Geo. F.] Geisinger Memorial Hospital [and Clinic] (title varies) Danville, Pa. 834. Bulletin; Georgetown University Medical Center. Washington. 835. Bulletin of the Greene County Medical Society. Springfield, Mo. 836. Bulletin; Hawaii Territorial Medical Association. Honolulu. 837. Bulletin [Committee on] Hearing (National Research Council) Washington. 838. Bulletin de l'Hopital Saint-Michel et bulletin [du Service] de gastro enterologie (title varies) Paris. 839. Bulletin de l'hygiene industrielle. Ottawa. 840. Bulletin; Industrial Hygiene Foundation. Pitts- burg. 841. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Infectious Diseases (Committee on Medicine, National Research Council) Washington. 842. Bulletin d'information; Ministere de la sant6 pu- blique, France. Paris. 843. Bulletin [Committee on] Insect and Rodent Control (National Research Council) Washington. 844. Bulletin of the Institute of Applied Biology. Brook- lyn. 845. Bulletin of the Institute of Marine and Tropical Medicine. Gdansk, Poland. 846. Bulletin of the Institute for Medical Research; University of Madrid. Madrid. 847. Bulletin de l'lnstitut national d'orientation pro- fessionnelle. Paris. 848. Bulletin; Inter-American Committee on Social Security. Montreal. 849. Bulletin international; Classe des sciences math6- matiques, naturelles et de la medecine; Acad6mie tcheque des sciences [formerly: Acad6mie des sciences de l'Empereur Frangois Joseph] Praha. 850. Bulletin international de la protection de l'enfance. Bruxelles. [201 Bull. Iowa Div. Am. Cancer Soc. Bull. Iowa Nurses Ass. Bull. Jackson Park Br. Chicago M. Soc. Bull. Jefferson Co. M. Soc. Bull. Lake Co. M. Soc Bull. Liver Dis. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Los Angeles Surg. Soc Bull. McGregor Clin., Hamilton Bull. Margaret Hague Mat. Hosp., Jersey City Bull. Mason Clin., Seattle Bull. Massachusetts Soc. Social Hyg. Bull. M. Coll. S. Carolina Bull. med. Afrique occid. fr. Bull. Med. (NRC) Wash. Bull. med. Serv. san. pub. Haiti. Bull. med. Univ. Aurore, Shanghai Bull. med. Univ. Changhai Bull. Meharry M. Coll. Bull. mens. Union ass. internat. Bull. Mount Sinai Hosp., Chic. Bull. Mun. Com. Tuberc. S. Louis Bull. M. Women Club Chicago Bull. Narcotics (U. N.) Bull. Nassau Co. Dent. Soc. Bull. Nat. Counc. Phys. Fitness Can- ada Bull. Nat. Dent. Ass. Bull. Nat. Soc. M. Res. Bull. N. Carolina Hosp. Ass. Bull. Neur. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Neuropsychiat. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Neurosurg. (NRC) Wash. Bull. North Br. Chicago M. Soc Bull. N. York Co. Dent. Soc. Bull. N. York Optometr. Soc. Bull. Oakland Co. M. Soc. Bull. Oklahoma Dent. Ass. Bull. Oklahoma Health Dep. Bull. Oncol. (NRC) Wash. 851. Bulletin; Iowa Division; Field Army of the American Cancer Society [varies: Bulletin; Iowa Division; Wo- men's Field Army] Des Moines. 852. Bulletin of the Iowa State Nurses' Association. Des Moines. 853. Bulletin, Jackson Park Branch, Chicago Medical Society. Chicago. 854. Bulletin; Jefferson County Medical Society. Bir- mingham, Ala. 855. Bulletin; Lake County Medical Society. North Chicago, 111., &c. 856. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Liver Diseases (Com- mittee on Medicine, National Research Council) Washington. 857. Bulletin of the Los Angeles Surgical Society. Los Angeles. 858. Bulletin; McGregor Clinic. Hamilton, Ont. 859. Bulletin of the Margaret Hague Maternity Hospital. Jersey City. 860. Bulletin of the Mason Clinic. Seattle. 861. Bulletin of the Massachusetts Society for Social Hygiene. Boston. 862. Bulletin of the Medical College of the State of South Carolina. Charleston. 863. Bulletin medical de 1'Afrique occidentale frangaise. Dakar. 864. Bulletin [Committee on] Medicine (National Research Council) Washington. 865. Bulletin medical du Service de la sante publique; R6publique d'Haiti. Port-au-Prince. 866. Bulletin medical de l'Universite l'Aurore. Shanghai. 867. Bulletin de medecine; Universite de Changhai. Shanghai. 868. Bulletin of Meharry Medical College. Nashville. 869. Bulletin mensuel; Union des associations inter- nationales. Bruxelles. 870. Bulletin of the Mount Sinai Hospital. Chicago. 871. Bulletin of the Municipal Commission on Tubercu- losis of Saint Louis. St. Louis. 872. Bulletin of the Medical Women's Club of Chicago. Chicago. 873. Bulletin on narcotics (United Nations) Lake Success, N. Y. 874. Bulletin of the Nassau County Dental Society Glen Cove, N. Y. 875. Bulletin; National Council on Physical Fitness, Canada. Ottawa. 876. Bulletin; National Dental Association. Manassas; Chicago. 877. Bulletin of the National Society for Medical Re- search. Chicago. 878. Bulletin; North Carolina Hospital Association. Charlotte. 879. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Neurology (Committee on Neuropsychiatry; National Research Council) Wash- ington. 880. Bulletin [Committee on] Neuropsychiatry (National Research Council) Washington. 881. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Neurosurgery (Com- mittee on Surgery, National Research Council) Wash- ington. 882. Bulletin of North Suburban Branch of Chicago Medical Society. Evanston. 883. Bulletin; New York County Dental Society New York. 884. Bulletin; New York Optometric Society New York. 885. Bulletin; Oakland County Medical Society. Pon- tiac, Mich. 886. Bulletin (The) of the Oklahoma State Dental Asso- ciation. Oklahoma City. 887. Bulletin; Oklahoma State Health Department. Oklahoma City. 888. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Oncology (Committee on Pathology, National Research Council) Washing- ton. [21] Bull. Ophth. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Ordre med., Par. Bull. Ordre pharm., Par. Bull. Orthop. Surg. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Path. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Personnel (NRC) Wash. Bull. Pharm. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Pharm. Ther. Com. Univ. Hosp., Ann Arb. Bull. Potter Co. M. Soc. Bull. Prosth. Dev. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Provident Hosp., Bait. Bull. Psychiat. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Pub. Health Supr. Command. Japan Bull, quarant., Alexandrie Bull. Radiol. (NRC) Wash. Bull. rech. genese &c cancer, Dijon Bull. Rex Hosp., Raleigh Bull. Riverside Hosp., Jacksonv. Bull. Russ. M. Soc. N. York Bull. Saginaw Co. M. Soc. Bull. San. Engin. (NRC) Wash. Bull. S. Barbara Co. M. Soc. Bull. S. Clair Co. M. Soc. Bull. S. Elizabeths Hosp., Wash. Bull. Shelter (NRC) Wash. Bull. Shock (NRC) Wash. Bull. S. Ind. M. Union, Madras Bull. Soc amis d. sc. Poznan Bull. Soc. beige derm. Bull. Soc. beige gyn. Bull. Soc. biol. Alger Bull. Soc. chir. Bordeaux Bull. Soc. chir. Marseille Bull. Soc. fr. micr. Bull. Soc. fr. opht. Bull. Soc. fr. phleb. Bull. Soc. hist, pharm., Par. Bull. Soc. med. chir., Hanoi Bull. Soc. med. emul., Par. Bull. Soc. med. hist., Par. Bull. Soc. med. Passy Bull. Soc. med. Pau 889. Bulletin [Committee on] Ophthalmology (National Research Council) Washington. 890. Bulletin de l'Ordre des medecins. Paris. 891. Bulletin de l'Ordre des pharmaciens. Paris. 892. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Orthopedic Surgery (Committee on Surgery, National Research Council) Washington. 893. Bulletin [Committee on] Pathology (National Re- search Council) Washington. 894. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Personnel (Committea on Dentistry; National Research Council) Washington. 895. Bulletin; Subcommittee on] Pharmacy (National Research Council) Washington. 896. Bulletin (The) of the Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee; University Hospital. Ann Arbor, Mich. 897. Bulletin of the Potter County Medical Society. Amarillo, Texas. 898. Bullfetin; Committee on] Prosthetic Devices (Na- tional Research Council) Washington. 899. Bulletin; Provident Hospital. Baltimore. 900. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Psychiatry (Committee on Neuropsychiatry; National Research Council) Washington. 901. Bulletin; Public Health and Welfare Section; Supreme Commander for the Allied Powers (Japan) [n. p.] 902. Bulletin quarantenaire hebdomadaire. Alexandrie, Egypt. 903. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Radiology; (Committee on Surgery; National Research Council) Washington. 904. Bulletin des recherches sur la genese et la prophy- laxie du cancer. Dijon. 905. Bulletin of the staff of Rex Hospital. Raleigh, N. C. 906. Bulletin of the Riverside Hospital. Jacksonville, Fla. 907. Bulletin of the Russian Medical Society of New York. New York. 908. Bulletin; Saginaw County Medical Society. Saginaw, Mich. 909. Bulletin [Committee on] Sanitary Engineering and Environment (National Research Council) Washington. 910. Bulletin of the Santa Barbara County Medical So- ciety. Santa Barbara, Calif. 911. Bulletin; St. Clair County Medical Society. East St. Louis, 111. 912. Bulletin; St. Elizabeths Hospital. Washington. 913. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Shelter and Clothing (Committee on Sanitary Engineering and Environment; National Research Council) Washington. 914. Bulletin [Committee] on Shock [and Transfusions (National Research Council) Washington. 915. Bulletin of the South Indian Medical Union. Madras 916. Bulletin de la Society des amis des sciences de Poznan. Poznan. 917. Bulletin de la Societe beige de dermatologie et de syphiligraphie. Bruxelles. 918. Bulletin de la Societe' royale beige de gyn^cologie et d'obstetrique. Bruxelles. 919. Bulletin des filiales de la Societe de biologie de Paris; Societe de biologie d'Alger. Alger. 920. Bulletins et m6moires de la Societe de chirurgie de Bordeaux et du Sud-Ouest. Bordeaux. 921. Bulletins et m^moires de la Soci6t6 de chirurgie de Marseille. Paris. 922. Bulletin de la Societe frangaise de microscopie. Paris. 923. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe frangaise d'ophtal- mologie. Paris. 924. Bulletin de la Societe frangaise de phlebologie. Paris. 925. Bulletin de la Societ6 d'histoire de la pharmacie. Paris. 926. Bulletin de la Societe m^dico-chirurgicale [de l'lndo- Chine, Hanoi & Haiphong] Hanoi. 927. Bulletins de la Soci6t6 medicale d'emulation. Paris. 928. Bulletin de la Societe medico-historique. Paris. 929. Bulletin et memoires de la Societe medicale de Passy. Martel de Janville. 930. Bulletin de la Societe" medicale de Pau et du Syndicat medical du Beam. Pau. [22] Bull. Soc neur. Paris Bull. Soc. neur. psychiat. Jassy Bull, soc opht. France Bull. Soc. opht. Lyon Bull. Soc. path, comp., Par. Bull. Soc. pharm. Bordeaux Bull. Soc. pharm. Cote d'Or Bull. Soc roumain. neur. Bull. Soc. sex., Par. Bull. Soc. vaud. sc. nat. Bull. South Chicago M. Soc. Bull, statist, gen. France Bull. Subcom. Am. Reg. Path. Bull. Subcom. Prosthes. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Suffolk Co. M. Soc Bull. Surg. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Synd. nat. gyn. fr. Bull. synd. pharm. reg. paris. Bull. Tarrant Co. M. Soc. Bull. Thorac Surg. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Toronto East M. Ass. Bull. Tuberc. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Tucker Sanat., Richm. Bull. Tufts Dent. Club N. York Bull. Tumor Clin., Huntington Bull. Union Co. Dent. Soc. Bull. Univ. Aurore, Shanghai Bull. Univ. Minnesota Hosp. Bull. U. S. Bur. Labor Stand. Bull. U. S. Nat. Soc. M. Res. Bull. Vener. Dis., Bost. Bull. Vener. Dis. Control, Ottawa Bull. Vener. Dis. (NRC) Wash. Bull. Washington Univ. M. School, S. Louis Bull. Waste Disp. (NRC) Wash. Bull. West Suburb. Hosp., Oak Park Bull. Wichita Falls Clin. Bull. Wisconsin Nurs. Ass. 931. Bulletins officiels; Society de neurologie de Paris. 932. Bulletin et mSmoires de la Societe" de neurologie, psychiatrie, psychologie et endocrinologie de Jassy. Iasi. 933. Bulletin des society d'ophtalmologie de France. Paris. 934. Bulletin de la Societe d'ophtalmologie de Lyon. Lyon, &c. 935. Bulletin de la Societe de pathologie comparee. Paris. 936. Bulletin des travaux de la Societe' de pharmacie de Bordeaux. Bordeaux. 937. Bulletin de la Societe syndicale des pharmaciens de la Cote-d'Or [formerly: Societe des pharmaciens de la Cote-d'Or] Dijon. 938. Bulletin de la Society roumaine de neurologie, psy- chiatrie, psychologie et endocrinologie. Iasi. 939. Bulletin; Societe de sexologie. Paris. 940. Bulletin de la Soei6t£ vaudoise des sciences naturelles. Lausanne. 941. Bulletin; South Chicago Branch, Chicago Medical Society. Chicago. 942. Bulletin de la statistique generale de la France. Paris. 943. Bulletin; Subcommittee on the American Register of Pathology, National Research Council. Washington. 944. Bulletin; Subcommittee on Prostheses. (National Research Council) Washington. 945. Bulletin of the Suffolk County Medical Society. Huntington, N. Y. 946. Bulletin [Committee on] Surgery (National Research Council) Washington. 947. Bulletin du Syndicat national des gynecologues frangais. Paris. 948. Bulletin des syndicats pharmaceutiques de la region parisienne. Paris. 949. Bulletin of the Tarrant County Medical Society. Fort Worth, Tex. 950. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Thoracic Surgery (Com- mittee on Surgery; National Research Council) Wash- ington. 951. Bulletin (The) of the Toronto East Medical Associa- tion. Toronto, Can. 952. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Tuberculosis (Committee on Medicine; National Research Council) Washington. 953. Bulletin of the Tucker Sanatorium. Richmond, Va. 954. Bulletin; Tufts Dental Club of New York. New York. 955. Bulletin; Tumor Clinic, St. Mary's Hospital. Hunt- ington, W. Va. 956. Bulletin of the Union County Dental Society. Newark, N. J. 957. Bulletin de PUniversit6 l'Aurore. Shanghai. 958. Bulletin of the University of Minnesota Hospitals and Minnesota Medical Foundation. Minneapolis. 959. Bulletin; United States Department of Labor; Bureau of Labor Standards. Washington. 960. Bulletin of the [United States] National Society for Medical Research. Chicago. 961. Bulletin of venereal diseases. Boston. 962. Bulletin of venereal disease control; Department of Health, Ontario. Ottawa. 963. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Venereal Diseases (Com- mittee on Medicine, National Research Council) Wash- ington. 964. Bulletin of the Washington University Medical School. St. Louis. 965. Bulletin [Subcommittee on] Waste Disposal [Com- mittee on Sanitary Engineering and Environment; National Research Council) Washington. 966. Bulletin; West Suburban Hospital. Oak Park, 111. 967. Bulletin of the Wichita Falls Clinic-Hospital! Wi- chita Falls, Tex. 968. Bulletin; Wisconsin State Nurses Association. Cud- ahy. [23 Bull. Woman Aux. Am. M. Ass. Bull. Woman Hosp., N. Y. Bull. World Fed. Ment. Health, Lond. Bull. World Health Org., N. Y. Bull. World M. Ass. Bull. Yellow Fever Bur., Liverp. Butll. Sind. metg. Catalunya BVA Bull., N. Y. Byositu & kenkyusitu 969. Bulletin of the Woman's Auxiliar}' to the American Medical Association. Chicago. 970. Bulletin of the Woman's Hospital in the State of New York. New York. 971. Bulletin (The) of the World Federation for Mental Health. London. 972. Bulletin of the World Health Organization. Xew York. 973. Bulletin; World Medical Association. Mt Morris, 111. 974. Bulletin; Yellow Fever Bureau. Liverpool. 975. Butlleti del Sindicat de metges de Catalunya. Bar-. celona. 976. B. V. A. (The) bulletin [Blinded Veterans Association] New York. 977. Byositu to kenkyusitu. Tokyo. Cademario Nachr. Cadern. cient., Lisb. Caduceus, Manila Caduceus, Poughkeepsie CAEME, B. Air. Cah. alger. san. Cah. climat., Par. Cah. Laennec Cah. med., Alger Cah. med. fr. Cah. med. trav. Cah. med. vet. Cah. nordafr. hyg. med. sociales Cah. pharm. France Cah. psychiat. California Hosp. Messenger California Pub. Health Guard. Caliper, Ottawa C. A. M., Porto Alegre Camice bianco, Fir. Campaign Bull. Am. Heart Ass. Camp, antituberc, Guayaquil Canad. Druggist Canad. J. Psychol. Canad. Physician, Toronto Cancer Bull., Houston Cancer Bull., Rochester Cancer Bull., Wash. Cancer News, N. Y. Canje, B. Air. Capitolium, Roma Carmichael M. Coll. Mag. Carnet d. econome Carolina Mountain Air Carta odont., Lima Cas. cesk. lek. Cas. cesk. vet. Casist. chir., Tor. Casist. med., Tor. Catalyst, Phila. Catedra & clin., B. Air. CDC Bull., Atlanta Cebu M. Soc. Bull. Celula, Habana CEM, Quito Centr. J. Homeop. 978. Cademario-XTachrichten. Cademario, Switz. 979. Cadernos cientificos. Lisboa. 980. Caduceus (The) Manila. 981. Caduceus (The) Poughkeepsie. 982. CA[mara]deE[specialidades]ME[dicinales] Buenos Aires. 983. Cahiers (Les) algeriens de la sante. Alger. 984. Cahiers (Les) de climatologie. Paris. 985. Cahiers Laennec. Paris. Cahiers medicaux de l'union frangaise. Alger. Cahiers (Les) medicaux frangais. Paris. Cahiers de medecine du travail. Paris. Cahiers (Les) de medecine v^terinaire. Paris. Cahiers nord-africains d'hygiene et de medecine sociales. Alger. 991. Cahiers du pharmacien de France. Paris. Cahiers de psychiatrie. Clermont-Ferrand. California (The) hospital messenger. Los Angeles. California public health guardian. Los Angeles. Caliper (The) Ottawa. Cfentro] A[cademico de] M[edicina Sarmento Leite] Porto Alegre. 997. Camice bianco. Firenze. 998. Campaign bulletin; American Heart Association. New York. 999. Campafia antituberculosa. Guayaquil. 1000. Canadian druggist. Toronto. Canadian journal of psychology. Toronto. Canadian (The) Physician. Toronto. Cancer (The) bulletin. Houston. Cancer bulletin. Rochester, N. Y. Cancer (The) bulletin. Washington. Cancer news. New York. Canje (El) Buenos Aires. 986. 987. 988. 989. 990. 992. 993. 994. 995. 996. 1001. 1002. 1003. 1004. 1005. 1006. 1007. Medical College magazine. 1008. Capitolium. Roma. 1009. Carmichael (The) Calcutta. 1010. Carnet de l'6conome. Paris. 1011. Carolina mountain-air. Asheville, N. C. 1012. Carta (La) odontol6gica. Lima. 1013. Casopis cesk^ho lekdrnictva. Praha. 1014. Casopis ceskoslovenskych veterin&fu. Praha. 1015. Casistica chirurgica. Torino. Casistica medica. Torino. Catalyst (The) Philadelphia. Cdtedra y clinica. Buenos Aires. C[ommunicable]D[isease]C[enter] bulletin 1016. 1017. 1018. 1019. Ga. 1020. 1021. Cebu Medical Society bulletin. Celula. La Habana. 1022. C[entro de]E[studiantes de]M[edicina Espejo] Quito. 1023. Central journal of homeopathy. Chardon, Ohio, &c. Atlanta, Cebu City, P. I. Eugenio [24] Centr. Pharm. J., Chic. C. E. O., Asuncion (erebr. Palsy Rev. Cesk. dent. Cesk. derm. Cesk. nemoc Cesk. stomat. Ceylon Health News Ceylon J. M. Sc. Chain Store Age, Orange Challenge, Chic. Charing Cross Hosp. Gaz. Chatterbox, Hartford Chemicals & Drugs Chemist &c Australasia Chemist News, Bombay Chemists J., Lond. Chemoterapia, Tor. Chemotherapy (NRC) Wash. Chemother. Rep. (OSRD) Wash. Chem. pharm. techn., Dordrecht Chicago V. D. Bull. Child Study, N. Y. Chin. Rev. Trop. M. Chir. ital. Chiropodist, Lond. Chiropractor Chirurgia, Milano Christ Hosp. M. Bull., Cincin. Chron. med. Bigorre Chron. Omaha Dent. Soc. Chron. World Health Org. Chunghwa ihsiieh tsachih Chymia, Phila. Ciba tschr., Basel Ciba Zschr., Basel Cienc. med. hisp. amer. Cinchona, Bandoeng Cinchona Rev., N. Y. CIOS Rep., Lond. Circ. Chief Surgeon's Off. U. S. Army Fore Pacific Circ. Dep. Health Scotland Circ. farm., Barcel. Circ. Lett. Brit. M. Liais. Off., Carlisle Circ. Lett. U. S. Army Far East Off. Theater Surgeon Circ M. Sect. Far East Command Circulation, N. Y. Cirug. & med., Mex. Cirug. ortop. traumat., Madr. Citta di Milano (Rass.) Clarke School Stud. Hered. Deaf. Clin. Conf., Los Ang. Clin, contemp., Lisb. Clinica, Valladolid Clinico, N. Goa Clin. Invest. Rep. (NRC) Wash. 1028 1029 1030 1031 1024. Central pharmaceutical journal. Chicago. 1025. Cfentro] E[studiantes de] Ofdontologia] Asunci6n, Paraguav. 1026. Cerebral palsy review. Wichita. 1027. Ceskoslovensky dentista. Praha. Ceskoslovenska dermatologie. Praha. Ceskoslovenska nemocnice. Praha. Ceskoslovenska' stomatologie. Praha. Ceylon health news. Colombo. 1032. Ceylon (The) journal of medical science. Colombo, Ceylon. 1033. Chain store age. Orange, Conn. 1034. Challenge (The) Chicago. 1035. Charing Cross Hospital gazette. Blandford, &c. 1036. Chatterbox (The) Hartford. 1037. Chemicals and drugs. Washington. 1038. Chemist (The) & druggist and pharmacist of Australasia. Sydney, &c. 1039. Chemist [&'drugstore] news (title varies) Bombay. 1040. Chemists' (The) journal. London. 1041. Chemoterapia. Torino. 1042. Chemotherapy (Committee on Chemotherapeutic and Other Agents; National Research Council) Wash- ington. 1043. Chemotherapy report (Committee on Medical Research; Office of Scientific Research and Develop- ment) Washington. 1044. Chemische en pharmaceutische techniek. Dord- recht. 1045. Chicago V. D. bulletin. Chicago. 1046. Child study. New York. 1047. Chinese (The) review of tropical medicine. Taipeh, Taiwan. 1048. Chirurgia italiana. Belluno. 1049. Chiropodist (The) London. 1050. Chiropractor (The) Davenport, Iowa. 1051. Chirurgia. Milano. 1052. Christ Hospital medical bulletin. Cincinnati. 1053. Chronique (La) medicale de la Bigorre. Tarbes. 1054. Chronicle of the Omaha District Dental Society. Omaha. 1055. Chronicle of the World Health Organization. New York. 1056. Chunghwa ihsiieh tsachih. Shanghai. 1057. Chymia. Philadelphia. 1058. Ciba-tijdschrift. Basel. 1059. Ciba Zeitschrift. Basel. 1060. Ciencias medicas hispano-americanas. Madrid. 1061. Cinchona. Bandoeng. 1062. Cinchona review. New York. 1063. Cfombined] I [ntelligence]0[bjectives]S[ubcommittee] report. London. 1064. Circular letter; Chief Surgeon's Office, United States Army Forces in the Pacific, [n. p.] 1065. Circular; Department of Health for Scotland. Edinburgh. 1066. Circular farmaceutica. Barcelona. 1067. Circular letter; British Medical Liaison Officer; Medical Field Service School. Carlisle Barracks, Pa. 1068. Circular letter; United States Army Forces in the Far East, Office of the Theater Surgeon, [n. p.] 1069. Circular; Medical Section, Far Eastern Command, United States Army. [n. p.] 1070. Circulation. New York. 1071. Cirugia y medicina. Mexico. 1072. Cirugia ortopedica y traumatologia. Madrid. 1073. Citta di Milano; rassegna mensile del Comune e bollettino di statistica. Milano. 1074. Clarke School studies concerning the heredity of deafness. Northampton, Mass. 1075. Clinical conferences. Los Angeles. 1076. Clinica contemporanea. Lisboa. 1077. Clinica. Valladolid. 1078. Clinico (O) Nova-Goa. 1079. Clinical investigation report (National Research Council) Washington. [25] Clin. Invest. Rep. (OSRD) Wash. Clin. J. Japan Clin. & laborat., Par. Clin. M. Digest, Tokyo Clin. Misc., Spring!. Clin, ortop., Parma Clin, otorinolar., Roma Clin. Path. Conf. Percy Jones Gen. Hosp. Clin. Path. Conf. U. S. Army Brooke Gen. Hosp. Clin. Path. Conf. U. S. Army Madigan Gen. Hosp. Clin. Proc Jewish Hosp., Phila. Clin. Rep. Adelaide Child. Hosp. Clin. Soc. J., Agra Clin. Soc. J., Lucknow Clin. Suppl. King's Coll. Hosp. Gaz., Lond. Clin. Symposia, Summit Clin, torax, B. Air. Clin, trabajo, B. Air. CML C Q. Progr. Rep. Insect & Rodent Contr. Colec monogr. Inst, tisiol., Montev. Collect, droit social Collect. Papers Brit. Postgrad. M. School Collect. Papers Dep. Biochem. Peiping Union M. Coll. Collect. Papers Dep. Helminth. London School Trop. M. Collect. Papers Dep. Physiol. Long Island Coll. M. Collect. Papers Dep. Physiol. Univ. Pennsylvania Collect. Papers Inst. Med. Vet. Sc. Collect. Papers Inst. Physiol. Univ. Glasgow Collect. Papers Lister Inst. Prev. M., Lond. Collect. Papers Physiol. Dep. Univ. Glasgow Collect. Papers Res. Laborat. Parke Davis & Co. Collect. Repr. California Stomat. Res. Gp Collect. Repr. Comly & Coleman Fund M. & S. Res. Ohio Univ. Collect. Repr. Com. M. Res. Off. Sc. Res. U. S. Collect. Repr. Dep. Biol. Cath. Univ. America Collect. Repr. Nat. Found. Iniant. Paralysis Collect. Repr. U. S. Nat. Inst. Health Collect. Repr. Wilmer Ophth. Inst. Collect. Stud. Dep. Bact. N. York Post- grad. M. School 1080. Clinical investigation report (Committee on Medical Research; Office of Scientific Research and Develop- ment) Washington. 1081. Clinical (The) journal of Japan (Nippon rinsyo) Osaka. 1082. Clinique et laboratoire. Paris. 1083. Clinical medicine digest. Tokyo. 1084. Clinical miscellany. Springfield, 111. 1085. Clinica (La) ortopedica. Parma. 1086. Clinica (La) otorinolaringoiatrica. Roma. 1087. Clinico-pathological conference; Percy Jones Gen- eral Hospital; U. S. Army. Battle Creek, Mich. 1088. Clinico-pathological conference [U. S. Army] Brooke General Hospital. Fort Sam Houston, Texas. 1089. Clinical-pathological conference [U. S. Army] Madigan General Hospital. Tacoma. 1090. Clinical proceedings of the Jewish Hospital. Phila- delphia. 1091. Clinical reports of the Adelaide Children's Hospital. Adelaide. 1092. Clinical Society journal. Agra, India. 1093. Clinical Society journal. Lucknow. 1094. Clinical supplement to King's College Hospital Gazette. London. 1095. Clinical symposia. Summit, N. J. 1096. Clinica del torax. Buenos Aires. 1097. Clinica del trabajo. Buenos Aires. 1098. C[he]M[ica]L C[orps] quarterly progress report on insect and rodent control. Washington, &c. 1099. Colecci6n de monograffas; Instituto de tisiologia Prof. Dr. J. B. Morelli. Montevideo. 1100. Collection droit social. Paris. 1101. Collected papers; British Postgraduate Medica. School. London. 1102. Collected papers; Department of Biochemistry, Peiping Union Medical College. Peiping. 1103. Collected papers; Department of Helminthology, London School of Tropical Medicine. London. 1104. Collected papers from the Department of Physiology and Pharmacology; Long Island College of Medicine. Brooklyn. 1105. Collected papers; Department of Physiology, School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia. 1106. Collected papers; Institute of Medical and Veter- inary Science. Adelaide. 1107. Collected papers; Institute of Physiology, University of Glasgow. Glasgow. 1108. Collected papers; Lister Institute of Preventive Medicine. London. 1109. Collected papers; Physiological Department, Uni- versity of Glasgow. Glasgow. 1110. Collected papers from the Research Laboratory, Parke, Davis & Company. Detroit, Mich. 1111. Collected reprints from the California Stomatologi- cal Research Group of the University of California. Berkeley. 1112. Collected reprints; Comly and Coleman Fund for Medical and Surgical Research of the Ohio State Uni- versity. Columbus. 1113. Collected reprints; Committee on Medical Research, Office of Scientific Research and Development, United States. Washington. 1114. Collected reprints; Department of Biology, Catholic University of America. Washington. 1115. Collected reprints of the grantees; National Founda- tion for Infantile Paralysis. New York. 1116. Collected reprints [U. S.] National Institutes of Health. Washington. 1117. Collected reprints from the Wilmer Ophthalmologi- cal Institute of the Johns Hopkins University and Hos- pital. Baltimore. 1118. Collected studies of the Department of Bacteriology, New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hospital. New York. [26] Collect. Stud. Dep. Biol. Chem. Univ. Illinois Collect. Stud. Dep. Laborat. N. York Postgrad. M. School Collect. Stud. Glen Lake Sanat. Collect. Works Parasit. Laborat. Keio- gijuku Univ. Colloq. med., Oranienb. Coll. Pharm. News, Iowa City Colonial Res., Lond. Colorado Health News. Columbia Optometr. Comment. Pontif. acad. sc. Commonw. Dent. Rev., Sydney Commun. Congr. colit. (France) Compend. med., Phila. Compens. M., N. Y. Comun. Congr. internac hisp. port. derm. Comun. Congr. sudamer. otorrinolar. Comune di Bologna (Rass.) Conf. Ass. fr. avance. sc. Confidential- from Washington Conf. Inst, perfec. med. quir., B. Air. Conf. internat. rat Conf. Liga port, profil. social Conf. Med. Consultants to Wehrmacht Conf. Metab. Asp. Convalesc. Conf. pediat., Lisb. Conf. techn. Ass. gen. hygienist. mun. Conf. Ultrasonics [U. S.] Congr. interamer. cirug. Congr. med. mut. Uruguay Connaitre, Par. Connecticut Cancer Bull. Connecticut M. J. Consolid. Pharmacist, Brooklyn Constit. Med., Lond. Construct. S. & M. Contr. Dan. Pharmacop. Com. Contr. Dep. Gyn. City Hosp. N. York Contr. Dep. Hyg. Gov. Res. Inst. For- mosa Contr. Male Dep. Copenhagen Ment. Hosp. Contr. Neur. Inst. N. York Contr. Univ. Inst. Foren. M. Kanazawa Contr. Univ. Inst. Gen. Path. Copen- hagen Convalesc. Rehabil. Rep. 1119. Collected studies from the Department of Biological Chemistry, University of Illinois College of Medicine. Chicago. 1120. Collected studies of the Department of the Labora- tories, Xew York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hospital. New York. 1121. Collected studies from Glen Lake Sanatorium. Oak Terrace, Minn. 1122. [Collected] works from the Parasitology Laboratory, Faculty of Medicine, Keio-gijuku University. Tokyo. 1123. Colloquium medici. Oranienburg/Berlin. 1124. College of Pharmacy news. Iowa City. 1125. Colonial research; reports of the Colonial Research Committee, &c. London. 1126. Colorado health news. Denver. 1127. Columbia (The) optometrist. New York. 1128. Commentationes; Pontificia academia scientiarum. Roma. 1129. Commonwealth (The) dental review. Sydney. 1130. Communications, discussion des rapports et compte rendu du Congres; Congres des colites (France) Plom- bieres-les-Bains. 1131. Compendio medico. Philadelphia. 1132. Compensation medecine. X^ew York. 1133. Comunicagoes portuguesas; Congresso internacional hispano-portugues de dermatologia. Lisboa. 1134. Comunicaciones; Congreso sud americano de otor- rinolaringologia. Montevideo. 1135. Comune (II) di Bologna (Rassegna) Bologna. 1136. Conferences; Association frangaise pour l'avance- ment des sciences. Paris. 1137. Confidential from Washington. Washington. 1138. Conferencias; Instituto de perfeccionamiento medico- quirurgico. Buenos Aires. 1139. Conference internationale du rat. Paris. 1140. Conferencias; Liga portuguesa de profilaxia social. Porto. 1141. Conference of the medical consultants to the Wehr- macht. [n. p.] 1142. Conference on metabolic aspects of convalescence including bone and wound healing. New York. 1143. Conferencias de pediatria na Clinica meMica pedid- trica do Hospital D. Estefania. Lisboa. 1144. Conference technique; Association generale des hygienistes & techniciens municipaux. Paris. 1145. Conference on ultrasonics and explosive decompres- sion [United States] Washington. 1146. Congreso interamericano de cirugia. [v. p.] 1147. Congreso de medicos mutuales organizado por el Colegio medico del Uruguay. Montevideo. 1148. Connaitre. Paris. 1149. Connecticut (The) cancer bulletin. Waterbury. 1150. Connecticut (The) State medical journal. Hartford. 1151. Consolidated (The) Pharmacist. Brooklyn. 1152. Constitutional medicine, endocrinology and allergy. [Title varies: v.l, Constitutional medicine and endo- crinology] London. 1153. Constructive surgery and medicine. Chicago. 1154. Contributions from the Danish Pharmacopoeia Commission. K0benhavn. 1155. Contributions from the Department of Gynaecology of the City Hospital, New York. New York. 1156. Contributions from the Department of Hygiene, Government Research Institute, Formosa. Taihoku. 1157. Contributions from the Male Dept. of Copenhagen's Mental Hospital, St. Hans Hospital. K0benhavn. 1158. Contributions from the Third Division Neurological Institute of New York. New York. 1159. Contributions from the University Institute for Forensic Medicine, Kanazawa. Kanazawa. 1160. Contributions from the University Institute for General Pathology, Copenhagen. Copenhagen. 1161. Convalescence and rehabilitation report. Wash- ington. [27] Cooper, Melun Cooperador dent., B. Air. Cord, Aylesbury Cornell Conf. Ther., N. Y. Cornell M. J. Corpuscle, Chic. Correio mundo farm., Rio County Intern, Chic. Courage, Sapulpa Courier, Wash. CRDA News, Chic. C. rend. Acad, bulgare sc. C. rend. Ass. anat. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance sc. C. rend. Conf. internat. rhumat. chron. C. rend. Congr. chim. biol.. Par. C. rend. Congr. egypt. med. C. rend. Congr. fr. gyn. C. rend. Congr. internat. amelior. aveugles C. rend. Congr. internat. anthrop. C. rend. Congr. internat. lumiere C. rend. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. sport. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. vet. C. rend. Congr. internat. plant, med. C. rend. Congr. internat. sc. anthrop. C. rend. Jour. med. Beyrouth C. rend. Jour. med. Com. nat. sports C. rend. Jour. dent. Paris C. rend. Reun. med. chir. morph. C. rend. Soc. obst. France C. rend. Soc. obst. Lille C. rend, stenogr. Conf. internat. hyg. bien-etre marine march. C. rend. Union internat. peril vener. Crianca portug. Cruz Roja espan. Cruz Roja venezol. Cuadern. amaril. Cont. san. panamer. Cuadern. farm., Granada C. U. C. P. Alumni J., N. Y. Cult. Stomat., Tor. Current Med., Johannesb. Current Ther., Phila. 1162, Cooper. Melun, France. 1163. Cooperador (El) dental. Buenos Aires. 1164. Cord (The) Aylesbury, Engl. 1165. Cornell conferences on therapy. New York. 1166. Cornell medical journal. Xew York. 1167. Corpuscle (The) Chicago. 1168. Correio do mundo farmaceutico. Rio de Janeiro. 1169. County (The) intern. Chicago. 1170. Courage. Sapulpa, Okla. 1171. Courier of the George Washington University Hospital. Washington. 1172. C[hicago]R[etail]D[ruggists']A[ssociation] news. Chicago. 1173. Comptes rendus de l'Academie bulgare des sciences. Sofia. 1174. Comptes rendus de l'Association des anatomistes. Paris, &c. 1175. Compte rendu; Association frangaise pour l'avance- ment des sciences. Paris. 1176. Comptes-rendus; Conference scientifique interna- tionale du rhumatisme chronique progressif g6n6ralise [var.: ... le rhumatisme chronique deg£ne>atif] Cham- bery. 1177. Compte rendu general du Congres; conferences; Congres de chimie biologique. Paris. 1178. Comptes rendus; Congres egyptien de medecine. Le Caire. 1179. Comptes-rendus; Congres frangais de gynecologie. Paris. 1180. Compte rendu general; Congres international pour l'amelioration du sort des aveugles. Le Caire. 1181. Compte rendu; Congres international d'anthro- pologie et d'archeologie prehistoriques. [v. p.] 1182. Comptes-rendus; Congres international de la lu- miere. K0benhavn. 1183. Compte-rendu general; discussions des rapports et communications; Congres international de medecine et de pharmacie militaires. Basel. 1184. Compte rendu; Congres international de medecine sportive appliquee a la natation. Paris. 1185. Compte rendu du Congres international de medecine veterinaire. Bruxelles. 1186. [Compte rendu] Congres international des plantes medicinales et des plantes a essences. Paris. 1187. Compte rendu; Congres international des sciences anthropologiques et ethnologiques. K0benhavn. 1188. Comptes-rendus; Journees medicales de Beyrouth. Paris. 1189. Comptes rendus des Journees medicales du Comite national des sports. Paris. 1190. Compte-rendu des seances, allocutions et communi- cations; Journees dentaires de Paris. Paris. 1191. Comptes rendus des stances; Reunions medico- chirurgicales de morphologie. Paris. 1192. Compte rendu des stances; Societe obstetricale de France. Paris. 1193. Comptes-rendus des travaux de la Societe d'ob- stetrique de Lille. Lille. 1194. [Compte rendu stenographique]; Conference [inter- national] sur l'hygiene et le bien-etre dans la marine marchande. Paris. 1195. Compte rendu des d6bats; Comite executif et conseil de direction; Union interna tionale contre le peril venerien. Paris. 1196. Crianga (A) portuguesa. Lisboa. 1197. Cruz Roja espafiola. Madrid. 1198. Cruz Roja venezolana. Caracas. 1199. Cuadernos amarillos; Conferencia sanitaria pan- americana. Caracas. 1200. Cuadernos de farmacologia. Granada. 1201. Cfolumbia] U[niversity] Cfollege of] P[harmacy] alumni journal. New York. 1202. Cultura (La) stomatologica. Torino, &c. 1203. Current medicine. Johannesburg. 1204. Current therapy. Philadelphia. [28] CWS Month. Progr. Rep. Insect & Rodent Contr. CWS Q. Progr. Rep. Insect & Rodent Contr. Cyprus M. J. Cytologia, Tokyo Czas. sad. lek. 1205. C[hemical]W[arfare]S[ervice] monthly progress report on insect and rodent control. Washington, &c. 1206. C[hemical]W[arfare]S[ervice] quarterly progress re- port on insect and rodent control. Washington, &c. 1207. Cyprus medical journal. Nicosia. 1208. Cytologia. Tokyo. 1209. Czasopismo sadowo-lekarskie. Warszawa. D Dai Nippon sika igakkai kaisi Dai Nippon zibiinkoka kai kaiho Dalhousie, M. J. Dansk farm. aarb. Dansk klin. Dansk otolar. selsk. forh. Dansk R0de Kors tskr. Dansk sundhedstid. Dansk tskr. farm. Debreceni Tisza Istvan Tud. Egyet. evk. Delaware Co. Pharmacist Delaware Nurse Delaware Pharmacist AeXnov larpoxeip. eratp. K-drivojv Demogr. colomb. Dens sapiens, Kbh. Dent. Abstr., N. Y. Dentalargus, Milano Dentalia, N. Orl. Dentaljournal, Weinfelden Dent, colomb. Dent. Concepts, N. Y. Dent. Dienst Dent. Econom. Dent. J. Palestine Dent. Laborat. News, N. Y. Dent. Laborat. Rev. Dent. Outlook, Tokyo Dent. Q., Nanking Dent. Rdsch. Dent. Reflector, N. Y. Dent. Technician, Lond. Dent. World, Minneap. Derm. & Vener., Amst. Deut. Apoth. Deut. Arztrecht Deut. Badebetr. Deut. dent. Wschr. Deut. dent. Zschr. Deut. Drogistensch. Deut. Drogist. Ztg Deut. Lebensmitt. Rdsch. Deut. med. Rdsch. Deut. Zahnarztekalend. Deut. Zschr. Homoop. Diabetes & Obesity Rev. Diabet. J., Lond. Diabet. News, Phila. Diagnosi, Nap. Difesa antituberc. Digest Osteopath. M., Carthage Dionysos, Par. Diritto san. 1210. Dai Nippon sika igakkai kaisi. Tokyo. 1211. Dai Nippon zibiinkoka kai kaiho. Tokyo. 1212. Dalhousie medical journal. Halifax. 1213. Dansk farmacevtisk aarbog. K0benhavn. 1214. Dansk klinik. K0benhavn. 1215. Dansk oto-laryngologisk selskabs forhandlinger. K0benhavn. 1216. Dansk R0de Kors tidsskrift. K0benhavn. 1217. Dansk sundhedstidende. K0benhavn. 1218. Dansk tidsskrift for farmaci. K0benhavn. 1219. A Debreceni M. Kir. Tisza Istvan-Tudomanyegye- tem eVkonyve. Debrecen. 1220. Delaware (The) County pharmacist. Ridley Park, Pa. 1221. Delaware nurse. Wilmington. 1222. Delaware (The) pharmacist. Wilmington. 1223. AeXriov 'larpoxn-povpyiKris eratpias 'k&rjvuiv. 'Adr/vat,. 1224. Demografia (La) colombiana. Bogotd. 1225. Dens sapiens. K0benhavn. 1226. Dental abstracts. XTew York. 1227. Dentalargus; rassegna di stomatologia, odontotec- nica e medicina generale. Milano. 1228. Dentalia. Xew Orleans. 1229. Dental-journal. Weinfelden, Switz. 1230. Dentista (El) colombiano. Bogota. 1231. Dental concepts. New York. 1232. Dental Dienst. Bielefeld. 1233. Dental economics. Chicago. 1234. Dental (The) journal for Palestine and the X'ear East. Jerusalem. 1235. Dental laboratory news. New York. 1236. Dental laboratory review. Minneapolis. 1237. Dental outlook. Tokyo. 1238. Dental quarterly. Nanking. 1239. Dentistische Rundschau. Berlin. 1240. Dental reflector. New York. 1241. Dental technician. London. 1242. Dental world. Minneapolis. 1243. Dermatology and venereology. Amsterdam. 1244. Deutsche (Die) Apotheke. Berlin. 1245. Deutsches Arztrecht. Berlin. 1246. Deutsche (Der) Badebetrieb. Berlin, &c. 1247. Deutsche dentistische Wochenschrift. Miinchen. 1248. Deutsche dentistische Zeitschrift. Miinchen. 1249. Deutsche Drogistenschaft. Eberswalde. 1250. Deutsche Drogisten-Zeitung. Miinchen. 1251. Deutsche Lebensmittel-Rundschau. Stuttgart. 1252. Deutsche medizinische Rundschau. Ludwigshafen a. Rh. 1253. Deutscher Zahnarztekalender. Miinchen. 1254. Deutsche Zeitschrift fiir Homoopathie und deren Grenzgebiete. Berlin. 1255. Diabetes and obesity review. New York. 1256. Diabetic (The) journal. London. 1257. Diabetic news. Philadelphia. 1258. Diagnosi (La) Napoli. 1259. Difesa (La) antitubercolare. Genova. 1260. Digest (The) of osteopathic medicine. Carthage Mo. 1261. Dionysos. Paris. 1262. Diritto (II) sanitario. Roma. [29] Discours Conf. Internat. Feder. Eugen. Org. Discurs. Conf. san. panamer. Discurs. Reun. nac. derm, espan. Divulg. dent. Veracruz. Divulg. med. dent., Villa Azueta Doctor & Law, Ft Wayne Docum. alger. Docum. Congr. internat. tr. hyg. pub. Documentaire med., Par. Docum. inform, psychiat., Par. Docum. med., Par. Docum. med. (Croix-Rouge) Docum. neerl. indones. morb. trop. Docum. ophth., Ziir. Docum. prep. Ass. internat. protect. enf. Docum. U. S. Atom. Energy Com. Docum. World Health Org. Doklady Akad. nauk SSSR Domus medici, Madr. Dopovidi Akad. nauk URSR Dozin igaku Dozinkai igaku zassi DRK-Arbeitsbrief DR Letter, Tokyo Drogist Drome & Ardeche med. Druggist Advert. Drug Markets, Pittsfield Drug merchand., Toronto Drug Progr., Chic. Dymphna, Roermond 1263. Discours prononces a la Conference organised par The International Federation of Eugenic Organisations. Amsterdam. 1264. [Discursos]; Conferencia sanitaria panamericana. San Jose, C. R. 1265. Discursos, intervenciones en las ponencias, comuni- caciones; Reuni6n nacional de dermat61ogos espafioles. Barcelona. 1266. Divulgaci6n-dental veracruzana. Villa Azueta, Mex. 1267. Divulgaci6n medico-dental. Villa Azueta, Mex. 1268. Doctor (The) and the law. Fort Wayne; Wheaton, 111. 1269. Documents alg6riens. Alger. 1270. Documents du Congres international des travaux d'hygiene publique. Geneve. 1271. Documentaire (Le) medical. Paris. 1272. Documents de l'information psychiatrique. Paris. 1273. Documents medicaux. Paris. 1274. Documentation medicale a l'usage des d616gu6s (Comite international de la Croix-Rouge) Geneve. 1275. Documenta Neerlandica et Indonesica de morbis tropicis. Amsterdam. 1276. Documenta ophthalmologica. Zurich, &c. 1277. Documents preparatories; Association internationale pour la protection de l'enfance. Bruxelles. 1278. Document; United States Atomic Energy Commis- sion. Oak Ridge, Tenn. 1279. [Documents] World Health Organization. Geneve. 1280. Doklady Akademii nauk SSSR. Moskva. 1281. Domus medici. Madrid. 1282. Dopovidi Akademii nauk URSR. Kiev. 1283. Dozin igaku. Tokyo. 1284. Dozinkai igaku zassi. Tokyo. 1285. DRK-Arbeitsbrief. Potsdam. 1286. D[isaster]R[elief] letter [Japanese XTational Red Cross] Tokyo. 1287. Drogist (Der) Berlin. 1288. Drome & Ardeche medicales. St-Vallier. 1289. Druggists' advertiser and trade journal. New York. 1290. Drug markets. Pittsfield, Mass. 1291. Drug merchandising. Toronto. 1292. Drug progress. Chicago. 1293. Dymphna; tijdschrift voor verplegenden van zenuw- en zielszieken. Roermond. E Echo med. Cevennes Echos med., Par. Eco med. quir., Valladolid Edinburgh Phren. J. Education (N. Zealand) Educ. Psychol. Measur. Educ. Sess. Am. Hosp. Admin. Eesti arst Effeta, Bologna Egeszsegvedelem Einfiihr. med. Laborat. techn. Eisei kogyo kyokai si Eisei sikenzyo iho Eiyogaku zassi Eiyo syokuryo gakkai Kansai bukai ho Eksp. klin. issledov. 1294. Echo (L') medical des Cevennes. Nimes. 1295. Echos (Les) de la medecine. Paris. 1296. Eco (El) medico-quiriirgico. Valladolid. 1297. Edinburgh phrenological journal and magazine of moral & intellectual science. New York. 1298. Education; [child welfare, state care of children] special schools, and infant-life protection, Ministry of Education, New Zealand. Wellington. 1299. Educational and psychological measurement. Lan- caster, Pa., &c. 1300. General educational session [var.: Educational session addresses] and the report of the President; American College of Hospital Administrators. Chicago. 1301. Eesti arst. Tartu. 1302. Effeta. Bologna. 1303. Egeszsegvedelem. Budapest. 1304. Einftihrung in die medizinische Laboratoriums- technik in Einzeldarstellungen. Wien. 1305. Eisei kogyo kyokai-si. Tokyo. 1306. Eisei sikenzyo iho. Tokyo. 1307. Eiyogaku zassi. Tokyo. 1308. Eiyo-syokuryo gakkai, Kansai-bukai ho. Kyoto. 1309. Eksperimentalnye i klinicheskie issledovania. Le- ningrad. [30] Eksp. med., Kharkov Electroencephalography, Montr. Electromed. Rev., Holliston Electron. M. Digest Elgin Papers Endocr. gin. obst., Cluj Enfance, Par. Engin. Inform. Letter, Pittsb. Enquiry, Lond. Entomon, Munch. Entretiens de Bichat Envir. Protect. Sect. Rep. (U. S. Quar- termast. Gen.) Ephemeris med., Louisville Epidem. Rec Austral. Pacific Zone Epilepsia, Amst. Erfelijkheid Erg. Forsch. & Praxis Essentially Yours, Union Estud. inform, oft., Barcel. Ethnie fr. Etoile bleue, Par. Etudiant med. Eugenics, N. Haven Eugeniko, Osaka Eugenique Eugen. polska Europ. Sc Notes Evaluat. Rep. Brit. Intell. Obj. Subcom. Evolution, Lane Evolut. psychiat., Par. Exp. Cell Res. Exposes ann. biochem. med., Par. Exterminators Log, Kansas City 1310. Eksperimentalna medicina. Kharkov, &c. 1311. Electroencephalography and clinical neurophysi- ology. Montreal, &c. 1312. Electro-medical (The) review. Holliston, Mass. 1313. Electronic medical digest. San Francisco. 1314. Elgin papers [Elgin State Hospital] Elgin, 111. 1315. Endocrinologie, ginecologie, obstetrica. Cluj. 1316. Enfance. Paris. 1317. Engineering information letter (Industrial Hygiene Foundation) Pittsburgh. 1318. Enquiry, London. 1319. Entomon. Miinchen. 1320. Entretiens (Les) de Bichat. Paris. 1321. Environmental Protection Section report (Research and Development Branch, U. S. Office of the Quarter- master General) Washington. 1322. Ephemeris medica. Louisville, Ky. 1323. Epidemiological record of the Austral-Pacific zone; Commonwealth of Australia. Canberra. 1324. Epilepsia. Amsterdam, &c. 1325. Erfelijkheid bij de mens. 's-Gravenhage. 1326. Ergebnisse aus Forschung und Praxis. Berlin. 1327. Essentially yours. Union, N. J. 1328. Estudios e informaciones oftalmol6gicas. Barcelona. 1329. Ethnie (L') frangaise. Paris. 1330. Etoile (L') bleue. Paris. 1331. Etudiant (L') medecin. Paris. 1332. Eugenics. Xew Haven. 1333. Eugeniko (La) Osaka. 1334. Eugenique. Paris. 1335. Eugenika polska. Warszawa. 1336. European scientific notes (U. S. Office of Naval Research, London Branch) London. 1337. Evaluation report; British Intelligence Objectives Sub-Committee. London. 1338. Evolution. Lancaster. 1339. Evolution (L') psychiatrique. Paris. 1340. Experimental cell research. New York, &c. 1341. Exposes annuels de biochimie medicale. Paris. 1342. Exterminators log. Kansas City, Mo. Fachzschr. Schweiz. Zahntechn. Family, Albany Farmacia, Cali Farmacia, Caracas Farmacia, S. Jose Farmacias, Marianao Farmacista, Roma Farmacognosia, Madr. Farmacoterapia, Mex. Farm, aikak. Farmalecta, B. Air. Farm, cubana Farm, mod., N. Y. Farm, nueva, Madr. Farm, nuova, Tor. Farm, pract., Habana Farm, rev., Stockh. Farm. & ter., Madr. Farm, tid., Kbh. Faro, Genova Fed. med., Roma Fed. med., Toulouse Fed. Sc. Progr., Wash. Feincone Seminar, N. Y. Fertil. & Steril., N. Y. Feuill. praticien. FIAT Rev., Wiesb. Fiches med. 1343. Fachzeitschrift; Schweizerische Zahntechniker-Ver- einigung. Zurich. 1344. Family (The) Albany. 1345. Farmacia. Cali. 1346. Farmacia. Caracas. 1347. Farmacia. San Jose, C. R. 1348. Farmacias. Marianao. 1349. Farmacista (II) Roma, &c. 1350. Farmacognosia. Madrid. 1351. Farmacoterapia. Mexico. 1352. Farmaseuttinen aikakauslehti. Helsinki. 1353. Farmalecta; publicaci6n del Instituto Massone Buenos Aires. 1354. Farmacia (La) cubana. La Habana. 1355. Farmacia (La) moderna. New York. 1356. Farmacia nueva. Madrid. 1357. Farmacia (La) nuova. Torino. 1358. Farmacia (La) practica. La Habana. 1359. Farmacevtisk revy. Stockholm. 1360. Farmacologia y terapeutica. Madrid. 1361. Farmaceutisk tidende. K0benhavn. 1362. Faro (II) Genova. 1363. Federazione medica. Roma. 1364. Federation (La) medicale. Toulouse. 1365. Federal science progress. Washington. 1366. Feincone seminar. New York. 1367. Fertility and sterility. New York. 1368. Feuillets (Les) du praticien. Paris. 1369. FIAT review of German science. Wiesbaden. 1370. Fiches (Les) Medicales. Paris. [31] Field M. Bull. (Burma) Fiopian Footprints Fitoterapia, Milano Fiziol. J. SSSR Forh. Nord. kir. foren. Forh. Nord. kongr. inv. med. Forh. Nord. vet. Forh. Sven. lak. sail. Fogorv. szemle Fol. biotheor., Leiden Fol. card., Milano Fol. clin. orient., Tel Aviv Fol. endocr., Pisa Folks guezunt, B. Air. Fol. neurob., Haarlem Fol. path., Istanbul Fol. phoniat., Basel Fol. psychiat. &c neerl. Fol. psychiat. neur. jap. Fol. ther., Berl. Fontilles, Valencia Food Drug &c Rev. Food & Drug Rev. Food Sc Abstr., Lond. Foreign News Lett., Wash. Foreign Serv. Bull., Phila. Forenses, Madr. Forge, Phoenixville Forh. Dansk kirurg. selsk. Forh. Dansk selsk. int. med. Forh. Kebenh. med. selsk. Forh. Med. selsk. K0benhavn Forh. Nord. kir. foren. For Iowa's Health Forsch. & Fortsch. Fortsch. Orthodont. Fortsch. Zool. Framingham Monogr. France med. Croix Rouge Franche-Comte & Montbeliard Franco Brit. M. Rev., Lond. Freie Apoth. Stimmen, Wien Freund d. Kranken Friuli med. Fronte san., Genova Froriep's Notiz., Jena Fukuoka ikwadaigaku zassi Fungus, Amersfoort 1371. Field medical bulletin; United States Army Forces, India Burma Theater; Office of the Surgeon, [n. p.] 1372. Fiopian footprints. Xew York. 1373. Fitoterapia. Milano. 1374. Fiziologicheskii Jurnal SSSR. Moskva. 1375. Forhandlingar[na] vid Xordisk kirurgisk forenings. Lund. 1376. Forhandlingarnfa] vid Nordiska kongressen for invartes medicin. Lund, &c. 1377. Forhandlingar; Xordiska veterinarmote. Stock- holm, &c. 1378. Forhandlingar vid Svenska lakaresallskapets. Stock- holm. 1379. Fogorvosi szemle. Budapest. 1380. Folia biotheoretica. Leiden. 1381. Folia cardiologica. Milano. 1382. Folia clinica Orientalia. Tel-Aviv. 1383. Folia endocrinologica. Pisa. 1384. Folks (Far'n) guezunt. Buenos Aires. 1385. Folia neuro-biologica. Haarlem; Leipzig. 1386. Folia pathologica. Istanbul. 1387. Folia phoniatrica. Basel. 1388. Folia psychiatrica, neurologica et neurochirurgica Neerlandica. Amsterdam. 1389. Folia psychiatrica et neurologica Japonica. Oka- yama. 1390. Folia therapeutica. Berlin. 1391. Fontilles. Valencia. 1392. Food, drug, and insecticide review. Washington. 1393. Food and drug review. Washington. 1394. Food science abstracts. London. 1395. Foreign news letter (Division of Medical Sciences; Xational Research Council) Washington. 1396. Foreign service bulletin (American Friends Service Committee) Philadelphia. 1397. Forenses. Madrid. 1398. Forge (The) (Valley Forge General Hospital; U. S. Army) Phoenixville, Pa. 1399. Forhandlinger; Dansk kirurgisk selskab. K0ben- havn, &c. 1400. Forhandlinger; Dansk selskab for intern medicin. K0benhavn. 1401. Forhandlinger; I\0benhavnske medicinske selskab. K0benhavn. 1402. Forhandlinger; Medicinske selskab i K0benhavn. K0benhavn. 1403. Forhandlinger ved Nordisk kirurgisk forenings. Oslo, &c. 1404. For Iowa's health. Des Moines. 1405. Forschungen und Fortschritte. Berlin. 1406. Fortschritte der Ortbodontik in Theorie und Praxis. Berlin. 1407. Fortschritte der Zoologie. Jena. 1408. Framingham monograph. Framingham, Mass. 1409. France medicale; edition medicale de France Croix- Rouge. Paris. 1410. Franche-Comte et Montbeliard. Besangon. 1411. Franco-British (The) medical review. London. 1412. Freie Apotheker-Stimmen. Wien. 1413. Freund (Der) der Kranken. Basel. 1414. Friuli (II) medico. Udine. 1415. Fronte sanitario. Genova. 1416. Froriep's Notizen aus dem Gebiete der Natur- und Heilkunde. Jena. 1417. Fukuoka ikwadaigaku zassi. Fukuoka. 1418. Fungus. Amersfoort. G Gac farm., Caracas Gac. med., Guayaquil Gac med. Ciudad Bolivar 1419. Gaceta farmaceutica. Caracas. 1420. Gaceta medica. Guayaquil. 1421. Gaceta medica de Ciudad Bolivar. Ver.ez. Ciudad Bolivar, 32 Gac med. norte, Bilbao Gakko eisei Galenica, Geneve Galenica acta, Madr. Gallica biol. acta Gartnavel Gaz. Gastroenter. bohema Gateway to Health Gaz. Fac. Med., Cairo Gaz. farm., Rio Gaz. med. limousine Gaz. med. port. Gazz. san. Geisteskrankenpflege Geka Gemeinniitz. med. Mag. (J. H. Rahn) Ziir. GEN, Caracas Gen. Bull. Soc N. York Hosp. Geneesk. tschr. Rijksverzek. Gen. M. Interest Lett., Ottawa Gen. Pract., Lond. Germs, N. Y. Gesetze Lebensmitt. Gesetze Nahr. & Genussmitt., Berl. Gesundheitsdienst, Praha Gesundheitsfiihrung Gesundh. & Leben, Krakow Ges. Vortr. Aerztl. Fortbild. Bad Kissingen Gezondheidsblad, Amst. GHA news Gin. & akush. Gior. ital. oft. Gior. ital. tuberc. Gior. med. Marca trevig. Gior. med. nap. Gior. sc. arti, Fir. Gior. toscano sc. med. Glasgow Health Bull. Glasnik za stales, zdrav. pitanj. Godishn. Sofiisk. univ. Godishn. Sofiisk. univ. Med. fak. Goteborgs lak. sail. forh. Gotting. Anz. Grandgousier Grant M. Coll. Mag., Bombay Gr. Britain Flying Pers. Res. Com. Gremio med., Caracas Grenzgeb. Med. Gross-Berl. Aerztebl. Gruzlica. Guia of. bain. Espana Guide to Pub. Res. Atom. Energy, Oak Ridge Guildcraft, Phila. 1422. Gaceta medica del norte. Bilbao. 1423. Gakko eisei. Tokyo. 1424. Galenica. Geneve. 1425. Galenica acta. Madrid. 1426. Gallica biologica acta. Paris. 1427. Gartnavel (The) gazette. Glasgow. 1428. Gastro-enterologia Bohema. Praha. 1429. Gateway (The) to health. New York. 1430. Gazette of the Faculty of Medicine. Cairo. 1431. Gazeta (A) da farmacia. Rio de Janeiro. 1432. Gazette (La) medicale limousine et Limousin medical. Limoges. 1433. Gazeta medica portuguesa. Lisboa. 1434. Gazzetta sanitaria. Milano. 1435. Geisteskrankenpflege. Halle a S. 1436. Geka. Tokyo. 1437. Gemeinntitziges medizinisches Magazin (J. H. Rahn) Zurich. 1438. G[astroenterologia]E[ndocrinologfa y]N[utrici6n] Caracas. 1439. General bulletin; the Society of the New York Hospital. New York. 1440. Geneeskundig tijdschrift der Rijksverzekeringsbank. Amsterdam. 1441. General medical interest letter. Ottawa. 1442. General practice and review of British and foreign medicine. London. 1443. Germs. New York. 1444. Gesetze und Verordnungen sowie Gerichtsent- scheidungen betreffend Lebensmittel. Miinchen. 1445. Gesetze und Verordnungen sowie Gerichtsentschei- dungen betreffend Nahrungs- und Genussmittel und Gebrauchsgegenstande. Berlin. 1446. Gesundheitsdienst fur's Volk. Praha. 1447. Gesundheitsfuhrung (Die) Berlin. 1448. Gesundheit und Leben; Amstblatt der Gesund- heitskammer im Generalgouvernement. Krakow. 1449. Gesammelte Vortrage des Aerztlichen Fortbildungs- kurses, Bad Kissingen. Wiirzburg. 1450. Gezondheidsblad ter onderrigting en waarschuwing voor alien die prijs stellen op leven en gezondheid. Amsterdam. 1451. G[roup]H[ealth]A[ssociation] news. Washington. 1452. Ginekologia i akusherstvo. Moskva. 1453. Giornale italiano di oftalmologia. Firenze. 1454. Giornale italiano della tubercolosi. Milano. 1455. Giornale medico della Marca trevigiana. Treviso. 1456. Giornale medico napolitano. Napoli. 1457. Giornale di scienze ed arti. Firenze. 1458. Giornale toscano di scienze mediche, fisiche e naturali. Pisa. 1459. Glasgow health bulletin. Glasgow. 1460. Glasnik za staleska i zdravstvena pitanja. Zagreb. 1461. Godishnik na Sofiiskia universitet. Sofia. 1462. Godishnik na Sofiiskia universitet; Medicinski fakultet. Sofia. 1463. Goteborgs lakaresallskaps forhandlingar. Stock- holm. 1464. Gottingische Anzeigen von gelehrten Sachen. Gottingen. 1465. Grandgousier. Paris. 1466. Grant Medical College magazine. Bombay. 1467. [Great Britain] Flying Personnel Research Commit- tee. London. 1468. Gremio medico. Caracas. 1469. Grenzgebiete der Medizin. Miinchen. 1470. Gross-Berliner Aerzteblatt. Berlin. 1471. Gruzlica. Warszawa. 1472. Guia oficial de los balnearios y aguas medicinales de Espana. Madrid. 1473. Guide to published research on atomic Oak Ridge, Tenn. 1474. Guildcraft. Philadelphia. minero- energy. [33] II Hahnemannian Halfyear. Rep. Austral. Inst. Trop. M. Hamdard i sehat, Delhi Handb. Deut. Apoth. Handel. Klin, genoot. Rotterdam Handicap, Wash. Hansen, Cali Harlem Hosp. Bull. (N. Y.) Harveian Rev., Loma Linde Haver-Glover Messenger Health, Madison Health, N. Y. Health Activ. Bull., Phoenix Health Builder Health Bull., Bakersfield Health Bull., Delhi Health Bull. Teachers, N. Y. Health Center J., Columbus Health Comment., Seattle Health Educ, Johannesb. Health & Empire, Lond. Health Express, Jacksonv. Health Finder, Simsbury Health from Herbs, Lond. Health (Homeop.) Lond. Health & Life, Lond. Health & Midwif., Tokyo Health News Lett., Provid. Health Notes, Adelaide Health Notes S. Australia Health Panorama, Austin Health Pract. Pamphl., Chic Health Progr. (N. Jersey) Health Rev., Provid. Health S. Australia Health Unlimit., S. Franc. Health (U. S. War Dep. Surg. Gen. Off.) Healthways Health & Welf. Notes, Augusta Hearing Aid, S. Paul Heer. Druckvorschr. Heilbrig ftisskyrslur Heilpadag. Werkbl., Luzern Helbredelse, Kbh. Helsowannen, Stockh. Hemat. Monogr. Henry's Private Adviser Heredity, Lond. Heure med., Par. Hig. & salub., Bogota Hig. san., Montev. Hig. tr., Moskva Hihu & hitunyo Hihuka seibyoka zassi Hippocrate, Par. Hippocrates, Lond. Hist. Ser. U. S. Nat. Tuberc. Ass. HNO, Berl. Horrohr Hoken igaku zassi Hoken ziho Hokkaido igaku zassi Hokkaido sika-isikai-si 824787—VOL. 11, 4th SBEIES----HI 1475. Hahnemannian (The) Philadelphia, &c. 1476. Half-yearly reports; Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine. Townsville. 1477. Hamdard-i-sehat. Delhi. 1478. Handbuch der Deutschen Apothekerschaft. Berlin. 1479. Handelingen van het Klinisch genootschap te Rotterdam. Rotterdam. 1480. Handicap. Washington. 1481. Hansen. Cali, Colombia. 1482. Harlem (The) Hospital bulletin (New York) Balti- more. 1483. Harveian (The) review of the College of Medical Evangelists. Loma Linde, Calif. 1484. Haver-Glover messenger. Kansas City, Mo. Health. Madison. Health. New York. Health activities bulletin. Phoenix. Health (The) builder. Garden City, N. Y. Health bulletin. Bakersfield, Calif. Health bulletin. Delhi, &c. Health bulletin for teachers. New York. 1492. Health Center journal. Columbus, Ohio. 1493. Health (The) commentator. Seattle. Health education. Johannesburg. Health and empire. London. Health express. Jacksonville, Fla. Health finder. Simsbury, Conn. Health from herbs. London. 1499. Health through homeopathy. London. 1500. Health and life. London. Health and midwifery. Tokyo. Health news letter. Providence. Health notes. Adelaide. Health notes for South Australia. Adelaide. Health panorama. Austin. Health practices pamphlet. Chicago. Health progress (New Jersey Health and Sanitary Association) Freehold. 1508. Health review. Prividence. 1509. Health for South Australia. Adelaide. 1510. Health unlimited. San Francisco. 1511. Health (U. S. War Department. Surgeon General's Office) Washington. 1512. Healthways. Webster City, Iowa. 1513. Health and welfare notes. Augusta, Maine. 1514. Hearing aid. St. Paul. 1515. Heeres-Druckvorschrift; Oberkommando des Heeres. Berlin. 1516. Heilbrig6isskyrslur. Reykjavik. 1517. Heilpadagogische Werkblatter. Luzern. 1518. Helbredelse. K0benhavn. 1519. Helsowannen. Stockholm. 1520. Hematology monographs. Chicago. 1521. Henry's private adviser. Rossville, Md. 1522. Heredity. London. 1523. Heure (L') medicale. Paris. 1524. Higiene y salubridad. Bogotd. 1525. Higiene sanitaria. Montevideo. 1526. Higiena truda. Moskva. 1527. Hihu to hitunyo. Hukuoka. 1528. Hihuka seibyoka zassi. Tokyo. 1529. Hippocrate. Paris. 1530. Hippocrates. London. 1531. Historical series; [United States] National Tubercu- losis Association. New York. 1532. H(als),N(ase),0(hr) Berlin. 1533. Horrohr (Das) Leipzig. 1534. Hoken igaku zassi. Tokyo. 1535. Hoken ziho. Tokyo. 1536. Hokkaido igaku zassi. Sapporo. 1537. Hokkaido sika-isikai-si. Sapporo. 1485. 1486. 1487. 1488. 1489. 1490. 1491. 1494. 1495. 1496. 1497. 1498. 1501. 1502. 1503. 1504. 1505. 1506. 1507. [34] Hokuetu igakkai zassi Homo, Stuttg. Homoeopathy, Lond. Homoeop. mbl., Arnhem Homoop. Zschr. Honzo, Tokyo Hoppo igaku Hormoon Hosp. argent. Hosp. Bull. Levi Mem. Hosp., Hot Springs Hosp. concentr., Torre6n Hospital, Tokyo Hospitalia, Brux. Hospitalis, Ziir. Hosp. Rev., Williamsbridge Hsin chung hua i yao yiieh k'an Hukuoka ikadaigaku zassi Human Organiz., N. Y. Human Relations, Lond. Hungar. acta med. Hungar. acta physiol. Hygienist, Denver Hyg. par exemple Hyg. rev., Lund Hyg. Rev., S. Ant. Hyg. tskr., Stockh. 1538. Hokuetu igakkai zassi. Niigata. 1539. Homo. Stuttgart. 1540. Homoeopathy. London. 1541. Homoeopathisch maandblad. Arnhem, Zwolle. 1542. Homoopathische Zeitschrift. Berlin. 1543. Honzo. Tokyo. 1544. Hoppo igaku. Sapporo. 1545. Hormoon (Het) 's-Hertogenbosch, &c. 1546. Hospital (El) argentino. Buenos Aires. 1547. Hospital bulletin; Leo N. Levi Memorial Hospital. Hot Springs, Ark. 1548. Hospital de concentraci6n. Torre6n, Mex. 1549. Hospital. Tokyo. 1550. Hospitalia. Bruxelles. 1551. Hospitalis. Zurich. 1552. Hospital review. Williamsbridge. 1553. Hsin chung hua i yao yiieh k'an. Chungking. 1554. Hukuoka ikadaigaku zassi. Hukuoka. 1555. Human organization. New York. 1556. Human relations. London. 1557. Hungarica acta medica. Budapest. 1558. Hungarica acta physiologica. Budapest. 1559. Hygienist (The) Denver. 1560. Hygiene (L') par I'exemple, ligue d'hygiene scolaire. Paris. 1561. Hygienisk revy. Lund, &c. 1562. Hygienic review (Dr. Shelton's) San Antonio, Tex. 1563. Hygienisk tidskrift. Stockholm. Iconogr. derm., Kyoto Igaku Igaku chuo zassi Igaku kenkyu Igaku & minsei Igaku no ayumi Igaku & seibutugaku Igaku soran Igaku tusin Igyo & syakai Ikai ziho Ika kikaigaku zassi Illini Scope Illust. Annual Phrenol., N. Y. Immunite Impressions, N. Orl. Ind. Dent. Rev. Ind. & East. Chemist, Calc Indianap. M. Soc Bull. Individ. Psychol. Bull. Ind. J. Malariol. Ind. J. M. & S. Ind. J. Pharm. Ind. M. Guide Indust. Bull., N. Y. Indust. Doctor Indust. farm, venezol. Indust. Health, Chic. Indust. Health Rev., Ottawa Indust. Hyg., N. Y. Indust. Hyg. Abstr., Wash. Indust. Nurses Digest Infancia, B. Air. Infect. Wounds & Burns Rep. (OSRD) Wash. 1564. Iconographia dermatologica, syphilidologica et uro- logica. Kyoto. 1565. Igaku. Tokyo. 1566. Igaku chuo zassi. Tokyo. 1567. Igaku kenkyu. Hukuoka. 1568. Igaku to minsei. Kiriu City. 1569. Igaku no ayumi. Tokyo. 1570. Igaku to seibutugaku. Tokyo. 1571 Igaku soran. Tokyo. 1572. Igaku tusin. Tokyo. 1573. Igyo to syakai. Tokyo. 1574. Ikai ziho. Tokyo. 1575. Ika-kikaigaku zassi. Tokyo. 1576. Illini (The) scope. Chicago. 1577. Illustrated (The) annual of phrenology and physi- ognomy. New York. 1578. Immunite (L') Paris. 1579. Impressions. New Orleans. 1580. Indian (The) dental review. Karachi. 1581. Indian and eastern chemist. Calcutta. 1582. Indianapolis Medical Society bulletin. Indianapolis. 1583. Individual psychology bulletin. Chicago. 1584. Indian journal of malariology. Calcutta. 1585. Indian (the) journal of medicine & surgery. 1586. Indian (The) journal of pharmacy. Benares. 1587. Indian medical guide. Bombay. 1588. Industrial bulletin. New York. 1589. Industrial (The) doctor. Buffalo. 1590. Industria farmaceutica venezolana. Caracas. 1591. Industrial health. Chicago. 1592. Industrial health review. Ottawa. 1593. Industrial hygiene (Division of Industrial Hygiene* New York State Department of Labor) New York. 1594. Industrial hygiene abstracts. Washington. 1595. Industrial (The) nurses' digest. New York. 1596. Infancia. Buenos Aires. 1597. Infected wounds and burns report (Committee on Medical Research of the Office of Scientific Research and Development) Washington. [35] Inferm. ital. Inferm. laica, Milano Inform. Congr. panamer. oft. Inform, dent., Madr. Informe anual Serv. esp. profit. Bolivia Inform, epidem., Alexandrie Inform. Inst. nac. hig. Ecuador Inform. lucha antituberc. Espana Inform, med., Genova Inform, med. quir., Zaragoza Inform. Progr. Rep. Toxicity &c (Univ. Chicago Toxicity Laborat.) Infortun. traumat. lavoro Insectic. Abstr., Lond. Insight, N. Y. Instant, med., Par. Instruct. Course Lect. Orthop. Surgeons Intercamb. uroL, Barcel. Inter Exter, Par. Interim. Rep. Com. Australia Am. Acad. Social Secur. Internac med. rev., Brux. Internat. Arch. Allergy, Basel Internat. Child Welf. Rev., Geneve Internat. Digest Health Legisl., Geneve Internat. Health Bull., Geneve Internat. J. Indivd. Psychol. Internat. J. Sex., Bombay Internat. M. Abstr., Calc. Internat. Neomalth. Birth Control Conf. Internat. Nurs. Bull., Lond. Internat. Rev. Chiropr. Internat. Zschr. Alkohol., Berl. Internat. Zschr. Vitaminforsch., Bern Interprof. Bull., N. Y. Iodine Facts, Lond. Iowa Pharmacist Irish Chemist Irish Nurs. News Irkutsk, med. J. Iryo Isotopes Branch Circ Italia med. ITA Topics Iwate igakkai zassi Iwate igaku gakko zassi Izi eisei Izv. Akad. nauk SSSR, otdel. khim., Moskva Izv. Biol, nauch. issledov. inst., Perm 1598. Infermiera (L') italiana. Roma. 1599. Infermiera (L') laica. Milano. 1600. Informes, comunicaciones y actas; Congreso pan- americano de oftalmologia. Montevideo. 1601. Informaci6n dental del Colegio oficial de odontologos de la 1." regi6n. Madrid. 1602. Informe anual; Servicio especial de profilaxia Bolivia. Cochabamba. 1603. Informations epidemiologiques. Alexandrie, Egypt. 1604. Informe de labores; Instituto nacional de higiene Leopoldo Izquieta Perez, Ecuador. Guayaquil. 1605. Informaci6n sobre la lucha antituberculosa en Espana y memoria; Patronato nacional antituberculoso. Madrid. 1606. Informatore (L') medico. Genova. 1607. Informaci6n medico-quirurgica. Zaragoza. 1608. Informal [bi-monthly] progress report on toxicity and irritancy of chemical agents (University of Chicago Toxicity Laboratory) Chicago. 1609. Infortunistica e traumatologic del lavoro. Torino. 1610. Insecticide abstracts and news summary; Inter- Departmental Insecticide Committees. London. 1611. Insight. New York. 1612. Instantanes (Les) medicaux. Paris. 1613. Instructional course lectures; American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons. Ann Arbor. 1614. Intercambio urol6gico por correspondencia. Bar- celona, &c. 1615. Inter-Exter. Paris. 1616. Interim report from the Joint Committee on Social Security; Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. Canberra. 1617. Internacia medicina revuo. Bruxelles. 1618. International archives of allergy and applied immunology. Basel. 1619. International child welfare review. Geneve. 1620. International digest of health legislation. Geneve. 1621. International health bulletin of the League of Red Cross Societies. Geneve. 1622. International journal of individual psychology. Chicago. 1623. International (The) journal of sexology. Bombay. 1624. International medical abstracts & reviews. Cal- cutta. 1625. International neo-Malthusian and birth control conference. New York. 1626. International (The) nursing bulletin. London. 1627. International review of chiropractic. Davenport, Iowa. 1628. Internationale Zeitschrift gegen den Alkoholismus. Berlin. 1629. Internationale Zeitschrift fiir Vitaminforschung. Bern. 1630. Interprofessional (The) bulletin of the New York Association for the Advancement of Professional Pharmacy. New York. 1631. Iodine facts. London. 1632. Iowa (The) pharmacist. Des Moines. 1633. Irish (The) chemist and druggist. Dublin. 1634. Irish (The) nursing news. Dublin. 1635. Irkutskii medicinskii jurnal. Irkutsk. 1636. Iryo. Tokyo. 1637. Isotopes Branch circular; United States Atomic Energy Commission. Oak Ridge, Tenn. 1638. Italia (L') medica. Milano. 1639. I. T. A. topics [Iowa Tuberculosis Association] Des Moines. 1640. Iwate igakkai zassi. Morioka. 1641. Iwate igaku senmon gakko zassi. Morioka. 1642. Izi eisei. Tokyo. 1643. Izvestia Akademii nauk SSSR, otdelenie khimi- cheskikh nauk. Moskva. 1644. Izvestia Biologicheskogo nauchnoissledovatelskogo instituta. Perm. [36] Jaarb. genees &c kunde Jaarversl. Afd. trop. hyg. Indisch inst., Amst. Jaarversl. Gemeent. geneesk. dienst Rotterdam Jaarversl. Vereen. Ind. inst., Amst. Jacksonville Health Digest J. Acoust. Soc. America Jahrb. Ambul. Verb. Krankenkass. Berlin Jahrber. Deut. Kriegerkurh. Davos Jahrber. Inst. Tuberkforsch. Kanazawa Jahrber. Kurasiki Zentr. Hosp. Jahrb. Volksgesundh., Ziir. Jahrb. Zahnarzt. J. All India Dent. Ass. J. Am. Acad. Appl. Nutrit. Jamaica (N. Y.) Hosp. News J. Am. Ass. Health J. Am. Ass. M. Rec Librarians J. Am. Naturopath. Ass. J. androl., Rio J. Antibiot., Tokyo Jap. Dent. Rev. Jap. deut. Zschr. Wiss., Kobe Jap. J. Bact. Jap. J. Constit. M. Jap. J. Derm. Vener. Jap. J. Hyg. Jap. J. Neur. Jap. J. Nurs. Jap. J. Nutrit. Jap. J. Otorhinolar. Jap. J. Sc. Labor Jap. J. Urol. Jap. J. Vener. Dis. Jap. med. Wschr. Jap. M. J. Jap. M. J. (w.) J. Appl. Physiol. Jap. Zschr. Mikrob. J. Ass. Mil. Dent. Surg. U. S. J. Ass. M. Women India J. Ayurveda, N. Delhi J. beige gastroenter. J. beige radiol. J. beige urol. J. brasil. neur. J. brasil. psiquiat. J. Brit. Ass. Chemists 1645. Jaarboeken der genees- heel- en natuurkunde. Am- sterdam. 1646. Jaarverslag der Af deling tropische hygiene; K. Vereeniging Indisch instituut. Amsterdam. 1647. Jaarverslag; Gemeentelijke geneeskundige- en ge- zondheidsdienst, Rotterdam. Rotterdam. 1648. Jaarverslag; Vereeniging Indisch Instituut. Am- sterdam. 1649. Jacksonville health digest. Jacksonville, Fla. 1650. Journal (The) of the Acoustical Society of America. Lancaster, Pa. 1651. Jahrbuch der Ambulatorien des Verbandes der Krankenkassen Berlin. Berlin. 1652. Jahresbericht; Deutsches Kriegerkurhaus, Davos- Dorf. Leipzig. 1653. Jahresberichte des Instituts fiir Tuberkulosefor- schung der Medizinischen Fakultat, Kanazawa. Kana- zawa. 1654. Jahresbericht des Kurasiki-Zentralhospital. Kura- siki. 1655. Jahrbuch Volksgesundheit. Zurich. 1656. Jahrbuch des Zahnarztes. Leipzig. 1657. Journal of the All-India Dental Association. Cal- cutta. 1658. Journal of the American Academy of Applied Nutrition. Los Angeles. 1659. Jamaica Hospital news. Jamaica, N. Y. 1660. Journal of the American Association for Health, Physical Education and Recreation. Washington. 1661. Journal of the American Association of Medical Record Librarians. Chicago. 1662. Journal (The) of the American Naturopathic Asso- ciation. Pella, Iowa. 1663. Jornal de andrologia. Rio de Janeiro. 1664. Journal of antibiotics. Tokyo. 1665. Japan dental review (Nippon sika hyoron) Tokyo. 1666. Japanisch-deutsche Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaft und Technik. Kobe. 1667. Japanese journal of bacteriology. Tokyo. 1668. Japanese (The) journal of constitutional medicine. Kyoto. 1669. Japanese (The) journal of dermatology and venereol- ogy. Tokyo. 1670. Japanese journal of hygiene. Tokyo. 1671. Japanese (The) journal of neurology and psychiatry. Tokyo. 1672. Japanese (The) journal of nursing. Tokyo. 1673. Japanese (The) journal of nutrition. Tokyo. 1674. Japanese journal of otorhinolaryngology. Tokyo. 1675. Japanese (The) journal of science of labour. Tokyo. 1676. Japanese (The) journal of urology. Tokyo. 1677. Japanese (The) journal of venereal diseases. Tokyo. 1678. Japanische medizinische Wochenschrift. Tokyo. 1679. Japanese (The) medical journal. Tokyo. 1680. Japanese medical journal (weekly) Tokyo. 1681. Journal of applied physiology. Washington. 1682. Japanische Zeitschrift fur Mikrobiologie und Patho- logic Kyoto. 1683. Journal of the Association of Military Dental Surgeons of the United States. New York. 1684. Journal of the Association of Medical Women in India. Calcutta. 1685. Journal (The) of Ayurveda. New Delhi. 1686. Journal beige de gastro-enterologie. Bruxelles. 1687. Journal beige de radiologic Bruxelles. 1688. Journal beige d'urologie. Bruxelles. 1689. Jornal brasileiro de neurologia. Rio de Janeiro. 1690. Jornal brasileiro de psiquiatria. Rio de Janeiro. 1691. Journal (The) of the British Association of Chemists. London. [37] J. Canad. Physiother. Ass. J. Chemother., Tokyo J. Child Psychiat. J. Chiropr. Spinogr. J. Clark Co. M. Soc. J. Clin. M., Shanghai J. Clin. Path., Lond. J. Clin. Psychopath. J. Colloid Sc. J. Constit. M., Kyoto J. Docum., Lond. Jefferson M. Coll. Alumni Bull. Jelent. Orsz. Kozegeszs. Int. Jena. Zschr. Med. J. Fac M. Iraq J. Fac. Sc. Hokkaido Univ. J. fr. med. chir. thorac J. Hirosima M. Ass. J. Ind. Anthrop. Inst. J. Ind. Army M. Corps J. Irish Dent. Ass. J. Jap. Bain. Clim. Ass. J. Jap. Dent. Ass. J. Jap. Gyn. Soc. J. Jap. M. Ass. J. Jap. Orthop. Surg. Soc J. Jap. Physiol. Soc. J. Jap. Pract. Surg. Soc. J. Jap. Soc. Food & Nutrit. J. Jap. Soc. Int. M. J. Jap. Vet. M. Ass. J. Juzen M. Soc J. Kansas City Dent. Soc. J. Kentucky Dent. Ass. J. Kinki Gyn. Soc J. Kumamoto M. Soc J. M. Ass. Formosa J. Med. Coll. Keizyo (Seoul) J. Med. Phys. Res. J. med. vet., Par. J. Michigan Druggists J. Mississippi Dent. Ass. J. Neur., Lond. J. North. California Dent. Assist. Ass. J. N. York State Optometr. Ass. 1692. Journal (The) of the Canadian Physiotherapy Association. Toronto. 1693. Journal (The) of chemotherapy & hormone therapy. Tokyo. 1694. Journal (The) of child psychiatry. New York. 1695. Journal of chiropractic spinography. Detroit. 1696. Journal (The); Clark County Medical Society. Springfield, Ohio. 1697. Journal (The) of clinical medicine. Shanghai. 1698. Journal of clinical pathology. London. 1699. Journal of clinical psychopathology and psycho- therapy. Monticello, N. Y. 1700. Journal of colloid science. New York. 1701. Journal (The) of constitutional medicine. Kyoto. 1702. Journal of documentation. London. 1703. Jefferson Medical College Alumni bulletin. Phila- delphia. 1704. Jelentes; Magyar Kiralyi Orszagos Kozegeszsegiigyi Intezet. Budapest. 1705. Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Medizin und Naturwissen- schaft. Leipzig; Jena. 1706. Journal of the Faculty of Medicine of Iraq. Bagh- dad. 1707. Journal of the Faculty of Science; Hokkaido Imperial University. Sapporo. 1708. Journal francais de medecine et chirurgie thoracique. Paris. 1709. Journal of Hirosima Medical Association. Hirosima. 1710. Journal (The) of the Indian Anthropological Insti- tute. Calcutta. 1711. Journal of the Indian Army Medical Corps. Poona. 1712. Journal (The) of the Irish Dental Association. Dublin. 1713. Journal of Japanese Balneo-Climatological Associa- tion. Tokyo. 1714. Journal of the Japan Dental Association. Tokyo. 1715. Journal of the Japanese Gynecological Society. Tokyo. 1716. Journal (The) of the Japan Medical Association. Tokyo. 1717. Journal of Japanese Orthopoedic Surgical Society. Tokyo. 1718. Journal of Japanese Physiological Society. Tokyo. 1719. Journal of the Japanese Practical Surgeon Society. Tokyo. 1720. Journal of Japanese Society of Food and Nutrition. Tokyo. 1721. Journal of Japanese Society of Internal Medicine. Tokyo. 1722. Journal of the Japanese Veterinary Medical Associa- tion. Tokyo. 1723. Journal of Juzen Medical Society. Kanazawa. 1724. Journal (The) Kansas City District Dental Society. Kansas City, Mo. 1725. Journal of the Kentucky State Dental Association. Louisville. 1726. Journal of the Kinki Gynecological Society. Kyoto. 1727. Journal of the Kumamoto Medical Society. Kuma- moto. 1728. Journal of the Medical Association of Formosa. Taihoku. 1729. Journal of the Medical College in Keizyo (Seoul) Keizy5. 1730. Journal (The) of medico-physical research. Chicago. 1731. Journal de medecine veterinaire et comparee. Paris. 1732. Journal (The) for Michigan druggists. Detroit. 1733. Journal (The); Mississippi Dental Association. McComb. 1734. Journal of neurology, neurosurgery and psychiatry (Title varies: Journal of neurology and psychiatry) London. 1735. Journal of the Northern California Dental Assistants Association. San Francisco. 1736. The journal of the New York State Optometric Association. New York. [38] J. N. York Tuberc. Ass. J. obshch. biol., Moskva J. obshch. khim. J. Ohio Dent. Ass. J. opht. sociale, Par. Jordemodern Jornada med., B. Air. Jornadas clin. verano, Vina d. Mar Jornadas rioplat. obst. Jornadas venezol. puericult. J. Pediat. Prax., Tokyo J. Penicillin, Tokyo J. Pharm., Lond. J. Pharm. Ass. Siam J. Pharm. Soc. Japan J. Philadelphia Gen. Hosp. J. Philippine Dent. Ass. J. Philippine Pharm. Ass. J. phys., Par. J. Phys. Educ, Lond. J. physiol., Par. J. priklad. khim., Moskva J. Psychiat. Social Work J. Pub. Health, Tokyo J. radiol., Brux. J. Radiol., Kanazawa J. Res. Bur. Stand. J. S. Afr. Soc. Physiother. J. S. Antonio Dent. Soc. J. Social Casework J. Soc. Org. Synth. Chem. Japan J. Southeast. Res., Atlanta J. South Ind. M. J. South. Res. J. Speech Disord. J. Straits M. Ass., Singapore J. Texas Pub. Health Ass. J. Tyosen M. Ass. Jungarzt J. Vener. Dis. Inform. J. Vichy J. Yokohama M. Ass. Dental Association. Paris. 1742 1743 1744 1745 1737. Journal; New York Tuberculosis and Health Asso- ciation. New York. 1738. Jurnal obshchei biologii. Moskva, 1739. Jurnal obshchei khimii. Moskva. 1740. Journal of the Ohio State Columbus. 1741. Journal d'ophtalmologie sociale. Jordemodern. Stockholm. Jornada medica. Buenos Aires._ Jornadas clfnicas de verano. Vina del Mar. Jornadas rioplatenses de obstetncia y ginecologia. Buenos Aires. . ,, , • +„/„ 1746. Jornadas venezolanas de puencultura y pediatria. 1747. Journal for pediatric praxis. Tokyo. 1748. Journal of penicillin. Tokyo. 1749. Journal (The) of pharmacy and pharmacology. London. ... , a. 1750. Journal of the Pharmaceutical Association of biam. Bangkok. . , T 1751. Journal of the Pharmaceutical Society of Japan. 1752° Journal (The) of the Philadelphia General Hospital. Philadelphia. 1753. Journal (The) of the Philippine Dental Association. Manila. . 1754. Journal of the Philippine Pharmaceutical Associa- tion. Manila. . 1755. Journal de physique theorique et appliquee. Pans. 1756. Journal of physical education. London. 1757. Journal de physiologie [et de pathologie generale] (title varies) Paris. 1758. Jurnal prikladnoi khimii. Moskva. 1759. Journal of psychiatric social work. New York. 1760. Journal (The) of public health. Tokyo. 1761. Journal de radiologic Bruxelles. 1762. Journal of radiology and physical therapy in Kana- zawa. Kanazawa. 1763. Journal of research; Bureau of Standards; U. S. Department of Commerce. Washington. 1764. Journal of the South African Society of Physio- therapists. Capetown. 1765. Journal (The) of the San Antonio District Dental Society. San Antonio, Tex. 1766. Journal of social casework. Albany. 1767. Journal (The) of the Society of Organic Synthetic Chemistry, Japan. Tokyo. 1768. Journal (The) of Southeastern research. Atlanta. 1769. Journal'of South Indian medicine. Madras. 1770. Journal (The) of Southern research. Atlanta. 1771. Journal (The) of speech [and hearing] disorders (title varies) Columbus, &c. 1772. Journal of the Straits Medical Association. Singa- pore. 1773. Journal of the Texas Public Health Association. Austin. 1774. Journal of the Tyosen Medical Association. Tyosen. 1775. Jungarzt (Der) Berlin. 1776. Journal (The) of venereal disease information. Washington. 1777. Journal de Vichy. Vichy. 1778. Journal (The) of Yokohama Medical Association. Yokohama. K Kagaku Kaigun gun ikai zassi Kaiho Rengo sika igaku sei kai, Tokyo Kanko sikiso Kanpo & kanyaku Kansas Cancer Bull. Kansas Cancer News 1779. Kagaku. Tokyo. 1780. Kaigun gun-ikai zassi. Tokyo. 1781. Kaiho; Rengo sika igaku-sei kai. Tokyo. 1782. Kanko sikiso. Kyoto. 1783. Kanpo to kanyaku. Tokyo. 1784. Kansas cancer bulletin. Topeka. 1785. Kansas (The) cancer news. Topeka. [39] Kar Med. Coll. Mag., Calc. Keio igaku Keio kiseityugaku bu gyoseki syu Kenko hoken Kenkyu hokoku Byorigaku kyositu Keio daigaku Kenkyu hokoku Hoten zyueki ken- kyuzyo Kentucky Pharmacist Kenya M. J. Keystone Mag. Optometry Khim. farm, promyshl. Khir. & ortop., Sofia Kinderfehler, Langensalza Kinesiologia, B. Air. King Co. Hosp. Bull., Seattle Kinsei igaku Klin, esploro, Tokyo Klin, oczna, Warsz. Klin, wspolcz. Kneipp Bl. Kozl. Magyar Orsz. Kozegeszs. Int. Kogyo yakuhin nenpo Koho Kokin bussitu kenkyu Kokubyogakkai zassi Kokumin eisei Kokumin iryo Kongrber. Internat. Kongr, Rettungswes. Korbl. Schweiz. Aerzte Kdsei kagaku Kosei no tomo Kosyu eiseigaku zassi Kotu igaku KPA News, Topeka Krankenhausbeilage, Bern Krankenschwester, Wien Kresge Eye Inst. Bull. Kriegsbeschad. &c Furs. Kriegsbeschadigtenfursorge Kumamoto igakkai zassi Kur & rekonval., Kbh. Kurstedsbladet, Oslo Kvartalsskr. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk. Kw. psychol., Poznan Kyobu geka Kyoto byorigaku kyositu gyoseki syu Kyoto huritu ika daigaku ronbun syu Kyoto huritu ika daigaku zassi Kyoto igaku zassi Kyu dai iho 1786. Kar (R. G.) Medical College magazine. Calcutta. 1787. Keio igaku. Tokyo. 1788. Keio gizyuku daigaku igaku-bu kiseityugaku-bu gyoseki syti. Tokyo. 1789. Kenko hoken. Tokyo. 1790. Kenkyu hokoku; Byorigaku kyositu; Igaku-bu: Keio gizyuku daigaku. Tokyo. 1791. Kenkyu hokoku; Hoten zyueki kenkyuzyo. Hoten, Manchuria. 1792. Kentucky (The) pharmacist. Louisville. 1793. Kenya (The) medical journal. Nairobi. 1794. Keystone magazine of optometry. Philadelphia. 1795. Khimiko-farmacevticheskaia promyshlennost. Moskva. 1796. Khirurgia i ortopedia. Sofia. 1797. Kinderfehler (Die); Zeitschrift fiir padagogische Pathologie und therapie in Haus, Schule und sozialem Leben. Langensalza. 1798. Kinesiologia. Buenos Aires. 1799. King County Hospital bulletin. Seattle. 1800. Kinsei igaku. Tokyo. 1801. Klinika esploro. Tokyo. 1802. Klinika oczna. Warszawa. 1803. Klinika wsp61czesna. Warszawa. 1804. Kneipp-Blatter. Miinchen. 1805. Oesszegyiijtott kozlemenyek; Magyar Kiralyi Orszd- gos Kozegeszsegiigyi Intezet. Budapest. 1806. Kogyo yakuhin nenpo. Tokyo. 1807. Koho. Tokyo. 1808. Kokin bussitu kenkyu. Kyoto. 1809. Kokubyogakkai zassi. Tokyo. 1810. Kokumin eisei. Kyoto. 1811. Kokumin iryo. Tokyo. 1812. Kongressbericht; Internationaler Kongress fiir Ret- tungswesen und erste Hilfe bei Unfallen. Zurich. 1813. Correspondenz-Blatt fiir Schweizer Aerzte. Basel. 1814. K5sei-kagaku. Tokyo. 1815. Kosei no tomo. Tokyo. 1816. Kosyii eiseigaku zassi. Tokyo. 1817. Kotu igaku. Tokyo. 1818, K[ansas]P[harmaceutical]A[ssociation] news. To- peka. 1819. Krankenhausbeilage zur Schweizerischen Aerzte- zeitung. Bern. 1820. Krankenschwester (Die) Wien. 1821. Kresge Eye Institute bulletin. Detroit. 1822. Kriegsbeschadigten- (Die) und Kriegerhinterblie- benen-Fiirsorge. Berlin. 1823. Kriegsbeschadigtenfursorge (Die) Berlin. 1824. Kumamoto igakkai zassi. Kumamoto. 1825. Kur og rekonvalescens. K0benhavn. 1826. Kursteds-bladet. Oslo. 1827. Kvartalsskrift; Svenska nationalforeningens mot tuberkulos. Stockholm. 1828. Kwartalnik psychologiczny. Poznan. 1829. Kyobu geka. Tokyo. 1830. Kyoto teikoku-daigaku igaku-bu byorigaku kyositu gyoseki syti. Kyoto. 1831. Kyoto-huritu ika-daigaku ronbun syu. Kyoto. 1832. Kyoto huritu ika daigaku zassi. Kyoto. 1833. Kyoto igaku zassi. Kyoto. 1834. Kyu[syu teikoku] daifgaku] iho. Hukuoka. Laborat. & Clin., Tokyo 1835. Laboratory and clinic. Tokyo. Laborat. & Med. Progr., Cairo 1836. Laboratory and medical progress. Cairo. Laborat. prakt., Moskva 1837. Laboratornaia praktika. Moskva. Laegeforen. aarb. 1838. Laegerforeningens aarbog. K0benhavn. Lake Co. Health News 1839. Lake County health news. Tavares, Fla. Lamp, Indianap. 1840. Lamp (The) Indianapolis. Lamp Post, Howell 1841. Lamp (The) post. Howell, Mich. Landarzt 1842. Landarzt (Der) Stuttgart. [40] Lav. Clin. med. Perugia Lav. Clin. ocul. Univ. Roma Lav. 1st. anat. pat. Univ. Pavia Lav. 1st. anat. pat. Univ. Perugia Lav. 1st. anat. pat. Univ. Sassari Lav. 1st. chim. biol., Roma Lav. 1st. chim. fisiol., Roma Lav. 1st. din. med. Univ. Bologna Lav. 1st. med. lavoro Univ. Napoli Lav. 1st. pat. gen., Roma Lav. 1st. pat. Univ. Padova Lav. Soc. ital. med. int. Lawrence Co. M. Soc. Bull. Layman Speaks, Wash. Lebensmitteltierarzt Lecons Clin Tarnier, Par. Lect. Pub. Health Ser., Chic. Lederle Bull. Lederle Bull. Newslett. Legisl. Min. educ. saude (Brazil) Leibesiib. & korp. Erzieh. Lek. kolej., Warsz. Lek. listy Lek. vest., Praha Lek. wojsk., Edinb. Leopoldina, Lpz. Leper Q., Shanghai Lepr. in India, N. Delhi Leprosy Missions Digest Lesson Wayne School Nurs., Chic. Leucocyte, Detr. Libr. Bull. M. Coll. S. Carolina Libre pharm., Par. Libri & period., Roma Libr. J., N. Y. Libro de actas Congr. nac. pediat. Libro de actas Jorn. med. espan. Lighthouse News, N. Y. Lingnan M. Newslett. Lister J. Living, Menasha LOBUND Rep., Notre Dame Lond. Newslett., Lond. Lucha c cancer, B. Air. Lucha pop. c cancer, B. Air. Luftwaff. Druckvorschr. 1843. Lavori della Clinica medica di Perugia. Perugia. 1844. Lavori eseguiti nella Clinica oculistica della R. Universita di Roma. Roma. 1845. Lavori dell'Istituto di anatomia e istologia pato- logica della R. University di Pavia. Pavia. 1846. Lavori dell'Istituto di anatomia e istologia pato- logica della R. University degli studi di Perugia. Perugia. 1847. Lavori dell'Istituto di anatomia e istologia pato- logica della R. Universita di Sassari. Sassari. 1848. Lavori dell'Istituto di chimica biologica della R. University di Roma. Roma. 1849. Lavori dell'Istituto di chimica fisiologica della R. Universita di Roma. Roma. 1850. Lavori; Istituto di clinica medica generale e terapia medica della R. University di Bologna. Bologna. 1851. [Lavori] Istituto di medicina del lavoro della R. Universita di Napoli. Napoli. 1852. Lavori dell'Istituto di patologia generale della R. Universita di Roma. Roma. 1853. Lavori dell'Istituto di patologia generale della Universita di Padova. Padova. 1854. Lavori dei Congressi di medicina interna; Societa italiana di medicina interna. Roma. 1855. Lawrence County Medical Society bulletin. New Castle, Pa. 1856. Layman (The) speaks. Washington. 1857. Lebensmitteltierarzt (Der) Hannover. 1858. Lecons du jeudi soir a la Clinique Tarnier. Paris. 1859. Lecture; Public health series (National Advisory Council on Radio in Education) Chicago. 1860. Lederle bulletin. New York. 1861. Lederle (The) bulletin newsletter. New York. 1862. Legislagao do Ministerio da educagao e sadde (Brazil) Rio de Janeiro. 1863. Leibesiibungen und korperliche Erziehung. Berlin. 1864. Lekarz kolejowy. Warszawa. 1865. Lekafske listy. Brno. 1866. Lekarnick^ vestnfk. Praha. 1867. Lekarz wojskowy. Edinburgh. 1868. Leopoldina. Leipzig. 1869. Leper (The) quarterly. Shanghai. 1870. Leprosy in India. New Delhi. 1871. Leprosy missions digest. New York. 1872. Lesson; Wayne School of Practical Nursing. Chicago. 1873. Leucocyte (The) Detroit. 1874. Library bulletin of the Medical College of the State of South Carolina. Greenville. 1875. Libre (La) pharmacie. Paris. 1876. Libri e periodici. Roma. 1877. Library journal. New York. 1878. Libro de actas; Congreso nacional de pediatria. Santander. 1879. Libro de actas de las Jornadas medicas espafiolas. Zaragoza. 1880. Lighthouse news. New York. 1881. Lingnan medical newsletter. Canton, China. 1882. Lister (The) journal. Glasgow. 1883. Living. Menasha, Wise 1884. LOBUND reports; a publication from the Labora- tories of Bacteriology, University of Notre Dame. Notre Dame. 1885. London newsletter. London. 1886. Lucha contra el cancer. Buenos Aires. 1887. Lucha popular contra el cancer. Buenos Aires. 1888. Luftwaffen-Druckvorschrift. Berlin. M McLeod Infirm. Bull. Madigan messenger Mag. Naturk. Helvet. 1889. McLeod (The) Infirmary bulletin. Florence S C 1890. Madigan messenger. Tacoma. 1891. Magazin fiir die Naturkunde Helvetiens. Zurich [41] Magnetiseur, Geneve Mag. R. Free Hosp. School M., Lond. Magy. belorv. arch. Magy. orv. szemle Makedon. med. pregl. Malaria Month., Amst. Malati medici medicine Manchoukuo Yearb. Manitoba M. Rev. Manual of Steriliz., Erie Manufact. Optician, Lond. Margin, derm., Fir. Margin, otolar., Fir. Marine Druckvorschr. Marseille chir. Maryland Nurs. News Maryland Pharmacist Matern. & inf., S. Paulo Mbl. geest. volksgezondh. Mecanico dent., Habana Med. Advance, N. Y. Med. arh., Sarajevo Med. Arts & Sc, Takoma Medber. Danmark Med. Ber. Deut. Schutzgeb. Med. & biol., Liege Med. Bookman, Lond. Med. Bull. Continent. Air Command Med. Bull. Europ. Command Med. Bull. Off. Chief Surgeon Europ. Command Med. BulL U. S. First Army Med. & cienc. afin., Bogota Med. & cir. auxil., Madr. Med. cir. farm., Rio Med. clin., Barcel. Med. Dep. Rep. San. Off. S. Francisco (U. S. Army) Medd. Farm, foren., Stockh. Medd. Hyg. inst. Univ. K0benhavn Med. digest, Lond. Med. Directors Q. Medd. K0benhavn univ. Pat. anat. inst. Medd. Med. for., Stockh. Medd. Medicinalstyr., Stockh. Medd. Psykiat. klin., Kbh. Medd. Stat. bakt. laborat., Stockh. Medd. Stat, seruminst., Kbh. Medd. Stat. Vitaminlab., Kbh. Medd. Sven. nat. foren. tuberk. 824787—vol. 11, 4th series--- 1892. Magnetiseur (Le) Geneve. 1893. Magazine of the Royal Free Hospital School of Medicine. London. 1894. Magyar belorvosi archivum. Budapest. 1895. Magyar orvosi szemle. Budapest. 1896. Makedonski medicinski pregled. Skopje, Yugo- slavia. 1897. Malaria monthly. Amsterdam. 1898. Malati, medici, medicine. Torino. 1899. Manchoukuo (The) year book. Hsinking. 1900. Manitoba medical review. Winnipeg. 1901. Manual (The) of sterilization, disinfection and re- lated surgical techniques. Erie, Pa. 1902. Manufacturing (The) optician. London. 1903. Marginalia dermatologica. Firenze. 1904. Marginalia otolaryngologica. Firenze. 1905. Marine-Druckvorschrift; Oberkommando der Kriegs- marine. Berlin. 1906. Marseille chirurgical. Paris. 1907. Maryland nursing news. Baltimore. 1908. Maryland (The) pharmacist. Baltimore. 1909. Maternidade e infancia. Sao Paulo. 1910. Maandblad voor de geestelijke volksgezondheid. Amsterdam. 1911. Mecanico (El) dental. La Habana. 1912. Medical (The) advance. New York. 1913. Medicinski arhiv. Sarajevo. 1914. Medical arts and sciences. Takoma Park, Md. 1915. Medicinalberetning for Kongeriget Danmark. K0- benhavn. 1916. Medizinal-Berichte fiber die Deutschen Schutzge- biete. Berlin. 1917. Medecine et biologie. Liege. 1918. Medical bookman [and historian] (title varies) London. 1919. Medical bulletin; Office of the Surgeon; Continental Air Command. Mitchel Air Force Base, N. Y. 1920. Medical bulletin of the European Command Medical Division, [n. p.] 1921. Medical bulletin; Office of the Chief Surgeon, European Command, United States Army. [n. p.] 1922. Medical bulletin; First Army, United States Army. Governors Island, N. Y. 1923. Medicina y ciencias afines. Bogota. 1924. Medicina y cirugia auxiliar. Madrid. 1925. Medicina, cirurgia, farmdcia [formerly: Medicina, cirurgia, pharmacia] Rio de Janeiro. 1926. Medicina clinica. Barcelona. 1927. [Medical Department reports]; Chief Sanitary Officer for the City of San Francisco (U. S. Army) San Francisco. 1928. Meddelanden fran Farmaceutiska foreningen. Stockholm. 1929. Meddelelser; Universitetets hygiejniske institut og Dr. med. Vilh. Budde og hustru's hygiejniske labora- torium. K0benhavn. 1930. Medical digest. London. 1931. Medical directors quarterly. Louisville. 1932. Meddelelser fra K0benhavns universitets Pato- logisk-anatomiske institut. K0benhavn. 1933. Meddelanden fran Medicinska foreningen. Stock- holm. 1934. Meddelanden fran Kungl. Medicinalstyrelsen. Stockholm, &c. 1935. Meddelelser fra K0benhavns universitets psykia- triske klinik og Psykiatrisk laboratorium [varies: Meddelelser fra Rigshospitalets psykiatriske klinik og Universitetets psykiatriske laboratorium] K0benhavn. 1936. Meddelanden fran Statens bakteriologiska labora- torium i Stockholm. Stockholm. 1937. Meddelelser fra Statens seruminstitut. K0benhavn. 1938. Meddelelser; Statens Vitamin-laboratorium. K0- benhavn. 1939. Meddelande fran Svenska nationalforeningen mot tuberkulos. Stockholm. [42] Medd. Univ. psykiat. laborat., Kbh. Medd. Univ. Retsmed. Inst., Kbh. Medecin chez Iui Medecin de Lorraine Meded. Chir. univ. klin. Groningen Meded. Kolon. inst. Amsterdam Meded. Laborat. physiol. chem. Univ. Amsterdam Med. educ phys. sport Medentian, Buffalo Med. fis., B. Air. Med. forens., Cordoba Med. forum, Kbh. Med. Freedom, N. Y. Med. glasn. Med. homeop., Santiago Medical Alliance Rev., N. Y. Medicamenta, Rio Medicina, Roma Medicina (Rev.) Bogota Medicineren, Kbh. Medico, Nova Goa Medicus, Vatican Med. Illust., Lond. Med. Invest. Accid. Bull. Med. J., Kiev Med. J., Tokyo Med. J. Malaya Med. J. (R. Canad. Navy) Med. & Laborat. Progr., Cairo Med. Iatina, Habana Med. Leg. J., Lond. Medlemsbl. Dansk. tandtekn. forb. Med. letopisi, Sofia Med. libre, Par. Med. Market. Med. Mitt. Med. Mitt. Reichsforsch. Med. & morale, Tor. Med. Mschr. Med. News Bull., Beirut Med. News Lett., Wash. Med. News Lett. Aviat. Suppl., Wash. Med. Nutrit. Rep. (OSRD) Wash. Med. & Pharm., Tokyo Med. pharm. Rdsch., Wien Med. podmlad., Beograd Med. pract., Zaragoza Med. Press., Lond. Med. & probl. humains, Lyon Med. Progr., Manila Med. & progr., Par. Med. Progr. (Panamer. Airw. Syst.) Med. promyshl. SSSR Med. & przyroda Med. Q., Ottawa Med. Radiogr., Rochester Med. Rdsch., Mainz 1940. Meddelelser fra Universitetets psykiatriske labora- torium og Kommunehospitalets nerve-sindssygeafdeling. K0benhavn. . , T 1941. Meddelelser fra Universitets Retsmedicmske Insti- tut. K0benhavn. 1942. Medecin (Le) chez lui. Pans. 1943. Medecin (Le) de Lorraine et du Nord-Est. Verdun. 1944. Mededeelingen uit de Chirurgische universiteits- kliniek te Groningen. Assen. 1945. Mededeeling; Koloniaal instituut te Amsterdam [Var.: K. Vereeniging Koloniaal instituut] Amsterdam. 1946. Mededeelingen uit het Laboratorium voor physiolo- gische chemie der Universiteit van Amsterdam en uit het Nederlandsch instituut voor volksvoeding. Amster- dam. . 1947. Medecine, education physique et sport. Pans. 1948. Medentian (The) Buffalo. 1949. Medicina ffsica. Buenos Aires. 1950. Medicina forense. C6rdoba. 1951. Medicinsk forum. K0benhavn. 1952. Medical freedom. New York. 1953. Medicinski glasnik. Beograd. 1954. Medicina homeop&tica. Santiago de Chile. 1955. Medical Alliance review. New York. 1956. Medicamenta. Rio de Janeiro. 1957. Medicina. Roma. 1958. Medicina; revista cientifica colombiana. Bogotd. 1959. Medicineren. K0benhavn. 1960. Medico (O) Nova Goa. 1961. Medicus. Vatican City. 1962. Medicine illustrated. London. 1963. Medical investigators' accident bulletin. Langley Field, Va. 1964. Medichnii zhurnal. Kiev. 1965. Medical journal. Tokyo. 1966. Medical (The) journal of Malaya. Singapore. 1967. Medical journal (Royal Canadian Navy) [Ottawa?] 1968. Medicine and laboratory progress. Cairo, &c. 1969. Medicina Iatina. La Habana. 1970. Medico-legal (The) journal. London. 1971. Medlemsblad; Dansk tandtekniker forbund. K0- benhavn. 1972. Medicinski letopisi. Sofia. 1973. Medecin (Le) libre. Paris. 1974. Medical marketing. Rutherford, N. J. 1975. Medizinische Mitteilungen. Berlin. 1976. Medizin; Mitteilungen des Reichsforschungsrates. Berlin. 1977. Medicina e morale. Torino. 1978. Medizinische Monatsschrift. Stuttgart. 1979. Medical news bulletin. Beirut. 1980. Medical news letter. Washington. 1981. Medical news letter. Aviation supplement. Wash- ington. 1982. Medical nutrition report (Committee on Medic Research of the [United States] Office of Scientific Research and Development) Washington. 1983. Medicine and pharmacy. Tokyo. 1984. Medizinische und pharmazeutische Rundschau. Wien. 1985. Medicinski podmladak. Beograd. 1986. Medicina prdctica. Zaragoza. 1987. Medical press. London. 1988. Medecine et problemes humains. Lyon. 1989. Medical progress. Manila. 1990. Medecine et progres. Paris. 1991. Medical program and policies and annual reports (Pan American Airways System) Boston. 1992. Medicinskaia promyshlennost SSSR. Moskva. 1993. Medycyna i przyroda. Warszawa. 1994. Medical quarterly. Ottawa. 1995. Medical radiography and photography. Rochester. N. Y. 1996. Medizinische Rundschau; Monatsschrift mit arzt- licher Akademie. Mainz. [43] Med. Rep. Glasgow Mat. Hosp. Med. Rep. North. Rhodesia Med. Reporter, Manila Med. Res. Bull. S. Elizabeths Hosp., Wash. Med. Rev., Edinb. Med. Rev. of Rev., Delhi Med. spec. laegepraks., Kbh. Med. statist. Mitt. Gesundhamt., Berl. Med. Targets Med. Techn., Berl. Med. Technicians Bull. Med. techn. Mitt. Schweiz Med. Time, Tokyo Med. Trends, Orange Med. trop., Marseille Med. Women Internat. J., Par. Med. wspolcz. Meet. Penicillin Invest. Mem. Congr. Ass. med. fr. Amerique du Nord Mem. Congr. centroamer. vener. Mem. Congr. farm centroamer. Mem. Congr. med. dominie Mem. Congr. med. ecuator. Mem. Congr. mex. pediat. Mem. Congr. nac. brucel., Montev. Mem. Congr. panamer. med. leg. Mem. Congr. venezol. nino Mem. Dep. Health Scotland Mem. Dir. gen. san., Madr. Memento Beta, B. Air. Mem. Fac cienc. med. La Plata Mem. Fac. cienc. nat. farm., Guate- mala Mem. Fac. med. farm. Guatemala Mem. hig., Bogota Mem. Inst, radioquir. Guipuzcoa Mem. Inst, serol., Habana Mem. Junta gen. benefic Cundina- marca Mem. med. Squibb Mem. Min. hig. Nicaragua Mem. Min. trab. Panama Mem. Patron, lepr. (Argentina) Mem. Rep. Climat. Res. Laborat., T flwrpneo Mem. Rep. Envir. Protect. Sect. (U. S. Quartermast. Gen.) Mem. Secc estadist. Min. salud pub. Paraguay 1997. Medical report; Glasgow Royal Maternity and Women's Hospital. Glasgow. 1998. Medical report on health and sanitary conditions, Northern Rhodesia. London. 1999. Medical reporter. Manila. 2000. Medical research bulletin; St. Elizabeths Hospital. Washington. 2001. Medical (The) review. Edinburgh. 2002. Medical (The) review of reviews. Delhi. 2003. Medicinske specialer i laegepraksis. K0benhavn. 2004. Medizinal-statistische Mittheilungen aus dem Kai- serlichen Gesundheitsamte. Berlin. 2005. Medical targets; U. S. Naval Technical Mission to Japan, [n. p.] 2006. Medizinische Technik. Berlin. 2007. Medical technicians bulletin. Washington. 2008. Medizinisch-technische Mitteilungen fiir die Schweiz. Bern. 2009. Medical time. Tokyo. 2010. Medical trends. Orange. 2011. Medecine tropicale. Marseille. 2012. Medical women's international journal. Paris. 2013. Medycyna wsp61czesna. Warszawa. 2014. Meeting of penicillin investigators. Washington. 2015. Texte des memoires; Congres de l'Association des medecins de langue frangaise de 1'Amerique du Nord. Montreal, &c. 2016. Memoria del Congreso centro-americano de vene- reologia. San Jose, C. R. 2017. Memoria del Congreso farmaceutico centro-ameri- cano. San Salvador. 2018. Memoria; Congreso medico dominicano. Santiago, R. D. 2019. Memoria del Congreso medico ecuatoriano. Guaya- quil. 2020. Memoria; Congreso mexicano de pediatria. Mexico, D. F. 2021. Memorias; Congreso nacional de la brucelosis. Montevideo. 2022. Memoria; Congreso panamericano de medicina legal, odontologia legal y criminologfa. La Habana. 2023. Memoria; Congreso venezolano del nino. Caracas. 2024. Memorandum; Department of Health for Scotland. Edinburgh. 2025. Memoria de la Direcci6n general de sanidad. Madrid. 2026. Memento Beta. Buenos Aires. 2027. Memoria; Facultad de ciencias medicas, Universidad nacional de La Plata. La Plata. 2028. Memoria de los trabajos de la Facultad de ciencias naturales y farmacia; Universidad nacional. Guatemala. 2029. Memoria de la Facultad de medicina y farmacia. Guatemala, Guatemala. 2030. Memoria de higiene [Ministerio de higiene, Colom- bia] Bogotd. 2031. Memoria del Instituto radio-quirurgico de Guipuz- coa. San Sebastian. 2032. Memoria; Instituto de serologfa. La Habana. 2033. Memoria de la Junta general de beneficencia; Departamento de Cundinamarca. Bogota. 2034. Memoria medica Squibb. New York. 2035. Memoria; Ministerio de higiene y beneficencia pii- blicas, Republica de Nicaragua. Managua, D. N. 2036. Memoria; Ministerio de trabajo, previsi6n social y salud publica, Panama^. Panama. 2037. Memoria del Patronato de leprosos (Argentina) Buenos Aires. 2038. Memorandum report; Climatic Research Laboratory (U. S. Army) Lawrence, Mass. 2039. Memorandum report; Environmental Protection Section; Research and Development Branch; Military Planning Division (U. S. Army. Office of the Quarter- master General) Lawrence, Mass. 2040. Memoria; Secci6n estadistica, Ministerio de salud publica, Paraguay. Asunci6n. [44] Mem. Seer. san. asist. pub., Ciudad Trujillo Mem. Semana med. Veracruz. Mem. Semana nac. antivener. (Costa Rica) Mem. Serv. antivener. Valparaiso Mem. Serv. nac salub. Chile Mem. Soc. fr. hist. med. Mens. Insp. hyg. mun., S. Paulo Ment. Health, Beloit Ment. Health, Clevel. Mental Health (Utah) Ment. Hyg. News, Milwaukee Mesech. izvest., Sofia Mese san., Milano Mesic. Ciba Messenger, Los Ang. Meth. Med. Res., Chic. Mikrob. J., Kiev Mikrochim. acta, Wien Mikroskopie, Wien Miktab lehaber Mil. Rep., Wash. Minerva chir., Tor. Minerva gin., Tor. Minerva pediat.. Tor. Minerva urol., Tor. Minnesota Health Minnesota Pharm. Minnesota Welf. Minutes Armed Forces Vision Com. Minutes Army Navy Vision Com. Minutes Ass. State Com. Postgrad. M. Educ. Minutes Chemother. (NRC) Wash. Minutes Dent. Bd U. Kingdom Minutes Gen. M. Counc. Gr. Britain Minutes Streptomycin Conf. Minutes Subcom. Armored Vehicl. (NRC) Wash. Minutes Subcom. Color Vision U. S. Armed Forces Vision Com. Minutes Subcom. Hist. Rec. (NRC) Wash. Minutes Subcom. Publicity (NRC) Wash. Minutes Subcom. Surg. Inf. (NRC) Wash. Minutes Subcom. Visibility U. S. Army Navy Vision Com. m6dica veracruzana. (Costa 2041. Memoria; Secretarfa de estado de sanidad y asisten- cia publica; Republica dominicana. Ciudad 2042. Memoria de la Semana n C6rdoba. , . , 2043. Memoria; Semana nacional antivenerea Rica) San Jose. ,. , „ j_ inH 2044. Memoria; Comite tecmco coordinator de a protective. J. Am. M. Ass., 1917, 69: 140.—Khocianov, I.. K. [Mica as protective glass] Hig. & zdorov., 1942, 7: No. 7, 46. MICAELLI, Louis Rene, 1914- ♦Con- siderations sur la reprise du travail des tubercu- leux pulmonaires, porteurs de pneumothorax therapeutique. 118p. tab. 24cm. Alger, Impr. nord-afr., 1939. MICA operation. See Mika. MICAUD, Pierre, 1912- *Les fractures isolees du condyle humeral; fractures par de- calottement de Mouchet. 83p. pi. 25J^cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1938. MICA worker. See also Dust; Pneumokoniosis; Sericite; Sili- cosis. Dmitriev, M. A. [Condition of eyes in women workers of the Irkutsk mica factory] Med. biul., Irkutsk, 1939, 87-93, pi — Kohan-Jasni, V. M. [Silicosis universalis in mica workers] Vrach. delo, 1926, 9: 633-40.—Policard, A. Etude expen- mentale de Taction des poussieres de mica sur le tissu pul- monale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 243. ----— The action of mica dust on pulmonary tissue. J. Indust. Hyg., 1934, 16: 160-4. MICELLE. See also Colloid, Structure; Macromolecule. For cellular micelle see Cell, Cytoplasm: Struc- ture. Baule, B., & Kratky, O. Die Dehnung der amorphen Be- reiche bei affiner Verzerrung eines micellaren Netzes. Zschr. phys. Chem., 1942, 52: Abt. B, 142-52.— Bungenberg de Jong, H. G. Situation des coacervats parmi les systSmes micellaires. In his Coacervation, Par., 1936, 1: 20-3.—Cluzet, G. Modi- fications micellaires produites par l'addition de cristalloides dans le se>umsanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 458-61.— Hoar, T. P., & Schulman, J. H. Transparent water-in-oil dispersions; the oleopathic hydro-micelle. Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 102.—Klevens, H. B. Critical micelle concentrations as determined by refraction. J. Phys. Colloid Chem., 1948, 52: 130-48.—Staudinger, H. Ueber die altere und neuere Micel- larlehre. In his Makromol. Chem., Basel, 1947, 11-8.— Young, G., & Reiner, J. M. Mechanical forces and torque on an ellipsoid in diffusion fields in connection with the problem of orientation of colloidal micellae in biological systems. Growth, Ithaca, 1937, 1:251-61. ---- ionic. See also Electrolyte; Ion, complex. Hartley, G. S. The critical concentration for micelles in solutions of cetane sulfonic acid. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1936, 58: 2347-54.—Hoerr, C. W., & Ralston, A. W. Studies on high- molecular-weight aliphatic amines and their salts; transference numbers of some primary amine hydrochlorides in aqueous solution and their significance in the interpretation of the micelle theory. Ibid., 1943, 65: 976-83.—Randall, M., & Cann, J. V. Micelles and base exchange. Chem. Rev., Bait., 1930, 7: 369-406.—Wright, K. A., & Tartar, H. V. Studies of sul- fonates; densities and viscosities of sodium dodecyl sulfonate solutions in relation to micelle formation. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 544-9. MICELOTTA, Vincenzo. La scrofolosi. 89p. 18cm. Nap., L. Vittorio, 1872. -—— La materia medica nelle presenti con- dizioni della medicina. 22p. 21}£cm. Nap., G. De Angelis, 1877. Reprint from Gazz. med. pubb. MICHAEL, Saint. San Michele Arcangelo, patrono dei radiologi. Radiol. med., Milano, 1941, 28:477-82. MICHAEL, B. F. [author?] Not one person in 5,000 knows what is in this book! [hernia] 28p. illust. 8? [Binghamton, N. Y., 1935] MICHAEL, Catherine Edwards, 1912- See Mallmann, W. L., & Michael, C. E. The development of mold on cold storage eggs, and methods of control. 34p. 8? East Lansing, 1940. MICHAEL, Herbert. Die Schadlingsbekam- pfung im Rahmen der offentlichen ^^.dh^{ pflcge 77p. illust. 23cm. Dresd., Deut Verl. Volkswohlfahrt, 1930. Forms H. 8, Veroff. Hyg. Akad. Dresden. ■--- Leitfaden fiir die Laienhilfe. 160p. illust. 19cm. Dresd., Deut. Hyg. Mus^ 1941 See also Gebh.nl, B., Michael, H. [et al.] Wunder des Lebens. 427p. 4? Stuttg. 1936 -Gre.mer, K , & Mlchae'- H. Handbuch des praktischen Desinfektors. 3. Aufl. 203p. 8? Dresd., 1937. MICHAEL, Jeffrey Charles, 1888-1936 For obituary see Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1936, 33. 7.^-4. MICHAEL, Maurice Albert, 1903- For portrait see Postgrad. M., 1947, 2: 283; 415. MICHAEL, Max Joseph, 1887- Die Be- gutachtung beruflicher Hauterkrankungen. 40p. 8? Berl., F. C. W. Vogel, 1932. Forms H. 12, Hefte z. Unfallh. MICHAEL, Pieter Roelof, 1892- ♦Osteo- chondritis deformans juvenilis [Utrecht] xii, 116p. illust, tab. 23>^cm. Zalt-Bommel, Van de Garde & Co., 1923. ---- Heelkundige opstellen. ix, 149p. illust. pi. portr. diagr. 26cm. Utrecht, A. Oosthoek, 1948. For portrait see Geneesk. gids, 1939, 17: No. 36, front. MICHAEL, William Howard, 1888- The importance of adequate records of the sick and wounded in the military services in time of war, and the best methods for obtaining them; by Toubib [pseud.] 17p. form. 26#cm. [n. p., 1939?] Typewritten. For portrait see Hosp. Management, 1943, 55: No. 4, 21. MICHAELIDES, Aegli, 1905- ♦Ueber ein gramnegatives coliahnliches Bakterium im Rohwasser eines Wasserwerkes; ein Beitrag zur Colifrage [Berlin] 24p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1937. MICHAELIDES, Christos G., 1902- *Der heutige Stand der Ansichten iiber die Erythro- cyten-Struktur, mit einigen Bemerkungen iiber die Becholdsche Methode. 24p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1926. MICHAELIDES, Georges, 1906- ♦Glyco- suries infundibulo-hypophysaires. 103p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1935. MICHAELIS, Edith, 1914- ♦Vom Zu- sammenhang der Zahnerkrankungen mit Erkran- kungen der benachbarten Organe. 24p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. MICHAELIS, H. K. Aetiologie en therapie van pathologische afwijkingen van de gingiva en mondslijmvlies. 32p. illust. pi. 21}£cm. Leiden, H. E. Stenfert Kroese, 1945. MICHAELIS, Hanns, 1913- ♦Eine Tri- chineninfektion von 25 Fallen im Kriege. 34p. tab. 21cm. Munch., J. Gotteswinter [1940?] MICHAELIS, Henriette, 1849- comp. A new dictionary of the Portuguese and English languages. 8. ed. 2v. 729p.; 742p. 22cm. Lpz., F. A. Brockhaus, 1932. MICHAELIS, Hildegard, 1906- ♦Unter- suchungen und Erfahrungen mit Tiranal. 23p. 8? Lpz., n. p., 1932. MICHAELIS, Use, 1909- ♦Finden sich Basophilic und andere Alterationen des Blut- bildes bei entzundlichen Prozessen der Mund- und Rachenhohle? [Leipzig] 28p. 8? Zeulen- roda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1933. MICHAELIS, Karl Alex Erich, 1911- *Ueber zerstuckelnde Operationen. 16p. 8? Greifsw., E. Panzig & Co., 1934. MICHAELIS, Leonor, 1875-1950. Die Wasser- stofnonenkonzentration; ihre Bedeutung fiir die Biologie und die Methoden ihrer Messung. xiii, 210p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1914. MICHAELIS 3 MICHAELSEN ---- The same [2. Teil] Oxydations-Reduc- tions-Potentiale mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer physiologischen Bedeutung. 2. Aufl. xi, 259p. diagrs. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. Forms Bd 17, Monogr. Physiol. ---- The same. Hydrogen ion concentration; its significance in the biological sciences and methods for its determinations, v.l: Principles of the theory. Transl. from the 2. German ed. by W. A. Perlzweig. xiv, 299p. illust. tab. diagr. 23#cm. Bait., Williams & Wilkins Co., 1926. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Am. Scientist, 1946, 34: 574. MICHAELIS, Lili, 1905- ♦Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Reticulocyten und ihrer klinischen Bedeutung [Berlin] 18p. 8? Quakenbriick, C. Trute, 1933. MICHAELIS, Lorenz S., 1902- ♦Ueber sekundare Todesfalle nach Operation wegen Ruekenmarkstumor [Berlin] 37p. 8? Char- lottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1927. ---- Vergleichende mikroskopische Unter- suchungen an rezenten, historischen und fossilen menschlichen Knochen; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Svphilis. viii, 92p. pi. 8! Jena, G. Fischer, 1930. Forms 6. Bd, H. 1, Veroff. Geb. Kriegs & Konst. Path. (Aschoff & Borst) Jena, 1930. ---- First aid through photographs. 64p. illust. 12^cm. x 19cm. Lond., Longmans, Green & Co., 1941. ---- How the body works. 64, xvi p. illust. pi. diagr. 21^cm. Lond., Longmans, Green & Co. [1941] ---- Anatomical atlas of orthopaedic opera- tions. 67p. illust. 26cm. Lond., W. Heine- mann, 1946. MICHAELIS, Oscar, 1907- ♦Die Brauch- barkeit der histochemischen Methoden des Goldnachweises. p. 478-88. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1929-30, 225: MICHAELIS, Reinhold. Die Holunderkur, ein altbewahrtes Naturheil- und Vorbeugungs- mittel von vielseitiger Wirkung gegen Stoff- wechselkrankheiten, besonders gegen Gicht und Rheumatismus. 2. Aufl. 24p. 8? Lpz., A. Michaelis [1916] MICHAELIS, Rudolf, 1907- *Vier Falle von Lymphogranuloma maligna (!) der Haut (Hodgkin'sche Krankheit) [Freiburg i. B.] 23p. 21cm. Gelnhausen, F. W. Kalbfleisch, 1934. MICHAELIS-TAPPOLET, Agnes [M. D., 1935, Basel] ♦Ueber die Einwirkung von Leber- praparaten auf Hamoglobingehalt und Erythro- zytenzahl des Blutes beim Kaninchen. 16p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & Co., 1935. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, N. 27. MICHAELS, George, 1903- See Sundstroem, E. S., & Michaels, G. The adrenal cortex in adaptation to altitude, climate and cancer. 409p. 32J^cm. Berkeley, Calif., 1942. MICHAELS, Joseph, 1911- ♦Ergebnisse und Fortschritte in der Anwendung anisotoni- scher Losungen bei der Behandlung des erhohten Hirndruckes (unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung eigener Beobachtungen in Krankenhausern von New York) 24p. 21cm. Munch., P. Waiz- mann, 1937. MICHAELS, Joseph Porter, 1838-1912. Thorpe, B. L. Joseph Porter Michaels, biologist, micro- scopist, chemist, prosthetist. In his Biogr. Pioneer Am. Dentists, Chic, 1909, 669-73, portr. For obituary see Dent. Cosmos, 1912, 54: 622-7, portr. MICHAELSEN, Johann Wilhelm, 1860- Scientific results of an expedition to rain forest regions in eastern Africa; Oligochaeta. p.433-77. 8? Cambr., 1937. Forms No. 8, v.79, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Univ. MICHAELSEN, Knud, 1915-43. For obituary see Ugeskr. laeger, 1943, 105: 1019 (Andersen S. R.) MICHAELSEN, Uwe, 1912- ♦Schizo- phrenieahnliche Krankheitsbilder im Erbgesund- heitsverfahren [Kiel] 28p. 21cm. Bresl., Bresl. Genoss. Buchdr., 1937. MICHAIL, Dumitru, 1885- [Fiftieth anniversary of Prof. D. Michail] Cluj. med., 1935, 16: 619, portr.—Vancea, P. Vue d'ensemble sur l'activite' scientifique du professeur D. Michail. Ibid., 1936, 17: 275-90, portr. MICHAIL, Jean. ♦Les modifications apportees dans les conceptions de la collapsotherapie par la pleuroscopie precoce [Lausanne] 46p. illust. tab. 23cm. Aigle, J. Borloz, 1943. MICHAILOFF, Dimiter, 1903- ♦Ulcus- sarkom des Magens. 24p. 8? Munch., F. Pinn, 1929. MICHAILOFF, Dimiter M., 1905- ♦Ueber die tuberkulose Sehnenscheidenent- zundung [Zurich] 31p. 8? Sofia, P. Glusch- koff, 1931. MICHALAKEFF, Georgi, 1898- ♦Beob- achtungen iiber chronische Meningokokken- Meningitis an der Leipziger Medizinischen Klinik [Leipzig] 30p. 8? Lucka i. T., R. Berger, 1926. MICHALEFF, Dobri, 1901- *Die Metho- den der Resektion des Oberkiefers und ihre Immediat-Prothese. 16p. 8? Lpz., n. p., 1929. MICHALIS, Spyro, 1903- ♦Reine recidi- vierende Agranulocytose. 37p. 8? Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. MICHALLET, Louis, 1912- *Un cas clinique d'osteopathie bismuthique. 43p. 24^cm. Lyon, Impr. du Salut public, 1939. MICHALOVICI, Eugenie [M. D., 1939, Geneve] ♦L'etat des nerfs sympathiques et parasympathiques dans les pneumopathies aigues et chroniques [Geneve] 72p. pi. 23}£cm. Ambilly, Presses zoniennes, 1939. MICHALOWICZ, Jerzy, 1903-36. For obituary see Polska gaz. lek., 1936, 15: 705, portr. (Stein, J.) MICHALOWSKY, Ernst Heinrich, 1898- *Ein Fall von Echinokokkus disseminatus mit Vereiterung und Ruptur eines Leberechinokokken. 19p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., A. Luck, 1925. MICHALSKI, Pinkus [M. D., 1935, Basel] ♦Veranderungen in der Mundhohle bei Diabetes mellitus. 23p. 8? Basel, Philogr. Verl., 1935. MICHALSKI, Werner, 1912- *Lst die Paradentose durch Kurzwellentherapie beein- flussbar? 24p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1936. MICHALSKY, Walter, 1910- ♦Beitrag zur Frage der Berufsfahigkeit derjenigen, die in der Jugend wegen angeborenen Stars operiert wurden [Greifswald] 19p. 22}£cm. Glogau, C. Altmann, 1937. MICHANS, Juan [M. D., 1925, B. Aires] Antecedentes, titulos y trabajos. 18p. 23cm. B. Air., A. G. Buffarini, 1942. ---- Antecedentes, titulos y trabajos; con- curso de profesor ad junto de clinica quirurgica. 19p. 23cm. B. Air., A. Lopez, 1943. MICHARD, Louis, 1910- ♦Contribution a l'etude de la vaccination associee antitypho- paratypho-diphtSrique. 92p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. MICHAUD, Andre. *Contribution a l'histoire MICHAUD 4 MICHEAU de la prothese dentaire g6n6rale en Suisse [Geneve] 63p. 23cm. Chateau-D'Oex, E. Burri, 1939. MICHAUD, Gilbert, 1911- ♦Les stations thermo-climatiques de la valine du Tech; leurs caracteristiques essentielles; leurs indications respectives. 45p. 23%cm. Par., L. Flandin, 1939. MICHAUD, Jacques, 1910- ♦Le traite- ment moderne de l'impetigo par la vaccino- th^rapie ou la medication sulfamidee. 87p. 24#cm. Par., M. Vigne, 1939. MICHAUD, Jacques, 1915- *La vita- mine Bi et le traitement des polynevrites al- cooliques. 32p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1939. MICHAUD, Leon. *Les apothicaires de l'Angoumois [Strasbourg] 159p. illust. pi. map. 24cm. Clermont-Ferrand, J. de Bussac, 1943. MICHAUD, Louis, 1880- ♦Ueber das Scheidevermogen der Niere bei Blutentzug und iiber die Wirkungsweise der Diuretica [Bern] 83p. 8? Munch., R. Oldenbourg, 1904. For Festschrift see Hommage a Louis Michaud, 8 juin 1940. 674p. 26cm. [Lausanne, 1940?] See also Barraud. A Louis Michaud. Rev. m£d. Suisse rom., 1940, 60: 409. Also in Michaud Festschr., Lausanne, 1940, ix.—Bridel, P., & Montmollin, C. de. Hommage au patron. Ibid., 51-5.-—Chuard, E. L'appel a Lausanne. Ibid., 1.—Copeau, J. Lettre au professeur Louis Michaud pour ses 60 ans. Ibid., 3.—Miiller, F. von. Ein Brief an Herrn Professor Dr Michaud zur Feier seines 60. Geburtstages. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1940, 70: 495-8.—Pochon, A. Andante sostenuto; pour quatuor a cordes; ecrit a l'occasion du 8 juin 1940; d^die' en toute amitie' au professeur Louis Michaud. In: Michaud Festschr., Lausanne, 1940, 29-36.—Professor Dr Louis Michaud zum 60. Geburtstage. Ibid., xi. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1940, 70: 493, portr.-—Weingartner, F. Michaud der Freund. In: Michaud Festschr., Lausanne, 1940, 49. For portrait see in Michaud Festschr., Lausanne, 1940, front. MICHAUD, Pierre, 1911- ♦De l'interet des reactions de Aschheim-Zondek et Friedmann- Brouha dans les suites de la m61e hydatiforme. 42p. 8? Lyon, Ass. typogr., 1935. MICHAUD-ELSKES, Marthe [M. D., 1937, Lausanne] ♦Contribution a l'etude des diverti- cules du duodenum. 63p. 24cm. Lausanne, La Concorde, 1937. MICHAUD Festschrift. See Hommage a Louis Michaud, 8 juin 1940. 674p. 26cm. [Lausanne, 1940?] MICHAUT, Jean, 1907- ♦Spirochetose ictero-hemorragique de l'homme et du singe. 117p. pi. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1932. MICHAUT, Pierre, 1902- ♦La cure de soif dans le traitement de la bronchectasie in- fantile [Paris] 63p. 8? Nancy, Impr. centr. de Test, 1927. MICHAUT, Regine, 1909- *Du traite- ment vaccinotherapique de la tuberculose chi- rurgicale. 32p. 8° Par., P. & E. Davy, 1934. MICHAUT, Robert, 1908- ♦Contribution a l'etude des tuberculoses pulmonaires graves; les evolutions d'une seule tenue. 88p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1938. MICHAUX, Frangois Andre, 1770-1855. For portrait see Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1897) 1901, pt 2, pi. 58. MICHAUX, Jacob, 1851-1915. For obituary see Tr. Tristate M. Ass., 1916, 18: 50. MICHAUX, Leon, 1899- *La neuro- mvelite optique aigue. 291p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1930. MICHAUX, Roger, 1909- ♦Etude du temps de disintegration par hydrolyse de quel- ques microbes; essai d'application clinique des desint6grats au diagnostic de certaines maladies. 47p. 25cm. Lyon, Impr. I. L., 1933. MICHEAU, Andre, 1903- *La region de Die Kunst des 21cm. Solothurn, Zoumi (Maroc nord-est) son Slevage boyin, ovin etcaprin [Alfort] 36p. 8? Par., Nos Animaux, !930. , . ,n10 MICHEAUX, Andre Lafaye de, 191JT *La thoracoplastie superieure; historique, in- dications, technique, rSsultats [Marseille] xiv, 133p. 24i/2cm. Bellegarde, Impr Sadag, 1939. See also Angirany, J., Michon, L., & Micheaux, A. L._ de. La thoracoplastie elective: primitive, dissociation, de substi- tution. 127p. 23cm. Par., 1940. MICHEEL, Bruno, 1902- ♦Die Vorteile der direkten Endoskopie und der Rontgen- durchleuchtung bei Erkennung und Behandlung von Fremdkorpern der tieferen Luftwege und der Speiserohre. 40p. 8° Bonn, P. Kubens, 1930 MICHEL, Albert Ehregott Christoph, 1910- ♦Zehnjahrige Erfahrungen mit der Anaes- thesie und Narkose im poliklinischen Betriebe [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter, 1936. MICHEL, Antoine, 1911- ♦Sur un cas de pleurSsie purulente f6tide de la grande cavite a colibacilles. 44p. 25^cm. Par., L. Arnette, 1939. MICHEL, Bertha Vogler Krankseins. 2. Aufl. 113p. Vogt-Schild, 1944. MICHEL, Carl, 1890-1946. For obituary see Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1946, 25: 767. Also Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1946, 15: 197. Aleo Mil. Surgeon, 1946, 98: 265. MICHEL, Charles H., 1867-1937. See Loeper, M. R., & Michel, C. H. Formulaire pratique de therapeutique et de pharmacologic. 34. £d. 1030p. 16cm. Par., 1938. Also Spanish ed. 1069p. 15>4cm. Madr., 1944. For obituary see Bull. Soc. nuSd. Paris, 1938, 18 (Luquet, G., & Grain, R.) MICHEL, Charlotte, 1904- ♦Die Ergeb- nisse poliklinischer Geburtshilfe [Breslau] 34p. 8? Gottesberg. i. S., Wochenbl. Druck.. 1931. MICHEL, Ernst, 1911- ♦Ueber Diagnose und Differentialdiagnose bei Grawitzschen Tu- moren [Giessen] 33p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1938. MICHEL, Eugen, 1897- ♦Die Anwendung der Kalte in der konservierenden Zahnheilkunde. 18p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1933. MICHEL, Eugene, 1914- ♦Contribution a l'etude des amygdalectomies abusives et de l'amygdalite iliaque. 48p. 24cm. Par., Vigot fr. 1939. MICHEL, Eugene Gaston, 1874-1937. For biography see in Souvenirs (Binet, A.) Par., 1946, 166. For obituary see Gyn^cologie, 1937, 36: 193 (Binet, A.) Also Rapp. Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1938, 11. Congr., 1: 196-200 (Guibal, J.) Also Rev. meU Nancy, 1937, 65: 283-7, portr. (Guibal, J.) ---- MUTEL, Maurice Gustave, & ROUS- SEAUX, Rene. Les traumatismes ferm6s du rachis. vii, 330p. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1933. MICHEL, Evariste. Chateaubriand; interpre- tation m6dico-psychologique de son caractere. vii, 150p. 8? Par., Perrin & cie, 1911. MICHEL, Friedrich, 1907- ♦Ueber ab- sichtlich erzeugte Hautbeschadigungen (Arte- fakte) 93p. pi. 8? Erlangen-Bruck, R. Windsheimer, 1935. MICHEL, Georges, 1913- *La place actuelle de la myomectomie dans le traitement des fibromes uterins. 52p. 25#cm. Lyon, Bosc tr., 1938. MICHEL, Gertrud, 1909- *Die primare Insulinhyperglykamie wahrend der Schwanger- schaft (experimentelle Untersuchungen uber die Schwangerschaftsleber) 25p. 8? Bonn H Trapp, 1935. MICHEL 5 MICHEL MICHEL, Gustave Hillarion, 1859-1926. Home science; a treatise upon the causes, pre- vention and treatment of disease, xi, 571p. 8? Clevel., Home Science Co., 1900. MICHEL, Guy, 1913- ♦La chrysothSra- pie intra-pleurale dans les pneumothorax in- efficaces. 67p. 25cm. Montpel., Impr. Charity, 1939. MICHEL, Helmut, 1911- ♦Ueber das Adenocarcinom der Appendix unter dem Bilde der eitrigen Appendicitis [Breslau] lip. 22}^cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1936. MICHEL, Henri, 1914- *Contribution a l'etude du traitement des diphte'ries graves par l'extrait cortico-surrenal a hautes doses. 38p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1942. MICHEL, Henriette [nee Lauriat] 1905- ♦La neuro-syphilis parenchymateuse chez le musulman tunisien et l'ars^notherapie. 56p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1935. MICHEL, Henriette Marie Amelie [nee Re- naud] 1909- ♦Le traitement du trachome par les sulfamides et en particulier par le G. 33. 174p. 24cm. Nancy, Impr. nance., 1944. MICHEL, Hubert, 1913- ♦Ueber die abtotende und entwicklungshemmende Wirkung von Benzoesaure und Natriumbenzoat bei ver- schiedenen Temperaturen [Miinchen] 25p. 21cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1938. MICHEL, Hubert Romaric, 1904- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude de la rachianalg6sie; son m^canisme; reflexions sur la diffusion. 55p. 24cm. Nancy, Impr. Lorraine, Rigot & cie, 1934. MICHEL, Jean, 1908 [15. July]- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude du traitement chirurgical de la pachydermie vorticeliee du cuir chevelu. 73p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1937. MICHEL, Jean, 1908 [18. Dec.]- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude de la pathogenie et du traite- ment des etats psychoneurastheniques. 109p. 25cm. Nancy, L. Stoquert, 1933. MICHEL, Jean, 1909- ♦Valeur pharma- cologique de l'hyposulfite de soude. 64p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1933. MICHEL, Jean Auguste Rene, 1888- ♦Le zebu au Maroc [Alfort] 57p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1932. MICHEL, Jean Guy, 1912- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude du fond d'oeil senile, plus particu- lierement au cours de l'hypertension [Marseille] 103p. 25cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1939. MICHEL, Jean Marie, 1908-44. For obituary see Lyon chir., 1945, 40: 5-7, portr. (Mallet- Guy, P., & Romand-Monnier, J. M.) MICHEL, Jean Maurice [D. Vet., 1941, Alfort] Le poumon des ruminants en inspection des viandes. 94p. 24cm. Par., R. Foulon, 1941. MICHEL, Joseph Guillaume, 1913- ♦La torsion appendiculaire m^canique. 32p. 25^cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1939. MICHEL, Jules, 1908- *La morve; maladie professionnelle du veterinaire [Alfort] 46p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1932. MICHEL, Julius von, 1843-1911. Die Krank- heiten der Augenlider. vi, 473p. illust. pi. 8? Lpz., W. Engelmann, 1908. Forms 5. Bd, 2 Abt., Handb. ges. Augenh. (Saemisch, T., & Hess, C.) 2. Aufl. . ,, For obituary see Arch. Augenh., 1911, 70: H. 2, p. l. Also Ophth. Yearb., 1912, 9: 15. MICHEL, Karl, 1907- ♦Ueber die Pro- lapsoperationen der Klinik vom 1. X. 1920 bis 31.. XII. 1932 [Miinchen] lip. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1933. MICHEL, Karl Heinz, 1908- ^Zur Kenntnis der Nasenhohlengeschwulste [Breslau] p.354-71. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1932. MICHEL, Lotte, 1904- ♦Synechien der kleinen Labien [Miinchen] 35p. 8? Heidelb., P. Braus, 1929. MICHEL, Lucien, 1885- Le pied bot congenital, p.3907-75. 8? Par., Masson & cie. 1937. In: Traite" chir. orthop. (Ombr^danne, L.) Par., 1937, 5: MICHEL, Marie Maurice. *Contribution a l'etude des maladies parasitaires des ombelliferes utiles [Strasbourg] 141p. illust. 23}^cm. Toul, Impr. touloise, 1936. MICHEL, Maurice, 1865-1944. For obituary see Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1944, 60: 258 (Lemierre) 444. MICHEL, Paul, 1907- ♦Contribution a l'etude des accidents cutan^es de la ph^nolphta- leine. 44p. 8? Par., Presses modernes, 1937. MICHEL, Paul, 1911- ♦Ueber Hyper- emesis gravidarum [Wiirzburg] 46p. 8? Ochsenf. a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1935. MICHEL, Paul, 1912- ♦Contribution a l'etude de la lithiase sous-maxillaire; diagnostic clinique et radiologique; traitement. 96p. illust. 25cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1940. MICHEL, Raoul, 1905- ♦Contribution a l'etude du traitement chirurgical de invagina- tion intestinale; exteriorisation de l'appendice; trois observations. 53p. 25cm. Montpel., Impr. du Progres, 1934. MICHEL, Raymond, 1914- ♦Recherche sur la biochimie de la phenylalanine [Marseille] 89p. tab. diagr. 24cm. Lons-le-Saunier; M. Declume, 1944. MICHEL, Robert, 1911- ♦La destruction des ordures menageres par la methode du depot controie. 70p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1936. MICHEL, Roberto. ♦La operaci6n de Portes [Guadalajara] 5p. 1., 24p. illust. 22cm. [Gua- dalajara? Mex., n. p.] 1927. MICHEL, Roger, 1903- ♦La maison maternelle nationale de St-Maurice (Seine) sa creation, son fonctionnement, ses resultats. 68p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1930. MICHEL, Roger, 1908- ♦Contribution a l'etude des parapl£gies tardives par projectile latent dans les blessures du rachis. 62p. 25cm. Montpel., Impr. Presse, 1935. MICHEL, Roger, 1909- ♦Reaction psy- chomotrice et chronaxie vestibulaire; chronaxie du nerf phrenique et phrenicoexerese. 72p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1934. MICHEL, Rudolf, 1870- Lehrbuch der forensischen Psychiatrie. 274p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1931. MICHEL, Ruth, 1909- ♦Ueber eine traumatische Trigeminusschadigung [Freiburg i. B.] 24p. 8? Halle a. S., H. John, 1935. MICHEL, Theodor [M. D., 1931, Basel] *Bader, Scherer, Chirurgen, Hebammen und Apotheker im alten Luzern (1300-1798) 102p. 8? Basel, P. v. Matt & cie, 1931. MICHEL, Walter [M. D., 1937, Geneve] Contribution a l'etude du diabete surrlnal. 43p. 23cm. Geneve, Impr. Victoria-Hall, 1937. MICHEL, Walter, 1907- ♦Der Einfluss der Zerkleinerung bei der Ausnutzung der Leguminosen im Darmkanal des Menschen. 29p. 20cm. Frankf. a. M., F. Eberling, 1938. MICHELANGELO [Buonarroti] 1475-1564. For biography see: Clement, C. Michelangelo, lllp. 8? Lond., 1888. MICHELANGELO 6 MICHELI Sec also Anile, A. II volto di Michelangelo. Illust. med. ital., 1925, 7: 70-2.—Gleichen, A. von. Michelangelo und Vittoria Colonna. Neue (icncration, 1912, 8: 173-80.— Intersessualita di Michelangelo. Minerva med., Tor., 1940, 31: pt 1, varia, 110-2.- MacI.ean.M. The horns on Michelangelo's Moses. Art & Archaeol., 1917, 6: 97, pi.—N., W. A mao esquerda de Miguel Angelo. Actas Ciba, Rio, 1941, 8: 335.— Vidoni, G. La giovinezza di Michelangelo. Illust. med. ital., 1923, 5: 62-5. MICHELAZZI, Augusto Massimo, 1904- Cardiopatologia; elementi di semeiotica, dia- gnostica e terapia delle malattie cardiovasali. xv, 469p. illust. pi. diagr. 25cm. Tor., Rosenberg & Sellier, 1947. ---- & De RENZI, Salvatore. II puntato linfoghiandolare. 126p. illust. pi. tab. 23%cm. Pisa, Xistri-Lischi ed., 1940. Also Omnia med., Pisa, No. 15, Suppl. MICHELAZZI, Augusto Massimo, & MELOSI, Enea. La uveo-parotite. 22p. illust. 27};>em. Bologna, L. Cappelli, 1941. Forms (No. 64) No. 65, ser. 1, Coll. med. attual. sc. MICHELAZZI, Luigi. Elementi di fisio- patologia ad uso delle allieve ostetriche. 77p. pi. 241/2cm. Pisa, G. Cursi & figli, 1939. MICHELBACHER, Otto Wilhelm, 1901- ♦Die medikamentose Behandlung der Hyper- toniekrankheiten mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung des Cholinpraparates Pacyl. 33p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1929. MICHEL-BECHET, Regis. See Godard, H., & Michel-Bechet, R. Nouvelles techniques traitement des fractures. 406p. 24J^cm. Par., 1948. ----PUIG, Rene, & CHARVET, Pierre. Localisations viscerales et aspects chirurgicaux des brucelloses. 168p. illust. diagr. 25cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1939. MICHEL de Pierredon, Constance Polignac, 1883- ♦Les polynevrites par desequilibre nutritif. 56p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1942. MICHEL-DURAND, Emile. Le phosphore des v£gotaux; son role dans 1'energetique cellu- laire. v.l & 3. 2v. 2512cm. Par., Presses univ. France, 1940. MICHELEAU, Paul Etienne, 1875-1940. For obituary see J. m£d. Bordeaux, 1940, 117: 221. MICHELER, Joseph Alfred, 1861-1931. For portrait see Collection in Library. MICHELET, Carl, 1862- For biography see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 124, portr. MICHELET, Jules, 1798-1874 [La femme] Woman. Transl. by J. W. Palmer, xi, 283p. 18>4cm. N. Y., Rudd & Carleton, 1860. See also Guy-Grand, G. Proudhon et Michelet. Rev. philos. France, 1948, 138: 385-408. MICHELET, Leon, 1904- ♦La vie d'Ambroise Pare. xii, 159p. portr. 25cm. Par., E. Le Francois, 1930. ■--- L'asthme. x, 104p. illust. 15}£cm. Par., Libr. Maloine, 1941. MICHELET, Paul, 1913- ♦Essai d'obste- trique caprine [Vet.] 69p. diagr. 24^cm. Toulouse, F. Boisseau, 1934. MICHELI, Cesare, 1866-1943. Editor & translator of Fehling, H. J. K. L'ostetricia operativa della pratica e della clinica. 300p. 23cm. Milano, 1912. For obituary see Ann. ostet. gin., 1943, 65: 317 (Malcovati, P.) Also Clin, ostet., 1943, 45: 96. Also Policlinico, 1943, 50: sez. prat., 331. Also Riv. ital. gin., 1946, 29: 90. MICHELI, Ferdinando, 1872-1936. Tuberco- losi polmonare. p.283-495. 8? Tor., Minerva med., 1932. In: Med. int. (Ceconi, A.) Tor., 1932, 1: See also Ceconi, A., & Micheli, F. Medicina interna. 2. ed. 6v. 26cm. Tor., 1944. For biography see Atti Conv. sc. fis. mat. natur. (1933) 1934, 378, portr. For obituary see Arch, pat., Bologna, 1937-38, 17: No. 2, 1. Also Arch. sc. med.. Tor., 1937 63: pi. pX^hTT^V: Also Athena, Roma, 1936 5: 50, portr. Also BlagMvu >. . /, 159 (Marcolongo. F) Also Chn med ltaL, 1937 68. M/ « portr. (Cesa Bianchi, D.) Also Gior. Accaa. mea. fe 1Q37 inn- 122-47 Dortr. (Gamna, C.) Also i_.otxa mucn,., HIV s «77 81 nortr (Bocchetti F.) Also Osp. maggiore I?37' 8 ,q/tli-TRl%nortr (Pietra, P.) Also Policlinico, Novara, 1937, 14: . _,. , 91qo_on2 1937, 44: sez. prat., 1217-9, portr. (Bastaii. P.) >^»2 ff (Frugoni, C.) Also Q. radiol Belunno, 1937 8. 364 b portr. (Bastai, P.) Also Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1937, 8. 151. portr. (Vigliani, G. A.) MICHELIA. See under Magnoliaceae. MICHELIS, Use, 1915- ♦Die Pynfer- Behandlung der multiplen Sklerose. 37p. 20>2cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1938. MICHELIS, Otfried, 1908- ♦Verande- rungen im Bereiche der oberen Luftwege bei der chronischen Arsenvergiftung der Wembauern [Freiburg i. B.] 27p. 8? Gott., Gotting. Handelsdr., 1934. MICHELL, Jan Petersen, 1760-95. Onder- zoek aangaande het nut van de kraakbeen-sneede in moeijelijke verlossingen [Orig. 1781] P-71_ 114. 8? Amst., Ned. maatsch. geneesk., 1932. In: Opusc. select. Neerl. art. med., 1934, 12: ---- Nadere ophelderingen over de historie en het nut der schaambeensneede in moeielijke verlossingen. p.115-47. 8? Amst., Ned. maatsch. geneesk., 1932. In: Opusc. select. Neerl. art. med., 1934, 12: MICHELLI, Sir James, 1853-1935. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 808. Also Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 874. MICHEL-MARGUERIT, Paul, 1908- *Contribution au traitement non sanglant des fractures de la malleole tibiale posterieure, isoiees ou associes; la flexion extreme par traction axiale en decubitus ventral dedive, figee dans le platre. 41p. pi. 25cm. Montpel., Impr. Presse, 1933. MICHELOTTI, Luigi. For biography see Minerva med., Tor., 1948, 39: pt 2, Varia, 298. MICHELS, Helmut, 1902- ♦Maul- und Klauenseuche beim Menschen [Freiburg i. B.] 22p. 8? Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1933. MICHELS, Joseph, 1908- ♦Die Aetiologie der Odontoide [Miinster] 55p. 8? Rheine i. W., J. Vienerius, 1933. MICHELS, Kurt, 1905- ♦Ueber die Be- handlung der Gaumenspalten [Berlin] 34p. 8? Lippstadt i. W., Thiele, 1933. MICHELS, Nicholas Aloysius, 1891- The mast cells, p.235-372. illust. pi. 8? N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1938. In: Handb. Hemat. (Downey, H.) N. Y., 1938, 1: For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 304, portr. Also Q. Phi Beta Pi M. Fratern., 1945-46, 42: 153, portr. MICHELS, Rene, 1914- ♦L'operation systematique d'urgence dans les appendicites aigues [Strasbourg] 36p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1939. MICHELSEN, August, 1876- For biography see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 125, portr. MICHELSEN, Gustav Lauritz, 1862- For biography see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 125, portr. MICHELSEN, Ingeborg, 1901- *Beitrage zur Frage der apoplektiformen Laesionen von verlangertem Mark und Briicke [Leipzig] 18p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1932. MICHELSOHN, Harry, 1902- ♦Bericht iiber 712 Gallensteinoperationen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Dauerresultate [Kiel] 30p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1928. MICHELSON 7 MICHIGAN MICHELSON, Albert Abraham, 1852-1931. See [America] Optical Society of America. Proceedings of the Michelson Meeting, p.149-286. 24'.cm. Menasha, 1928. For biography see Sc. Month., 1939, 48: 17-27, portr. (Millikan, R. A.) See also Bibliography of publications of Albert A. Michelson. Proc. Optic. Soc. America, 1928, 151-4.—Shibayev, V. A. Professor Albert A. Michelson and his contribution to science. J. Urusvati Himalay. Res. Inst., Calc, 1932, 2: 1-4, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Proc. Optic. Soc. America, 1928, opp. p. 148. Also Sc. Month., 1939, 48: front. MICHELSON, Henry Ernest, 1888- For portrait see Bull. Linn Co. M. Soc, 1947-48, 16: 11. Also California M., 1948, 68: 192. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1948, 137: 575. Also Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 49. MICHELSON, Jacques, 1904- ♦Etude statistique de la mortalite infantile. 66p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1930. MICHELSON, N. M. See Rauer, A. E., & Michelson, N. M. HjiaCTHHeCKHe OnepariHH Ha JIHrre. 254p. 26cm. Moskva, 1943. MICHELSON, Nicholas, 1897- See Boas, E. P., & Michelson, N. The challenge of chronic diseases. 197p. 8? N. Y., 1929. MICHELSON, Truman, 1879-1938. Notes on the Fox Wapanowiweni. v, 195p. 8? Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1932. Forms Bull. 105, Smithson. Inst. Bur. Am. Ethnol. ---- Fox miscellany, v, 124p. 8? Wash., Gov. Print, Off., 1937. Forms Bull. 114, Smithson. Inst. Bur. Am. Ethnol. For obituary see Am. Anthrop., 1939, 41: 281-5 (Cooper, J. M.) MICHELSSON, Friedrich Alexander, 1881- Knochen- und Gelenktuberkulose. p.403- 53. 25cm. Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1939. In: Tuberk. Mensch. (Alexander, H., et al.) Lpz., 1939. See also Borchard, A., Brunn, W. V., & Michelsson, F. A. Deutsches Chirurgen-Verzeichnis. 3. Aufl. 898p. 21J^cm. Lpz.. 1938. MICHELY, Jean Maurice, 1914- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude des anevrysmes arterio- veineux entre la carotide externe et la jugulaire interne. 55p. illust. 25cm. Nancy, Impr. Grandville, 1942. MICHENER, Robison E., 1861-1947. For obituary see Nat. Eclect. M. Q., 1947-48, 39: 18. MICHEZ, Jules, 1897- For biography see Who's Important, N. Y., 1947, 1: 415. MICHIELS, Jean Jules Marie, 1914- *Sur quelques causes accidentelles dans l'etiologie de la demence precoce. 115p. 24)^cm. Bord., Impr. Biere, 1939. MICHIELS, Louis, 1886-1936. For bibliography see Bibliogr. acad. Univ. Louvain (1914-34) 1937, 6: pt 2, 286-9. For obituary see Bull. Acad. m£d. Belgique, 1936, 6. ser., 1: 31-3; 1939, 4: 122-32, portr. (Wattiez, N.) MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of Health. Annual report of the Commissioner. Lansing, 1. (1873) 1874- 1873-1917/18 issued by the State Board of Health. ---- Reprint series. Lansing, No. 1-58, 1921-30. ---- County and district health departments in Michigan. 21p. diagr. 23cm. Lansing, 1942. ---- Teacher observation of health conditions of school children. 31p. 23cm. Lansing, 1942. —— Tularemia (rabbit fever) prevention requires careful handling of wild rabbits. 3p. 23cm. Lansing [1942?] ---- The health service in the schools. 31p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943. —■— Scarlet fever; spread of the disease is often caused by mild cases of infection. [4]p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943. ----Nurses employed for public health work in Michigan. Lansing, 1949- See also Michigan, U. S. A. Department of Public Instruc- tion & Children's Fund of Michigan. Health in education. 179p. 23cm. Lansing, 1944.—Michigan, U. S. A. Depart- ment of Public Instruction & Michigan Department of Public Health. Leads to better community health. 28p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943.—Michigan State Medical Society & Michi- gan Department of Health. Cancer: a manual for physicians. 225p. 23 Hca Lansing, 1944. See also Michigan Department of Health celebrates 75th anniversary. Michigan Pub. Health, 1948, 36: 110-2.— Semi-centennial celebration of the establishment of the Michigan Department of Health. Pub. Health Michigan, 1924, n. ser., 12: Suppl., 5-15.—Slemons, C. C. Michigan's depart- ment of health. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1931, 30: 176-9. See also Michigan, U. S. A. State Board of Health. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of Health. Bureau of Records and Statistics. Annual re- port, including the annual registration report, 1933-1939. 7v. tab. 23cm. Lansing, 1936-41. For earlier and later reports see the Annual report of the Department of Health. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of Mental Health. Monthly bulletin. Lansing, v.l, 1945- MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of Public Instruction. Bulletin No. 316: Temperance edu- cation. 80p. 23cm. Lansing, 1942. ---- Bulletin No. 336: Nutrition education in high schools; suggestions for improving food habits. 39p. form. 23cm. Lansing, 1945. ---- Instructional Service Series. Bulletin No. 3017A: Interpretations of the basic instruc- tional policy, health education. 11 1. 28cm. Lansing, 1942. Mimeographed. ---- Instructional Service Series. Bulletin No. 3029A: Bibliography on temperance educa- tion, including material on the effects of alcohol, tobacco, and narcotics. 2p. 1., 13 1. 28cm. Lansing, 1943. Mimeographed. See also Michigan, U. S. A. Department of Health. The health service in the schools. 31p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943. ------ Teacher observation of health conditions of school children. 31p. 23cm. Lansing, 1942.—Michigan, U. S. A. Joint Committee on Health Education. The problem solving approach in health teaching. Rev. ed. 37p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943.—Michigan, U. S. A. Department of Public Instruction & Children's Fund of Michigan. Health in education. 179p. 23cm. Lansing, 1944.—Michigan, U. S. A. Department of Public Instruction & Michigan Department of Public Health. Leads to better community health. 28p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of Public Instruction & CHILDREN'S Fund of Michigan. Health in education; schools, district health departments, and communities cooperate in a school health project, Osceola-Sanilac Counties, 1939-42. 179p. tab. diagr. 23cm. Lansing, 1944. Forms No. 329, Bull. Dep. Pub. Instr. Michigan. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of Public Instruction, & DEPARTMENT of Health. Leads to better community health; outcome of the Experi- mental Community Health Service Project, Julv, 1943. 28p. illust. 23cm. Lansing, 1943. Forms No. 328, Bull. Dep. Pub. Instr. Michigan. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Department of State. State of Michigan laws relating to public health; revision of 1943. 206p. 23cm. Lansing, Frank- lin De Kline Co., 1944. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Governor. Progress report. 76p. map. tab. 28cm. Lansing, 1945. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Joint Committee on Health Education. The problem solving ap- proach in health teaching. Rev. ed. 37p. 23cm. Lansing, 1943. Forms No. 326, Bull. Dep. Pub. Instr. Michigan. ---- Experiences in healthful living, developed by teachers. 70p. 27cm. Ann Arb., 1944. Forms No. 4, School Health Bull. ---- School health bulletin. Ann Arb., No. 4, 1944- MICHIGAN 8 MICHIGAN MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Office of Government Reports. Michigan directory of Federal and State agencies, lxvi, 112p. 27cm. Detr. [1942] Mimeographed. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. State Board of Health. Bulletin of vital statistics, v. 1-24 [No. 1-3 only] 24v. in 6. tab. 23cm. [var. to 31}£cm.] Lan- sing, 1897/98-1921. Volumes 1-18 have title: Monthly bulletin of vital statistics. See also Michigan, U. S. A. Department of Health. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. State Board of Health. Tuberculosis Survey. Report for the twelve months from October 1, 1915, to October 1, 1916. 89p. tab. diagr. 23cm. Lansing, 1917. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. Stream Control Com- mission. Second biennial report, 1933/34. 70p. illust. portr. map. tab. diagr. 23cm. Lan- sing, 1935. No previous report was published. MICHIGAN, U. S. A. See also Health organization; also names of Michigan towns. Michigan, U. S. A. Stream Control Com- mission. Second biennial report. 70p. 23cm. Lansing, 1935. Morley, F. Michigan and its resources. 144p. 8° Lansing, 1881. Dustin, F. Caches of prehistoric artifacts discovered in Saginaw County, Michigan. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc. (1941) 1942, 27: 505-10.—Farwell, O. A. Notes on the Michi- gan flora. Ibid. (1940) 1941, 26: 3-20.—Hanes, C. K. Addi- tions to the flora of Michigan. Ibid., 21 (1942) 1943, 28: 37-40.—McLennan, H. Sod busting for social work in rural Michigan. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work., 1939, 66: 477-80.— Quimby, G. I., jr. European trade articles as chronological indicators for the archaeology of the historic period in Michi- gan. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc. (1938) 1939, 24: pt 4, 25-31, 2 pi.—Wills, H. M. Michigan; climatic summary. Yearb. U. S. Dep. Agr., 1941, 914-24. ---- Hospitals and medical services. Michigan State Medical Society. Com- mittee on Survey of Medical Services and Health Agencies. Report of the Committee ... to the House of Delegates. 174 1. 8? Grand Rapids, 1933. Flath, C. I. Michigan plan assists hospitals in 1941 Hospital Day program. Hosp. Management, 1941, 52: No. 4, 15.— Guide to medical facilities in Wayne County, Michigan. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 213B-6B.— Kaiser, B. K. Michigan acts for public medical care. Med. Care, 1942, 2: 18-24.— Lake, G. B. Michigan's medical center. Clin. Med., 1926, 33: 317-22.—Michigan, hospital and other institutional facilities and services, 1939. Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S., 1941, 13: 207-16.—Michigan medical service. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 653. Also J. Michigan M. Soc, 1942, 41: 180; 626.— Michigan's sanatoria. Health, Lansing, 1941, 28: No. 1, 3.-— Novy, R. L. Michigan Medical Service; report of the President. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1944,43: 108-16.— Smith, R.R., Vaughan, J. W., & Marshall, W. H. Survey of hospital charity in Michi- gan; community hospitals; university hospitals; preliminary report of the Committee appointed to investigate the charity work of our Michigan hospitals. Ibid., 1927, 26: Suppl., 1-26. ---- Medical history. Burr, C. B. Medical history of Michigan. 2v. 829p.; 940p. 8? Minneap., 1930. Anderson, F. J. The doctor and the newspaper in the terri- tory of Michigan, 1817-1837. J. Hist. M., N. Y., 1947,2: 20—47.—Andrews, E. The aboriginal physicians of Michigan. Contr. Med. Res. V. C. Vaughan Anniv., 1903, 42-50.— Fifty years of public health laboratory service in Michigan. Michigan Pub. Health, 1937, 25: 197-202.—Harison, B. D. The past and present status of the medical profession in Michi- gan. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1905, 4: 349-68.—Huntley, V. F. Memories of incidents and some of the accidents in the practice of medicine in Michigan nearly fifty years ago. Ibid., 1927, 26: 521-6.—Kleinschmidt, E. E. Pioneer sanitarians in Michigan. Ibid., 1939, 38: 659-68.—Le Fevre, G. L. State society activi- ties. Ibid., 1934, 33: 120.—Michigan health departments win awards in National Health Conservation Contest. Michigan Pub. Health, 1940, 28: 114.—Michigan one hundred years ago. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1927, 26: 227; 285.—Penberthy, G. C. Some significant contributions to the basic sciences made in Michigan. Ibid., 1936, 35: 627-32.-—Physicians given honorary degrees. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1940, 6: 59.—Pino, R. H. Michigan medicine in these crucial years. Df^**^ News, 1942-43. 34: No. 18, &-7.-Itaiidall, H.E. One hundred years of medicine in Michigan. J. Michigan M. Soc.. ■«d7'* ■ 973I5 —Reminiscences. S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1943, 41: 64; 87.^Se?mon, B. Blackwell footsteps in Michigan. Women in Med., 1940, No. 67, 21-7.—Slemons, C. C. Public healTh progress in Michigan under the Social Security Act education in Michigan J. Michigan M. Soc, 1934, 33. 537 9. Michigan and our profession, yesterday, and today. ------ lviicnigan auu uui tiiun»™«", /-» — --- . —-. u;~„„ Ibid 1935 34: 575-81.—Story of pubhc health in Michigan in graphs. 'Michigan Pub. Health, 1942, 30: 230. ——^— Statistics. Birth and death rates in Michigan, 1907-36. Michigan Pub. Health, 1937, 25: 136-43.—Births and deaths by months. 1939-40 Ibid., 1940, 28: 120.—Births and deaths m 1933. Ibid.. 1934, 22: 43.—Deacon, W. J. V. Principal■ causes of death in Michigan in 1937 by age and sex groups. Ibid.,19d8, 26- 143-52.—Deaths, death rates, births, birth rates, infant mortality, infant mortality rates, maternal mortality, materna mortality rates, and stillbirths in Michigan by counties, rural and urban, during the year 1939. Ibid., 1940, 28: H6-8.— Diagnostic examinations by counties, made at Lansing, Orand Rapids, Houghton, and Powers laboratories, for fiscal years of 1938-39 and 1939-40. Annual Rep. Michigan Dep. Health, 1939-40, 68: 117.—Michigan closes a year of good health for the state; births will exceed 100,000 for the first time. Michigan Pub. Health, 1941, 29: 223—Michigan, summary of vital statistics, 1940. Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S., 1941-42 14: 887-910.—Michigan, summary of vital statistics, 1941. Ibid., 1943, 18: 302-14.—Michigan, summary of vital statistics, .1944. Ibid., 1946, 24: 423-41.—Michigan, summary of vital statistics, 1945. Ibid., 1947, 26: 273-83.—Michigan, summary of vital statistics, 1946. Ibid., 1948, 28:401-18.—Moyer.H. A. Health of the State. Michigan Pub. Health, 1939, 27: 223-6 — Myers, W. J. The health of Michigan in 1937. Ibid., 1937, 25: 239-45.—Prevalence of disease, 1940. Ibid., 1940, 28: 119.—Vital statistics summary, Michigan, 1939. Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S., 1940, 10: 623-54. MICHIGAN Academy of Science, Arts and Letters. Annual report. Lansing, v.l (1894-99) 1900- v.22 (1920) 1921. ----Bulletin. Agr. Coll., Mich., v.1-4, 1904-09. ---- Papers. N. Y. [Ac] v.l (1921) 1923- See also Coons, G. H. The Michigan Academy of Science. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sc, 1920, 1-3.—McCartney, E. S. The beginnings and growth of the Michigan Academy of Science, Arts and Letters. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc, 1933, 19: 1-19. MICHIGAN Agricultural College [East Lansing] See Michigan State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. [MICHIGAN] Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion. Technical bulletin. East Lansing, No. 8, 1911- CONTENTS No. 8. Studies of agglutination reactions in hog cholera during the process of serum production. Giltner, W. 1911. No. 9. The influence of the products of lactic organisms upon Bacillus typhosus. Northrup, L. Z. 1911. No. 10. The fermenting capacity of the average single cell of Bacterium lactis acidi. Rahn, O. 1911. No. 174. The development of mold on cold storage eggs, and methods of control. Mallmann, W. L., & Michael, C. E. 1940. — Quarterly bulletin. East Lansing, v.l-[15] 1918-[33] ---- Memoir bulletin, No. 5. East Lansing, 1943. See Chamberlain, F. W. Atlas of avian anatomy. 213p. 35cm. East Lansing, 1943. MICHIGAN Anti-tuberculosis Association. See Michigan Tuberculosis Association. MICHIGAN Association of Osteopathic Phy- sicians and Surgeons. Directory of members. Highland Park, 1949- Issued in numbers of Osteopathic Bulletin. See also Osteopathic (The) bulletin. Highland Park, v.14, 1949- MICHIGAN Association for the Prevention and Relief of Tuberculosis. See Michigan Tuberculosis Association. MICHIGAN bacillus. See under Corynebacterium. MICHIGAN 9 MICHIGAN [MICHIGAN] Children's Fund of Michigan. Annual report. Detr., 2. (1930/31) 1931- ---- Implication of nutrition and public health in the postwar period; the proceedings of a conference held at Detroit, Mich., November 3, 1944. 206p. illust. portr. 23cm. Detr. [1944?] See also Michigan, TJ. S. A. Department of Public Instruc- tion & Children's Fund of Michigan. Health in education. I79p. 23cm. Lansing, 1944. [MICHIGAN] Conference of the Health Officers in Michigan [2. Conf., 1894] Proceed- ings. 63p. tab. diagr. 23^cm. Lansing, R. Smith & Co., 1894. Forms Suppl. to Rep. Michigan Bd Health, 1894. See also [Michigan] Sanitary Convention [&c] MICHIGAN Crippled Children Commission. Report. Lansing, 1. (1927/32) 1932- ---- Quadrennial statistical report of services to crippled and afflicted children. Lansing, 1943/47- MICHIGAN Crippled Children Commission. Afflicted Children Division. Report. Lansing (1932/34) 1934- MICHIGAN Crippled Children Commission. Crippled Children Division. Report. Lansing (1932/34) 1934- MICHIGAN Health Council. See Foot, Cone & Belding. Research Department, Chicago. Public relations of the medical profession, State of Michigan; a survev made ... for the Michigan Health Council. 164 1. 29cm. Chic, 1944. MICHIGAN Historical Records Survey. Vital statistics holdings by government agencies in Michigan; birth records. 166p. 22cm. Detr., 1941. [MICHIGAN] Homeopathic Medical Society of the State of Michigan. For official organ see Central Journal of homeopathy. Chardon, Ohio [&c] v.4, 1923- MICHIGAN Hospital Survey Committee. Hospital resources and needs; report, xxiv, 172p. map. tab. ch. 23cm. Battle Creek, Mich., Kellog Found., 1946. Prepared by the Commission on Hospital Care from data supplied by the Michigan Hospital Survey Committee. MICHIGAN medical and dental directory; complete directory of physicians, dentists and hospitals in Michigan. Detr., 1945- MICHIGAN out-of-doors. Ann Arb., v.7-21, 1918-1934. Continuation of Bulletin of the Michigan Tuberculosis Association; continued as Health, Lansing. MICHIGAN public health. Lansing, v.l, 1906- MICHIGAN Public Health Association. Michigan Public Health Association celebrates first 21 years. Michigan Pub. Health, 1940, 28: 183-7. [MICHIGAN] Sanitary Convention of the State of Michigan. Proceedings and addresses. Lansing, 37. Conv., 1892- Forms Suppl. to Rep. Michigan Bd Health. See also [Michigan] Conference of the Health Officers [&c] MICHIGAN State Chiropractic Society. Your spine and your health. 12p. 16cm. Detr., 1944. MICHIGAN State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. Department of Bacteriology and Hygiene. Laboratory manual in general microbiology. xvi, 418p. illust. pi. tab. diagr. form. 20cm. N. Y., J. Wiley & Sons, 1916. Also 3. ed. 472p. 1926. MICHIGAN State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. Department of Physiology and Pharmacology. A laboratory manual for experi- mental physiology; rev. 1940, by R. V. Brown and B. B. Roseboom. vi, 61p. 27cm. Ann Arb., Edwards Bros, 1944. MICHIGAN State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. Experiment Station. See [Michigan] Agricultural Experiment Station. MICHIGAN State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. Extension division. Bulletin. East Lansing, No. 2, 1916- CONTENTS No. 2. The Babcock test. Newlander, C. E. 1916. MICHIGAN State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. School of Veterinary Medicine. Report. East Lansing, 1937/38- See also Group portrait, veterinary class 1941, Michigan State College. M. S. C. Vet., East Lansing, 1940-41, 1: 80. MICHIGAN State Dental Society. Journal. Lansing, v.5, 1923- See also Dow, T. D. History of the Michigan State Dental Society. J. Michigan Dent. Soc, 1935, 17: 137; passim.— Le Gro, A. L. Michigan State Dental Society. In: Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 893-900. MICHIGAN State Medical Society. Journal. Detr., v.l, 1902- ---- Report of the Committee on Survey of Medical Services and Health Agencies to the House of Delegates, viii, 174p. map. diagr. 8? Grand Rapids, 1933. ---- Postgraduate medical education and the needs of the general practitioner, iii, 62 numb. 1. [33] 1. tab. form. 27cm. Ann Arb., Edwards Bros, 1934. ---- What everyone should know about cancer. 16p. 8? Lansing, 1938. See also Cook, H. The Michigan State Medical Society— a review. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1936, 35: 160-3.—Cummings, H. H. President's address. Ibid., 1942, 41: 839.—Donaldson. W. F. Review of report of the Committee on Survey of Medical Services and Health Agencies to the House of Delegates, Michigan State Medical Society. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30: 673-9.—Grand Rapids, our 1939 convention city. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1939, 38: 784.—Jennings, A. F. Heretofore unpublished records of the Medical Society of the Territory of Michigan. Ibid., 1913, 12: 33; passim.—Members of the House of Delegates, 1939; Michigan State Medical Society. Ibid., 1939, 38: 603-6.—Michigan State Medical Society past presidents, 1866-1937. Ibid., 684.—Michigan State Medical Society, past presidents 1866-1939. Ibid., 1941, 40: 620.— Michigan State Medical Society; roster, 1937 [etc.] Ibid., 1937, 36: 303-17; also yearly in subseq. vols.—Michigan State Medical Society; 78. annual session; proceeding of House of Delegates, Pantlind Hotel, Grand Rapids, Michigan, Septem- ber 21-22, 1942. Ibid., 1942, 41: 960-93.—Outline of general assembly program, 76. annual meeting, Michigan State Medical Society, Grand Rapids, September 17, 18, 19, 1941. Ibid., 1941, 40: 469.—Peterson, R. President's annual address, the past, present and future of the Michigan State Medical Society. Ibid., 1915, 14: 501-14.—Ranney, G. E. Retrospect of the early history of the Michigan State Medical Society. Ibid., 517-21.—Seventy-fifth (The) annual meeting of the Michigan State Medical Society, Detroit, 1940. Ibid., 1940, 39: 497; passim.—Seventy-sixth (The) annual meeting, Grand Rapids, 1941. Ibid., 1941, 40: 717-39.—State medical meeting at Grand Rapids. J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 962.—Warnshuis. F. C. The Michigan State Medical Society, its strength and weaknesses. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1934, 33: 125-31. MICHIGAN State Medical Society & MICHI- GAN Department of Health. Cancer; a manual for physicians, vi, 225p. 23J^cm. Lansing, 1944. MICHIGAN State Pharmaceutical Association. Proceedings. Ann Arb., v.1-22, 1883-1902. Ceased publication with v.39, 1923. See also Journal (The) for Michigan druggists. Detr., v.30, 1942- MICHIGAN State Sanatorium. See Howell, Michigan. Michigan State Sanatorium. MICHIGAN State Student Chapter of the American Veterinary Medical Association. M. S. C. (The) veterinarian. East Lansing, v.l, 1941- MICHIGAN Tuberculosis Association. Bul- letin. Ann Arb., v.2-6, 1913-17. Continued as Michigan out-of-door 824787—vol. 11, 4th series----2 MICHIGAN 10 MICHIGAN ---- Posters. Lansing, 1931- CONTENTS Eat. 1931. Play. 1931. Bathe. 1931. Sleep. 1931. Be your age when you play. 1942. C'mon in, the water's fine. 1942. Keep fit, use the health service of your community. 1942. Danger ahead. 1942. Germs hate soap. 1943. TB is catching. 1944. Fatigue can get you down. 1944. Start the day right. 1944. The doc says I'm OK. 1944. Brace up. 1944. Eat right. 1945. Get your chest X-ray now. 1945. Sleep repairs. 1945. Christmas seals protect your home from tuberculosis. 1945. TB may hit you. 1945. You have a share in your town. 1945. ---- The harvest; report of the Executive Secretary. Lansing (1940/41) 1941- See also Wolverine health bulletin. Lansing, v.3, 1928- [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Cata- logue. Ann Arb., 1854- ---- Death notices, supplementary to Gen- eral Catalogue of officers and students, 1837- 1921. Ann Arb., 1925- ---- Education monographs, No. 3, 1942. See Otto, H. J., Barnard, J. D. [et al.] Community work- shops for teachers [&c] 303p. 24cm. Ann Arb., 1942. See also Menezes de Oliveira, R. A Universidade de Michi- gan. Hospital. Rio, 1945, 28: 691-7.—Origin (The) and history of the University of Michigan. Phi Chi Q., 1937, 34: 317-20, illust.—Smith, R. R. The University of Michigan. J. Michi- gan M. Soc, 1934, 33: 121. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Col- lege of Dental Surgery. Hoff, N. S. College of Dental Surgery of the University of Michigan. In: Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 472-6. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Con- ference on Psychiatry. For record see Sladen, F. J. Psychiatry and the war. 505p. 23Hem. Springf., 111., 1943. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. De- partment of Medicine and Surgery. See Contributions to medical research, dedicated to Victor Clarence Vaughan. 620p. 29cm. Ann Arb., 1903. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. De- partment of Obstetrics and Gynecology. Con- tributions. Ann Arb., v.1-6, 1893-1928. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. De- partment of Physical Education for Women. Physical education activities for high school girls. xii, 322p. pi. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1928. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Divi- sion of Hygiene and Public Health. Public health reviews. Ann Arb., v.1-10, 1932-41. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Gen- eral Library. See Bishop, W. W. A preliminary checklist of American copies of Short title catalog books. 173p. 27J4cm. Ann Arb., 1941.—Spaulding, T. M., & Karpinski, L. C. Early military books in the University of Michigan libraries. 45p. 29cm. Ann Arb., 1941. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Health Service. Report. Ann Arb. (1942/43) 1944- Published as numbers of University of Michigan Official Publication. ---- College student health tables, health service, 1913-1942. 66p. 23cm. Ann Arb , 1945. Forms No. 119, v.46, Univ. Michigan Off. Pub. ---- Monthly report. Ann Arb., Apr. 1946- [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Lab- oratory of Vertebrate Biology. Contributions. Ann Arb., No. 1, 1936- Title varies: Nos 1-19, 1936-42, Contributions from the Laboratory of Vertebrate Genetics. CONTENTS Xo. 1. The estrous cycle of the deer-mouse, Peromyscus maniculatus. Clark, F. H. 1936. No. 2. The estrous cycle of the cotton-rat, Sigmodon hispidus. Clark, F. H. 1936. . No. 3. A graphic method for comparing several sets ol measurements. Dice, L. R., & Leraas, H. J. 1936. No. 4. Fertility relations in the Peromyscus leucopus group of mice. Dice, L. R. 1937. , No. 5. Partial infertility between two members of the Peromyscus truei group of mice. Dice, L. R., & vVatson, M. L. 1937 No. 6. Variation in Peromyscus maniculatus osgoodi from the Uinta Mountains, Utah. Leraas, H. J. 1938. No. 7. Inheritance and linkage relations of mutant charac- ters in the deer mouse, Peromyscus maniculatus. Clark, b. H. 1938. No. 8. Variation in the cactus-mouse, Peromyscus erenucus. Dice, L. R. 1939. No. 9. Variation in the wood-mouse, Peromyscus leucopus, from several localities in New England and Nova Scotia Dice, L. R. 1939. , . . ,, No. 10. An estimate of the population of deer-mice in the Black Hills of South Dakota and Wyoming. Dice, L. R. 1939. No. 11. The inheritance of epilepsy and of waltzing in Peromyscus. Watson, M. L. 1939. No. ]2. Variation in the deer-mouse (Peromyscus mani- culatus) in the Columbia Basin of southeastern Washington and adjacent Idaho and Oregon. Dice, L. R. 1939. No. 13. Intergradation between two subspecies of deer- mouse (Peromyscus maniculatus) across North Dakota. Dice, L. R. 1940. No. 14. The theoretical effectiveness of adverse selection. Dice, L. R. 1940. No. 15. Variation of the deer-mouse (Peromyscus mani- culatus) on the sand hills of Nebraska and adjacent areas. Dice, L. R. 1941. No. 16. Color variation in the spotted ground squirrels of the Tularosa Basin, New Mexico. Blair, W. F. 1941. No. 17. The small mammal population of a hardwood forest in northern Michigan. Blair, W. F. 1941. No. 18. Variation in the deer-mouse, Peromyscus mani- culatus, in parts of Oregon, California, and Baja California. Dice, L. R. 1941. No. 19. Variation in the deer-mouse (Peromyscus mani- culatus) of the Bad Lands and Black Hills of South Dakota and Wyoming. Dice, L. R. 1942. No. 20. Ecological distribution of mammals in the Tularosa Basin, New Mexico. Blair, W. F. 1943. No. 21. Population of the deer-mouse and associated small mammals in the Mesquite Association of southern New Mexico. Blair, W. F. 1943. No. 22. Hybridization in nature between species of catosto- mid fishes, fiubbs, C. L., Hubbs, L. C, & Johnson, R. E. 1943. No. 23. Hybridization in nature between species of Ameri- can cyprinodont fishes. Hubbs, C. L., Walker, B. W., & Johnson, R. E. 1943. No. 24. Biological and morphological distinctness of a previously undescribed species of the Peromyscus truei group from Texas. Blair, W. F. 1943. No. 25. Inheritance of the white-cheek character in mice of the genus Peromyscus. Blair, W. F. 1944. No. 26. Experimental evidence of sexual isolation between three forms of mice of the cenospecies Peromyscus maniculatus. Blair, W. F., & Howard, W. E. 1944. No. 27. The inheritance of eye color in man. Hughes, B. O. 1944. No. 28. Variation of the deer-mouse (Peromyscus manicu- latus) in parts of Idaho, Montana, Utah, and Wyoming. Dice, L. R. 1944. No. 29. Serological differences in the genus Peromvscus demonstrable with normal human sera. Cotterman, C. W 1944. No. 30. Variation of the deer-mouse (Peromyscus manicu- latus) in a mountainous area of southern New Mexico. Dice, L. R. 1944. No. 31. Speciation in limpets of the genus Acmaea. Test, A. R. G. 1946. No. 32. Occurrence of parallel series of associated physio- logical and morphological characters in diverse groups of mos- quitoes and other insects. Hovanitz, W. 1947^ No. 33. A weighting system for the estimation of gene fre- quencies from family records. Cotterman, C. W. 1947. No. 34. Effectiveness of selection by owls of deer-mice (Peromyscus maniculatus) which contrast in color with their background. Dice, L. R. 1947. No. 35. An analysis of certain genetic variations in pelage color of the Chihuahua deer-mouse (Peromyscus maniculatus blandus) Blair, W. F. 1947. No. 36. Estimated frequencies of the buff and gray genes (G, g) in adjacent populations of deer-mice (Peromyscus mani- culatus blandus) living on soils of different colors. Blair, W. F. 1947. No. 37. Variation in shade of pelage of local populations of the cactus-mouse (Peromyscus eremicus) in the Tularosa Basin and adjacent areas of Southern New Mexico. Blair W F 1947. ' No. 38. The occurrence of buff and gray pelage in widely MICHIGAN 11 MICHIGAN separated geographic races of the deer-mouse (Peromyscus maniculatus) Blair, W. F. 1947. No. 39. Cellular antigens in three stocks of Peromyscus maniculatus from the Columbia River Vallev. Moody, P. A. 1948. No. 40. Variation in the pygmy mouse (Baiomys taylori) from Texas and Arizona. Blair, V\ . F., & Blossom, P. M. 1948. No. 41. Differences in the field activity of two female color phases of Colias butterflies at various times of the day. Ho- vanitz, W. H. 1948. No. 42. Occurrence of neoplasms in three related individuals of laboratorv-bred Peromyscus. Fliegelman, M. T., & Harris, V. T. 1948. ---- Report. Ann Arb. (1943/44) 1944- [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Lab- oratory of Vertebrate Genetics. See [Michigan] University of Michigan. Laboratory of Vertebrate Biology. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Medi- cal School. Announcement. Ann Arb., No. 1. (1850/51) 1850- ---- Demonstration course in obstetrics. 82p. 4? Ann Arb., Edwards Bros, 1926. ---- Medical incunabula in the Library of the University of Michigan Medical School, p. 110- 3. 28cm. X. Y., P. Hoeber, 1931. Also Ann. M. Hist., 1931, n. ser., 3: — Lectures. Ann Arb., No. 1 (1943) 1944- CONTENTS No. 1. The origin of overt behavior. Hooker, D. 1944. See also Jackson, G. H., jr. Some early printed documents of the Medical Department of the University of Michigan. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1932, 31: 28-32—Mayo, W. J. Recollec- tions of the Medical School of the University of Michigan in 1880-83. Collect. Papers Mayo Clin., 1937, 29: 935-7.— Medical (The) Faculty of the University of Michigan, en- graved for the class of 1851-52. See portrait collection in Li- brary.—Novy, F. G. A brief history of the University of Michigan Medical School. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1936, 2: 13; 22. Also Phi Chi Q., 1937, 34: 323-8, illust.— University of Michigan medical buildings [Illust.] Nu Sigma Xu Bull., 1942, 31: 12. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Medi- cal School. Department of Roentgenology. In- troduction to radiology. Pt 1: Diagnostic roentgenology, vii, 170p. 21cm. Ann Arb., Edwards Bros, 1937. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Mu- seum of Anthropology. Occasional contributions. Ann Arb., No. 5, 1936- CONTENTS No. 5. Perforated Indian crania in Michigan. Hinsdale, W. B., & Greenman, E. F. 1936. [MICHIGAN] University of Michigan. Mu- seum of Zoology. Occasional papers. Ann Arb., No. 145, 1923- CONTENTS Vol. 6 (1923-24) No. 145. Two new freshwater snails from Michigan. Winslow, M. L. No. 148. Studies of the fishes of the order Cyprinodontes; notes on species of Goodea and Skiffia. Hubbs, C. L. Vol. 10 (1929-31) No. 208. Revision of the phyllopod genus Eubranchipus, with the description of a new species. Creaser, E. P. No. 209. Goniobases bf the vicinity of Muscle Shoals. Goodrich, C. , TT . . , No. 210. The mollusca collected by the University of Michigan Williamson expedition in Venezuela. Baker, H. B. No. 211. Contribution to the knowledge of the reptiles and amphibians of Greece, especially the Aegean Islands. Werner, F. No. 212. Some factors influencing the distribution of mammals in Ohio. Enders, R. K. , No. 213. Mammal distribution in the Alamogordo region, New Mexico. Dice, L. R. No. 214. Lepidoptera of the Beaver Islands. Moore, S. No. 215. The summer crane-fly fauna of the Cumberland plateau in Tennessee. Rogers, J. S. No. 216. Five new Mexican dragonfhes (Odonata) William- son, E. B., & Williamson, J. H. No. 217. The North American phyllopods of the genus Streptocephalus. Creaser, E. P. No 218. Two new neotropical aeschnmes (Odonata) Williamson, E. B., & Williamson, J. H. . No. 219. A new squirrel from Costa Rica. Harris, W . P., jr. No. 220. Mexican mollusks collected for Dr Bryant Walker in 1926. Baker, H. B. No. 221. The life history of Lampetra planeri Bloch, with a statistical analysis of the rate of growth of the larvae from western Washington. Schultz, L. P. No. 222. A new blind isopod of the genus Caecidotea, from a Missouri cave. Creaser, E. P. No. 223. The pleurocerid genus Eurycaelon. Goodrich, C. No. 224. Three new crayfishes (Cambarus) from Puebla and Missouri. Creaser, E. P. No. 225. A new North American Somatochlora (Odonata- Cordulinae) Williamson, E. B. No. 226. Importance of laboratory-raised snails in helmin- thology with life history notes on Gyraulus parvus. Krull, W. H. No. 227. A new squirrel of the Sciurus hoffmanni group from Costa Rica. Harris, W. P., jr. No. 228. A new squirrel from China. Harris, W. P., jr. No. 229. Pleurobema aldrichianum, a new naiad. Good- rich, C. No. 230. Studies of the fishes of the order Cyprinodontes; a new and primitive genus of Poeciliidae from Central America. Hubbs, C. L. No. 231. Studies of the fishes of the order Cyprinodontes; four nominal species of Fundulus placed in synonymy. Hubbs, C. L. No. 232. The scientific name of the Columbia River chub. Hubbs, C. L., & Schultz, L. P. No. 233. Mollusks of Keweenaw County, Michigan. Good- rich, C. No. 234. Parexoglossum laurae, a new cyprinid fish from the upper Kanawha River system. Hubbs, C. L. No. 235. Parexoglossum hubbsi, a new cyprinid fish from western Ohio. Trautman, M. B. Vol. 11 (1932-33) No. 236. Studies on neotropical Colubrinae; the taxonomic status of the genus Drymobius Fitzinger. Stuart, L. C. No. 237. Studies on the life history of Diplodiscus tempera- tus Stafford from the frog. Krull, W. H, & Price, H. F. No. 238. On an increase in the naiad fauna of Saginaw Bay, Michigan; the naiad species of the Great Lakes. Goodrich, C, & Van der Schalie, H. No. 239. Variation in a geographic race of the deer-mouse, Peromyscus maniculatus bairdii. Dice, L. R. No. 240. Dragonflies collected in Missouri. Williamson, E. B. No. 241. Notes on the period of post-depositional develop- ment in several common lizards. Ruthven, A. G., & Stuart, L. C. No. 242. Cottus tubulatus, a new sculpin from Idaho. Hubbs, C. L., & Schultz, L. P. No. 243. Notes on the amphibians and reptiles of Utah. Ruthven, A. G. No. 244. The lizards of the middle Pahvant Valley, Utah; materials for a study in saurian distribution. Stuart, L. C. No. 245. A new Oryzomys from a pine ridge in British Honduras. Murie, A. No. 246. The amphibians and reptiles of the Guadalupe Mountains of New Mexico and Texas. Mousauer, W. No. 247. Two newspeciesof Styluxus(Odonata-Gomphina?) Williamson, E. B. No. 248. Four new mammals from Costa Rica. Harris, W. P., jr. No. 249. The Japanese flounders of the genera Tanakius, Microstomus and Glyptocephalus. Hubbs, C. L. No. 250. An annotated list of the forms of the genus Pitu- ophis. Stull, O. G. No. 251. The status of the snake genus Rhadinaea Cope. Dunn, E. R. No. 252. Studies of the fishes of the order Cyprinodontes; a new genus related to Empetrichthys. Hubbs, C. L. No. 253. Seasonal changes in the male population of Faxo- nius propinquus (Girard) Creaser, E. P. No. 254. Studies on neotropical Colubrinae; some new species and subspecies of Eudryas Fitzinger, with an annotated list of the forms of Eudryas boddaertii (Sentzen) Stuart, L. C. No. 255. Some birds of the Rio Grande delta of Texas. Van Tyne, J. No. 256. A new solitary vireo from British Honduras. Van Tyne, J. No. 257. Description of a new Anolis from Yucatan. Ruthven, A. G. No. 258. Notes on the brackish water bivalve, Polymesoda caroliniana (Bosc) Van der Schalie, H. No. 259. Report on a collection of amphibians and reptiles from Sonora, Mexico, with the description of a new lizard. Allen, M. J. No. 260. A new skink from Mexico. Ruthven, A. G., & Gaige, H. T. No. 261. Somatochlora ozarkensis, a new species from Oklahoma (Odonata-Cordulinae) Bird, R. D. No. 262. A new Somatochlora from Florida (Odonata- Cordulinae) Williamson, E. B., & Gloyd, L. K. No. 263. A new Gastrotheca from Colombia. Gaige, H. T. No. 264. The status of Sympetrum assimilatum (Uhler) and Sympetrum decisum (Hagen) (Odonata-Libellulinae) Williamson, E. B. No. 265. Description of a new rock pocket-mouse and a new desert-mouse from southern Arizona. Blossom, P. M. MICHIGAN 12 MICHIGAN Vol. 12 (1933-34) No. 266. A new tree squirrel and a new cottontail rabbit from Costa Rica. Harris, W. P., jr. No. 267. Two new subspecies of the family Boidae. Stull, O. G. No. 268. Contributions toward a knowledge of the natural history and immature stages of the crane-flies; the genus Polymera Weidemann. Rogers, J. S. No. 269. A check list of nearctic Zonitidae. Baker, H. B. No. 270. The ecological relationship of two subspecies of Peromyscus in the Glacier Park region, Montana. Murie, A. No. 271. Variation in Peromyscus maniculatus rufinus from Colorado and New Mexico. Dice, L. R. No. 272. A new species of Pseudacris from the southeastern United States. Brandt, B. B., & Walker, C. F. No. 273. A new woodrat from southwestern Arizona and a new rock pocket-mouse from northwestern Sonora. Blossom, P.M. No. 274. A new corduline dragonfly, Tetragoneuria sepia, from Florida (Odonata) Gloyd, L. K. No. 275. Descriptions of some new and poorly known species of North American crayfishes. Creaser, E. P. No. 276. A study of Polygyra inflecta (Say) Archer, A. F. No. 277. Description of a new kinosternid from Yucatan. Hartweg, N. No. 278. A faunistic area of five isolated species of crayfish in southeastern Missouri. Creaser, E. P. No. 279. A new Pitta from Palawan, Philippine Islands. Brodkorb, P. No. 280. Fifty years of bird migration in the Ann Arbor region of Michigan, 1880-1930. Wood, N. A., & Tinker, A. D. No. 281. A new Hyla from Guatemala. Gaige, H. T., & Stuart, L. C. No. 282. A new genus and species of blind amphipod with notes on parallel evolution in certain amphipod genera. Creas- er, E. P. No. 283. The broad-banded copperhead; a new subspecies of Agkistrodon mokasen. Gloyd, H. K, & Conant, R. No. 284. Studies on neotropical Colubrinae; an apparently new species of Coluber from Guatemala. Stuart, L. C. No. 285. A new crayfish from North Carolina. Creaser, E. P. No. 286. Studies of the gastropod family Pleuroceridae (i) Goodrich, C. No. 287. The taxonomic status, range, and natural history of Schott's racer. Gloyd, H. K., & Conant, R. No. 288. Dragonflies collected in Kentucky, Tennessee, North and South Carolina, and Georgia in 1931. Williamson, E. B. No. 289. Report on a collection of reptiles and amphibians made in Arizona during the summer of 1933. Campbell, B. No. 290. An unusual situation in the salamander Amblys- toma jeffersonianum (Green) Clanton, W. No. 291. A preliminary list of Utah Odonata. Brown, C. J. D. No. 292. A contribution to a knowledge of the herpetological fauna of El Peten, Guatemala. Stuart, L. C. No. 293. Geographical variation in Belonopterus chilensis (Molina) Brodkorb, P. No. 294. Progomphus dorsopallidus, a new species from Venezuela (Odonata-Gomphinae) Byers, C. F. No. 295. Studies of the gastropod family Pleuroceridae (ii) Goodrich, C. Vol. 13 (1934-36) No. 296. Two new rodents of the genera Glaucomys and Zapus from Utah. Hall, E. R. No. 297. The naiad of Celithemis monomelaena Williamson (Odonata-Libellulidae) Leonard, J. W. No. 298. Coelorhynchus marinii, a new macrouroid fish from Argentina and South Georgia. Hubbs, C. L. No. 299. Asiatic fishes (Diploprion and Laeops) having a greatly elongated dorsal ray in very large postlarvae. Hubbs, C. L., & Chu.Y. T. No. 300. Studies of the gastropod family Pleuroceridae (iii) Goodrich, C. No. 301. Studies of the fishes of the order Cyprinodontes; Quintana atrizona, a new poeciliid. Hubbs, C. L. No. 302. Studies of the fishes of the order Cyprinodontes; Plectrophallus regarded as a distinct genus. Hubbs, C. L. No. 303. The name of the western race of red-headed wood- pecker. Brodkorb, P. No. 304. Notes on Texas robber flies with the description of a new species of Proctacanthella (Asilidae-Diptera) Bromley, S. W. No. 305. The scientific name of two sunfishes, Helioperca macrochira (Rafinesque) and Eupomotis microlophus (Giinther) Hubbs, C. L. No. 306. A new flycatcher from Texas. Brodkorb, P. No. 307. Observations on Typhlops from Puerto Rico and some of the adjacent islands. Ruthven, A. G., & Gaige, H. T. No. 308. Mullus argentinae, the surmullet of southern South America. Hubbs, C. L., & Marini, T. L. No. 309. Studies on neotropical Colubrinae; a new snake of the genus Lampropeltis from Yucatan. Stuart, L. C. No. 310. A new Anolis from northern Central America. Stuart, L. C. No. 311. Studies of the gastropod family Pleuroceridae (iv) Goodrich, C. No. 312. A study of racial hybrids in the deer-mouse, Pero- myscus maniculatus. Dice, L. R. __,.„„ Confinl No. 313. A new race of Leptodeira from northern Centiai America. Dunn, E. R., & Stuart, L. C. i oftoj fli-ior No. 314. Two new subspecies of the red-shafted flicker. Br 1ao1QanSto0nSn^el^1lmc^obioloSia- Bo11- Ist- sieroter, milan,, 1930, 9: 397; 521.—Castelli, T. Recherches micro biologiques sur des terrains de l'Afrique Orientale Italienne. Boll, bez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1938, 10: 251-8 — Dannemann, F Die Erforschung der Mikroorganismen. In his Werden naturwiss. Probl., Lpz., 1928, 314-6.— Freund, E. Chemische Ergebnisse auf mikrobiologischem Gebiete in Wien. Wien med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 750-2.—Gellner, G. [Survey of Czech literature on microbiology] Cas. lek. desk., 1925, 64: M™Amv7 ?cLk£, Bi,h- [Microbiology in the USSR for 25 years (1917-1942)1 Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1942, 11: No 5 IhiH~XiVQk«;'i7rT77 Mikrobiologia y Akademii Nauk SSSR! [W5' I4 ,13I-*5- ---7^ Ocherki iz istorii mikrobiologii v Rossn. Bull. Acad. sc. URSS, ser. biol., 1945, 229^6.— iviuyver, A. J. Three decades progress in microbiology. MICROBIOLOGY 21 MICROBIOLOGY Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1947, 13: 1-20.—Micro- biologia (La) nel mondo. Gior. batt. immun., 1935, 14: 177; passim.—Microbios (Los) y la individualizaci6n de la Academia de medicina de Paris. Rev. homeop. catalana, 1883, 1: 115-9.—Olivier, H. R. Bilan de l'oeuvre pastorienne. In his Microbes en deroute,_ Par., 1946, 105-12.—Recio y Forns, A. Apuntes sobre la microbiologia en Cuba. An. Acad. cienc. med., Habana, 1923-24, 60: 648-63.—Senevet, G. Bibliographie algerienne des travaux de microbiologie et de parasitologie parus en 1926 et 1927. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1928, 6: 99-108.—Torrandell Forment, R. Historia de la microbiologia hasta los trabajos de Louis Pasteur. Tr. Cated. hist. crit. med., Madr., 1932-33, 1: 577-81, portr.— Uspensky, E. E. [Main principles and achievements of Soviet microbiology during the last 20 years] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1937, 6: 948-63.—Van Niel, C. B. Recent advances in our knowledge of the physiology of microorganisms. Bact. Rev., Bait., 1944, 8: 225-34.—Waksman, S. A. Microbiology in the Soviet Union. Am. Rev. Soviet M., 1946-47, 4: 314-21. ------ Microbiology in the U. S. S. R. in 1946. So. Month., 1947. 64: 289-96. ---- Institutes, laboratories and stations. See also Bacteriology, Institutes; Pasteur In- stitute. Baku. Azerbaidzhansky institut mikro- biologii I HIGIENY IM. G. MUSABEKOVA. TpVAM. Baku, v.1-5 (1924) 1925-31. Moskva. Mikrobiologicheskii nauchno- issledovatelyskii institut narodnogo ko- missariata po prosveshcheniyu. tpyah. Moskva, v.1-5, 1925-30. Nancy, France. Universite de Nancy. Faculte de pharmacie. Laboratoire de microbiologie. Travaux. Nancy, No. 1, 1928- Isachenko, B. L. [The Department of general microbiologyl In: Mat. istor. Vsesoiuzn. inst. eksp. med. Gorkovo, Moskva, 1941, 1: 87-103.—Kaliaev, A. V. [Scientific Research Micro- biological Institute of the People's Commissariat for Education (Narkompros) during 1923-1937] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1938, 19: 781-9.-—Krichevsky, I. L. [The Microbiological Institute of Moskva] Arb. Microb. Inst. Volksunterrichtskom., Moskva, 1925, 1: 3-11, illust.—LeSage, A. Notes sur l'lnstitut de microbiologie et d'hygiene de Montreal, apres 8 ans d'cfforts. Union med. Canada, 1943, 72: 470-6.—Marusenko, P. E. [Ten years of scientific research work by the Zabolotny Insti- tute of Microbiology and Epidemiology] J. mikrob., Kiev, 1940, 7: 39-52.—Mathis, C. J. Les Instituts Pasteur de l'A. O. F. et les laboratoires de microbiologie. In his Oeuvre pastor. Afrique noire, Par., 1946, 19-30.—Statement by Sir Raphael Cilento to the Council on recent research work in the Laboratory of Microbiology and Pathology, Brisbane; an approved research institution. Rep. Nat. Health M. Res. Counc. Australia, 1938, 5. session, 21.—Sulkin, S. E. Bac- teriologv and Immunology Department of Southwestern Medical College. Dallas M. J., 1945, 31: 69-71. Instruction. Hart, F. Microbiology versus bacteriology. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1932, 21: 675-80.—Morton, H. E. Report on the work of the Committee on Materials for Visual Instruction in Microbiology, Society of American Bacteriologists. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 45: 304 (Abstr.)—Quaintance, C. W. Micro- biology first; integrated instruction of biological science in a pre-nursing curriculum. Am. J. Nurs., 1945, 45: 476-8.— Sartory, A. L'enseignement de la microbiologie dans les facultes de pharmacie. Strasbourg med., 1946, 106: 113.— Visual instruction in microbiology. Science, 1943, 98: 213. Manual. Allen, P. W., & Cameron, G. M. Micro- biology laboratory manual. 243p. 27^cm. S. Louis, 1940. Bachmann, A., Quiroga, R., & Negroni, P. Microbiologia; curso en base a conferencias dictadas. 2v. 571p.; 590p. 26cm. B. Air., 1944. Barzizza, C. M., & Manso Soto, A. Micro- biologia. 2. ed. 2v. 603p.; 612p. 27cm. B. Air. 1941. Birkeland, J. M. A work book for general microbiology. 52 numb. 1. 28cm. Cincm., 1941. Boivin, A. Bacteries et virus. 146p. 19cm. Par., 1941. , . Burdon, K. L. Textbook of microbiology. 3. ed. 728p. 22cm. N. Y., 1947. Calder, R. M. Microbiology. 3. ed. 317p. 20^cm. Phila., 1943. Castelli, A., & Dal Borgo, J. Elementos de microbiologia. 339p. 26^cm. Concepci6n, 1940. Colien, F. E., & Odegard, E. J. Principles of microbiology. 444p. 22>£cm. S. Louis, 1941. Di Aichelburg, U. Vita dei microbi. 210p. 20cm. Milano, 1942. Giltner, W. An elementary textbook of general microbiology. 471p. 8? Phila., 1928. Lutman, B. F. Microbiology. 495p. 8? N. Y., 1929. Michigan State College op Agriculture and Applied Science. Laboratory of Bac- teriology and Hygiene. Laboratory manual in general microbiology. 418p. 20cm. N. Y., 1916. Also 3. ed. 472p. 1926. Obold, W. L., & Diehm, M. M. Manual of microbiology for the study of bacteria, yeasts and molds. 140p. 8? Phila., 1932. Odegard, E. J. Microbiology laboratory manual. 183p. 28cm. S. Louis, 1944. Peragallo, I. Tecnica microbiologica. 2v. 1131p. 25cm. Milano, 1945. Rippel, A. Vorlesungen uber theoretische Mikrobiologie. 171p. 8? Berl., 1927. Sangiorgi, G. Lezioni di microbiologia. 5. ed. 253p. 24cm. Citta di Castello, 1945. Smeeton, M. A. Practical microbiology. 5. ed. 305p. 22cm. N. Y., 1939. Smith, K. M. Beyond the microscope. 112p. 17}£cm. Harmondsworth, 1943. Tanner, F. W. Bacteriology; a text-book of micro-organisms. 3. ed. 510p. 8? N. Y., 1937. Also 4. ed. (with F. W. Tanner, jr.) 625p. 1948. Thompson, L. V. Introduction to micro- organisms. 445p. 20>^cm. Phila., 1944. Trouessart, E. L. Les microbes; les ferments et les moisissures. 2. ed. 282p. 22cm. Par., 1891. Forms v.54, Bibl. sc. internat. Utenkov, M. D. MuKporeHepupoBaHue. 151p. 21}^cm. Moskva, 1941. ---- Manual—for nurses. Bolduan, C. F., & Bolduan, N. W. Applied microbiology and immunology for nurses. 8. ed. 280p. 20^cm. Phila., 1940. Broadhurst, J., & Given, L. I. Microbiology applied to nursing. 3. ed. 564p. 8? Phila., 1936. Also 4. ed. 653p. 1939. Also 5. ed. 569p. 1945. Burdon, K. L. A textbook of microbiology. 2. ed. 3. print. 638p. 22cm. N. Y., 1940. Carter, C. F. Microbiology and pathology for nurses. 682p. 8? S. Louis, 1936. Kilduffe, R. A. Bacteriology, pathology and applied immunology for nurses. 2. ed. 377p. 20^cm. N. Y., 1939. Morse, M. E., & Frobisher, M., jr. Micro biology for nurses. 6. ed. 466p. 20J/2cm. Phila., 1941. Also 7. ed. 521p. 1946. ---- & Rabin, C. B. Microbiology and pathology for nurses. 575p. 20#cm. Phila., 1942. Also 2. ed. 758p. 20cm. Phila., 1946. PANAGI6TATOS, A. G. Td fipadwa y.adi)iiaTa rrjs Tpir-ns'fj,M.adr)fia.Ta niKpo(3i.o\oyla.s. 153p. 18cm. Alexandreia, 1928. Piette, E. C, & White, J. M. Microbiology and nursing. 331p. 22^cm. Phila., 1940 Also 2. ed. 331p. 1943. Roberts, J. G. Manual of bacteriology and MICROBIOLOGY 22 MICROBIOLOGY pathology for nurses. 7. ed. 272p. S? Phila., 1936. Rogers, H. Notes on bacteriology and clinical pathology for nurses. 31p. 12? Lond., 1938. Sinclair, C. G. Microbiology and elementary pathology for the use of nurses. 362p. 8'? Phila., 1931. Also 2. ed. 377p. 1934. ---- Microbiology for nurses. 4. ed. 264p. 22}2cm. Phila., 1938. Also 6. ed. 265p. 1945. ---- medical. See also Antibodies; Antigens; Bacteriology; Disinfection; Immunology: Microparasitology; Serology; Vaccine; Vira; also in 5. ser., Antibiosis. Birkeland, J. M. Microbiology and man. 478p. 23^cm. Bait., 1942. Bizzarrini, G. Microrganismi e malattie infettive. 1: Parte generale (con cenni pratici sui metodi generali di ricerche bacteriologiche, ecc.) 138p. 16? Livorno, 1918. Burdon, K. L. Medical microbiology. 763p. 22cm. N. Y., 1939. Calmette, A., Negre, L., & Boquet, A. Manuel technique de microbiologie et serologie. 2. eU 640p. 8? Par., 1926. Also 3. ed. 759p. 1933. Carter, C F. Microbiology and pathology. 2. ed. 755p. 22cm. S. Louis, 1939. Also 3. ed. 777p. 1944. Dahmen, H. Lehrbuch der Veterinar-Mikro- biologie. 3. Aufl. 249p. 25^cm. Berl., 1944. Dessy, G. Lezioni di microbiologia e im- munologia. 455p. 24>km. Milano [after 1934] GAMALEYA, N. F. y^e6HHK MeAHUHHCKOft MHKpoSnojiorHH. 363p. 26cm. Moskva, 1943. GARcfA Velez, J. Tratado elemental de microbiologia aplicada. 2v. 456p.; 602p. 22cm. Granada, 1943-44. Gershenfeld, L. Bacteriology and sanitary science for students in pharmacy, chemistry and allied sciences. 2. ed. 493p. 8? Phila., 1933. Gronchi, V. Appunti di batteriologia e immunologia; raccolti dalle lezioni del prof. V. Gronchi anno accademico 1933-34. 460p. 25cm Padova, 1934. Gundel, M., & Schurmann, W. Lehrbuch der Mikrobiologie und Immunobiologie. 456p 23^cm. Berl., 1939. Hetsch, H. Mikrobiologie und Immunitats- lehre. 443p. 8? Berl., 1931. Kennedy, J. A. Laboratory manual of medi- cal bacteriology, mycology, and immunology. 245 1. 27^cm. Louisville, 1941. Klein, E. E. Los microbios y las enferme- dades. 278p. 23cm. Madr., 1885. Also 2 ed 201p. 18cm. Lond., 1885. Kolle, W., & Hetsch, H. Experimentelle Baktenologie und Infektionskrankheiten, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Immunitats- lehre. 9. Aufl. 848p. 24^cm. Berl., 1942. Ivolle, W., Kraus, R., & Uhlenhuth, P. Handbuch der pathogenen Mikroorganismen ToooqV 10v' in 19 [incL indexl 8? Jena, Lacorte, J. G. Bacteriologia e imunologia 2. ed. 461 p. 23^cm. Rio, 1936. Lins, A. Microbiologia clinica. 437p. 23Kcm Rio, 1940. McBurney, R. A laboratory manual of bac- teriology, serology and immunity for medical students. 8. ed. 194p. 28cm. S. Louis, 1943 Martinez Bruna, J. La microbiologia al servicio del medico practice 171p. 23i%cm Madr., 1943. Matilla, V. Manual de microbiologia medica. 2v. 509p.; 55 lp. 25cm. Barrel., 1942-44. Also 2. ed. 2v. 509p.; 511p. 1944-46. ---- & DE la Lastra Soubrier, J. M. Tec- nica bacterioI6gica y parasitologica. 480p. 21'km. Madr., 1946. Muller, R. Medizinische Mikrobiologie, Parasiten, Bakterien, Immunitat. 405p. 25cm. Miinch., 1939. Also 2. Aufl. 455p. 1944. Also 3. Aufl. 488p. 25^cm. Berl., 1946. Nattan-Larrier, L. A. A. Traite de micro- biologie. v.l, 1099p. 8? Par., 1931. Pankalos, G. E. KXivlkti nucpoPioXoyia. i/3'. 338p. 23cm. Athenai, 1940. Park, W. H., Williams, A. W., & Krum- wiede, C. Pathogenic microorganisms; a prac- tical manual for students, physicians and health officers. 9. ed. 819p. 8? Phila., 1929. Also 10. ed. 867p. 1933. Also 11. ed. 1056p. 1939. Polettini, B., & Severi, R. Microbiologia medica. 3. ed. 505p. 25cm. Padova, 1944. Puntoni, V. Manuale di microbiologica medica. 2. ed. 876p. 8? Roma, 1935. Also 3. ed. 998p. 1943. Rice, T. B. A textbook of applied micro- biology and pathology. 2. ed. 271p. 22cm. N. Y., 1939. ---- & Coy, F. Microbiology and pathology. 397p. 22cm. N. Y., 1942. Sawa, K. 'EyxeipiSiov p.iKpojiio\oyla.s. y' end. 616p. 24cm. Athenai, 1922. Sharp, W. B. Practical microbiology and public health. 492p. 22cm. S. Louis, 1938. Sinclair, C. G. Microbiology and elementary pathology. 362p. 8? Phila., 1931. Also 2. ed. 377p. 1934. Also 3. ed. 377p. 1936. Also 5. ed. 393p. 1940. Also 6. ed. 396p. 1944. Southwestern Medical Foundation, Dal- las. School of Medicine. Department of Bacteriology and Public Health. Labora- tory manual of medical bacteriology and im- munology. 97 1. 22^cm. Dallas, 1944. Tropeano, A., & Cortes, A. R. Bacteriologia y micologia medica. 534p. 23Ucm. B. Air., 1940. Vedder, A. Leerboek der bacteriologie en immunologie. 477p. 8? Haarlem, 1935. Wagener, K. Kursus der veterinarmedi- zimschen Mikrobiologie. 3. Aufl. 117p. 23cm Berl., 1947. Whitby, L. E. H. Medical bacteriology, descriptive and applied, including helminthologv. 3. ed. 372p. 8? Lond., 1938. Wilhelm, B. A. Grundriss der Bakteriologie und Immunitatslehre. 1.-2. Aufl 202d 8° Berl., 1936. Zapatero Ballesteros, E. Lecciones de microbiologia medica. 630p. 22cm. Valla- dolid, 1940. Also 2. ed. 604p. 22cm. San- tander, 1945. Zinsser, H. A textbook of bacteriology, with a section on pathogenic protozoa. 7. ed. 1226p 24^cm. N. Y., 1937. iqw«P7mM ^,icr?biol?Fla lirica- Rev. med., Puebla Rr«i?m h: ?a%2L 13;-Fe"a", A. Microbiologia clinica. Brasil med. 1942, 56: 4o7.-Garrod, L. P. Microbiology and medicine S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1936-37, 44: 120-2 — Kusso C. Nuovi onentamenti della microbiologia medica. dor. ital. clin. trop., 1937, 1: 67-77. ---- Methods. See also Micropathology; Microscopy. Handbuch der biologischen Arbeitsmetho- den. Abt. 12: Leistungen der niederen Organis- ^en0w* T. 2, I & II: Spezielle Methoden. Bd 2, 3. 2 v. 1655p. 8? Berl., 1939. MICROBIOLOGY 23 MICROBIOLOGY Stanier, R. Y. Some aspects of microbiologi- cal research in Germany. 15p. 25cm. Lond. [1947?] Forms Rep. No. 691, Item No. 24, BIOS Final Rep., Lond. Angulo, J. J. Una soluci6n al problema de la termola- bilidad de los azucares para pruebas de fermentacion en micro- biologia; adicion de la soluei6n esteril del azucar al tubo de fermentacion. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1942, 8: 81-3.—Bachmann, F. M. A bacteriological method useful for the study of other micro-organisms. Am. J. Bot., 1918,-5: 32-5.—Baker, F. A. Comparison between direct microscopical and purecultural methods of observation of micro-organisms. Proc. Nutrit. Soc, Cambr., 1946-47, 5: 199-203, pi—Benedek, T. The cantharides blister and its application in microbiologi- cal research; a review of the literature and some suggestions. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1939, 42: 81-6.— Bessemans, A. Essai de classement, dans le cadre de la microbiologie, de quelques nouveautes relatives k la microscopie directe et a la micrographie. Bruxelles med., 1938-39, 19: 36-50.—Castro Marcal, J. M. de. O pH em microbiologia. Rev. brasil. med. farm., 1933, 9: 245-68.—Comandon, J., & Fonbrune, P. de. La chambre a huile, ses avantages pour l'etude des micro- organismes vivants, la culture des tissus et la micromanipula- tion. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1938, 60: 113-41, 4 pi — Delpiano, G. Sopra un metodo fisico di dimostrazione dei microorganismi al microscopio. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1924, 4. ser., 30: .">.">-8.—Demeter, K. J. Neue Methoden zur mikrobiologischen Untersuchung von Boden. In: Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1939, Abt. 12, T. 2, Bd 1: 771-887.—Deribere, M. La notion de pH en microbiologie. Ann. hyg., Par., 1934, n. ser., 12: 358-70.— Dhere, C, Gliicksmann, S., & Rapetti, L. Sur les applications de la spectroscopic et de la spectrographie de fluorescence en microbiologie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 1250-3 — Dickinson, S. The technique of isolation in microbiology. Phytopathology, 1933, 23: 357-67.—Hauduroy, P., & Sanson- nens, R. Valeur des techniques usuelles pour l'obtention de poids determines de corps microbiens. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1944, 138: 247.—Koffman, M. Eine Methode zur direkten Untersuchung der Mikrofauna und der Mikroflora des Bodens. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1928, 75: 28^5, 2 pi.—Lacassagne, A. Quelques exemples de l'utilisation des rayons de roentgen pour des recherches biologiques ultramicroscopiques. Experientia, Basel, 1945-46, 1: 296-8.—Moshkovsky, S., Babakina, V. G., & Kutkova, K. S. [Methods in microbiological study of raw animal material] Mikrobiologia. Moskva, 1934, 3: 382-91.— Oker-Blom, M. Eine einfache Methode Mikroorganismen aus der Luft aufzufangen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1912, 65: Orig., 220-3.—Pijper, A. Filming as a method of research in micro- biology. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1947, 12: 26-32.— Raistrick, H. Reflections on some present tendencies in microbiological chemistry. In: Perspectives in Biochem. (Needham, J., & Green, D. E.) Cambr., 1937, 263-73 — Soulier, A. Nouveau mode d'extraction des elements micro- biens, histologiques et h'vuriens des liquides et exsudats de l'organisme. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc. (1914) 1915, 43: 897-900.—Techoueyres, E. La microbiologie et ses methodes; reflexions critiques. Union med. nordest, 1938, 61: 49; 65.— Vuckovic, V. Eine Vereinfachung der Lindner'schen Tropf- chenmethode. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1938-39, 99: 32-4. ---- Periodicals. annual review of microbiology. Stanford, Calif., v.l, 1947- Archiv fur Mikrobiologie; Zeitschrift fur lie Erforschung der pflanzlichen Mikroorganis- men. Berl., v.l, 1930- Boletin biologico; publicaci6n del Instituto de microbiologia, micologia y parasitologia de la Facultad de ciencias medicas, Universidad na- cional de La Plata. La Plata, No. 13, 1943- [California] University of California. Publications in microbiology. Berkeley, No. 1, 1943- Ergebnisse der theoretischen und ange- wandten Mikrobiologie. Neudamm, v.l, 1943- Folia microbiologica; Nederlandsch tijd- schrift voor mikrobiologie. Delft, v.1-5, 1912-19. Journal (The) of general microbiology. Lond., v.l, 1947- Jurnal epidemiologii I mikrobiologii. Moskva, v.1-2, 1932-33. Jurnal mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i im- munobiologii. Moskva, v.2, 1925- Medical microbiology and hygiene. Amst., v.l, 1948- Forms Sect. 4, Excerpta med. Mikrobiologia; jurnal obshchei [etc.] Mosk- va, v.l, 1932- Mikrobiologichesky jurnal. Leningr., v. 7- 13, 1928-31. Mikrobiologichnii jurnal. Kiev, v.l, 1934- Revue de microbiologie appliquee a l'agri- culture, a l'hygiene, a l'industrie. Par., v.3, No. 5-6, 1937. ---- Problems. Gildemeister, E. Die kommenden Aufgaben der Mikro" biologie. Reichsgesundhbl., 1937, 12: 4-7.—Picken, L. E. R- The fine structure of biological systems. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1940, 15: 133-67.—Rivers, T. M. The infinitely small in biology. Diplomate, 1941, 13: 184-6.—Ruska, H. Ueber Grenzfragen aus dem Gebiet der Strukturforschung und Mikrobiologie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1941, 67: 281-6, pi. ---- Societies. [International] Societa internazionale de microbiologie; Sezione italiana. Bollet- tino. Milano, v.1-12, 1929-1940. For continuation see: Bollettino della Societa italiana di microbiologia, v. 13, 1941- [ITALY] SOCIETA ITALIANA DI MICROBIOLOGIA. Bollettino. Milano, v.13, 1941- Continuation of: Bollettino della Sezione italiana; Societa internazionale de microbiologia, v.1-12, 1929-40. Nancy, France. Universite de Nancy. Fa- culte de pharmacie. Association des diplo- mes de microbiologie. Bulletin. Nancy, No. 24/25, 1942- SCHWEIZERISCHE MIKROBIOLOGISCHE GESELL- SCHAFT. Verhandlungen ... Jahresversammlung. Basel, No. 3, 1944- Issued in Schweiz. Zschr. Path. Bakt. Association Suisse des microbiologues. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 592 (Abstr.)—Bericht uber die 1. Grossdeutsche (18.) Tagung der Deutschen Vereinigung fur Mikrobiologie in Wien vom26.-30. Marz 1939. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1940, 136: 1-21 — Duran-Reynals, F. The Inter-American Society of Micro- biology. Chron. bot., Waltham, 1940-41, 6: 134.—Flu, P. C. [Recent history; further adventures of the Netherlands Society for Microbiology] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1936, 3: 101-9.—Folpmers, T. [Report of the meeting of the Nether- lands Society for Microbiology, November 12, 1938, Utrecht] Ibid., 1938-39, 5: 67-73.—German (The) Society for Micro- biology. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 346.—Klein, A. [Founda- tion of the Netherlands Society for Microbiology] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1936, 3: 92-100.—Kraus, R. Zur lOjahrigen Tagung der Deutschen Vereinigung fur Mikro- biologie. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1924, 41: 493-6— Krehnke. 18. Congresso della Societa tedesca di microbiologia, Vienna, 26-30 marzo 1939. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1939, 20: 655- 61.—Microbiological Society of Palestine. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 1105.—Mitgliederliste der Deutschen Vereinigung fur Mikrobiologie. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1937, 140: Beih., 303- 8.—Nederveen, H. J. van [Reports of the meeting of the Netherlands Society of Microbiology, Nov. 18, 1933, Utrecht] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1934, 8: 340-56. ------ [Report of the meeting of the Netherlands Society for IMicrobiology] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1935, 2: 8; 112; 1936, 3: 83- 254.—[Report of the meeting of the Netherands Society of Microbiology, April 2, 1938, The Hague] Ibid., 1938-39, 5: 4-14.—Society for General Microbiology; inaugural meeting. Nature, Lond., 1945, 155: 340.—Society for General Micro- biology. Ibid., 796.—Wohlfeil, T. Bericht uber die 1. Gross- deutsche (18.) Tagung der Deutschen Vereinigung fur Mikro- biologie vom 27. bis 30. Marz 1939 in Wien. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1939, 134: Beih., 1-330. MICROBIOPHOTOMETRY. See also Microbe, Cultivation; Microorganism, Cultivation. Faguet, M. Etude photometrique de la multiplication microbienne. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 498-500. ----— Inscription graphique de la multiplication microbienne; varia- tion de la phase de latence en fonction du nombre de germes ensemences. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 126: 967. —■—— La technique des enregistrements continus des courbes de croissance microbienne par le microbiophotometre. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1946, 76: 1135-8. ----— & Nitti, F. En- registrement continu des courbes de croissance microbienne a l'aide du microbiophotometre. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1943, 69: 126-8. MICROBIOTIC. See in 5. ser., Antibiotic. MICROBISM 24 MICROCEPHALIA MICROBISM. See also Bacillus-carriers; Infection, latent. Albespy. Communication sur le microbisme latent. Mont- pellier med., 1916, 39: 205-9.—Hess, L. Zur Frage des latenten Mikrobismus. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1907, 44: Orig., 1-10 — Le Ray. Microbisme latent; sa frequence, ses effets, ses con- sequences. Arch. gen. med., Par., 1905, 2: 2241-50.—Masmon- teil, F. Trois observations de microbisme latent. Mem. Acad. chir., Par., 1946, 72: 444.—Vecchi, A. Sul cosl detto micro- bismo latente. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1908, 32: 409-70. MICROBLASTOSPORION. See also Saccharomycetaceae; also Torula. Ciferri, R. Microblastosporon, nuovo genere di Torulopsi- daceae. Arch. Protistenk., 1930, 71: 420-4. MICROBOTHRIUM. See also Monogenea. Jones, E. I. Studies on the Monogenea (Trematoda) of Plymouth; Microbothrium caniculae (Johnstone 1911) Para- sitology, N. Y., 1933, 25: 329-32. MICROBRACON. See also Hymenoptera. Glover, P. M., Venkatraman, T. V., & Gupta, S. N. On the function of the feeding tubes of Bracon (Microbracon) greeni Ashm. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1947, 16: 383.—Krishnamurti, B., & Seshagiri Rao, D. A preliminary note on the breeding of a beneficial ectophagous larval parasite (.Braconidae) on a laboratory host. Ibid., 1944, 13: 81.—Morrill, A. W., jr. Notes on the biology of Microbracon hebetor. J. Econ. En torn., 1942, 35: 593.—Smith, H. D. Laboratory rearing of Micro- bracon vestiticida Vier. on the bean weevil, with notes on the life history of the parasite. Ibid., 1943, 36: 101-4. MICROBURET. See under Buret. MICROBURNER. See also Laboratory, Instruments. Cool, R. D. An inexpensive microburner. Chemist Analyst, 1939, 28: 23; 1941, 30: 68. MICROCAMERA. See under Microcinematography; Micropho- tography; Photography. MICROCEPHALIA [& microcephaly] See also Brain, Abnormities; Head, Abnormi- ties; Mental defective, Associated defects; Mental deficiency, Pathology. Buckmann, P. W. F. *Mikrocephalie [Greifs- wald] 25p. 8? Osnabruck, 1934. Amati, G. Contributo clinico alio studio della microcefalia. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1932, 13: 56-70, 3 pi.—Bais [Micro- cephaly] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 998.—Benda, C. E. Microcephaly. Am. J. Psychiat., 1940-41, 97: 1135-46, 4 pi.—Brushneld, T., & Wyatt, W. Les enfants microcephales. Arch, internat. neur., Par., 1927, 20. ser., 2: 12-5. [Case of microcephaly in a young child] Pediatria, Moskva, 1928 12: 567-76.—Vanelli, A. Quattro casi di microcefalia. Rass'. studi psichiat., 1931, 20: 1204-31. ---- Etiology. See also Birth injury, intracranial; Cranium, Abnormities; Hydrocephalus; Syphilis, prenatal. Apert, E., Stevenin, H., & Benoist, F, Microcephalic> post- hydrocephalique. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1926, 24: 142-4 — Cruchet & Dupin, J. Presentation d'une microcephale, in- fluence possible des vapeurs de petrole. J. med. Bordeaux 1938 115: 512-1.— Fincher, E. F. Microcephalus secondary to Dirth trauma. J. Neurosurg., 1944, 1: 265-74 . [Discussi™] 339.—Fiirstenheim. Die Entstehung der Kleinkopfigkeit. Verh. Ges. phys. Anthrop., 1929, 3: 41-9.-Gautret& Guinau- deau. Foetus microcephale. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Pans, 1928, 17:237.—Jelgersma, H. C. [Causes of malformations especially of microcephaly] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 7?: pt 2 «5700-|. Also German transl. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 125. 83-91. ---- experimental. Patch, C. L. Microcephaly; a report on the Shah Daulah's mice. Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 63: 297-301—Tondury, G. Ueber experimentell erzeugte Mikrokephalie bei Urodelen. Arch. Entwmech., 1937, 136: 529-62. ------ Weitere Beitrage zur Frage der Kopfentwicklung bei Urodelen; Erzeugung von Mikrokephalie durch Einwirkung von Lithiumchlond auf die Gastrula von Triton alpestris. Ibid., 1937-38, 137: 510-39. ---- Genetics. Microcephaly. Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1927, 24: 24-31.—Grebe, H. Mikrokephalie, Mikrocephalie oder Mikrozephalie? Med. Klin., Berl., 1943, 39: 629.—Kloppner, K. Mikrocephalie beim Neugeborenen. Zbl. Gyn., 1939, 63: 871-82.—Morrow. A little fellow. Case Rep. Child. Mem. Hosp. Chicago, 1945, 4: 395-8.—Netto, B. Consideracoes sobre um nanocranio. Arq. Inst. Benjamin Baptista, 1941, 7: 103-14.—Whitney, E. A. Microcephaly. Med. J. & Rec. 1932. 135: 166-8. ---- Clinical aspect. Almeida, L. de. Encefalopatias infantis. Coimbra med., 1945, 12: 1-37.—Brushneld, T., & Wyatt, W. Microcephalic children. Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1926, 23: 265-70.—Bueno Ituarte, R. Un caso de nanocefalia en un negro. Bol. Inst. pat. med., Madr., 1946, 1: 85-8.—Filo, E. [An unusual case of microcephalia] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1928, 8: 202-12.—Giannelli, V. Due idioti microcefalici. Rass. stud, psichiat., 1930, 19: 217—17.—Karlson, S. [Case of microcephaly] Hygiea, Stockh., 1936, 98: 115-20.—Kurbitz, W. Mikrocephalie und Schwach- sinn. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1931, 94: 172-97.— Kujath, G. Ueber Mikrozephalie bei einem 41^jahrigen Madchen. Mschr. Psychiat., 1937, 97: 229-56.—Mayer, C, & Reisch, O. Kli- nische Studie an zwei Mikrocephalen nebst Bemerkungen zur Auffassung der Mikrocephalie. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1929-30, 89: 662-89.—Meltzer. Demonstration der verschiedensten Formen mikrocephaler Idiotie und Mikrocephalie. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 1938.—Modi, N. J. Microcephaly. Ind. J. Pediat., 1934-35, 2: Suppl. 1, 310-3, 2 pi.—Nikolsky, I. N. Araoz Alfaro, G., & Velasco Blanco, L. Breves considera- ciones sobre una afecci6n heredo-familiar. Arch. amer. med., B. Air., 1927, 3: 23-5.—Delay, J., & Pichot, P. Maladie microcephalique familiale et pseudo-microcephalies sympto- matiques; valeur diagnostique de l'encephalographie gazeuse. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1946, 104: pt 2, 236-9.—Fattovich, G. Sulla microcefalia vera familiare. Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1946, 72: 7-19.—Grebe, H. Beitrag zur familiaren Mikro- cephalie. Zschr. menschl. Vererb., 1939-40, 24: 506-15.— Halperin, S. L. Three pedigrees of microcephaly; with a note on their genetic implications. J. Hered., 1944, 35: 211-4.— Jacob, H. Eine Gruppe familiarer Mikro- und Mikrencephalie. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1936, 156: 633-45.—Newton, L., & McLean, T. S., jr. Microcephaly in three successive preg- nancies. Connecticut M. J., 1947, 11: 617-9.—Parhon, C. J., Ballif, L., & Lavrenenco, N. Microcephale familiale; acromicrie et syndrome adipeux-genital. Rev. fr. endocr., 1929, 7: 307-18.-—Paterson, D. Case of familial microcephaly. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1925-26, 19: Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 60.— Ruttner, F. Beitrag zum Erbbild der Mikrokephalie. Erbarzt, 1944, 12: 93-105. ---- Head and brain. Stumpenhausen, H. *Beitrage zum klini- schen Bild und zur Morphologie der Mikroce- phalie sowie zur Frage ihrer Erbbiologie [Kiel] 51p. 21cm. Wiirzb., 1937. Berliner. Das Gehirn der bekannten Mikrocephalin M. B. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1927, 81: 755.—Brummelkamp, R. Caractere anthropoide du cerveau dans un cas de micro- cephalie. Acta neerl. morph., 1941-42, 4: 135—60.—Cappon, D. Intracerebral calcification in a microcephalic. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 1: 795, pi.-—Courville, C._ B. Congenital malformation of the cerebrum associated with microcephaly. Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc, 1936, 1: 2-4—Fattovich, G. Considera- zioni su di un caso di microcefalia con eterotopia della sostanza grigia. Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1948, 74: 151-63.—Fontes, V. La microcephalic en rapport k quelques types morphologiques. Arq. anat., 1937, 18: 215-25. Also Verh. Anat. Ges., 1937, 44: 197.—Freeman, W. Microcephaly and diffuse gliosis; a clinico-pathological study of four cases. Brain, Lond., 1927, 50: 188-215.—Gartner, S. Congenital retinal folds and micro- cephaly; report of a case. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1941, 25: 93-100.—Hara, S. Ueber den Schadel eines Mikrokephalen. Fol. anat. jap., 1927, 5: 1-8, 2 pi., 2 tab.—Ilberg, G. Ein mikrocephaler Fetus ohne Augen und Nase mit schweren Defekten des Vorderhirns, Kleinhirns, inneren Ohres und der endokrinen Driisen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1935-36, 154: 1-17.—Jager, O. Beschreibung eines Mikrocephalenge- hirns. Zschr. ges. Anat., 2. Abt., 1925-26, 12: 728-39.— Keen, J. A. Microcephaly in a newborn infant with almost total absence of brain. S. Afr. M. J., 1942, 16: 116-21.— Lebzelter, V. Ueber einen zwerghaften Singhalesenschadel. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1932-33, 31: 276.—Lopes de Andrade, A. Um microcefalo; observacao an&tomo-clinica. Arq. anat., (1926) 1927, 10: 383-99.—Morselli, G. E. Microcefalia ed encefalografia. Riv. sper. freniat., 1934, 58: 1356-60 — Mouriquand, Bernheim & Gardere. Microcephalie avec aspect anthropoide. Lyon med., 1926, 138: 404.—Nagtegaal, C. G. An interesting arrangement of fissures in the brain of a micro- cephalic idiot. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1929, 32: pt 2, 786-92, 2 pi.—Rostan, A. Contributo alio studio della mor- fologia di cervelli microcefalici. Riv. pat. nerv., 1934, 43: 327-30.—Turkewitsch, B. G. Eigentiimlichkeiten im anatt- MICROCEPHALUS 25 MICROCHEMISTRY mischen Bau des knochernen inneren Ohres bei Mikrocephalia. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1934, 47: 159-67. ---- Pathology. Lewentaner, M. *Pathologische Studie uber Microcephalie. 37p. 8? Ziir., 1876. Jelgersma, H. C. [Microcephaly and Bolk's foetalization theory] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt 1, 2843-54. ------ Die sogenannte Entartungszeichen der Mikrocephalen und die Fetalisationslehre. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1928, 112: 88-100.—McGavack, T. H., & Reinstein, H. Brachydactyly, polyphalangism, and brachymetapodism in a moronic individual with microcephaly, internal frontal hyperostosis, and endo- genous obesity. Am. J. Roentg., 1941, 45: 55-62.—Pedercini, E. Indagini sul microcefalo Martino. Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1927, 3. ser., 15: 497-520.—Skinner, H. H. A microhydro- anencephalic anaric ancyclopic monster. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 16-8. ---- radiogenic. Doll, E. A. Fetal irradiation and microcephalic idiocy; report of a case in litigation. Psychol. Bull., 1941, 38: 527. ----- & Murphy, D. P. A case of microcephaly following embryonic Roentgen irradiation. Am. J. Psychiat., 1929-30, 9:871-8. ------ & Shirlock, M.E. Microcephaly following maternal pelvic irradiation for the interruption of pregnancy; report of a case. Am. J. Roentg., 1942, 48: 356-9.—Goldstein, L. Radiogenic microcephaly; a survey of nineteen recorded cases, with special reference to ophthalmic defects. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1930, 24: 102-15. ------ & Murphy, D. P. Microcephalic idiocy following radium therapy for uterine cancer during pregnancy. Am. J. Obst., 1929, 18: 189-95 [Discussion] 281-3.—Hirvensalo, M. Ueber rontgeno- gene fetale Mikrokephalie. Acta paediat., Upps., 1937, 21: 188-204.—Magliano, H., Manara, H. I., & Slech, T. Micro- cefalia e idiocia; por traumatismo roentgenologico fetal? An. Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1942, 8: 165-72 [Discussion] 197 — Maxfield, F. N. A case of microcephaly following prenatal Roentgen irradiation. Am. J. Ment. Defic, 1940-41, 45: 358-65.—Moody, E. Maternal responsibility in microcephaly. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1933, 50: 658-61.—Pauly, R., Cantorne, G., & Bentegeat, J. Un microcephale, enfant des rayons X. J. med. Bordeaux, 1941, 118: 537-51.—Zappert, J. Ueber rdntgenogene fotale Mikrozephalie. Arch. Kinderh., 1926-27, 80: 34-50. ---- true. Brunschweiler, H. Contribution a la connaissance de la microcephalia vera. 129p. 8° Ziir 1928 Also in'Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 21: 246; passim. Brummelkamp, R. [Microcephalia vera] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 4286-91. Also Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1935, 39: 246-52.—D'Arrigo, M. Sopra un caso di micro- cefalia pura con speciale riguardo alle alterazioni delle ghiandole endocrine (ricerche istologiche) Cervello, 1928, 7: 209-24, 4 pi.-—Greenfield, J. G., & Wolfsohn, J. M. Microcephalia vera; a study of two brains illustrating the agyric form and the complex microgyric form. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1935, 33: 1296-1316. Also Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1934, 60: 206-8 — Monakow, C. von. Biologisches und Morphogenetisches iiber die Mikrocephalia vera, 4monatiger echter Mikrocephalus mit einem Hirngewicht von nur 25 gr! Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 18: 3-39.—Riva, E., & De Paoli, M. Un nuovo caso di microcefalia pura; ricerche antropologiche ed istologiche. Riv. sper. freniat., 1927, 51: 173-222. MICROCHEMISTRY. See also Analysis, chemical, micro; Blood chemistry, Methods: Micromethods; Histochem- istry; Microphysics; Trace element, etc. Benedetti-Pichler, A. A. Microchemistry. Annual Rev. Biochem., 1943, 12: 639-60.—Gicklhorn, J. Mikrochemie und Mikrophysik (ihre biologische Auswertung in Gegenwart und Zukunft) Protoplasma, Lpz., 1927, 2: 89-125.—Leuthardt, F. Les infiniment petits chimiques. Praxis, Bern, 1945, 34: 323-7._Liidy-Tenger, F. Mikrochemie im pharmazeutischen Alltag. Schweiz. Apoth. Ztg, 1947, 85: 213-5.—Small stuff. Sc. Illust., N. Y., 1946, 1: No. 2, 102-4.—Wilson, C. L. The teaching of analytical chemistry in Great Britain; with special reference to microchemistry. Nature, Lond., 1945, 156: 588-90. ------ Microchemistry in Great Britain. Mikro- chemie, Wien, 1947-48, 33: 352-60. ---- Apparatus. See also Microtitration; also under such terms as Buret, etc. Colson, A. F. Some useful microchermcal apparatus. Analyst, Lond., 1946, 71: 322-6, 2 pi.—Erdos, J. Mikro- apparat fur Reakticnen in der Tarrpf- und Gasphase. Mikro- chemie, Wien, 1947-48, 33: 361-4.—Crargtud, R. Micro- dosage par diffusion des substances volatiles; description d'un nouvel appareil; application au dosage des carbonates et plus particulierement a ceux de l'os. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1942, 136: 529-31.—Kun, E. A modified Warburg vessel. Science, 1947, 106: 550.—New (A) auxiliary heater for micro analysis. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1939, 10: 68.—Scott, F. W. Suction filter apparatus for micro determinations. Chemist Analyst, 1937, 26: 56. ■ Congresses. Verslag van de vergadering van de Sectie voor analytische en microchemie, gehouden op donderdag 23 Juli 1942 te Utrecht. Chem. wbl., Amst., 1943, 40: 45. ---- History. Donan, J. Fortschritte der Mikrochemie im Jahre 1913. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1913-14, 7: 250-7.—Vaughan, E. J. Developments in microchemical analysis. Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 555.—Wenger, P. L'evolution d'une science et la micro- chimie. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch., Bern, 1943, 34: 250-62. ---- Manuals and periodicals. Benedetti-Pichler, A. A. Introduction to the microtechnique of inorganic analysis. 302p. 24cm. N. Y., 1942. Chamot, E. M., & Mason, C. W. Handbook of chemical microscopy. Vol. 2: Chemical methods and inorganic qualitative analysis. 411p. 8? N. Y., 1931. Emich, F. Lehrbuch der Mikrochemie. 2. Aufl. 273p. 8? Munch., 1926. Kley, P. D. C. Behrens-Kley mikrochemische Analyse. 1. Teil. 4. Aufl. 368p. 24cm. Lpz., 1921. Mikrochemie. Wien, v.2, 1924- ---- medico-biological. See also Blood chemistry; Toxicology, etc. King, E. J. Micro-analysis in medical bio- chemistry. 168p. 22cm. Lond., 1946. Martinez Nevot, F. Metodos microquimicos de investigaci6n de la sangre y humores. 139p. 23cm. Madr., 1926. Pincussen, L. Mikromethodik; quantitative Bestimmung der Harn- und Blutbestandteile in kleinen Mengen fiir klinische und experimentelle Zwecke. 116p. 8? Lpz., 1921. Also 4. Aufl. 200p. 1928. Also 5. Aufl. 225p. 1930. Fischer, R., & Linser, E. Der mikrochemische Nachweis geringer Mengen von Arbutin und Urson in Pflanzen. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1930, 268: 185-90.— Kirk, P. L. The applica- tion of microchemistry to biochemical analysis. Annual Rev. Biochem., 1940, 9: 593-616.—Lieb, H. Die quantitative mikrochemische Elementaranalyse. In: Handb. Pflanzen- analyse (Klein, G., ed.) Wien, Bd 1, 1931, 149-90.—Macallum, A. B. Die Methoden und Ergebnisse der Mikrochemie in der biologischen Forschung. Erg. Physiol., 1908, 7: 552-651.— Nichols, R. R., & Eckert, H. W. Microanalysis. Annual Rep. Div. Laborat. N. York State Dep. Health, 1941, 26-8. Also Annual Rep. N. York State Dep. Health, 1941, 26 — Reimers, F. Unders0gelser over mikrokemiske metoder; anvendelse af mikrokemiske metoder i farmakopeen. Dansk tskr. farm., 1947, 21: 1-13. ---- Methods. See also Microcrystal; Microincineration; Microscopy; Microtechnic; Microtitration; Mi- crurgy, etc. Haitinger, M. Die Fluoreszenzanalyse in der Mikrochemie. 192p. 8? Wien, 1937. Amelink, F. Identificatie van enkele nieuwere genees- middeen langs microchemische weg. Pharm. wbl., Amst., 1948, 83: 545-60.— Brandstatter, M. Zur Methodik der orien- tierten Aufwachsungsversuche. Mikrochemie, Wien, 1947, 33: 184-7.—Chamot, E. M., & Mason, C. W. Chemical microscopy. In: Standard Meth. Chem. Analysis (Scott, W. W.) 5. ed., N. Y., 1939, 2434-59—Colson, A. F. The rapid micro-analytical determination of carbon and hydrogen in organic compounds. Analyst, Lond., 1948, 73: 541-7.— Coujard, R. Mise en evidence des phenols dans les tissuspar formation de polymeres du tyre-bakeiite; application a la coloration du chondriome. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1942, 136: 407 — Dubeky, J. V. Organische Mikroelementaranalyse. In: Meth. org. Chem. (Houben, H. H. M. J., ed.) Lpz., 3. Aufl., Bd 1, 1925, 133-76.—Engstrcrn, A. Qualitative microchemical analysis by microradiography with fluorescent screen. Expe- rientm, Easel, 1947, 3: 208. —----& Lindsirom, B. Histo- MICROCHEMISTRY 26 MICROCINEMATOGRAPHY chemical analysis by X-ray.s of long wavelengths. Ibid., 191- 3.—Habler, C, & Noetzel, B. Beitrage zur Mikromethodik, Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 214: 201-3— Hafford, B. C. The esti- mation of small quantities of boron and magnesium. Summa- ries Doct. Diss. Univ. Wisconsin, 1942, 7: 205-7.— Houghton, A. A. Micro determination of mixed met box v-ct boxy groups. Analyst. Lond., 1945, 70: 19-21.------& Wilson, H. A. B. Micro determination of alkoxyl values. Ibid., 1944, 69: 363- 7.—Ingram, G. A critical examination of the empty tube combustion method. Ibid., 1948, 73: 548-51.—Keller, R. Neue Methoden in der Mikro-Physiko-Chemie. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 168: 88-93.—Kofler, L. Ueber Mikroschmelz- punktbestimmung und Mikrosublimation. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1932, 270: 293-303, 3 pi. ------ Mikromethoden zur Untersuchung von organischen Stoffen und Stoffgemischen. Mitt. Deut. pharm. Ges., 1942, 19: 53-6.—Korenman, I. M. Kachestvennyi polumikrokhimicheskii analiz. Farmacia, Moskva, 1946, 9: 12-8.—Lieb, H. Die Mikroelementaranalyse nach Pregl. In: Die Fermente (Oppenheimer, C.) Lpz., 5. Aufl., Bd 3, 1929, 197-243.—Lovell, C. Simple apparatus for micro- sublimation. Lancet, Lond., 1946, 2: 348.—Ludy-Tenger, F. Einige neue mikrochemische Identitiitsreaktionen fiir die pharmazeutische Praxis. Pharm. acta helvet., 1944, 19: 385-98, 5 pi.—Martini, A. Fundamentos y nuevas orienta- ciones del aniilisis microquimico. Proc Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1942, 8. Congr., 7: 129-34 [Discussion] 135.—Rosenthaler, L. Mikrochemische Identifizierung der festen offizinellen anorgani- schen Verbindungen. Pharm. acta helvet., 1943, 18: 637-48.— Schiller, W. A system of inorganic qualitative micro analysis. Abstr. Theses Univ. Pittsburgh, 1931, 7: 196-9.—Sinkora, F., & Hora, A. [Refractometric microanalysis] Cas. l£k. cesk., 1922, 61: 901-3.—Strauss, F. B. A new technique for the ultimate microanalysis of organic compounds. Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 446.—White, E. V., & Wright, G. F. Microchemical technique; some innovations in the micromethoxyl and micro- carbon-hydrogen determination. Canad. J. Res., 1936, 14: 427-9.—Wilson, C. L. Micro-tests for elements in organic compounds. Analyst, Lond., 1938, 63: 332-5. ------ Some physicochemical methods in microchemistry: viscosity, surface tension and refractive index. Ibid., 1946, 71: 117. ---- quantitative. See also Microtitration. Friedrich, A. La pratique de la microanalyse organique quantitative. 387p. 21cm. Par., 1939. Mika, J. Die exakten Methoden der Mikro- [Stuttg., 1939] 180p. 25cm. Ann massanalvse Arb., 1943. NlEDERL, methods of J. B., & Niederl, V. Micro- quantitative organic elementary analysis. 271p. 8? N. Y., 1938. Pregl, F. Die quantitative organische Mikro- analyse. 4. Aufl. [Berl., 1935] 328p. 24cm. Ann Arb., 1945. Also 3. Engl. ed. 271p. 8! Lond., 1937. Also 4. Engl. ed. 238p. 1945. Engstrom, A. Quantitative microchemical and histo- chemical analysis of elements by X-rays. Nature, Lond., 1946, 158:664.—Hallett, L.T. Quantitative microchemical analysis. In: Standard Meth. Chem. Analysis (Scott, W. W.) 5. ed., N. Y., 1939, 2460-547.—Sobel, A. E. Quantitative micro- chemistry in clinical laboratories. Laborat. Digest, S. Louis, 1945r46, 9: No. 3, 1-5.—Sozzi, J. A. Microdeterminaci6n gravim^trica de algunos aldehidos y cetonas; vanillina, aceto- fenona. fluorenona, ciclohexanona, menadiona y furfural. An. farm, bioqufm., B. Air., 1943, 14: 41-7. ---- semi-micro. Belcher, R., & Godbert, A. L. Semi-micro quantitative organic analysis. 168p. 22cm. Lond., 1945. Clark, E. P. Semimicro quantitative organic analysis. 135p. 23^cm. N. Y., 1943. Heisig, G. B. The theory and practice of semimicro qualitative analysis. 331p. 22cm. Phila., 1943. Smith, L., & Peterson, R. E. The semi-micro adaptation of the Iowa system of qualitative analysis. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sc, 1940, 47: 171-6. MICROCHIROPTERA. Anthony, R., & Vallois, H. Considerations anatomiques sur le type adaptatif primitif des microcheiropt^res. Internat. Mschr. Anat. Physiol., 1913, 30: 169-225, pi. MICROCINEMATOGRAPHY [i. e., cine- micrography] See also Microbiology, Methods; Microfilm; Microphotography; Motion picture; Tissue cul- ture, Recording. Bayne-Jones, S., & Tuttle, C. An apparatus for motion photomicrography of the growth of bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1927 14: 157-70, 2 pl.-Comandon, J. La rnicro-cin^emato- graphie Protoplasma, Lpz., 1929, 6: 627-32.-Earle, W. R. & Crisp, L. R. Production of malignancy in vitro; microcinemato- graphic equipment. J. Nat. Cancer Inst., 1943-44, 4. 147- 64 -Emmett, H. Cinemicrography in scientific research. j'RMicr. Soc, Lond., 1943, 63: 26-33, 4 pl.-Fortner, H. Die Punktweg-Methode; ein Verfahren zur quantitativen Auswertung von Mikrokinematogrammen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr 1933, 50: l-62.-Goetz, A., & Romer, A. An electric driving and timing apparatus for microcinematography. Rev. Sc Instrum., 1936 7: 6-13.-Hutchinson, W. G...& McCracken, M. R. Study of flagella of a fresh water bacterium by motion microphotography and electron micrography. L Bact., Bait., 1943, 45: 305 (Abstr.)-Kahn, M. C. Motion pictures of the development of bacteria from a single cell. Rep. Proc. Internat. Congr Microb. (1939) 1940, 160.—Kaufmann, N Mikro- Rontgen-, Schlieren- und Endo-Kinematographie. Ciba Zschr., Basel? 1947, 9: 3964-9.-Muhlens, P. Kine- und Mikro- kinematographie als Lehrmethoden. In: Probleme Bakt (Kolle, W.) Lpz., 1935, 19-23.—Pijper, A. Filming Vi agglu- tination and some remarks on microcinematography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1942-43, 11: 65-73. :----- & Poole, L. B. A simple technique for time lapse cinemicrography. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 235-41.—Rosebury, F., & Rosebury, T. A simplified apparatus for dark-field cinemicrography. Ibid., 1941-42 27: 1487-90.—Rosenberger, H. Micro-cinematogra- Phy in medical research. J. Dent. Res., 1928-29, 9: 343-52 - Sano, M. E., & Gault, E. S. Cine-photomicrographic apparatus with constant temperature chamber for tissue culture studies. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 49: 563-6.—Scheffer W. Ueber mikrokinematographische Aufnahmen. Berl. klin Wschr., 1910, 47: 536.—Scheminzky, F., & Kann, S. Die Verwendbarkeit des Pathg-Schmalfilms fur wissenschaftliche Zwecke, besonders fur Mikrokinoaufnahmen; Beschreibung einiger neuer Hilfsapparate fur die wissenschaftliche Mikro- kinematographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1928, 45: 11-33 — Sorgenfrei, P. Ein neuer Mikro-Kino-apparat zur Herstellung von Reihenbildern von lebenden Mikroorganismen. Ibid., 1912, 29: 195-9.—Tuttle, H. B. Cinephotomicrography In: Med. Physics (Glasser, O.) Chic, 1944, 183-94. MICROCLIMATE [incl. microclimatology] See also Climate; Climatology; Climatotherapy, artificial; Meteorobiology; also Air, Purification and conditioning; Asthma, Treatment: Air con- ditioning. Biittner, K. Die Bedeutung des Mikroklimas fiir die Klima- dosierung. Kongrber. Internat. Kongr. Lichtforsch., 1936, 3. Congr., 700-5. Also Strahlentherapie, 1938, 61: 705-10.— Creyx, M., & Cazaux, P. Climats et microclimats du sud- ouest; des zones sanitaires et de leur perspective d'organisation. J. med. Bordeaux, 1947, 124: 398-409.—Delore, P., & Striffling, M. Etude du microclimat d'une salle d'hopical. Techn. hosp., Par., 1946-47, 2: No. 15, 19-21.—Eggler, J. Klein- klimatische Untersuchungen in den Flaumeichenbestanden bei Graz. Bioklim. Beibl., 1942, 9: 94-110.—Guiot, G. Les microclimats. Rev. kinesither., 1948, 5-7.—Haurwitz, B., & Austin, J. M. Microclimatologv. In their Climatology, N. Y., 1944, 157-75.—Matits, L. [Reply to the article of O. Orszagh: Importance of microclimate] Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: 428.— Meyer, E. G. Zimmerklimatische Studien. Strahlentherapie, 1942-43, 72: 347.—Orszagh, O. [Importance of microclimate] Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: 358-60.—Wachsmuth, G. Die Pflanze im Kraftfeld der Erde; Makroklima und Mikroklima. In his Erde & Mensch, Kreuzlingen, 1945, 346. MICROCOCCACEAE. See also Eubacteriinae; see also genera of Coccaceae as Gaffkya; Micrococcus; Sarcina. For older literature see Staphylococcus, in 3. ser., also Gonococcus; Meningococcus. Blair, J. E. The staphylococci. In: Bact. Mycot. Infect. Man (Dubos, R. J.) Phila., 1948, 325-43.—Foubert, E. L., jr, & Douglas, H. C. Studies on the anaerobic micrococci; taxo- nomic considerations. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 56: 25-34.— Hucker, G. J. The agglutination reaction as a test for differen- tiating the micrococci. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1926, 68: 8-16. ------ Further studies on the classification of the micrococci. Ibid., 1. Abt., 1929, 111: 9-22. ------ & Robertson, A. H. The agglutinability of strains of micrococci isolated from similar habitats. Ibid., 2. Abt., 1926, 68: 1-8.—Isaacs, A., & Scouller, J. M. Catalase production by gram-positive cocci; a simple test for differentiating enterococci from micrococci. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1948, 60: 135.—Nunheimer, T. D., & Fabian, F. W. Respiratory studies of the micrococci. J. Bact., Bait. 1942, 44: 215-32. MICROCOCCIN. See also Micrococcus pyogenes, Antibiosis. Su, T. L. Micrococcin, an antibacterial substance formed by a strain of Micrococcus. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1948, 29: 473-81. MICROCOCCOSIS 27 MICROCOCCOSIS MICROCOCCOSIS. See also under clinical types of infection as Abscess; Cellulitis; Pyemia; Sepsis; Suppura- tion; also under specific names of micrococci as Micrococcus pyogenes (var. aureus) Infection; also Micrococcus sepsis. Bezancon, F., & Philibert, A. Infections a microcoques. p.17-134. 8? Par., 1935. In: Precis path. med. (Bezancon, et al.) 2. ed., Par., 1935, 1: Bradford, W. L. Staphylococcal infections. In: Child in Health, &c (Grulee, C. G.) Bait., 1948, 294-9.—Butler, E. C. B., & Valentine. F. C. O. Further observations on acute staphylo- coccal infection. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 194-7.—Campbell, A. C. P. The incidence of pathogenic staphylococci in the throat, with special reference to glandular fever. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1948, 60: 157-69.—Carey, B. W. Staphylococcal infections. In: Advance. Pediat., N. Y., 1942, 1: 106-8.— Dowling, G. B. Staphylococcal infections. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1926, n. ser., 122: 380-4.—Engeland. Die pathogenen Staphyiokokken an Bord. Veroff. Marine San., 1914, H. 10, 1-42.—Farrag, H. Study on micrococci. Vet. J., Lond., 1948, 104: 388, 2 pi.—Forman, L. Some staphylo- coccal infections. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1934, 48: 120-2.— Frankau, C. Staphylococcal infections. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1934, 57: 103-21 .—Gross. H. Die Staphylokokkeninfektionen. In: Ansteck. Krankh. (Gundel, M.) 3. Aufl., Lpz., 1944, 85- 93.—Huard, P., & Meyer May, J. L'infection staphylococcique aux colonies. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1936, 34: 793-938, 7 pi. Also Rev. chir., Par., 1936, 55: 439-58.—Huard, P., & Montagne, M. L'infection staphylococcique aux colonies. In: Clin. chir. pays chauds (Botreau-Roussel) Par., 1938, 136-55.—Hughes, W. Staphylococcal infections at Singapore. Q. J. Med., Oxf., 1938, 7: 537-53.—Joyce, J. L. A study of staphylococcal disease. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1930, 80: 169-93.—Lovell, R. I., & Jones, T. C. Notes on sporadic infection by staphylococci. Vet. Bull., Wash., 1938, 32: 252-4.—Macaigne, M. Staphylococcic. In: Nouv. traite med. (Roger) Par., 1920,1: 262-78.—Martelli, C. Stafilococcie Rinasc. med., 1929, 6: 227-9. Also in Lez. med. biol. (Martelli) Nap., 1930, 516-24.—Meyer, F. Die menschliche Staphylo- kokken-Infektion (Krankheitsbild, Diagnose, Behandlung) Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1931, 22: H. 10, 34-43.—Moore, J. A remarkable staphylococcic infection. Tr. R. Acad. M. Ireland, 1911, 29: 16-20. Also Dublin J. M. Sc, 1911, 130: 27-9.—Morian. Staphvlokokkeninfektionen. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1913, 50: 91.—Panton, P. N., & Valentine, F. C. O. Staphylococcal infection and re-infection. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929, 10: 257-62, pi.—Phemister, D. B. Staphylococcus in- fections. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1930) 1931,6:152-4.—Pires de Mesquita, E. Estafilococcias. Rev. Inst. Adolfo Lutz, S. Paulo, 1944, 4: 1-181, 3 pi. ------ As estafilococcias em higiene e saude publica. Hospital, Rio, 1945, 27: 245-60.—Quervain, F. de. Ueber einen ungewohn- lichen Fall von Staphylokokkeninfektion. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 449-51.—Smith, W., Allison, V. D., & McDiarmid, A. Discussion on staphylococcal infections. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1948, 41: 427-30.—Staphylococcal infection. Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 1167-9.—Staphylococcal infection in a maternity home. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1942, 1: March, 7.—Stookey, P. F., & Ferris, C. R. Staphylococcal infections in the human body. South. M. J., 1942, 35: 761-5.—Thiroux, A. A propos des staphylococcies chez les indigenes des colonies frangaises. Presse meU, 1938, 46: 33-5.—Wolff, L. K. [Staphylococcus infections] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 1203-11. ----Allergy. Bocage, A., & Mercier, P. L'intradermoreaction a la toxine staphylococcique chez l'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 937-9.—Bonnet, H., Thieffry, S., & Sabetay, C. Reaction intradermique a la toxine staphylococcique chez l'homme. Ibid., 1937, 124: 240-3.—Coggi, G. Studi sulle infezioni stafilococciche; l'allergia nel decorso delle infezioni da stafilo- cocco; studio clinico e sperimentale. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1939, 18: 281-315.—Costantini, P. L'allergia nelle infezioni stafilococciche curate con autovaccini. Ibid., 1932, 11: 691- 702.—Debre, R., Bonnet, H. [et al.] Reaction intradermique a la toxine staphylococcique chez l'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 792-4.—Gernez, C, & Pannequin, C. L'intra- dermoreaction a la toxine et a l'anatoxine staphylococciques comme test de l'immunit6 et de l'allergie antistaphylococciques chez l'homme. Rev. immun., Par., 1937, 3: 97-135.—Ivanov, E. V. [Antistaphylolysin reaction in surgical diseases and pulmonary tuberculosis] Vest, mikrob., 1926, 5: 259-62.— Julianelle, L. A., Jones, D., & Hartmann, A. F. Experimental hypersensitiveness to Staphylococcus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 945-8.—Moriconi, L. M. Oftalmoreazione 3tafilococcica. Riforma med., 1926, 42: 723-6.—Pugnani, E. Sul comportamento della intradermoreazione da stafilococco nella cavia in pianura ed in alta montagna in rapporto alle radiazioni solari. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 7: 857-63.— Smagin, G. A. [Cutaneous reaction to staphylotoxin in children and adults] Ter. arkh., 1937, 15: 604-10.—Smirnov, P. P. Experiences visant a obtenir I'anaphylaxie des animaux au moyen des microbes et des histolysats de I'oreille humaine. I Acta otolar., Stockh., 1938, 26: 12-7.—Tiirk, E. Untersu- chungen iiber Staphylotoxin-Reaktionen bei Kindern. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1941, 100: 198-236. ----epidemic. Elliott, S. D. Staphylococcal nursery. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 2: 440.—Fremantle, F. Report on an epidemic of a micro- coccal infection simulating scarlatina, influenza, meningitis, etc. Pub. Health, Lond., 1905-06, 18: 457-61.—Hobbs, B. C. Epidemic staphylococcal infections in nursing homes. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1944, 3: 11-7. ----Food infection. See also Food poisoning; Gastroenteritis; Meat poisoning; Micrococcus pyogenes, Enterotoxin; Abele, C. A., & Damon, S. R. An outbreak of gastro- enteritis caused by milk-borne staphylococci producing an enterotoxin. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1939-40, 9: 1^4.—Allison, V. D.t Hobbs. B. C, & Martin, P. H. A widespread outbreak of staphylococcal food poisoning. Month. Bull. Min. Health Gr. Britain, 1949, 8: 38-47.—Azzi Leal, R. Consideracoes sobre as intoxicacoes alimentares de origem estafilococica. Rev. clin. S. Paulo, 1941, 9: 1-10— Bamm, B. L. [Food poisoning caused by staphylococci] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1942, 91-5.—Barrett, H. V. The use of Chapman's in vitro tests for food-poisoning staphylococci in milk. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 42: 286.—Barton, E. I.., Edge, G. E. A., & Hardman, R. P. Phage typing in the investigation of an outbreak of food poisoning of staphylococcus etiology. Canad. J. Pub. Health, 1948, 39: 76.—Belam, F. A. Staphylococcal food-poisoning by meat-pie jelly. Lancet, Lond., 1947, 1: 64.—Bertarelli, E. Le tossinfezioni alimentari da stafilococco. Med. internaz., Milano, 1948, 56: 19-22.—Bradshaw, D. B. Staphylococcal food poisoning. Med. Off., Lond., 1943, 69: 71.—Bronstein, L. G. [Role du staphylocoque dans ies intoxications ali- mentaires] Hig. & zdorov., 1941, 6: No. 3, 35-40.—Buttiaux. R., Gervois, M., & Liegeois, D. Intoxications alimentaires dues k certains staphylocoques pathogenes. Arch. mal. app digest., Par., 1947, 36: 90-4.—Buttiaux, R., & Paris, J. Au sujet des toxiinfections d'origine alimentaire dues a certains staphylocoques pathogenes. Acta gastroenter. belg., 1948, 11: 1-6.—Chapman, G. H. Culturally typical food-poisoning staphylococci in persons with low-grade illness. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 74. ------ The value of biochemical properties in studies of staphylococcus food poisoning. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 377-93. ------ A sugges- tion for the rapid presumptive examination of foods suspected of having caused staphvlococcal food poisoning. Food Res., 1944, 9: 377.—Caudill, F. W., & Humphrey, E. C. Staphylo- coccus food poisoning; report of an outbreak. Kentucky M. J., 1939, 37: 373.—Dack, G. M. Staphylococcus food poisoning. Proc Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 361. ------ Staphylococcus food poisoning still a serious problem. Pub. Health News, Trenton, 1946-47, 28:218-20. Also Food Indust., 1947, 19: 1868, &c.------& Cary, W. E. Experimental staphylococcus food poisoning in thirty-two human volunteers. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 49.—Davey, J. E., Deadman, W. J., & Elliott, F. J. A fourth outbreak of staphylococcal food poison- ing in Hamilton, Canada, May, 1941. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1942, 33: 82-5.—DeLay, P. D. Staphylococcal enterotoxin in bread pudding. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944, No. 72, 71-3.—Dolman, C. E. A small outbreak of staphylococcal food poisoning in Vancouver. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1936, 27: 494-7.—Dorling, G. C. Staphylococcal food-poisoning due to contaminated soup. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 1: 382.—Felsenield, O. Contribution k l'etude des staphylocoques agents de toxi- infections alimentaires. Rev. hyg., Par., 1938, 60: 533.— Gernez-Rieux, C, Buttiaux, R., & Brogniart. Lestoxi-infections alimentaires provoquees par le staphylocoque. Presse m6d., 1947, 55: 565.—Getting, V. A., Rubenstein, A. D., & Foley, G. E. Staphylococcus and streptococcus carriers; sources of food-borne outbreaks in war industry. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 34: 833-40.—Gillespie, E. H. An outbreak of staphylo- coccal food poisoning; the possible source traced by means of bacteriophage typing. Month. Bull. Min. Health Gr. Britain, 1947, 6: 8-10.—Giovanardi, A. Le intossicazioni alimentari da stafilococco. Rass. clin. sc, 1940, 18: 449-54. Also Portug. transl., Resenha clin. cient., S. Paulo, 1941, 10: 143-8.— Grant, K. J., & McMurray, .1. An outbreak of staphylococcal food poisoning. Month. Bull. Min. Health Gr. Britain, 1948, 7: 133-5.—Hakeem, A. Z. An outbreak of food poisoning traced back to staphylococci. Bull. Hyg., Lond., 1941, 16: 531 (Abstr.)—Haugh, P., & Petran, E. Staphylococci food poisoning. Annual Rep. Bur. Bact. Maryland Dep. Health, 1944, 19.—Haynes, W. C, & Hucker, G. J. The food poisoning micrococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 48: 262. ■------A review of micrococcus enterotoxin food poisoning. Food Res., 1946, 11: 281-97.—Hobbs, B. C, & Thomas, M. E. M. Staphylo- coccal food poisoning from infected lambs' tongues. Month. Bull. Min. Health Gr. Britain, 1948, 7: 261-6.—Hussemann, D. L., & Tanner, F. W. Relation of certain cooking procedures to staphylococcus food poisoning. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1947, 37:1407-14. ■------ A comparison of strains of staphylococci isolated from foods. Food Res., 1949, 14: 91-7.—Improved cat test to determine staphylococcus food poisoning. Gradwohl Laborat. Digest, 1941-42, 5: No. 9, 5.—Kodama, T., Hata, M., & Sibuya, Y. An outbreak of staphylococcal food-poisoning in Yokosuka city. Kitasato Arch., 1940,17: 115-26.—Marche, MICROCOCCOSIS 28 MICROCOCCOSIS J. Les toxi-infections alimentaires provoquees par certains staphylocoques. J. med. chir., Par., 1946, 117: SO-8.—Miller, A. A. An outbreak of staphylococcal food poisoning probably ilno to tinned sausage. Month. Bull. Min. Health Gr. Britain, 11)48, 7: 178-80- Murphy, W. A., & Edward. D. G. F. An outbreak of foci poisoning caused by staphylococcal entero- toxin. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1944, 3: 100-3.—Natvic. H. Stafylokokker og matin- feksjoner. Nord. hyg. tskr., 1948. 58-64.—Neves da Silva, N. Intoxicacao alimentar de origem estafilococica; grave surto em cfirca de 500 pessoas. Hospital. Rio, 1945, 28: 411-6. —---- Surtos de intoxicacao alimentar estafiloc6cica e o encontro do portador de germes. Arq. Dep. estad. saude Rio Grande do Sul (1946) 1947, 137-9. Also Hospital, Rio, 1946, 30: 419-22 — Nunheimer, T. D., & Fabian, F. W. Influence of organic acids, sugars, and sodium chloride upon strains of food poisoning staphylococci. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1940, 30: 1040-9 — Oddy, J. G., & Clegg, H. W. An outbreak of staphylococcal food-poisoning. Brit. M. J., 1947, 1: 442-4.—0degaard, K., & Lerche, C. Stafylokokkmatforgiftning; meddelelse om et tilfelle av forgiftning etter spisning av hermetiske reker. Tskr. Norske laegeforen., 1948, 68: 136.—Outbreak (An) of staphylo- coccal food poisoning at Barnstaple. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1943, 2: 73.—Perkins, J. E. Food poisoning outbreaks probably due to staphylococcus toxin. Annual Rep. N. York State Dep. Health, 1941, 62: pt 1, 159-72.—Ritchie, J. M., Murray, D. L., & Holgate, M. An outbreak of staphylococcal food-poisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1947, 2: 256.—Roberts, J., Deadman, W. J. [et al.] The epi- demiology of staphylococcal food poisoning in three outbreaks in Hamilton, Canada. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 369-76.—Rutherford, P. S. Two epidemics of staphylococcal toxin food poisoning. J. Canad. M. Serv., 1944-45,2:473-6. ------& Crowson, C. N. The bacteriology of an epidemic of staphylococcal food poisoning. Canad. M Ass. J., 1945, 52: 19.—Saint-Martin, M. les intoxication alimentaires dues au staphylocoque. Union m£d. Canada, 1948, 77: 936-42.—Scott, W. J., & Stewart, D. F. An outbreak of food poisoning due to staphylococci. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 211.—Selberg, L. Fatal staphylococcal poisoning of a breast-fed infant whose mother suffered from staphylococcal mastitis. Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1947, 27: 275-83.—Slater, B. J., & Norris, J. L. Food poisoning caused by hemolytic staphylococcus in a defense plant. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 34: 854—6.—Slocum, G. G. Studies on food poisoning staphylo- cocci. Abstr. Theses Grad. School Univ. Maryland, 1938-40, 11.------Staphylococcal food poisoning. South. M. J., 1942, 35: 765-71.------& Linden, B. A. Food poisoning due to staphylococci; with special reference to staphylococcus agglutination by normal horse serum. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1939, 29: 1326-30.—Smith, J. E., & Nagle, N. An outbreak of staphylococcal food poisoning. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1943, 40: 135.—Smith, W. W., & Iba, S. Survival of food-poisoning staphylococci on nut meats. Food Res., 1947, 12: 400-4.— Soriano, A. M. de. Los estafilococos como causa de intoxica- ci6n alimentaria. Rev. As. argent, diet., 1943, 1: 21—4.-— Staphylococcic food poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 1568. Also Gradwohl Laborat. Digest, 1942-43, 6: No. 7, 13. Also Med. Off., Lond., 1943, 69: 35.—Staphylococcal food poisoning at Leicester. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1942, 1: Dec, 6.—Stone, R. V. A staphylococcus index for routine control in food production. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 395-404 — Weed, L. A., Michael, A. C, & Harger, R. N. Fatal staphylo- coccus intoxication from goat milk. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1943, 33: 1314-8.—Williams, G. C, Swift, S. [et al.] Three outbreaks of staphylococcal food poisoning due to ice-cream. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1946, 5: 17-25.—Wilson, R. J. Laboratory procedures in staphylo- coccal food poisoning. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1940, 31: 607-12. ----— Staphylococcal food poisoning. Univ. Toronto M. J., 1940-41, 18: 190-3. ---- Forensic aspect. Viglino, J. R. O. Muerte provocada por infecci6n estafilo- c6cica; responsabilidad del profesional. Rev. odont., B. Air., 1942, 30: 17-29. Immunology. See also subheadings of Micrococcus pyogenes (Anatoxin; Antitoxin; Antivirus; Enterotoxin, etc.) Delaunay, A. F. M. *De 1'immunite anti- staphylococcique; 6tude exp6rimentale et histo- pathologique. 262p. 2512cm. Par., 1938. ... Antonioli, G. M. Equilibri delle difese immunitarie; 1 infezione stafilococcica sperimentale nel conigho in inanizione e in avitaminosi. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 7: 797-820.— Ashcar, H. Ensaios sobre imunidade antiestafiloc6cica. Mem Inst. Butantan, 1941, 15: 399-421.—Bentivoglio, G. C, & Moschini, S. L'immunita antistafilococcica naturale 'nel lattante e nel bambino. Lattante, 1937, 8: 107-29.—Bonnet, H., Thieffry, S., & Montefiore, C. Reaction de fixation du complement dans les infections staphylococciques. C rend Soc biol., 1935, 120: 1058-61.—Borra, E. Reactions immuni- taires a la suite d'mfections experimentales par des stafilocoques chez des cobaves tuberculeux. Boll. .-'ez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1931, 3: 705-7.—Boscardi, F. Studi sui complessi lipoproteici del siero nell'infezione da stafilococco. Ann. igiene, 1940, 50: 590-603.—Bryce, L. M., & Burnet, F. M. Natural immunity to staphylococcal toxin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1932, 35: 183-91.—Ceruti, G. Equihbno e difese immunitarie nell infezione sperimentale da stafilococco. Att, Congr. naz. microb., 1931, 395. Also Gior. batt. immun., 1932. 8- 561-82. Also French transl., Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internazi microb., Milano, 1931, 3: 312.—Ciaranfi. E. L'importanza del fattore permeabilita dei tessuti nel meccanismo dell'immunita ocale verso lo stafilococco. Sperimentale, 1933, 87: 663-78.—; Clemente, G. Azione profilattica e curativa dei terreni vaccinati nelle infezioni sperimentali da stafilococco (contributo alia dottrina dell'immunita locale) Arch. ital. chir., 1927, 19: 590-614.—Connor, J. I., & McKie, M. A study of the anti- haemolvtic titre of sera of man and animals following staphylo- coccal infection. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1933, 36: 353-7.— Courmont, T., & Rochaix, A. De l'immunisation contre le staphylocoque pvogene par voie intestinale. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1912, 156: 572-4.—Cowan, S. T. Staphylococcal infection in rabbits; antibacterial and non-specific immunity. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1939, 48: 545-55.—Cucco, G. P. Ghiandole a secrezione interna e difese immunitarie nella infezione speri- mentale da stafilococchi. Atti Congr. naz. microb., 1931, 393-5. Also Gior. batt. immun., 1932, 8: 449-78.—Cuizza, T. Equilibri delle difese immunitarie dell'organismo; esperienze con l'infezione sperimentale da stafilococco nella cavia. Ibid., 1931, 7: 65-85.—Del Vivo, G. Immunita e immunizzazione locale della pelle nelle lesioni da stafilococco (contributo speri- mentale e clinico) Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1927, 68: 1353-89 — Descazeaux, J., & Richou, R. Recherches sur l'immunita antistaphylococcique naturellement acquise chez differentes espece animales. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1935. 8: 374-83 — Einaudi, M. Le difese immunitarie di conigli tubercolosi nell'infezione sperimentale con stafilococco. Gior. batt. immun., 1932, 9: 1030-59—Faust, F. B.. & Etris. S. Staphylo- coccal vaccine-toxoid combined in human immunization. J. Immun., Bait., 1913, 46: 315-7.—Finucci, V. Equilibrio delle difese immunitarie; localizzazione sperimentale nella milza. Ann. ital. chir., 1934, 13: 678-704.—Forsfrnan, J. Staphylo- coccus immunity. Acta path, microb. scand., 1935, 12: 536- 50. ------ On the course of staphylococcus infection in normal and immunised rabbits. Ibid., 1936, 13: 453-8. -—■---- Ueber die Ursachen der Staphylococcenimmunitiit. Ibid., Suppl. 26, 116-8. ------ The mechanism in staphylococcal infection and immunity. Ibid., 1937, 14: 468-77. ------ What role do staphylococcus lysin against rabbit's blood cor- puscles and its antilysin play in staphylococcus infections in human beings? Ibid., 1938, 15: 184-97. ------ A further contribution to the understanding of the immunity to staphylo- cocci. Ibid., 396-425; Discussion, Suppl. 38, 136.—Franco, E. Immunity antistaphylococcique et systeme r^ticulo-histio- cytaire. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc internaz. microb., 1936, 8: 139-41. ------ Recherches exp6rimentales sur 1'immunite' antistaphy- lococcique. Ibid., 141-3.—Freedlander, S. O., & Toomey, J. A. The role of clasmatocytes and connective tissue cells in non- specific local cutaneous immunity to staphylococcus. J. Exp. M., 1928, 47: 663-75, 4 pi.—Gernez, C, & Pannequin, C. L'intradermo-reaction a la toxine staphylococcique comme test de 1'immunite antitoxique naturelle. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 124: 69-72.—Gratia, A. Sur 1'immunite' antistaphylococcique par les mycolysats. Ibid., 1930, 104: 1058.—Immunology of staphylococcal infections. Brit. M. J., 1937, 2: 860.—Jobim, H. Imunidade antiestafiloc6cica. Arq. rio grand, med., 1939, 18: 189-^95.—Jona, A. Equilibri delle difese immunitarie dell'or- ganismo; infezione sperimentale da stafilococco piogeno. Gior. batt. immun., 1932, 9: 126-49.—Julianelle, L. A. Experi- mental staphylococcal infection and passive protection. J. Immun., Bait., 1944, 48: 155-61. ■------ & Hartmann, A. F. The immunological specificity of staphylococci. J. Exp. M., 1936, 64: 149-59— Julianelle, L. A., 5, 1: 301-6.—Nelis, P. Une nouvelle therapeutique des staphylo- coccies; la vaccinoth6rapie par 1'anastaphylotoxine. Presse med., 1935, 43: 1141-4.------A Pierard, J. Le traitement des affections a staphylocoques par 1'anastaphylotoxine. Bruxelles med., 1936-37, 17: 412; 502.—Pouche, A. Le applicazioni pratiche della anatossina stafilococcica in terapia. Terapia, Milano, 1938, 28: 353-60.—Rabboni, F. L'anatossina stafilococcica nell'osteomielite cronica. Arcb. Soc ital. chir. (19o8) 1939, 45: 712-8.—Raiga, A. Essai de synthese des travaux parus sur l'anatoxitherapie staphylococcique. Gaz. med. France, 1938, 45: 19-37.—Ramon, G. L'anatoxine staphylococcique et la therapeutique des affections dues au staphylocoque; resultats, renseignements theoriques et pra- tiques. Arch. med. enf., 1938, 41: 665-94.------Bocage, A. [et al.] L'anatoxine staphylococcique et son emploi dans le traitement specifique de certaines affections dues au staphylo- coque. Presse med., 1935, 43: 1137-41; 1936, 44: 186-8. •—■----Sur 1'immunite antistaphylococcique provoquee par l'anatoxine d'affections dues au staphylocoque. Ibid., 1936, 44:281-4. ------ Resultats d'ensemble de l'anatoxitherapie specifique des affections staphylococciques. Ibid., 1937, 45: 889-92.------L'anatoxitherapie specifique des affections staphylococciques. Ibid., 929-32.—Ramon, G., Djourichitch, M., A Richou, R. Sur 1'immunite antistaphylococcique provoquee par l'anatoxine specifique et par differents antigenes vis-a-vis de l'infection experimentale par le staphylocoque. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 1160-4.—Ramon, G., Mercier, P., A Richou, R. L'anatoxitherapie specifique des affections dues au staphylocoque; resultats; precisions sur la conduite du traitement. Rev. immun., Par., 1942, 7: 179-87.—Ramon, G., A Nelis, P. L'immunisation antistaphylococcique experi- mentale au moven de 1'anastaphylotoxine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1250-2.—Ramon, G., A Richou, R. Reactions de certains lapins k des melanges neutres de toxine et d'antitoxine staphylococciques; phenomenes d'hypersensibilite naturelle- ment acquis6e. Ibid., 1936,121: 1064-8.------A Djouri- chitch, M. Sur le mecanisme de 1'immunite conferee par l'ana- toxine staphylococcique a regard de l'infection par le staphylo- coque virulent. Ibid., 122: 1164-8. ----— Influence de 1'immunite antistaphylococcique naturelle sur le developpement de 1'immunite artificiellement provoquee par l'anatoxine specifique. Ibid., 1937, 124: 200-2— Ramon, G.. Richou, R., A Holstein, G. L'application de l'anatoxine staphylococcique au traitement specifique de diverses affections dues au staphylo- coque chez les animaux domestiques. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1942, 15: 55-9. Also Rev. immun., Par., 1942, 7: 241-4 — Ribeiro, G. N. IntroduccSo ao estudo da anatoxina esta- phylococcica em cirurgia. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1937, 45: 199-214.—Richou, R., A Holstein, G. Le developpement de l'antitoxine staphylococcique chez les animaux soumis aux injections d'anatoxine specifique. Rev. immun., Par., 1940-41, 6: 363-80. ------ L'anatoxitherapie staphylococcique en medecine veterinaire; resultats obtenus chez le cheval dans le traitement des maux de garrot et des maux de croupe et de nuque. Bull. Acad. v6t. France, 1943, 16: 206- 12.—Richou, R., A Mercier, P. Rapprochement des injections d'anatoxine staphylococcique et developpement de 1'immunite antitoxique chez la lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 19o7, 124: 202.— Rous?et. Staphylococcie a localisations multiples, entre autres, epididymaire, guerie par l'anatoxine staphylococcique Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1937, 63: 787-97.—Sato, S., A Kodama, T. Studies of intranasal immunization with staphylococcal toxoid. Kitasato Arch., 1939, 16: 323-39.—Sauve, L. L'ana- toxine staphylococcique en chirurgie. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1936, 52: 45-9.—Smith, M. L. Circulating antitoxin and resistance to experimental infection with staphylococci. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1937, 45: 305-10.—Takahasi, S. 3:4 benzo- pyrine hatuka-nezumi nikusyu ni tai-suru sin-budo-zyo- kyukin-toxoid no eikyo. Osaka igakkai zassi, 1943, 42: 1505- 7.—Tamargo Iribarria, A. Tratamiento de las estafilococias externas por la anatoxina especifica. Rev. san. mil. (Chile) 1936-37, 4: 261-302.—Tangari, C. Azione dell'anastafilo- tossina applicata localmente sulle ferite infette e sui focolai intiammatori in genere. Riforma med., 1938, 54: 343-6.-— Timmerman, W. A. [Staphylococcus toxoid as remedy] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 1725-35.—Tratamiento de las esta- filococcias por la anatoxina estafilocficcica. Dia med., B. Air., 1935, 7: 1521.—Wilson, H. M. Use of staphylococcal toxoid in the field. Vet. Rec. Lond., 1942, 54: 137. ---- Antibiosis. See also subheading Symbiosis. Bernard, H. *Recherches sur l'antagonisme du staphylocoque et du bacille de Loeffler [LyonJ 82p. 8? Bourg, 1936. Barber, M. Coagulase-positive staphylococci resistant to peniciUin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1947, 59: 373-84, pi.------ Sensitisation of penicillin-resistant staphylococci. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 1: 730.—Bellamy, W. D., A Klimek, J. W. Some properties of penicillin-resistant staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 55: 153-60.—Bifti Gentili, G. Sulle modificazioni mor- fologiche in vitro dello Staphylococcus pyogenes in presenza di penicillina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1946, 22: 197.—Bondi, A., jr, A Dietz, C. C. Penicillin resistant staphylococci. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1945, 60: 55-8.—Card, D. H. Penicillin resistance of staphylococci. Med. J. Australia, 1948, 1: 767.— Di Marco, A. Ricerche sulle caratteristiche di ceppi di stafilo- cocco artificialmente resi penicilhno-resistenti. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1946, 25: 234-8.—Dujardin-Beaumetz, E. Action antibiotique d'une variete de staphylocoque a regard des bacilles gram-positifs et acido-resistants. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 110: 1210.—Eriksen, K. R. Studies on induced resistance to penicillin in staphylococci. Acta path, microb. scand., 1946, 23: 284-92.—Fredericq, P. Sur la sensibilit6 et l'activite antibiotique des staphylocoques. C. rend. Soc biol., 1946, 140: 1167-70. ------ A Betz, M. Rapports entre les proprietes biochimiques des staphylocoques et leur sensibilite a divers antibiotiques. Ibid., 1191.—Frieden, E. H., Whiteley, H. R., A Frazier, C. N. Some characteristics of penicillin- resistant staphylococci. Texas Rep. Biol. M., 1947, 5: 74-91.— Gale, E. F., A Rodwell, A. W. Amino acid metabolism of penicillin-resistant staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 55: 161-7.—Graessle, O. E., A Frost, B. M. Induced in vitro resistance of staphylococci to streptomycin and peniciUin. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1946, 63: 171-5.—Jennings, M. A., A Sharp, A. E. Antibacterial activity of the Staphylococcus. Nature, Lond., 1947, 159: 133.-Lesbre, P., A Merle, A. Interet epidemiologique et pratique d'un antagonisme nature! du staphylocoque vis-a-vis du bacille de Loeffler. Presse med., 1947, 55: 719.—Luria, S. E. A test for penicillin sensi- tivity and resistance in Staphylococcus. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1946, 61: 46-51.—McMillan, I. K. R. Penicillin- sensitive staphylococci; report of laboratory procedures. S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1946, 44: 135-8.—Magrassi, F., A Spiga, A. Studi su un principio antibatterico d'origine coccica; estrazione, purificazione, caratterizzazione chimica. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1946, 22:317-9.—Mason, H.C. Food-poisoning staphylococci and the order of their resistance to penicillin. J. Immun., Bait., 1945, 51:307; passim.—Morra, F. Sensibilita degli stafilococchi alia penicillina ed alia streptomicina. Riv. 1st. sieroter. ital., 1948, 23: 1. sez., 106-12.—Nekam, L., jr, A Polgar, P. The inhibitory effect of a mold upon staphylococcus. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1948, 52: 372-5.—Neter, E. Relative sus- ceptibility of staphylococci to the bacteriostatic action of antibiotics. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1945, 58: 126-8 — Parker, R. F., A Luse, S. The action of penicillin on Staphy- lococcus; further observations on the effect of a short exposure. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 56: 75 81— Parker, R. F., A Marsh, H. C. The action of penicillin on Staphylococcus. Ibid., 1946, 51: 181-6.-—Prica, M. Ueber die antagonistische Wirkung von Staphylokokken gegenuber kapseltragenden Bakterien. Zschr. Hyg., 1938-39, 121: 81-9.—Schuler, W. Zur Wirkung von Penicillin auf Staphylokokken und deren Hemmung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1946, 76: 1192.—Tulasne, R., A Vendrely, R. Cytology of staphylococci before and after treatment with penicillin. Nature, Lond., 1948, 161: 316.—Winner, H. I. Quantitative sensitisation of a penicillin-resistant Staphylo- coccus. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 1: 674. ---- Antibodies. See also other subheadings (Anatoxin; Anti- toxin, etc.) MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 37 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES Frenzel, L. *Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber den Gehalt an Staphylococcen-Antitoxin und bakteriziden Antikorpern gegeniiber Staphy- Iococcen im Men'schen- und Tierblut [Breslau] 27p. 8? Liebau, 1934. Ajo, C. Sur la valeur de la reaction de deviation du comple- ment pour l'etude des anticorps staphylococciques et des anticorps normaux en general. C. rend. Soc biol., 1936, 122: 276-80.—Bekker, J. H. Studies on staphylococci; antistaphy- locoagulase in human serum. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1947,13:128-34.—Brzezinski, S. Untersuchungen iiber die normalen Antistaphylolvsine des menschlichen Serums. Schweiz. Zschr. allg. Path., 1939, 2: 18-30.—Burky, E. L. Antitoxin content of rabbit serums immune to staphylococcus toxin and the precipitin reactions of such serums. J. Immun., Bait., 1933, 25: 419-37. —---r The production of staphylo- coccal antibodies in human subjects by the injection of staphy- lococcus toxin. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 48.—Carlinfanti, E. Les anticorps deviant le complement en presence d'antigenes staphylococciques (toxine, anatoxine, germe) chez les animaux normaux et immunises. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120:1055-7.— Caulfeild, A. H. W. Local passive transfer to a frequently re- covered strain of Staphylococcus hemolyticus; case report. J. Allergy, 1931, 2: 372-4.—Combiesco, D., Istrati, G., A Combiesco, N. Sur les proprietes antihemolytiques et anti- necrotiques d'un serum antistaphylococcique prepare chez le cheval. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 626-8.—Forssman, J. On active immunity against staphylococcal infections and its relation to known antibodies against staphylococci or products of these bacteria. Acta path, microb. scand., 1936, 13: 459- 85.—Nelis, P. Considerations sur les toxine et antitoxine staphylococciques. Rev. beige sc. med., 1934, 6: 538-43.— Neuber, E. A staphylococcus agglutininjeinek €s opsoninjainak kepzodese helyerol a szervezetben. Orv. hetil., 1914, 58: 287-92.—Parish, H. J., A Clprk, W. H. M. Staphylococcal toxin and antitoxin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1932, 35: 251-8.— Ramon. G., Nfilis, P., A Richou, R. Sur la neutralite du melange floculant toxine- antitoxine staphylococciques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 1306-8.—Savino, E. Anticorps du serum anti- staphylococcique. Ibid., 1932, 109: 328.—SzSp, J. [Effect of skin extracts on the production of staphylococcal opsonin] Orv. hetil., 1939, 83: 158.—Timmerman, W. A. [Staphylo- coccic toxins and antitoxins] Ned. tschr. h3'g. microb., 1932-33, 7: 178-94. ---- Antigenicity. Gengou, O. Contribution a l'etude des antigenes et des anticorps staphylococciques. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1932, 48: 135-43.------Nouvelle contribution a l'etude des proprietes cytolytiques et toxiques des cultures staphylo- cocciques. Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege, 1934-35, 9: 413-26.—Goadby, K. W. The antigenic properties of different fractions of Staphylococcus. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1932, 35: 657.—Hobbs, B. C. A study of the serological type differentia- tion of Staphylococcus pyogenes. J. Hyg., Lond., 1948, 46: 222-38.—Holm, A., Anderson, J. F., A Leonard, G. F. Com- bined staphylococcal endo- and exo-antigen. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34: 502-4.—Julianelle, L. A. The im- munological specificity of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33:49.------A Weighard, C. W. Immunological specificity of carbohydrates derived from staphylococci. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. V., 1934, 31: 947-9.--Koizumi, K. Ueber die Darstellung von spezifischen Rezeptoren bei Staphylococcus pyogenes. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1939, 35: 572-5.—Oka, S. Ueber das die grosste Phagozytose von Staphylokokken im zirkulierenden Blute veranlassende Antigen, sowie den Unter- schied zwischen der unspezifischen und spezifischen Zellakti- vierung. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1929, 11: 19.— Tamaki, S. Experimentelle Studien iiber das Staphylolysin und Leucocidin von pathogenen Staphylokokken. Fukuoka ikwadaigaku zassi, 1928, 21: 14-6.—Thompson, R., A Khorazo, D. Anti- genic and biochemical properties of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 51. ------ Correlated antigenic and bio- chemical properties of staphylococci. Ibid., 34: 69-79.— Verwey, W. F. A type-specific antigenic protein derived from the Staphylococcus J. Exp. M., 1940, 71: 635-44— Weighard, C. W., A Julianelle, L. A. The immunological specificity of staphylococci; the chemical nature of the soluble specific sub- stances. Ibid., 19i>5, 62: 23-30. ----Antitoxin. See also subheading Immune serum. Bentivoglio, G. C. Sul contenuto di antitossina stafilo- coccica nel siero di sangue del bambino. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1936, 62: 448-57.—Bonnet, H., Thieffry, S., A Monte- fiore. L'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle chez lasouris. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 123: 781.—Brogi, G. Sulla presenza di antitossina stafilococcica negli essudati pleurici e nel liquido cefalorachidiano. Pediatria (Riv.) 1941, 49: 65- 74.—Carlinfanti, E. Presence d'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle et reaction dermique aux antigenes staphy- lococciques chez le cobaye. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 942-4.—Clinical (The) use of staphylococcus antitoxin. Bull. Lederle Laborat., 1940, 8: 69.—Djourichitch, M. Sur la pre- sence de staphylocoques toxigenes et d'antitoxine staphylo- coccique chez le cobaye neuf. C. rend, Sec. biol., 1938, 122: 609-11.—Dolman, C. E. Staphylococcus antitoxic serum in the treatment of acute staphylococcal infections and toxaemias. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 30: 601; 31: 1; 130.------Antitoxic immunity in the prophylaxis and treatment of staphylococcal infections. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 48.—Eschen, J. [De- termination of the diagnostic significance of staphylococcal antitoxins] Ugeskr. laeger, 1940, 102: 741.—Ghosh, B. N., A Ray, N. N. The Danysz phenomena in staphylococcal toxin- antitoxin reaction. Ind. J. M. Res., 1937, 25: 477-82.— Glenny, A. T., A Stevens, M. F. Staphylococcus toxins and antitoxins. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1935, 40: 201-10.— Gratia, A., A Nelis, P. L'ultracentrifugation du serum anti- staphylotoxique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 127: 840.—Gross, H. Die Wertbestimmungsmethoden des antitoxischen Sta- phylokkenserums. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1933, 79: 163-70.-— Hartley, P., A Smith, M. L. A proposed international standard for staphylococcus antitoxin. Q. Bull. Health Org. League of Nat., 1935, Jan., 68-120.—Ipsen, J. La presence naturelle des antitoxines staphylococciques a et j9 chez 1'humain. Acta path. microb. scand., 1940, 17: 42-5. ------ [Diagnostic signifi- cance of staphylococcal antitoxins] Ugeskr. laeger, 1940, 102: 739-41.------A Rostock, O. A provisional standard for staphylococcus /S antitoxin. Bull. Health Org. League of Nat., 1945-46, 12: 390-3.—Johnson, F. H., A Wright, G. G. In- fluence of hydrostatic pressure on the denaturation of staphy- lococcus antitoxin at 65° C. Proc Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S., 1946, 32: 21-5.—Kleiger, B., A Blair, J. E. The specific use of anti- toxin in staphylococcal infections. Bull. Hosp. Joint Dis., N. V., 1942, 3: 119-24.—Kourilsky, R., A Corre, L. Influence de la sous-alimentation sur le developpement de l'antitoxine staphylococcique chez l'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1945, 139: 169.—Lichty, J. A., jr, A Katsampes, C. P. A method for the determination of staphylococcal antitoxin and anricapsular agglutinin using capillarv blood. J. Laborat. Chn. M., 1942-43, 28: 1258-61.—Miller, W. T., A Heishman, J. O. Staphylo- coccal antitoxin in the blood, milk, and colostrum of cows. Am. J. Vet, Res., 1943, 4: 265-9. -Mineit, F. C. Staphylo- coccus antitoxin in the blood and milk of cows and other ani- mals. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1937, 50: 173-90.—Nelis, P. Action du serum antistaphylotoxique sur les paralysies staphy- lotoxiques experimentales du lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 212-5.------Infection experimental et immunite anticoxique staphalococciques. Ibid., 1384-7. ------ L'im- munite antitoxique staphylococcique. Rev. immun., Par., 1935, 1: 152 76. ------ A Picard, E. Sur la toxicite. de certains melanges neutres toxine-antitoxine staphylococciques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 610-2—Nelis. P., A Poncelet, F. L'antitoxine staphylococcique naturelle chez l'homme. Ibid., 118: 312-5.—Panton, P. N., Valentine, F. C. O., A Dix, V. W. Staphylococcal infection and antitoxin treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1931, 2: 1180-3.—Parker, J. T., A Banzhaf, E. J. Pro- duction of staphylococcus antitoxin in horses. J. Immun., Bait., 1927, 13: 25-9.—Ramon, G., Bonnet, H. [et al.] Sur la production du serum antistaphylococcique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 1002-4.—Ramon, G., Nelis, P., A Bonnet, H. Sur la floculation dans les melanges de toxine staphylococcique et de serum specifique; son aspect, ses caracteristiques, sa signification. Ibid., 1935, 119: 787-90.—Ramon, G., A Richou, R. L'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle, chez le cobaye et chez le lapin, suivant leur provenance, leur habitat, leur race; consequences theoriques et pratiques. Ibid., 1936, 121: 621-5.------Sur la production de l'antitoxine staphy- lococcique chez le cheval; influence de l'etat d'immunite naturelle et du rapprochement des injections d'antigene. Ibid., 1937, 124: 315-7. ■-----■ Sur la production rapide d'un serum antistaphylococcique de valeur antitoxique eievee. Rev. immun., Par., 1939, 5: 427-31. ------A Descazeaux, J. L'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle, chez l'homme et chez differentes especes animales. Ibid., 1935, 1: 401-14. ------Sur la presence d'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle chez l'homme et chez differentes especes animals. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 1070-2.—Richou, R. Sur la presence d'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle chez le rat, la poule et le pigeon. Ibid., 1936, 123: 741.------ Sur l'absence d'antitoxine staphylococcique d'origine naturelle dans le liquide cephalo-rachidien de sujets qui renferment dans leur serum cette antitoxine a des taux variables. Gaz. hop., 1940, 113: 468.—Ridgon, R. H. The effect of staphylococcus antitoxin on rabbits given broth cultures of staphylococci intravenously. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1937-38, 23: 159-63. ------ Effects of intraperitoneal injections of staphylococcus antitoxin in subcutaneous staphylococcic infection in mice. Ibid., 1939-40, 25: 251-7. ------ Localization and concen- tration of staphylococcus antitoxin in areas of rabbit's skin. Ibid., 1941-42, 27: 37-40.—Scapaticci, R. L'antitossina sta- filococcica nel colostro e nel latte di donna e di vacca. Lattante, 1938, 9: 363-71.—Seely. D. D., Stookey, P. F., A Sherwood, N. P. A study of staphylococcus antitoxin titers in normal human sera. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1944, 29: 1162-7.—Smith, M. L. The stability of staphylococcus a-antitoxin at different temperatures. Q. J. Pharm., Lond., 1939, 12: 699-706. ------ A Ipsen, J. The preparation of a second international standard for staphylococcus antitoxin. Bull. Health Org. League of Nat., 1938, 7: 845-52.—Staphylococcus antitoxin; refined and concentrated. Glasgow M. J., 1938, 129: 142.—Terpstra, J. I. De behandeling van staphylococcen-infecties met toxoid. Tschr. diergeneesk., 1947, 72: 204-11.—Timmerman, W. A. The assay of staphylococcus antitoxin by the haemolytic method. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1937, 18: 406-11.—Travassos, J. Sur une nouvelle methode du dosage de l'antitoxine staphy- lococcique. C. rend. Soc biol., 1933, 114: 371.------Pou- MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 38 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES voir preventif et curatif de l'antitoxine staphylococcique en relation avec l'effet tetanisant de la toxine. Ibid., 1934, 115: 1356-8.—Weaver, J. B., Tyler, M. W., A Schuerman, D. K. The production of staphylococcus antitoxin. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 1775-85.—Weiss, C. Availability of staphylococcal antitoxin after intramuscular injection into normal monkeys and men. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 43: 441-5.—Wright, G. G., A Srhomaker, V. Studies on the denaturation of antibody; the influence of pH and certain other factors on the rate of inactivation of staphylococcus antitoxin in urea solutions. J. Biol. Chem., 1948, 175: 109-77. ---- Antivirus. See also Micrococcus pyogenes (var. aureus) Pathogenicity. Garin, F. Contribution a l'etude des reac- tions intradermiques a 1'antivirus staphylococ- cique. 46p. 22^cm. Lausanne, 1938. Also Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1938, 58: 129-70. Aitoff, M. De i'antivirus staphylococcique en injection intraveineuse. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1026-8.— Balsamelli, F. Recherches experimentales sur les antivirus staphylococciques. Boll. ital. Soc internaz. microb., 1935, 7: 134—41.—Barg, G. S. Versuche zur Analyse der Immunisie- renden Wirkung der Staphylokokkenfiltrate. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1928, 108: 341-52.—Barnes, La V. A note on the use of specific wet dressings of staphylococci according to the method of Besredka. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 41.—Ceppi, E. Infection staphylococcique grave rapidement enrayee par I'antivirus. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 1261.— Fabiani, G. Mecanisme de Taction immunisante des antivirus en application local. C. rend. Soc biol., 1934, 116: 1076-8.—Gallenga, R. Ricerche sull'immunita locale dell'occhio coll'antivirus sta- filococcico. Boll, ocul., 1928, 7: 725-37.—Hunwicke, R. F. Note on the inhibitory effect of a staphylococcus anti- virus in relation to the pH of the medium. Lancet, Lond., 1929, 1: 771.—Hitch, Z., A Duran-Reynals, F. De I'anti- virus staphylococcique et de divers modes de sa prepara- tion. C. rend. Soc biol., 1926, 94: 1176.—Karetnikova, V. [Staphylococcic antivirus] Arch. biol. nauk, 1927, 27: 135-9.— Kato, M. Ueber den Einfluss von Staphvlokokken-Antivirus auf die Gewebskultur. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1935, 15: 321.—Kihoin, A., A Mori, N. Studien uber die Immunitat des Staphylokokkenantivirus. Ibid., 1938, 24: 875.—Marginesu, P. Ricerche sull'antivirus stafilococcico. Igiene mod., 1928, 21: 15-22.—Oesterlin, E. Ueber die Wirkung des Antivirus in vitro und in vivo. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1938, 142: 473-8.— Poleff, L. Action de l'adrenaline sur l'immunization locale par I'antivirus staphylococcique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 431-3.—Verlende, J. Recherches experimentales sur le pouvoir immunisant specifique du bouillon-antivirus staphylococcique. Rev. beige sc. med., 1934, 6: 817-49. ---- Bacteriophage [Staphylophage] Kasparek, B. *TJeber Staphylophagen [Frank- furt a. M.] p.369-79. 8? Beri., 1931. Also Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1931, 49: AssuncSo, L. de. Estudo sobre um estafibacteriofago isolado de polpa vacfnica. Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1933, 2: 140-59, 2 pi.—Berezman, G. I. [Etude experimental de Taction de Tantiphagine sur le cours des infiltrations staphylococciques] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1940, No. 7, 27-30.—Bulgakov, N., A Sertic, V. Sur des races de staphyphages isoiees de Teau d'egout. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 1258-60.—Burky, E. L. The effect of normal and immune staphylococcus rabbit serums on the action of staphylococcus bacteriophage. J. Immun., Bait., 1933, 24: 513-8. ------ The in vivo action of staphylococcus bacteriophage in presence of staphylococcus antitoxin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933, 31: 75-7.— Burnet, F. M., A Lush, D. The staphylococcal bacteriophages. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1935, 40: 455-69.—Burnet, F. M., A McKie, M. Type differences amongst staphylococcal bacterio- phages. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1929, 6: 21-31.—Callow, B. R. Further studies on staphylococcus bacteriophage. J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 41: 124-36.—D'Herelle, F., A Rakieten, M. L. The susceptibility of hemolytic staphylococci to bacteriophage. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100: 1014. ------ The adaptation of a staphylococcus bacteriophage to an artificially produced anti- bacteriophagic serum. J. Immun., Bait., 1935, 28: 413-23.— Duran-Reynals, F. Recherches sur un staphylocoque resistant au bacteriophage. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1928, 42: 695- 711.—Eaton, M. D. A quantitative study of the respiration of staphylococcus cultures lysed by bacteriophage. J. Bact, Bait., 1931, 21: 143-56.—Eisenberg-Merling, K. B. Micro- scopical observations on the bacteriophage of the Staphylo- coccus. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1941, 53: 385-90, pi.—Elford, W. J., Smiles, J. [et al.] Electron micrographs of Staphylo- coccus bacteriophage K and the viruses of vaccinia and New- castle disease. Biochem. J., Lond., 1947, 41: Suppl., p. xxv.— Fiszerow, H. [Specificity of staphylococcic bacteriophage; absorption of bacteriophage by various strains of staphylococci] Med. dosw., 1937, 22: 316-22.—Fong, J., A Krueger, A. P. The effect of sodium chloride on phage formation by staphy- lococci at elevated temperatures. J. Gen. Physiol., 1948-49, 32: 279-89.—Ganc, P. [Specificity of staphylococcic bacterio- phage; relation between agglutination of staphylococcic strains and their behaviour to bacteriophage] Med. do£w., 1937, 22: 323-30.—Givago, N., A Nikolsky, A. Sur l'etude du staphy- lophage. Rev. hyg., Par., 1930, 52: 431-40.—Gratia, A. Preliminary report on a staphylococcus bacteriophage. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1920-21, 18: 217-9. ------ Re- cherches sur Torigine du bacteriophage du staphylocoque. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1931, 46: 622-34. ------ Sur Torigine du bacteriophage du staphylocoque. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 941-3. ------A Namur, M. de. Individua- lite des principes lytiques staphylococciques de provenances differentes. Ibid., 1922, 87: 364-6.—Gratia, A., A Rhodes, B. Action du principe lytique sur les emulsions de staphylocoques vivants et de staphylocoques tues. Ibid., 1923, 89: 1171.— Henry, J. E., A Henry, R. J. Studies on the relationship between bacteriophage and bacterial host cell; adsorption of phage by resistant variants of Staphylococcus. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 52: 481-6.—Hewitt, L. F. Oxidation-reduction potentials of staphylococcus cultures; effect of bacteriophage. Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 2068-71.—Himmelweit, F. Combined action of penicillin and bacteriophage on staphylococci. Lancet, Lond., 1945, 2: 104.— Jern, H. Z., A Meleney, F. L. Studies in bacteriophage; the behavior of staphylococcus bacteriophage in human serum and blood. Surgery, 1943, 13: 434-43.—Krop- veld, S. M. [Studies on the bacteriophagy of staphylococci] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1923, 67: pt 1, 1228-32.—Levin, B. S., A Lominski, I. Inhibition et affaiblissement de la lyse micro- bienne transmissible en presence de diverses lecithines. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1220-3.—Lominski, I. Action a distance du bacteriophage staphylococcique sur le staphylo- coque. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 168-70. ------ Re- cherches sur la teneur en catalase des filtrats de cultures et des cultures microbiennes lvsees par le bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 839-41.— McKinley, E. B., A Douglass, M. Adsorption of staphylococcus bacteriophage by serum globulins. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.. 1929-30, 27: 844.— Nelson, Barbosa. AccSo curativa do bacteriophago estaphylo- coccico. Brasil med., 1923, 37: 297.-—Nicolle, P. Recherches sur le mode de multiplication des bacteriophages (bacteriophage staphylococcique Twort) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1940, 134: 547-50.—Northrop, J. H., A Krueger, A. P. The role of intra- cellular bacteriophage in lysis of susceptible staphylococci. J. Gen. Physiol., 1932, 15: 329-32.—Rakieten, M. L. Studies with staphylococcus bacteriophage; the preparation of poly- valent staphylococcus bacteriophage. Yale J. Biol., 1932, 4: 807-18, pi. •—-—• The effect of staphylococcus bacteriophage lysin on resistant strains of staphvlococci. J. Immun., Bait., 1933, 25: 127-37. ------ Rakieten, T. L., A Doff, S. The absorption of staphylococcus bacteriophages. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 32: 505-18.—Rakieten, M. L.. A Tiffany, E. J. The absorption of staphylococcus bacteriophages by enterococci. Ibid., 1938, 36: 155-73.—Renaux, E. Presence de principes lytiques dans les vieilles cultures de staphylocoques. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1934, 5. ser., 14: 655-67."—Roda, A. P. de. Staphylococcus bacteriophage; susceptibility of sixty-four Philippine strains of staphylococci to four races of imported polyvalent staphylococcus bacteriophage. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1935, 15: 459-63. ------ Sensitiveness of staphylococci from different sources to bacteriophagy. Ibid., 670-3.—Rountree, P. M. Staphylococcal bacteriophages; bacteriophage absorption by staphylococci. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1947, 25: 203-12.—Sachs, I. Esperimenti di adatta- mento di un batteriofago antistafilococcico alTorganismo vivente mediante passaggi nell'animale. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1936, 15: 18-21.—Spaulding, E. H., A Sage, D. The use of enzymatic hydrolysate of casein as a medium for the preparation of intravenous staphylococcus bacteriophage. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 106.—Wagon, P. Sur une forme speciale de plage claire d'un staphybactenophage, cultive sur geiose. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 706.—Wahl, R. Modi- fication profonde (mutation?) d'un staphylocoque sous l'in- fluence du bacteriophage. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1946, 72: 277-82.—Walker, J. E. The action of bacteriophage and chemical disinfectants on staphylococcus in subcutaneous injections. J. Infect. Dis., 1930, 46: 324-7.—Watanabe, T. Ueber die Wirkung von Staphylokokkenbakteriophagen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1922, 35: 603.—Wyckoff, R. W. G. An ultra- centrifugal analysis of concentrated staphylococcus bacterio- phage preparations. J. Gen. Physiol., 1937-38, 21: 367-73, 2 pi.—Zaytzeff-Jern, H., A Meleney, F. L. Studies in bac- teriophage; the effect of sulfapyridine and sulfanilamide on staphylococci and B. coli and their respective bacteriophages. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 1756-67. Bacteriophage: Resistance. Bernhof, F. G., A Rodkevich, L. V. [Staphylococcic anti- phagin] Sovet. med., 1944, 8: No. 6, 24.—Clifton, C. E. Photo- dynamic action of certain dyes on the inactivation of staphy- lococcus bacteriophage. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 745. ------ A Lawler, T. G. Inactivation of staphylo- coccus bacteriophage by toluidine blue. Ibid., 1929-30, 27: 1041.—Fong, J. The protective effect of sodium chloride against thermal destruction of the phage-forming mechanism in staphylococci. J. Gen. Physiol., 1947-48, 31: 473-6.— Krueger, A. P. The heat inactivation of antistaphylococcus bacteriophage. Ibid., 1932, 15: 363-8. ------ A Baldwin, D. M. The inactivation of bacteriophage by mercury bi- chloride; the reactivation of bichloride-inactivated phage. Ibid., 1933, 17: 129-33.—Krueger, A. P., Scribner, E. J., A MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 39 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES Mecracken, T. The photodynamic inactivation of phage precursor by methylene blue. Ibid., 1939-40, 23: 705-17.— Krupin, N. V., A Farafontova, K. A. [Effect of freezing on staphylococcic bacteriophage] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1942, No. 3, 76-84.— Nanavutty, S. H. The favourable influence of gelatin in the medium of the activity of a staphylococcus bacteriophage. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929-30, 11: 5-7.— Neter, E., A Clark, P. The effects of penicillin on Staphylo- coccus bacteriophage. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 48: 261.-—Price, W. H. Bacteriophage formation without bacterial growth; formation of staphylococcus phage in the presence of bacteria inhibited by penicillin. J. Gen. Physiol., 1947-48, 31:119-26.— Rakieten, M. L., Rakieten, T. L., A Doff, S. Inhibition of staphylococcus bacteriophage and the virus of vesicular sto- matitis. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 31: 55.—Robinson, G. H. The interference of antistaphylococcus serum with staphylo- coccus bacteriophage. Ibid., 1940, 39: 72.—Rountree, P. M. Staphylococcal bacteriophages; the effect of penicillin on staphylococcal bacteriophages. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1947, 25: 9-15.—Schultz, E. W. Inactivation of staphylococcus bacteriophage by trypsin. Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y.. 1927- 28, 25: 280-2. ------ A Krueger, A. P. Inactivation of staphyloccus bacteriophage by methylene blue. Ibid., 1928- 29, 26: 100.— Steinmann, J., A Weibel, S. Action des ondes courtes sur le bacteriophage antistaphylococcique. Rev. physiother., Par., 1938, 14: 356-63. ---- Bacteriophage: Therapeutic use. See also Micrococcosis, Treatment: Biological products; Micrococcus sepsis, Treatment: Bio- logical products. Bronfenbrenner, J., A Sulkin, S. E. Deleterious effects of local application of staphylococcus bacteriophage. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 1419-22. ------ Bacterio- phage therapy; on the nature of the deleterious effect of the local application of staphylococcus bacteriophage. J. Infect. Dis., 1939, 65: 64-72—King, W. E., Boyd, D. A., jr, A Conlin, J. H. The cause of local reactions following the administration of staphylococcus bacteriophage. Am. J. Chn. Path., 1934, 4: 336-45.—Moore, W. F., A Love, J. W. A preliminary report on the clinical application of a polyvalent staphylococcus bacteriophage in bronchoscopy. Am. J. M. Sc, 1935, 189: 91-5, pi.—Solovieva, J. V., A Borodai, V. M. [Purification of small-pox vaccine by means of staphyloccocal bacteriophage and preservation of the virulence of the vaccine] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1939, No. 11, 48-51. ---- Biology. Naidtj, P. M. N. *Beitrag zur Biologie der pyogenen Mikrokokken (Staphylokokken) der Haustiere. 62p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Blair, J. E. The stability of biological and biochemical properties of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1938, 35: 52.— Burke, V., Swartz, H., A Klise, K. S. Morphological life cycle of a staphylococcus-like organism and modification of the cycle. Ibid., 1943, 45: 415-30, pi.—Caminiti, S. SulTassocia- zione dello stafilococco con germi saprofiti; ricerche speri- mentali. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1939, 18: 651-76.—Feld- man, H. A. Incidence of certain biological characteristics among food poisoning staphylococci. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1946, 36: 55-7.—Gregoire, C. Contribution a l'etude de Themophagie staphylococcique de L. Muller. Sang, Par., 1930, 4: 546-97.—Gross, H. Zur Biologie der Staphylokokken. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 59: 510-6.—Ohtake, K. On the biologic character of staphylococci (first report) Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1931, 20: 2-4.—Sankin, S. L. [Peculiarities of the simultaneous development of B. mirabilis and Staphy- lococcus) J. mikrob., Moskva, 1941, No. 3, 91-4. ---- Carriage. Martin, T. D. M., A Whitehead, J. E. M. Carriage of penicillin-resistant Staph, pyogenes in healthy adults. Brit. M. J., 1949, 1: 173-5.—Mercier, P., A Pillet, J. Les porteurs de germes staphylococciques; role de l'infection nasale dans la diffusion de la maladie. Bull. Acad. nat. med., 1948, 132: 269-71. ----■— A Le Mer, G. Les fosses nasales, reservoir de virus staphylococcique? Presse med., 1948, 56: 658. ---- Chemistry. Akano, R. Biochemische Untersuchungen uber pathogene Bakterien; chemische Analyse von Staphylococcus pyogenes albus, aureus und citreus. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1934, 10: 464.—Arjona Trigueros, E. Composici6n qufmica de los esta- filococos, polisacaridos y proteinas. Nord. med., 1941, 10: 1652 (Abstr.)—Carrere, L. De Tobtention rapide des con- stituants somatiques du staphylocoque. Montpellier med., 1948, 33:-34: 213.—Krueger, A. P., A Nichols, V. C. The denaturation of staphylococcal proteins. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 30:401-9. ---- Classification and typing. See also subheading Identification. Seedorff, J. *Staphylococci; serological and fermentative classification of types as to staphy- lococcus sufferings (!) vaccine-treatment in cases of acne and furunculosis. 102p. 8? Kbh., 1924. Blair, J. E., A Hallman, F. A. Serologic grouping of staphy- lococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 81.—Cowan, S. T. The classification of staphylococci by precipitation and biological reactions. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1938, 46: 31-45.—De Alessi, E. Prove culturali eseguite su 35 stipiti di stafilococchi isolati da elementi normali e patologici. Gior. med. mil., 1939, 87: 1028-35.—Goyle, A. N., A Minchin, R. L. H. A note on the biochemical and serological classification of the staphylococci. Ind. J. M. Res., 1939-40, 27: 611-6.—Hegemann, G. Unter- suchungen iiber Typendifferenzierung der Staphylokokken. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1937-38, 140: 108-12.—Julianelle, L. A. Determination of staphylococcal types by fermentation of mannite. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937-38, 36: 117-9. ------ A Weighard, C. W. The immunological specificity of staphylococci; the occurrence of serological types. J. Exp. M., 1935, 62: 11-21.—Khan, B. N., A Aggarwal, L. C. In- vestigation into a special strain of staphylococcus. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1937, 68: 261-4.—Kourilsky, R., A Mercier, P. Sur les caraoteres differentiels des staphylocoques pathogenes et non pathogenes. Ann. biol. clin., Par., 1945, 3: 272.— McCltire, W. B., A Miller, A. M. Identification of identical strains of staphylococci in food poisoning and other infections by bacteriophage typing. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1946, 55: 36-9.— Moss, E. S., Squires, G. V., A Pitts, A. C. Classification of staphylococci. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1941, 11: 857-63.—Pera- gallo, I. Sulla possibile identificazione di eventuali tipi im- munologic! dello stafilococco. Gior. batt. immun., 1937, 18: 577-89.—Pirodda, A. Sui tipi sierologici di stafilococchi isolati del condotto uditivo esterno. Rass. med. sarda, 1938, 40: 279-85.—Rakieten, M. L., A Rakieten, T. L. Relationships between staphylococci and bacilli belonging to the subtilis group as shown by bacteriophage absorption. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 34: 285-300.—Rochaix, A., A Rivollier, P. Staphylo- coques dores et staphylocoques blancs. Progr. med., Par., 1939, pt 2, 1045.—Slanetz, L. W., A MacLeod, H. P. Studies on staphylococci of bovine origin. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 93.—Smith, H. W. The typing of staphylococci of animal origin by the bacteriophage method. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1948, 58: 179-88.------Investigations on the typing of staphylococci by means of bacteriophage; the origin and nature of lysogenic strains. J. Hyg., Lond., 1948, 46: 74—81. •----■— The significance of lysogenic strains in staphylococcal type designation. Ibid., 82-9.—Thompson, L. Morphologic and cultural study of staphylococci with special reference to source. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1932, 2: 125-34.—Typing of staphylococci. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1942, 1: Nov., 1.—Wilson, G. S., A Atkinson, J. D. Typing of staphylococci by the bacteriophage method. Lancet, Lond., 1945, 1: 647. ---- Coagulase [Staphylocoagulase] Schwerin, J. *Nogle unders0gelser over sta- phylocoagulase [K0benhavn] 155p. 22^cm. Aalborg, 1946. Agnew, S., Kaplan, M., A Spink, W. W. Comparative inhibitory effect of penicillin and streptomycin upon the action of staphylocoagulase. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1947, 65: 38-40.—Araujo Costa, G., A Trejos, A. Influencia da penicilina sobre alguns dos produtos metab61icos dos estafilococos; pesquisas sobre o mecanismo de inativacao da estafilocoagulase. Brasil med., 1946, 60: 156-60.—Ashcar, H., A Pires de Mes- quita, E. Identificacao dos estafilococos patogenicos; prova da plasmocoagulacao. Rev. Inst. Adolfo Lutz, S. Paulo, 1943, 3: 44-58.—Bekker, J. H. Studies on staphylococci; plasma coag- ulation reaction. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1947, 13: 63-6. Also Geneesk. gids, 1947, 25: 199-203.— Berens, C, A Chapman, G. H. Comparison of solid and liquid media for testing the coagulase activity of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 107.—Bergamini, L. Contributo alio studio della coagulasi stafilococcica. Boil. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1946, 25: 205-8.—Blair, J. E. The coagulase reaction for the identi- fication of pathogenic staphylococci. Bull. Hosp. Joint Dis., N. Y., 1946, 7:82.— Bruining, M., A Cohen, H. H. An investiga- tion about anticoagulase, ferment said to be produced by staphy- lococci. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1948, 14: 87-96. ------De techniek van de plasmabereiding voor de routine test, ter aantoning van het staphylocoagulase. Geneesk. gids, 1948, 26: 479-82.—Cadness-Graves, B., Williams, R. [et al.] Slide-test for coagulase-positive staphylococci. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 736-8.—Chapman, G. H. The comparative value of human plasma and human whole blood for testing the coagu- lating power of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 47: 211. ------ Differences in susceptibility of human blood to coagula- tion by staphylococci. Ibid., 1945, 50: 119. ------ The value of concentrated human whole blood and agar cultures for testing the coagulating power of staphylococci. Ibid., 1946, 52: 234. ------Berens, C, A Stiles, M. H. The coagulation of plasma by staphylococci. Ibid., 1941, 41: 431-40.—Coagulase (The) test for staphylococci. Gradwohl Laborat. Digest, 1941^2, 5: 4.—Colbeck, J. C, A Proom, H. Use of dried rabbit plasma for the staphylococcus coagulase test. Brit. M. J., 1944, 2: 471.—Cruickshank, R. Staphylocoagulase. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1937, 45: 295-303.—Dienst, R. B. A study of recently isolated strains of staphylococci and their ability to coagulate human plasma. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1941-42, 27: 663-5.—Evans, J. B. Studies of staphylococci MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 40 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES with special reference to the coagulase-positive types. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 55: 793-800.—Fairbrother, R. W. Coagu- lase production as a criterion for the classification of the staphylococci. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1940, 50: 83-8.— Field, H. I., A Smith, H. W. The coagulase test for staphylo- cocci. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1945, 55: 63-9.—Fisk, A. The technique of the coagulase test for staphylococci. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1940, 21: 311-4.—Foley, E. J. The use of dried plasma for the coagulase test. Science, 1942, 95: 416.— Gerheim, E. B. Staphylococcal coagulation and fibrinolysis. Nature, Lond., 1948, 162: 732. ------ Ferguson, J. H., A Travis, B. L. Activation of staphylocoagulase. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1947, 66: 525-7. ------ Staphylocoagulase and staphylokinase. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1948, 7: 41.—Gross, H. Der Plasmagerinnungsstoff der Staphylokokken. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1931, 122: 354-61.—Hale, J. H., A Smith, W. The influence of coagulase on the phagocytosis of staphylococci. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1945, 26: 209-16.—Harper, E. The routine use of the coagulase test for staphylococci. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1943, 2: 19-22.— Hodgson, R. Coagulase-positive staphylococci. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 2: 174.—Kaplan, M. H., A Spink, W. W. Studies of the staphylocoagulase reaction; nature and properties of a plasma activator and inhibitor. Blood, Bait., 1948, 3: 573-85. Also in Sympos. Hemat., N. Y., 1949, 476-88.—Kemkes, B. Plasmakoagulase und Pathogenitat der Staphylokokken. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1928, 109: 11-6.—Lominski, I., A Milne, J. A. Heat resistance and filterability of staphylocoagulase. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1947, 59: 516-8.—Lominski, I., A Roberts, G. B. S. A substance in human serum inhibiting staphylo- coagulase. Ibid., 1946, 58: 187-99.—Martyn, G. Staphylo- cocci in the newborn; their coagulase production and resistance to penicillin and streptomycin. Brit. M. J., 1949, 1: 710-2.-— Mercier, P., Pillet, J., A Defosse, G. Action inhibitrice d'un extrait de rate sur la staphylocoagulase. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1947, 141: 139.—Mercier, P., Pillet, J., A Pery, R. Pouvoir antigenique de la coagulase staphylococcique; etude du plasma des lapins traites avec cette substance. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1948, 74: 148-50.—Miale, J. B., A Frye, J. W. Standard test for staphylococcus coagulase activity. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1948, 18: 95.—Needham, G. M., Ferris, V., A Spink, W. W. The correlation of the rapid slide method with the tube method for differentiating coagulase-positive from coagulase-negative strains of staphylococci. Ibid., Techn. Sect., 1945, 9: 83-5.— Penfold, J. B. Coagulase production by staphylococci on a solid medium. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1944, 56: 247-50.— Pijoan, M. A study on the blood-coagulating substance pro- duced by staphylococci and its relation to disease. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1935, 32: 476-81.—Pillet, J., Mercier, P., A Pery, R. Pouvoir antigenique de la coagulase staphylococcique; etude du serum des lapins traites avec cette substance. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1948, 74: 150-3.—Reid, J. D., A Jackson, R. M. An improved method for determining the coagulase activity of staphylococci by means of the plasma agar plate. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1945, 30: 155-60.—Schalm, O. W. Hotis test re- actions produced by toxicogenic, coagulase-positive staphylo- cocci. Am. J. Vet. Res., 1948, 9: 11-9, pi.—Smith, W., Hale, J. H., A Smith, M. M. The role of coagulase in staphylococcal infections. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1947, 28: 57-67.—Spink, W. W., A Jermsta, J. The coagulase test for staphylococci. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 1244.—Spink, W. W., A Vivino, J. J. The coagulase test for staphylococci and its correlation with the resistance of the organisms to the bactericidal action of human blood. J. Clin. Invest., 1942, 21: 353-6.—Sudhues, M., A Schimrigk, R. Beitrag zum Plasmagerinnungsphanomen bei Staphylokokkenerkrankungen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1933, 80: 42-51.—Tager, M. Studies on the eoagulase-reacting factor; the reaction of staphylocoagulase with the components of human plasma. Yale J. Biol., 1947-48, 20: 369-80. ------ Concentration, partial purification, properties, and nature of staphylocoagulase. Ibid., 487-501. ■------ A Hales, H. B. Quantitative coagulase and toxin production by staphylococci in relation to the clinical source of the organisms. Ibid., 41-9. ------ The experimental production of antibodies to staphylo- coagulase. J. Immun., Bait., 1948, 60: 475-85.------ Differences in the resistance of human plasmas to staphylo- coagulase. Yale J. Biol., 1948-49, 21: 91-7.—Taylor, J. I., A McDiarmid, A. The use of plasma, incorporated in solid medium, for the detection of coagulase positive staphylococci of bovine origin. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1948, 58: 134-7.— Techniek (De) van de plasmabereiding voor de routine test, ter aantoning van het staphylocoagulase. Geneesk. gids, 1948, 26: 529.—Vanbreuseghem, R. Solubilite de la fibrine formee par Taction de la staphylocoagulase sur le liquide d'ascite. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1235-7. ------ Solubilite de la fibrine formee par Taction de la staphylocoagulase sur le plasma oxalate. Ibid., 1237.—Vedder, A., Meylink, B., A Uyldert, I. E. Staphylocoagulation. Acta brevia neerl., 1947-48, 15: 78-82, pi.—Walker, B. S. Staphylocoagulase and related substances. Bull. N. England M. Center, 1946, 8:54-9.------Schaffer, N. K., A Derow, M. A. Inactivation of staphylocoagulase by trypsin and pepsin. Science, 1947, 106:347. ------ The partial purification of staphylocoagulase and the effect of certain presumptive inhibitors upon its plasma- coagulating action. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 56: 191-4.—Walston, H. D. The clotting of plasma through staphylococci and their products. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1935, 35: 549-58.—Washburn, R. E. The coagulase test for pathogenic staphylococci. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1944, 6: 151-3.—Williams, R. E. O., A Harper, G. J. Determination of coagulase and alpha-haemolysin production by staphylococci. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1946, 27: 72-81.—Woods. E. F., A Parkin, B. J. The plate test for coa, gulase production by staphylococci. Austral. J. Exp. Biol- 1946, 24: 33-5.—Zunz, E. Emploi de la staphylocoagulase pour mesurer la dur6e de la transformation du proserozyme eD serozyme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 185-7. ---- Culture. Ohashi, S., & Hong, L. Y. Beitrag zur Kul- turmethode der Staphylokokken fiir die Ge- winnungvonFiltratgift. p.83-91. 8? Shanghai, 1937. Forms Separate Print No. 2, Shanghai Sc. Inst. Dep. Bact. Canger, G. Sul alcuni caratteri culturali degli stafilococchi e degli streptococchi piogeni. Gior. batt. immun., 1937, 19: 694-704.—Chapman, G. H. The significance of sodium chloride in studies of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1945, 50: 201-3.------Ad vantages of incubation at 30° C for the study of staphylococci. Ibid., 1947, 53: 367.—Hughes, T. P. Growth requirement of staphylococci. Ibid., 1932, 23: 437-47.— Mitchell, P. D., A Valyi-Nagy, T. Estimation of growth rate of a staphylococcus. J. Gen. Microb.. Lond., 1949, 3: Suppl., p. xviii.—Oerskov, J. Zuchtung einiger Virusstamme von der Kaninchenhaut. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1931, 121: 49-54.— Porter, J. R., A Pelczar, M. J., jr. Biotin, bios Hb, vitamin H, an essential growth factor for certain staphylococci. Science, 1940, 91: 576.—Sartory, A., Meyer, J., A Netter, A. Etude de Teffet activant de differents melanges de facteurs energe- tiques, combines a la dose optima, sur la croissance d'un Staphylocoque et d'une levure abiotiques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1939, 208: 1931-3.—Tria, E., A Lenzi, G. Ricerche sull'azione della penicillina e della vitamina B sullo sviluppo dello stafilo- cocco in vitro. Riv. clin. med., 1947, 47: 120. ---- Culture medium. Stegmuller, H. *Der Einfluss der Mucila- ginosa auf das Wachstum von Staphylokokken. 15p. 8? Wiirzb., 1931. Chapman, G. H. Specificity of the dye in the crystal-violet agar reaction of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 32: 199-205. ------ Specificity of selective isolation media for probable pathogenic staphylococci. Ibid., 1942, 43: 105. ------ The reliability of bromthymol-blue lactose agar and bacto phenol-red mannitol agar for the isolation of pathogenic staphylococci. Ibid., 1944, 48: 555-7. -—---- An improved Stone medium for the isolation and testing of food-poisoning staphylococci. Food Res., 1948, 13: 100-5. ------A Berens, C. Crystal violet agar as a differential medium for staphy- lococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 29: 437-48.—Chapman, G. H., Lieb, C. W., A Curcio, L. G. The use of bromthymol blue agar and phenol red mannitol agar for the isolation of pathogenic types of staphylococci. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1938, 8: Suppl., 3-11.—Gross, H. Ueber das Verhalten der Staphylokokken in der Plasmakultur. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1928, 107: 198-202.— Koch, F. E. Elektivnahrboden fur Staphylokokken. Ibid., 1942-43, 149: 122-4.—Kuroya, M., A Kurose, M. Ueber die Differenzierung der pathogenen Staphylokokken durch ihr Glukosamin spaltendes Vermogen und uber ihre Virulenz- steigerung auf Glukosaminnahrboden. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1940, 38: 590-601.—Maitland, H. B., A Martyn, G. A selective medium for isolating Staphylococcus based on the differential inhibiting effect of increased concentrations of sodium chloride. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1948, 60: 553-61.— Ne4is, P. Nouveau milieu de culture pour la production de la toxine staphylo- coccique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 724.—O'Meara, R. A. Q., A Macsween, J. C. The failure of staphylococcus to grow from small inocula in routine laboratory media. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1936, 43: 373-84. ------ The influence of copper in peptones on the growth of certain pathogens in peptone broth. Ibid., 1937, 44: 225-34.—Onufrio, O. Sopra un terreno elettivo (agar-alcool 10%) per l'isolamento di stafilococchi commisti ad altri batteri. Gior. batt. immun., 1929, 4: 461-4.—Segalove, M., Davison, E., A Dack, G. M. Growth of a food-poisoning strain of staphylococcus experi- mentally inoculated into canned foods. Food Res., 1943, 8: 54-7.—Sonnenschein, C. Bakterienwachstum auf Nahragar mit 10% Alkohol; Elektivnahrboden fur Staphylokokken. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1930, 116: 218-20.—Truffi, G. Lo sviluppo dei germi patogeni sui tessuti morti (esperienze con otafilo- cocchi) Pathologica, Genova, 1931, 23: 582-5.—Verge, J., A Thieulin, G. Le milieu eiectif d'Onufrio pour la culture des staphylocoques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 850. ---- Ecology. Gillespie E. H., Devenish, E. A., A Cowan, S. T. Patho- genic staphylococci; their incidence in the nose and on the skin, Lancet, Lond., 1939, 2: 870-3.—Smith, A. N. The incidence of potentially pathogenic staphylococci in the nose and on the skin of healthy subjects. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 76:341-4. ---- Enterotoxin. See also subheading Toxin; also Micrococcosis. Food poisoning. Bayliss, M. Studies on the mechanism of vomiting pro- duced by staphylococcus enterotoxin. J. Exp. M., 1940, 72: MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 41 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 669-84.—Buttiaux, R., A Brogniart, R. Techniques d'isole- ment des staphylocoques pathogenes; identification des staphy- locoques enterotoxiques. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1947, 73: 830-4.—Davison, E. Some physical and chemical properties of staphylococcus enterotoxin. Arch. Path , Chic, 1939, 27: 803.------• A Dack, G. M. Some chemical and physical studies of staphylococcus enterotoxin. J. Infect. Dis., 1939, 64: 302-6. ------ Production of staphylococcus enterotoxin in canned corn, salmon, and oysters. Food Res., 1942, 7: 80^4. ------ A Cary, W. E. Attempts to assay the enterotoxic substance produced by staphylococci by parenteral injection of monkeys and kittens. J. Infect. Dis., 1938, 62: 219-23.— Dolman, C. E. Staphylococcus enterotoxin. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5:363-8. — ■---- Antigenic properties of staphylococcus enterotoxin. Canad. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 35: 337-51. ■------A Wilson, R. J. Experi- ments with staphylococcal enterotoxin. J. Immun., Bait., 1938, 35: 13-30. ------ The kitten test for staphylococcus enterotoxin. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1940, 31: 68-71. ------ A Cockcroft, W. H. A new method of detecting staphylococcus enterotoxin. Ibid., 1936, 27: 489-93.—Favorite, G. O., A Hammon, W. McD. The production of staphylococcus entero- toxin and alpha hemolysin in a simplified medium. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 305-16.—Foley, G. E., Wheeler, S. M., A Getting, V. A. Food-borne streptococcus poisoning and infec- tion; the differentiation of staphylococcal enterotoxin from toxic substances produced in minced tissue media by hemolytic streptococci and other agents. Am. J. Hyg., 1943, 38: 250-9.— Fulton, F. Staphylococcal enterotoxin, with special reference to the kitten test. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1943, 24: 65-72.— Hammon, W. McD. Staphylococcus enterotoxin; an improved cat test, chemical and immunological studies. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1941, 31: 1191-8.—Hopkins, E. W., A Poland, E. F. Young pigs as test animals for staphylococcus enterotoxin. Food Res., 1942, 7: 414-9. Also J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 269.— Kupchik, G. J. Some cultural and biochemical characteristics of enterotoxic staphylococci. J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 61: 320-4.— McBurney, R. A critical review of studies on the methods used for detecting enterotoxic strains of staphylococci involved in food-poisoning outbreaks. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1S39) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 405-11.—North, W. R., jr. Staphylococcus enterotoxin in relation to alpha-hemolvsin production in simple media. Food Res., 1943, 8: 169-78.— Phatak, N. M., A Pentler, C. F. Anesthetized kittens used to test for staphy- lococcus enterotoxin. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 43: 258.—Reich, N. E. Epidemiology of a food poisoning epidemic (staphylococcus enterotoxin) Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1947, 14: 238-40.—Richmond, J. J., Reed, C. I. [et al.] The effect of staphylococcus enterotoxin on isolated rabbit gut segments. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 44: 201-5.—Rigdon, R. H. Observations on Dolman's test for determining the presence of staphylococcal enterotoxin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 38: 82-4.— Segalove, M. The effect of penicillin on growth and toxin production by enterotoxic staphylococci. J. Infect. Dis., 1947, 81: 228-43. ------ A Dack, G. M. Relation of time and temperature to growth and enterotoxin production of staphylococci. Food Res., 1941, 6: 127-33— Silvestri, G. Infarti intestinali sperimentali da schoc da intolleranza medi- ante tossina stafilococcica enterotossica. Gior. batt. immun., 1947, 36: 283.—Surgalla, M. J. A study of the production of staphylococcal enterotoxin in chemically defined mediums. J. Infect. Dis., 1947, 81: 97-111. ------ A Hite, K. E. A study of enterotoxin and alpha- and beta-hemolysin production by certain staphylococcus cultures. Ibid., 1945, 76: 78-82. ------ Production of staphylococcal enterotoxin in chemically defined media. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1946, 61: 244. --- Enzyme. Ashworth, P. An enzyme in staphylococci. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 36.—Bergamini, L. Studio sui rapporti fra coagulasi ed a-emolisina stafilococcica, e sulla loro distribuzione nei tessuti durante Tinfezione. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1946, 25: 246-53. —Birch-Hirschfeld, L. Die Staphylokokkenesterase und ihre Beziehung zum Hemolysin. Zschr. Hyg., 1936-37, 119: 431-9.—Bruni, A. La determinazione della lipasi tributir- rinolitica degli stafilococchi quale mezzo di possibile diffe- renziazione dei patogeni dai non patogeni; con un grafico nel testo. Gior. batt. immun., 1939, 22:42-9.—Chapman, G. H., A Stiles, M. H. Carbohydrate fermentation reactions of staphy- lococci. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1940, 10: 380-6.—Franco, E. Ricerche sulla lipasi tributirrinolitica dello stafilococco; azione dei R. U. V. e delle sostanze fotodinamiche. Igiene mod., 1936, 29: 269-79.—Gerheim, E. B., A Ferguson, J. H. Species reactivity of staphylocoagulase and staphylokinase. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1949, 8: 56.—Gross, H. Ueber Staphylokokken- fermente. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1928, 108: 241-5.------ Die Fermente und Giftstoffe der Staphylokokken. Erg. Hyg. Bakt., 1932, 13: 516-58, 3 pi.—Neter, E. Fibrinolytic, anti- coagulating and plasma-clotting properties of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 34: 243-54.—Nicolai, H. W., A Kageura, N. Ueber den Fermentstoffwechsel der Bakterien; Untersu- chungen am Staphylokokkus. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 196: 246-56.—Villara, G. Effetti delle modificazioni del pH ambien- tale sulla lipasi dello stafilococco. Riv. pat. sper., 1937, 18: 95-103. ---- Fibrinolysis Chapman, G. H. Lysis of precipitated fibrinogen in agar medium by staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 313— j Fisher, A. M. The fibrinolytic properties of staphylococci. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1936, 59: 415-26.—Gengou, O. Contribution k l'etude de Taction du staphylocoque sur le plasma oxalate et sur le fibrogene. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1933, 51: 14-31.—Gerheim, E. B., Ferguson, J. H. [et al.] Staphylococcal fibrinolysis. Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1948, 68: 246-8.—Gratia, A. Action fibrinolytique du staphylocoque. Arch, internat. physiol., Liege, 1921, 18: 355-7.—Madison, R. R. Fibrinolytic staphylococci. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1935-36, 33: 209-11. —— A Dart, E. E. Veterinary staphylo-fibrinolysin. Ibid., 1936, 34: 299.—Rountree, P. M. Some observations on fibrinolysin and beta toxin of staphy- lococci. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1947, 25: 359-61. ---- Filtrate and lysate. See also subheading Toxin. Bertini, G. Ricerche sperimentali intorno all'azione dei filtrati di stafilococco sull'immunita peritoneale. Gior. batt. immun., 1930, 5: 1784-96.—Birch-Hirschfeld, L. Ueber die Wirksamkeit der Extrakte von auf Zellophanagar geziichteten Staphylokokken. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1933-34, 81: 260-85.— Bormann, F. von. Hautreaktionen mit Filtraten der Staphy- lokokkenbouillonkulturen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1937, 140: Beih., 97-9.—Borthwick, G. R. Experimental observations on the toxic effects of staphylococcal filtrates introduced enterally in laboratory animals. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1933, 14: 236-40.—Dack, G. M., Jordan, E. O., A Woolpert, O. Attempts to immunize human volunteers with staphylococcus filtrates that are toxic to man when swallowed. J. Prev. M., 1931, 5: 151-9.—Dediulin, I. M. [Intracutaneous reaction in guinea pigs for sedimentation products of staphylococcic filtrate] Mikrob. J., Leningr., 1929, 9:296-300.—Dei Rossi, A. Ricerche sperimentali su filtrati di stafilococco osteomielitogeno. Arch. ital. chir., 1929, 23: 153-71.—Ebert, B., A Saschina, S. Experi- mentalstudien zur Frage iiber die Wirkung von Staphylokokken- bouillonfiltraten nach Besredka. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1926, 99: 259-63.—Gross, H. Die Kulturfiltratstoffe der Staphylokokken und deren Beziehungen zueinander. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1931-32, 73: 14-26.—Jordan, E. O., Dack, G. M., A Woolpert, O. The effect of heat, storage and chlorination on the toxicity of staphylococcus filtrates. J. Prev. M., 1931, 5: 383-6.— Jordan, E. O., A McBroom, J. Results of feeding staphylo- coccus filtrates to monkeys. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1931, 29: 161.—Levine, B. S. Studies in staphylococcus toxin; the phenomenon of hot-cold lysis by active staphylococcus filtrates. J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 61: 345-7.—Neuman, I. L. [Active, prophylactic immunization with staphylofiltrate by Prof. A. M. Krichevsky's method] Vrach. delo, 1936, 19: 285-8.—Berne, G. Versuche mit Staphylokokkenkultur- filtraten. Mschr. Kinderh., 1930, 48: 70-3.—Rigano-Irrera, D. II comportamento dell'attivit& fagocitaria per azione di filtrati di brodocultura di stafilococco introdotti nel cavo peritoneale. Riv. pat. sper., 1933-34, 11: 17-22.—Schmidt, H., A Greifen- stein, A. Ueber wachstumshemmende und bakterienlosende Eigenschaften der Filtrate alter Staphylokokken-Bouillon- Kulturen. Munch, med. Wschr., 1924, 71: 744.—Smith, G. H. Some properties of staphylococcus culture filtrates. Yale J. Biol., 1939-40, 12: 591-9.—Stookey, P. F., A Scarpellino, L. A. Dermonecrotic properties of staphylococcus filtrates. South. M. J., 1935, 28: 148-52.—Zhurbina, V. I. [Antigenous proper- ties of staphylococcic Iysates obtained by lysozyme] Ann. Mechnikov. Inst., Kharkov, 1936, 5: 219. ---- Genetics. Mellon, R. R., A Caldwell, D. W. Studies in microbic heredity; the genetic origin of Staphylococcus albus and aureus from common ancestral strains. J. Bact., Bait., 1926, 12: 409-26. ---- Hemolysin [Staphylolysin] St>e also subheading Toxin. Benedek, T. Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkungsdynamik des normalen Pferdeserums als Antistaphylolysin in klinischer, bakteriologischer und histologischer Beziehung. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1926, 47: 97-110— Beumer, J. Thermore- sistance ou thermolabilitede Themolysine staphylococcique; influence du pH. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 283-6.------ Action du saccharose sur le comportement a, la chaleur de la staphylohemolysine. Ibid., 286-8.—Bigger, J. W., Boland, C. R., A O'Meara, R. A. Q. A new method of preparing staphylococcal hsemolysin. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1927, 30: 271-7.—Burnet, F. M. Observations on Miiller's phenomenon; distant punctate haemolysis of blood agar by staphylococci. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1928, 5: 207-12, 2 pi.—Casman, E. P. Further studies on the production of staphylococcal a-hemo- lysin in fluid media. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 84. ■------ The production of staphylococcal alphahemolysin; the role of agar. Ibid., 40: 601-17.—Christie, R., A Graydon, J. J. Observations on staphylococcal haemolysins and staphylo- coccal lipase. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1941, 19: 9-16.—Dudgeon, L. S., A Goadby, H. K. Further observations on the staphy- lococci, with special reference to their haemolysins and varia- bility. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1930-31, 30: 180-95, pi.—Flaum, A., A Forssman, J. Experimental investigations of staphy- lolysin. Acta path, microb. scand., 1936, 13: 263-72.— Forssman, J. Studien iiber das Staphylolysin. Biochem. j Zschr., 1933, 265: 291-319. ------ Recherches sur la sta- 824787—VOL. 11, 4th series----4 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 42 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES phylolysine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 639-41. ------ The fixation of staphylolysin by blood corpuscles and the haemolvtio action of stanhvlolvsin. Acta path, microb. scand., 1939, 16: 335-45.—Gillespie, W. A., A Simpson, P. M. Patho- genic staphylococci: detection of or-lysin production on rabbit- and sheep-blood-agar plates. Brit. M. J., 1948, 2: 902.— Gladstone, G. P. The production of staphylococcal a-haemo- lvsin in a chemically-defined medium. Prit. J. Exp. Path., 1938, 19: 208-26.—Gross. H. Pas Filtrathamolysin der Staphylokokken. Zbl. Bakt.. 1. Abt., 1931-32, 123: 212-8. ------Ueber die Brauchbarkeit und den diagnostischen Wert der Antistaphylolysinreaktion. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 907.— Hertel, F. Der Wert der Antistaphvlolvsinreaktion. Zbl. Chir., 1938. 65: 1575. —----A Sartorius. F. Neuere Ergeb- nisse zur Technik und klinischen Brauchbarkeit der Anti- staphylolysinreaktion Beitr. klin. Chir., 1939, 169: 635-49.— Mcllwain, H. The effect of agar on the production of staphy- lococcal a-haemolysin. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1938, 19: 411-7 — Mercier. P. Sur le mecanisme de Tinhibition de pouvoir hemolvtiqu e de la toxine staph vlococcioue par Ta oid e ascorbiou e (vitamine G) C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1938, 127: 297-9.—Mondry. F. Zur klinischen Bedeutung der Antistaphvlolvsinreaktion und der Staphvlokinasewirkung (zugleich ein Beitrag zur infektiosen Thrombose) Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932-33, 238: 713-29.—Ohtake, K. Study on biological character of Staphy- lococci, with special reference to various conditions of the production of staphylolys'n. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1931, 20: 3. ------ On non-haemolytical variant cocci of hae- molvtic staphylococci (additional study of Dudgeon and Goadby's work) Ibid., 1932, 21: 11.—Packalen, T. Observa- tions on a peculiar tvpe of staphylococcal hemolysis. Acta path, microb. scand., 1938, Suppl. 38, 142-4.—Panayotatou. A. Contribution k l'etude du pouvoir hemolytioue des staphy- locoques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 194.—Podetti, V. II significato del potere emolitico della stafilococco rispetto ai corpuscoli rossi del soegetto da cui a stato isolato. Gior. batt. immun., 1935, 15: 633-9.—Rhodes, G. B. Satellite hemolytic zones in blood agar staphylococcus cultures. J. Infect. Dis., 1938, 62: 124-8.—Roy. T. E. The titration of alpha and beta haemolysins in staphylococcal toxin. .T. Immun., Bait., 1937, 33: 437-69.—Silvestri, G. Ricerche sull'azione di attenuazione che esercitano i globuli bianchi sul potere emolitico della tossina stafilococcica. Gior. batt. immun., 1947, 36: 457-65.— Smith, M. L., A Price, S. A. Staphylococcus |8-haemolysin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1938, 47: 361-77. ------ Staphylo- coccus -y-haemolysin. Ibid., 379-93.—Taper, M. Factors modifying the reaction of alpha staphylolysin to heat. Yale J. Biol., 1941-42, 14: 69-88.—Thayeen, E. H. Differentiation of beta staphylolysin in two antigenicallv different components. Acta path, microb. scand., 1948, 25: 529-39.—Williams, R. E. O., A Harper, G. J. Staphylococcal haemolysins on sheep-blood agar with evidence for a fourth haemolvsin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1947, 59: 69-78, 3 pi. ---- Identification and differentiation. See also other subheadings (Classification and typing; Culture medium: Pathogenicity) Liebmann, I. *Zur Differenzierung der Sta- nhvlokokken [Rostock] 30p. 8° Charlottenb., 1933. Reamer, P. R., Goodof, I. I.. A Smilh, F. B. Evaluation of clinical laboratory tests for pathoeenic staphylococci based on histologic examinations of lesions in the tissues. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1944, 14: 350-7.—Bier, O. Sobre a diferenciacao entre os estafilococos piogenicos e os estafilococos da pele. Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1932, 1: 415-23.—B0e. J. On the distinction between pathogenic and non-pathogen'c staphylococci. Acta path, microb. scand., 1944, 21: 721-30.—Brairin, Z. R. K vonrosu o differenciacii stafilokokkov. Vrach. gaz., 1911, 18: 757.—Bru°chettini, G. Sulla differenz:azione degli stafilococchi. Ann. igiene, 1942, 52: 249-60.—Burke, V., A Kaplan, A. M. Comparison of the Dolman kitten test, the Stone cultural screen test, and the Slocum-Linden agglutination test for enterotoxic staphylococci. Food Res., 1943, 8: 243-8.— Chapman, G. H. The isolation and testing of probable patho- genic staphylococci. J. Bact., Fait., 1940, 39: 5. ------ The isolation of pathogenic staphylococci from feces. Ibid., 1944, 47: 211. ------Berens, C. Tet all The differentiation of pathogenic staphylococci from non-pathogenic tvpes. Ibid., 1938, 35: 311-34.—Chapman, G. H., I ieb, C. W. [et al.] The isolation of probable pathogenic staphylococci. Ibid., 1937, 33: 533-43.—Curcio, L. G., A Chapman, G. H. The isolation of pathogenic staphylococci from mixed cultures. Ibid., 55.— Dudgeon, L. S., A Simp°on, J. W. H. On the differentiation of the staphylococci, with special reference to the precipitin reactions. J. Hye., Cambr., 1927-28, 27: 160-73.—Fredericq, P., A Betz, M. Differenciation des staphylocoques pathogenes et non pathogenes par Taction antibiotique d'un bacille gram positif. C. rend. Soc biol., 1946, 140: 1192-4.—Kourilsky, R., A Mercier, P. Sur les methodes de differenciations entre les staphylocoques pathogenes et non pathogenes. Rev. immun., Par., 1942, 7: 53-73.—Kuroya, M., A Kurose, M. Olukosamin und pathogene Bakterien; weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Differenzierung der pathogenen Staphylokokken durch ihr Glukosamin spaltendes Vermoaen. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1943-44, 46: 68-75.—Meyer. R. Zur Isolierung von Staphy- lokokken aus stark verunreinigtem Material unter Ausnutzung der Kochsalzresistenz. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1943-44, 151: 264-9.—Muramoto, G. Ueber eine neue Differenzierungs- methode von Staphylokokken (Epsteinsches Phanomen) Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1936, 40: 171.—Petragnani. V. Isolamento ed identificazione dei caratteri morfologici, colturali e biologici del botriococco. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1932, 11: 33-8.— Pinetti, P. Sulla possibility di differenziare gli stafilococchi patogeni in base al loro comportamento sui terreni al cristal- violetto. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: 215-36.—Savitch, M. Zur Differenzierung der Staphylokokken und urethralen grampositiven Kokken. Zbl. Pakt., 1. Abt., 1931-32, 123: 27-34.—Sickles, G. M. Staphylococcus cultures obtained at autopsy from rabbits under immunization with pneumococci. Annual Rep. N. York State Dep. Health, 1941, lO.-r-Strean, L. P. The combining power of staphylococcus toxoid as an identity test. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 1607. ---- Immune serum. Bonnet. H., Thieffry. S., A Montefiore, C. Action du serum antistaphylococcique dans l'infection staphylococcias experi- mentale du lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 1004-6.— Bi'ttner, R. Vergleichende bakteriologische und klinische Untersuchungen iiber das normale Pferdeserum und anti- toxische Staphylokokkenserum als Antistaphylotoxine. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1936-37, 248: 391-401.—Combiesco, D., Istrati, G. let al.] Action du serum antistaphylococcioue dans l'in- fection staphylococcique experimental chez le lapin. C. rend. Soc biol., 1936, 121: 177-9.—Farrell, L. N., A Fitchinp, J. S. Passive protection of mice with immune horse serum against living staphylococci. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1940, 50: 439-53.— Forssman, J. On the aspecific and specific effect of sera against staphylococci. Acta path, microb. scand., 1936, 13:486-501.— McNamee, H. G. The treatment of severe staphylococcal infection with specific type-A antibacterial serum. Ann. Surg., 1942, 115: 308-17.—Virgilio, F. Ricerche sperimentali intorno alia vaccinazione stafilococcica e relativa produzione di siero immune. Arch, sc biol., Nap., 1926, 8: 338-46. ---- Kinase [Staphylokinase] Lack, C. H. Staphylokinase; an activator of plasma pro- tease. Nature, Lond., 1948, 161: 559.—Lieb, F.. A Moee, J. Versuche iiber Staphylokinase und Antistaphvlokinase. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1949, 61: 74-6. ---- Leukocidin. Proom, H. The inter-relationships of staphylococcal leucocidins. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1937, 44: 425-9.—Wright, J. Staphylococcal leucocidin (Neisser-Wechsberg type) and anti- leucocidin. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 1002-4. ---- Metabolism. Colwell, E. V. The relation of aerobiosis to the fermentation of mannitol by staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1939, 37: 245-50.-—Evans, J. B. Anaerobic fermentation of mannitol by staphylococci. Ibid., 1947, 54: 266.—Fisk, R. T., A Mordvin, O. E. Digestion of casein by staphylococci on milk agar con- tainingserum. Ibid., 1943, 46: 392.— Hewitt, L. F. Oxidation- reduction potentials of staphylococcal cultures. Biochem. J., I ond., 1930, 24: 676-81.—Lieb. F.. A Vallender, B. Ueber den Aminosaurestoffwechsel verschiedener ruhender Staphylo- kokken. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1939, 144: 528-30.— Segal, B. The utilization of acetyl methyl carbinol by Staphylococcus albus and aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 747-9.—Spink, W. W., Wright, L. D. [et al.] Para-aminobenzoic acid produc- tion by staphylococci. J. Exp. M., 1944, 79: 331-9.—Tiba, K. [Ueber die Zuckerspaltune: der Staphylokokken; LJntersu- chungen uber die Zuckerspaltungsgeschwindigkeit der Staphylo- kokken] Sei i kai, 1941, 60: 582-620.------[Ueber'die Zuckerspaltung der Staphylokokken; beeonders Zweifel an der Zuckerspaltung der Tri- und der Polysaccharide von Staphy- lokokken] Ibid., 621-9.—Trussell, R. E.. A Weed, L. A. The lipolytic action of staphylococci on some pure triglycerides. J. Bact,, Bait., 1937, 33: 381-8. ---- Mutation and dissociation. Chiatellirto, A., A Pavasini, G. Ricerche sulla dissociazione negli stafilococchi; agglutinazione da tripaflavina e gram- resistenza degli stafilococchi nei focolai suppurativi. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1934, 13: 815-23.—Gilbert, I. Dissociation in an encapsulated staphylococcus. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 157-60.—Haberman, S. Dissociation of staphylococci bv X-rays; toxin-producing abilities of X-ray variants. Ibid!, 1941, 42: 148.—Hale, J. H. Studies on Staphylococcus muta- tion; characteristics of the G (gonidial) variant and factors concerned in its production. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1947, 28: 202-10, pi.—Hotchkiss, R. D. The assimilation of amino acids by respiring washed staphylococci. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1947, 6: 263.—Marziani, R. Phenomenes de mutation pr6- sentes par des staphylocoques, eonsecutivement a des passage? par Torganisme du cobaye. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1927 3. ser., 98: 527-30.—Melnyk, V. Zur Frage der Veranderlich keit der Mikroben. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1929, 110: 113-20.— Penso, G. Sui fenomeni dissociativi e le variant i cromogene d uno stafilococco non patogeno. Rendic. 1st. san. pubb Roma 1938, 1: 68-76.—Rochaix, A., A Rivollier, P. Sur une dissocia MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 43 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES tion du staphylocoque. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 203: 213-5. ------ Recherches sur une dissociation du staphylocoque. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1939, 62: 577-94.— Rountree, P. M. Preliminary note on the dissociation of staphylococci into alpha and beta toxigenic variants. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1936, 14: No. 2, 93-5.—Sabatucci, M. La dissociazione nel Micrococcus pyogenes. Ann. igiene, 1932, 42: 551-63.—Vlastelica, L. S. [Certain data on the filtrable forms of the staphylococcus] J. mikrob.. Moskva, 1941, No. 3, 83-6.—Walle, N. van der [On the dissociation of staphylococci] Antonie van Leeuwen- hoek, Amst., 1936. 3: 334-54. ---- Pathogenicity. Lucking, B. *Ueber die Methoden zur Be- stimmung der Pathogenitat der Staphylokokken unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Blut- plasmakoagulation. 32p. 22cm. Bonn, 1937. Monin, M. *Rapports entre les staphylo- coques pathogenes et les staphylocoques non pathogenes [Pharm.] 87p. 24cm. Par., 1943. Aoi, F. On the fibrolysis of the staphylococcus. Kitasato Arch., 1932, 9: 171-201.—Bigger, J. W. The staphylo- cocci pathogenic for man. Brit. M. J., 1937, 2: 8 37- 41.—Blair, J. E. The pathogenic staphylococci. Bact. Rev., Bait., 1939, 3: 97-146.—Brazil,V., filho. Contribuicao ao estudo da pathogenia dos estaphylococcos. Bol. Inst. Vital Brasil, 1930, No. 13, 20-4.—Chapman, G. H. Com- parison of animal inoculation tests with in vitro reactions of staphylococci and streptococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 31: 57. ------ Staphylococci in gastroenterology. Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1945, 12: 399. ------Berens, C. [et al.] Coagulase and hemolysin tests as measures of the pathogenicity of staphy- lococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 28: 343-63.—Christie, R., A Keogh, E. V. Physiological and serological characteristics of staphylococci of human origin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1940, 51: 189-97.—Christie, R., North, E. A., A Parkin, B. J. Criteria of pathogenicity in staphylococci. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1946, 24: 73-8.—Daranyi, J. Pathogenitat und Einteilung der Staphylokokken. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1926, 99: 74-9. ------ Ueber den Nachweis der Pathogenitat der Staphylokokken. Ibid., 1935, 134: 13.—Geisse, A. Zu der vorstehenden Arbeit von B. Kemkes: 1st die Erzielung pathogener Eigenschaften bei saprophytischen Staphylokokken nach Geisse moglich? Zschr. Hyg., 1928, 109: 372-4.—Guilherme Lacorte, J., A Santos, M. Estafilococos patog6nicos e nSo patogenicos. Brasil med., 1947, 61: 199-201.—Hagan, W. A. The staphylococci. In his Infect. Dis. Domest. Animals, Ithaca, 1943, 97-102.—Hesina- Lurie, M. E. [Chapman's method and its clinical significance in the determination of the pathogenicity of staphylococci in purulent wounds] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1944, No. 6, 61-5.— Jona, A. Equilibri delle difese immunitarie; ricerche speri- mentali sulla localizzazione elettiva dello stafilococco piogeno. Gior. batt. immun., 1932, 9: 339.—Kemkes, B. 1st die Erzie- lung pathogener Eigenschaften bei saprophytischen Staphy- lokokken nach Geisse moglich? Zschr. Hyg., 1928, 109: 354-71.—Kleiger, B., Blair, J. E., A Hallmann, F. A. Behavior of rabbits after infection with toxigenic and nontoxigenic staphylococci. Arch. Surg., 1942, 45: 571-7.—Kourilsky, R., A Mercier, P. Etudes sur l'infection staphylococcique chez l'homme; variations du pouvoir pathogene du staphylocoque suivant son habitat. Rev. immun., Par., 1940, 6: 17-30. ------ Etude experimentale sur les variations du pouvoir pathogene du staphylocoque. Ibid., 116-31. ------ Etudes sur les variations du pouvoir pathogene du staphylocoque; constatations histo-pathologiques. Ibid., 291-306. ------ Les variations du pouvoir pathogene du staphylocoque chez l'homme, suivant son habitat. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1941, 135: 16-8. ------ Etude experimentale sur les variations du pouvoir pathogene du staphylocoque. Ibid., 159-61. ■—---- Effet des facteurs de croissance specifiques du staphylocoque sur le pouvoir pathogene local de ce gerrne. Ibid., 1943, 137: 97.—Larregla, S. Valoraci6n patogenica de estafilococos. Bol. Inst. pat. med., Madr., 1947, 2: 183-5.—La Terza, E. Ricerche sulla elettivita organotropica sperimentale di stafilo- cocchi coltivati in terreni con organi. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1937, 43: pt 1, 118-26.—Levine, M., A Creevy, C. D. The pathogenicity of staphylococci isolated from the urine. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 47: 515-21.—Long, P. H. Untersuchungen uber das Verhalten von Staphylokokken verschiedener Herkunft im Organismus des Meerschweinchens. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927, 58: 578-85.—Mirolli, A. Gli stafilococchi della cute dell'operando e la ricerca del loro potere patogeno. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 7: 113-46.— Salm, R. A comparison of pathogenicity tests for staphylococci. Edinburgh M. J., 1945, 52: 22-9.—Saski, S., A Fejgin, B. Au sujet des proprietes proteolytique et fibrolytique de staphylocoques en connexion avec leur pouvoir toxigene. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 126: 139-41.—Smith, H. W. The examination of staphylococci of animal origin with particular regard to the determination of criteria of pathogenicity. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1947, 57: 98-115.—Smith, J. F. A contribution to the study of the staphylococci of the skin. Brit. J. Derm., 1928, 40: 483-93 — Stevenson, J. W., A Reed, G. B. Chemotactic response to Staphylococcus strains of varying pathogenicity. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 40: 239-45.—Utevskaia, S. L. Ueber den Einfluss der Staphylokokken auf die Funktion der Gefasse. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 60: 583-90. ---- Pigment. Chapman, G. H. Determination of the chromogenic property of staphylococci. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 45: 405-11.—Spink, W. W., A Vivino, J. J. Pigment production by sulfonamide- resistant staphylococci in the presence of sulfonamides. Science, 1943,98:44. ---- Precipitation. Dudgeon, L.. S., A Bamforth, J. On staphylococcal precipi- tin reactions in cases of acute and chronic infections and also in serum sickness. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1924-25, 23: 375-88. ---- Resistance and virulence. Barber, M., A Rozwadowska-Dowzenko, M. Infection by penicillin-resistant staphylococci. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 2: 641-4. —B0e, J., A Vogelsang, T. M. Penicillin-resistant pathogenic staphylococci isolated from the upper respiratory tract. Acta path, microb. scand., 1949, 26:71-6.—Calissano, G. Ricerche sulTidentificazione della virulenza dello stafilococco Gior. batt. immun., 1927, 2: 464-73.—Daranyi, J. Ueber die Virulenz der Staphylokokken. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 149.—Demerec, M. Production of Staphylococcus strains resistant to various concentrations of penicillin. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S., 1945, 31: 16-24.— Eriksen, K. R. Studies on the mode of origin of penicillin-resistant staphylococci. Acta path, microb. scand., 1949, 26: 269-79.—Fekete, Z. Influence de la quantite des staphylocoques sur le rapport temps-dose dans Taction de la penicilline. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1948, 8: 499.—Finkelstein, U. A., Rozhansky, V. I., A Khessina, M. J. [Methods of determination of the virulence of staphy- lococci] Vener. derm., Moskva, 1931, 8: 60-7.—Gagna, F. Stovarsolo irradiato e stafilococchi; ricerche sul potere batteri- cida esplic^to in vitro sullo Staphylococcus pyogenes dallq stovarsolo sodico irradiato con raggi ultravioletti e con raggi roentgen. Arch. ital. med. sper., 1939, 4: 827-32.—Gross, C. E., A Vinton, C. Thermal death time of a strain of Staphy- lococcus in meat. Food Res., 1947, 12: 188-202.—Gross, H. Ueber Virulenz und Virulenz-Priifungsmethoden von Staphy- lokokken. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 2281-3. Also transl., Rev. med. germ. iber. amer., Lpz., 1929, 2: 307-11.—Hanasiro, Z., A Hukusima, G. Kory5 no budozy5-kyukin hatuiku sosi sayo ni tuite. Kokumin eisei, 1937, 14: 429-48.—Heise, M. D., A Starin, W. A. The effect of azochloramid on certain physio- logically active products of staphylococci. J. Infect. Dis., 1940, 67: 70-3.—Hill, L., A Eidinow, A. Protection afforded by short infra-red and red rays to a lethal dose of Staphylo- coccus. Brit. M. J., 1930, 1: 388.—Hirsch, J., A Dosdogru, S. The antistaphylococcal effect of penicillin, streptomycin, and 5,7-dichloro-8-hydroxyquinaldine (sterosan) in vitro. Arch. Biochem., N. Y., 1947, 14: 213-27.—Hotchkiss, R. D. Peni- cillin and amino acid assimilation in staphylococci. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1949, 8: 208.—Kirby, W. M. M. Bacteriostatic and lytic actions of penicillin on sensitive and resistant staphylo- cocci. J. Clin. Invest., 1945, 24: 165-9. ----;— Properties of a penicillin inactivator extracted from penicillin-resistant staphylococci. Ibid., 170-4.—Lankford, C. E., A Lacy, H. In vitro response of Staphylococcus to aureomycin, strepto- mycin, and penicillin. Texas Rep. Biol. M., 1949, 7: 111-24.— Liebermeister, K. Die Wirkung von Sulfonamid auf hamo- lytische Staphylokokken. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1943, 103: 439-49.—Link, T. Ueber die Chemoresistenz von Staphy- lokokken gegenuber Sulfonamiden. Ibid., 104: 441-62.-— Oakberg, E., A Luria, S. E. Mutations to sulfonamide re- sistance in Staphylococcus. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 52: 152.— Phillips, R. L. Development of resistance in staphylococci to natural inhibitory substances. J. Franklin Inst., 1942, 233: 396—401.—Rossel A Biaudet. Cibazol et staphylocoques. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1942, 62: p. xci-ciii.—Serra, G. Arseno- benzolo irradiato e stafilococchi; ricerche sul potere battericida esplicato in vitro sullo Staphylococcus pyogenes dall'arseno- benzolo irradiato con raggi ultravioletti e con raggi Roentgen. Riv. pat. sper., 1940, 24: 25-32.—Sevag, M. G., A Green, M. N. Lack of correlation between the formation of arylamines and resistance of staphylococci to sulfonamides. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 47: 451.—Silvestri, G. Ricerche sul valore di alcune prove sperimentali di virulenza degli stafilococchi in rapporto alia loro virulenza clinica nelle infezioni chirurgiche. Gior. batt. immun., 1946, 35: 217-36.—Silvestrini, V. Sulla virulenza degli stafilococchi. Ibid., 1937, 18: 590-611.— Spink, W. W. The bactericidal effect of sulfanilamide upon pathogenic and non-pathogenic staphylococci. J. Immun., Bait., 1939, 37: 345-58. ------ Hall, W. H., A Ferris, V. Clinical significance of staphylococci; with natural or acquired resistance to the sulfonamides and to penicillin. J. Am. M. Ass., 1945, 128: 555-9— Spink, W. W., Vivino, J. J., A Mickel- sen, O. Effects of cozymase upon the growth of staphylococci and antistaphylococcal action of the sulfonamide compounds. J. Clin. Invest., 1942, 21:645.—Studzinski,L. [Newest methods in determining the virulence of staphylococci] Lek. wojsk., 1935, 26: 556-69.—Suter, E., A Vischer, W. A. Untersuchun- gen an in vitro gegen Penicillin und Streptomycin resistent geziichteten Staphylokokken. Schweiz. Zschr. Path. Bakt., 1948, 11: 428-37.— Sziits, A. On the photosensibilizing effect of aniline dyes on staphylococci and streptococci. Magy. orv. arch., 1932, 33: 268-73.—Thompson, R., A Gallardo, E., jr. The susceptibility of the antigenic types of staphylococci to several protective enzymes. J. Bact., Bait., 1938, 36: 302.— Vivino, J. J., A Spink, W. W. Sulfonamide-resistant strains of MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 44 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES staphylococci; clinical significance. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 50: 336-8.—Voureka, A., A Hughes, W. H. Fre- quency of penicillin-resistant staphylococci. Brit. M. J., 1949, 1: 395.-—Wolff, L. K. Ueber die Virulenz von Bakterien; die Virulenz von Staphylokokken. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1929, 62: 1-27.—Wollman, E., A Wollman, E. Lyse secondaire non bacteriophagique du staphylocoque. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 110: 636-8. ---- Sporogenesis. Saslaw, S., Scherago, M., A Weaver, R. H. Heat-resistance and possible spore-formation in a food-poisoning Staphylo- coccus. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 16. ---- Spreading factor. B0e, J. Investigations on the Duran-Reynals spreading factor in staphylococci. Acta path, microb. scand., 1944, 21: 587-95.—Duran-Reynals, F., A Pi Suiier, J. Exaltation de Tactivite du staphylocoque par les extraits testiculaires. C. rend. Soc biol., 1928, 99: 1908-11.—Schwabacher, H., Cunliffe, A. C. [et al.] Hyaluronidase production by staphylococci. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1945, 26: 124-9. ---- Staining. Bolte, W. *Ueber die reduzierenden Wir- kungen von Staphylokokken. 35p. 8? Berl., 1937. Lesbre, P., A Jausion, H. Pouvoir reducteur des staphylo- coques vis-a-vis du bleu de methylene; ses rapports avec la virulence. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 586-8.—Wilson, R. J. The staphylococcus. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1939-40, 2: 49-57. ---- Stimulatory factor [1949 Sloane] Sloane, N. H., A McKee, R. W. Isolation of the staphylo- coccus stimulatory factor(s) Fed. Proc, Bait., 1949, 8: 252. ---- Symbiosis. See also subheading Antibiosis. Ignatova, M. I. [The carrying of pigeon-pox virus by staphylococci] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1937, 18: 618-23. ---- Toxin [Staphylotoxin] See also subheadings (Anatoxin; Enterotoxin; Filtrate; Leukocidin) Schwartz, J. C. E. Contribution a l'6tude de la toxine staphylococcique. 134p. 8? Par., 1937. Thieffry, S. E. E. *La toxine staphylococ- cique; 6tude immunologique, clinique et thera- peutique. 209p. 8? Par., 1937. Bamm, B. L., A Smirnova, A. V. [Staphylococcal toxin] Sovet. vrach. J., 1938, 42: 655-60.—Bassi, P. L'azione della tossina stafilococcica sul rene sottoposto ad interruzione tem- poranea discontinua della circolazione arteriosa e venosa. Ann. ital. chir., 1939, 18: 187-200.—Bayliss, M. Effect of sulfanila- mide, sulfapyridine, and sulfathiazole on staphylococcus toxins. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 44: 525-9.—Beumer, J. L'action du serum de cheval normal sur la staphylotoxine. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1938, 61: 54-71.—Bose, H. N., A Saha, M. Recent studies on Staphylococcus pyogenes with particular reference to its exotoxin, anatoxin and antitoxin. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1937-38, 7: 585-600.—Burky, E. L. Staphy- lococcus toxin and antitoxin. Internat. Clin., 1936, 46. ser., 3: 258-89, 7 ch.—Burnet, F. M. The interactions of staphylo- coccus toxin, anatoxin and antitoxin. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1931, 34: 471-92.------The flocculation reaction with staphylococcal toxin. Ibid., 759-69.-—Combiesco, D., Istrati, G., A Combiesco, N. Recherches sur Texotoxine staphylo- coccique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 292-4.— Debre, R., Bonnet, H., A Thieffry, S. Toxine, antitoxine, anatoxine staphylococciques. Ann. med., Par., 1937, 42: 252-313.— Deotto, R. Ricerche sulla tossina stafilococcica. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1938, 17: 763-78.—Dolman, C. E., A Kitching, J. S. Staphylococcus toxin, toxoid, and antitoxin. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1936, 27: 529-35.—Gengou, O. Contribution a l'etude des poisons eiabores par les staphylocoques. Arch. internat. med. exp., Liege, 1929-30, 5: 633-9. ------ L'im- munite acquise contre la toxine staphylococcique est-elle de nature humorale ou de nature cellulaire? In: Hommage m6m. J. Cantacuzene, Par., 1934, p.269-76. ------ Acides amines et toxine staphylococcique. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1935, 55: 129-47. ------ Contribution a l'etude de la toxine staphylo- coccique et de son derives. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1935, 15: 508-11.-—Haberman, S. Toxin production by staphylo- coccus variants. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 45: 22 (Abstr.)— Hait, S. L. [Investigation and titration of staphylococcal toxin, anatoxin and staphylococcic serums] J. mikrob., Moskva 1937, 18: 858-68.— Ibanez, R. Nota sobre la acci6n de la estafilotoxina sobre hematies humanos de los diversos grupos sanguineos. Rev. san., Madr., 1948, 22: 441-4.—Johlin, J. M., A Rigdon, R. H. The detoxification of staphylococcal toxin by adsorption on organic liquids. J. Immun., Bait., 1941, 41: 233-40.—Kodama, T., A Kojima, T. Studies of staphylo- coccal toxin, toxoid and antitoxin. Kitasato Arch., 1938, 15: 247; 1939, 16: 36; 197, pi.—Mercier, P., A Richou, R. Con- servation des souches de staphylocoques toxigenes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1944, 138: 834.—Morgan, F. G., A Graydon, J. J. Toxins of the staphylococcus, with special reference to the estimation of potency. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1936, 43: 385- 401.—Nelis. P. Contribution a l'etude de la toxine staphylo- coccique. C. rend. Soc biol., 1933, 113: 7-9.------ Action de certains corps chimiques sur la toxine staphylococcique. Ibid., 114: 598-601. ------ Contribution a l'etude de la toxine staphylococcique. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1934, 52: 597-644. ------ Contribution a l'etude de la toxine staphylo- coccique et de ses derives. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1935, 15: 539-68. ------ Sur Texistence d'une paratoxine staphylo- coccique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 808-10.—Panton, P. N., A Valentine, F. C. O. Staphylococcal toxin. Lancet, Lond., 1932, 1: 506-8.—Parish, H. J., O'Meara, R. A. O., A Clark, W. H. M. The clinical investigation of staphylococcal toxin, toxoid, and antitoxin. Ibid., 1934, 1: 1054-7.—Ramon, G., Bonnet, H. [et al.] Sur une methode d'evaluation du pou- voir antigene de la toxine staphylococciaue par la floculation specifique. C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 119: 790-2.—Ramon, G., Mercier, P. Tet al.] Sur la preparation, au moyen d'un nouveau milieu a base de digestion papainique de viande de cheval, de la staphylotoxine destinee a ia production de l'ana- toxine staphylococcique. Ibid., 1942, 136: 329-31.—Ramon, G., A Richou, R. Sur le dosage de la toxine staphylococciaue. Ibid., 1936, 121: 379-82.—Rigdon, R. H. Inhibitory effect of hypertonic solutions of sodium chloride on staphylococcus hemotoxin. J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 60: 25-31. ------ Effect of heat on the hemolytic and skin-necrotizing factors in sta- phylococcus toxin. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1938-39, 24: 142-6. ------ Staphylococcus toxin: a resume. Am. J. M. Sc, 1940, 199: 412-31. —---- A Freeman, P. R. Experimental study of the effects of sulfapyridine on staphylococci and sta- phylococcus toxin. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1939-40, 25: 1125- 34.—Rigdon, R. H., A Harris, H. Deterioration of staphy- lococcal toxin in saline. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 39: 585-8— Rigdon, R. H., Haynes, A., A Lipscomb, A. Effect of sulfapyridine on staphylococcus toxin: an in vivo study in the rabbit. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 1111-5.—Schwartz, J. Action de Thuile d'oeillette et de Thuile cholesterinee sur la toxine staphylococcique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 1006-9.—Seiffert. W. Das Staphylotoxin. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1935-36, 135: 100-8.—Sineer, A., A Hagan, W. A. Staphylo- coccal toxins. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 74.—Slanetz, L. W. Studies on staphylococcal toxins. Ibid., 1942, 43: 105.— Smith, G. H. The thermostability of staphylococcus toxins. Yale J. Biol., 1940-41, 13: 409-22.—Sulkin, S. E. Flocculation with staphylococcal toxin and antitoxin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40: 365-8.—Timmerman, W. A. [On staphylotoxin and -toxoid] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1935,2:377-87.—Travasos, J. Estudos experimentaes sobre a toxina estaphylococcica. Brasil med., 1934, 48: 971; passim; 1935, 49: 11; passim.-—Vanbreuseghem, R. Staphylotoxine et staphylocoagulase. C. rend. Soc biol., 1934, 116: 650-2.— Wilson, R. J. Staphylococcus toxin. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1939-40, 2: 119-27.—Wittier, R. G., A Pillemer, L. The immunochemistry of toxins and toxoids; the solubility of sta- phylococcal toxin in methanol-water mixtures under controlled conditions of pH, ionic strength, and temperature. J. Biol. Chem., 1948, 174: 23-9.—Woodward, J. M., A Slanetz, L. W. Studies on staphylococcal toxins. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 42: 817. ---- Toxin: Effect. Bruck, C. *Skin changes in rabbits' ears produced by repeated injections of diluted sta- phylotoxin. 200p. 24Kcm. Helsin., 1942. Latjer, R. *Ueber die anamisierende Wirkung des Staphylococcengiftes und die Neutralisation des Giftes durch Immunserum [Wiirzburgl 32p. 8? Schweinfurt, 1913. Allen, J. H., A Braley, A. E. Staphylococcus toxin; an experimental study in rabbits. Am. J. Ophth., 1939, 3. ser., 22: 11-5.—Avery, R. C, Rigdon, R. H., A Johlin, J. M. Effect of various salts on hemolysis and skin necrosis produced by staphylococcus toxin. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937-38, 37: 131-4.—Balsamelli, F. Action des toxines staphylococ- ciques et dysenteriques (Shiga) et des staphylocoques vivants mocuies apres leur enrobage dans de la lanoline ou dans un melange de cholestenne et d'huile d'olive. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1935, 7: 203-9.—Bonnet, H., A Nelis, P. Action de la toxine staphylococcique injectee dans le canal rachidien chez le lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 866-8.— Briick, C. Skin changes in rabbits, arising from repeated in- jections of diluted staphylococcic toxin. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1939, 20: 719-22. Also Nord. med., 1939, 4: 3678.— Burky, E. L. The production in the rabbit of hypersensitive reactions to lens, rabbit muscle and low ragweed extracts by the action of staphylococcus toxin. J. Allergy, 1934 5: 466- 75.—Burnet, F. M., A Kellaway, C. H. Recent work on sta- phylococcal toxins, with special reference to the interpretation of the Bundaberg fatalities. Med. J. Australia, 1930, 2: 295- 301.—Delaunay, A. Tactisme leucocytaire et exotoxine staphy- lococcique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1943,137: 209.—De Walsche, L. Recherches sur les ondes de mitoses et de psychoses provoquees MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 45 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES par la toxine staphylococcique. Arch, biol., Liege, 1931, 42: 185-200.—Dolman, C. E. Pathogenic and antigenic properties of staphylococcus toxin. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1932, 23: 125-32. ------Taylor, H. E., A Chang, H. The nephrotoxic action of staphylococcus beta-toxin. Ibid., 1949, 40: 36 [Abstr.]—Feldberg, W., A Keogh, E. V. Liberation of hista- mine from the perfused lung by staphylococcal toxin. J. Physiol., Lond., 1937, 90: 280-7.—Forssman, J. Demonstra- tion of the action of staphylococcal toxin on kidneys. Acta path, microb. scand., 1932, Suppl. 11, 202^.—Gengou, O. De Taction du serum sanguin sur la cytolyse par la toxine staphylococcique. Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege, 1939, 14: 23-7.—Johlin,-J. M. The effect of temperature and of serum on the detoxification of staphylococcal toxin by interfacial adsorption. J. Immun., Bait., 1947, 56: 179-81.—Joyner, A. L., Rigdon, R. H., A Hare, R. A study of the effects of staphylococcus exotoxin on leucocytes and bone marrow of the rabbit. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 47.—Levine, B. S. Studies of staphylococcal toxin; the toxin-red-cell reaction. J. Immun., Bait., 1938, 35: 131-9. ------ The unity of the haemolytic, dermonecrotic and lethal properties of staphylococcal exotoxin and of their corresponding counterparts in staphvlococcal antitoxin. J. Path. Bact., I'XV.K 48: 291-8.—Lucie, H. Sensi- tization of rabbits to uveal tissue by the synergic action of staphylotoxin. Arch. Oplnh., Chic, 1939, 22: 359-69. Also Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. fc., 1939, 40: 273-5.—Marsh, H. C. The synergic activity of Maphvlococcus toxin. Yale J. Biol., 1944^5, 17: 359-82.— NeMis, P. Production experimentale de paralysies peripheriques par la toxine staphylococcique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 756-8. —---- A Bonnet, H. Mecanisme d'action de la toxine staphylococcique injectee dans le canal rachidien (region sous-occipitale) du lapin. Ibid., 1935, 118: 136-8.—Nelis, P., A Bouckaert, J. J. Action cardiaque de la toxine staphylococcique chez le lapin et chez le chien. Ibid., 1933, 113: 1157.—Nelis, P., A Picard, E. Contribution a l'etude de la toxine staphylococcique; etude anatomo-pathologique des lesions aigues provoquees par ce poison. Ibid., 1321-3.—Nelis, P., A De Weerdt, W. L'in- fluence de la toxine staphylococcique sur la formule sanguine du lapin. Ibid., 1935, 120: 394-6.—Olin, G., A Lithander, A. Toxin-forming staphylococci as cause of deaths on the injection of infected bacteriological preparations. Acta path, microb. scand., 1948, 25: 152-60.—Panebianco, G. Stafilococchi, glicemia e ipertermizzazione passiva; ricerche sperimentali. Med. sper., Tor., 1940, 7: 619-24.—Rigans-Irrera, D. Com- portamento dei fagociti di animali trattati con tossina stafilo- coccica. Riv. pat. sper., 1933-34, 11: 23-30.------ Sul rapporto tra potere complementare e potere opsonico del siero di sangue di animali iniettati con tossina stafilococcica. Ibid., 31-5. ------A Niclotti, G. II comportamento delle perossi- dasi dei leucociti in seguito ad introduzione endoperitoneale di tossine stafilococciche. Gior. batt. immun., 1933, 11: 529-36.— Rigdon, R. H. Early lesions following intravenous administra- tion of a filtrable staphylococcus toxin; a study on the dog and rabbit. Arch. Path., Chic, 1935, 20: 201-8. ------ Effect of staphylococcus toxin on the dog's blood pressure. Ibid., 1936, 22: 806-12. •------ Effect of staphylococcus toxin on the knee joints of rabbits. Ibid., 1937, 24: 215-22. ------ Some of the experimental lesions produced by staphylococcus toxin. South. M. J., 1939, 32: 798-802. ------ Local lesions produced in mice by staphylococcus toxin and by toxin- and nontoxin-producing strains. Surgery, 1939, 6: 91-7. ------ Joyner, A. L., A Ricketts, E. T. A study of the action of a filtrable staphylococcal toxin on the kidneys of normal rabbits. Am. J. Path., 1934, 10: 425-33, 2 pi.—Travassos, J. Sur l'action de la toxine staphylococcique inocuiee directernent dans le cerveau du cobaye et du lapin. C. rend. Soc biol., 1933, 114: 369. ------ Estudo experimental sobre toxina estaphylococcica. Mem. Inst. Butantan, 1933-34, 8: 233-346, 10 ch., 2 pi. ------ A propos de la toxine staphylococcique; action tetanisante et effet de la concentration. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1354-tf.—Youmans, G. P., A Colwell, C. A. The effect of staphylocdccus toxin on antigen dilution and anti- body dilution precipitin titers in the albino rat. J. Infect. Dis., 1940, 66: 235-9. ---- Toxin: Production. Bonnet, H., A Thieffry, S. Production de la toxine staphy- lococcique. C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 118: 1062.—Bryce, L. M., A Rountree, P. M. The production of 0-toxin by staphylococci. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1936, 43: 173-89.— Burnet, F. M. The production of staphylococcal toxin. Ibid., 1930, 33: 1-16.—Gasman, E. P. The production of staphy- lococcus toxin in fluid media. J. Bact., Bait., 1938, 35: 13.— Chaudhuri, N. R. Preparation and standarisation of staphy- lococcus toxin and toxoid. Calcutta M. J., 1939, 35: 177-88.— Christie, R., A North, E. A. Observations on staphylococcal beta toxin and its production by strains isolated from staphy- lococcal lesions in man. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1941, 19: 323-7.—Gengou, O. Signification des substances toxiques eiaborees par les staphylocoques et conditions favorables a leur production. Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege, 1930-31, 6: 211-8.—Gratia, A., A Nelis, P. Ultracentrifugation de la staphylotoxine. C. rend. Soc biol., 1938, 127: 350-2.— Gross, H. Ueber Bildung und Nachweis des Staphylokokken- toxins. Zschr. Hyg., 1928-29, 109: 479-81.—Jones, M. The production of staphylococcus toxin in the chorio-allantoic fluid of the embryonated egg. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51: 789.— Leonard, G. F., A Holm, A. A method for the production of staphylococcus toxin and toxoid. Ibid., 1935, 29: 45. Also J. Immun., Bait., 1935, 29: 209-21.—Lithander, A. Method of producing staphylococcic toxin. Acta path, microb. scand., 1944, 21: 764-7.—McBroom, J. Relation of hemotoxin pro- duction to metabolic activities of staphylococci. J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 60: 364-9— McClean, D. Staphylococcus toxin; factors which control its production in a fluid medium. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1937, 44: 47-70.—Mercier, P. Sur la toxinogenese staphylococcique. Rev. immun., Par., 1939, 5: 289-98. ------ A Lehoult, Y. La culture du staphylocoque et sa toxinogenese sur un milieu a base d'acides amines. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1946, 72: 468-70.—Mercier, P., A Pillet, J. Adaptation d'un milieu k base de digestion papainique de viande pour la production reguliere de la toxine staphylo- coccique avec la souche Wood. Ibid., 1947, 73: 809-11.— Minett, F. C. Staphylococci from animals with particular reference to toxin production. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1936, 42: 247-63.—Mlcochova, L. [Preparation of pyococcal toxin] Cas. lek. Cesk., 1941, 80: 298-302.—Ohashi, S., A Hong, L. Y. Beitrag zur Kulturmethode der Staphylokokken fiir die Gewinnung von Filtratgift. J. Shanghai Sc. Inst., Sect. IV, 1937-38, 3: 83-91.—Ramon, G. Sur la production de la toxine et de l'anatoxine staphylococciques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 375-9.------ Berthelot, A., A Amoureux, G. Sur un nouveau milieu de culture pour la production de la toxine staphylococcique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 202: 515.— Ramon, G., A Richou, R. Sur certaines particularites de la toxinogenese dans les cultures de staphylocoques. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1938, 61: 789.—Schwartz, J. Variations du pH dans le milieux de culture destines a production de toxine staphylococcique. C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 120: 1085.— Sinelnikov, Z. I. [Significance of the products of basal metab- olism of the colon bacillus in formation of staphylococcal toxins in vitro] Vrach. delo, 1939, 21: 255-8.—Turner, F. C. The standardization of staphylococcus toxic products. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 47.—Walch, E. W. Oyer de vorming van exotoxine door staphylococcen. In: Wielen Festschr., Amst., 1934, 44-55, pi. ---- Use. Daranyi, J., A Buzna, D. Ueber die Verwendung von Staphylokokken bei Desinfektionsversuchen. Zschr. Hyg., 1925-26, 105: 560. ---- Vaccine. See also subheading Anatoxin. Lamasson, F. indications et resultats therapeutiques du vaccin antistaphylococcique a forte concentration prepare suivant la methode du Docteur Demonchy. 112p. 8? Par., 1935. Leblanc, L. G. *Etat actuel de la vaccino- therapie staphylococcique; importance des pro- duits solubles microbiens. 63p. 8? Par., 1930. Barto, L. R. The clinical use of staphylococcus vaccine. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1941, 98: 152.—Celarek, J., A Fejgin, B. Au sujet de la vaccinotherapie staphylococcique en connexion avec la staphylotoxine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 137.— Clawson, B. J., A Allen, P. K. Intravenous vaccine therapy in staphylococcic infections. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1931, 23: 894-900.—Colella, L. Sulla possibility di esaltare Tazione preventiva del vaccino stafilococcico. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1932, 13: 676.—Combiesco, D. Immunite hereditaire chez les animaux vaccines par la voie cutanee contre le staphy- locoque. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1733.—De Potter, F. Immunisation antistaphylococcique au moyen d'un vaccin prepare avec une solution aqueuse d'huiles essentielles. Ibid., 1939, 131: 1322-4.—Downie, A. W. A comparison of the value of heat-killed vaccines and toxoid as immunising agents against experimental staphylococcal infection in the rabbit. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1937, 44: 573-87, 3 pi.—Etris, S. A comparison of the antigenic properties of staphylococcal vaccine, staphy- lococcal toxoid, and the two in combination. J. Immun., Bait., 1943, 46: 309-14.—Flandin, C, A Duchon, L. Infections a staphylocoques et vaccinotherapie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1938, 3. ser., 54: 258-60.—Gratia, A. L'action lytique des staphylocoques vivants sur les staphylocoques tues. C. rend. Soc biol., 1926, 95: 734. ----— A Rhodes, B. De l'action lytique des staphylocoques vivants sur les staphy- locoques tues. Ibid., 1924, 90: 640-2.—Gross, H., A Konig, E. Die Behandlung von Staphylomykosen mit Autovakzinen. Fortsch. Ther., 1936, 12: 610-2— Hellerstrom, S. Peculiar local tissue changes following intracutaneous injection of staphylococcal vaccine. Dermatologica, Basel, 1947, 94: 309-14.—Kittinger, A. Erfahrungen mit Staphar bei Staphy- lokokkeninfektionen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1930, 80: 351.— Lamasson, F. Que peut-on attendre de la vaccinotherapie antistaphylococcique? Progr. med., Par., 1933, 2257-65.— Miller, J. Case treated by injections of bacterial vaccines; staphylococcus infections. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1909-10, 9: 109-13.—Nouvelles applications des vaccins anti- staphylococciques curatifs; traitement des meningites genera- lisees k staphylocoques; traitement de la leucorrhee equine. Biol, med., Par., 1931, 21: 355-9.—Olitzki, L. Endotoxic reactions produced by heat-killed staphylococci. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1947, 32: 56.—Panebianco, G. Vaccinazione anti- stafilococcica e assideramento; ricerche sperimentali. Arch. MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 46 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES ital. med. sper., 1939, 4: 939-44.—Ramon, G., A Richou, R. Sur Timmunisation experimentale au moyen de staphylocoques vivants et pathogenes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 125: 792-6.— Simitch, T. V., A Mrchevitch, S. L'immunite locale et la vaccination antistaphylococcique par voie cutanee. Rev. immun., Par., 1937, 3: 463-71.—Stajano, C, A Hormaeche, E. Nota de terapeutica practical la vacunaci6n local en las esta- filococcias rebeldes. An. Fac med., Montev., 1926, 11: 46- 52.-—Staphylococcus vaccines. In: De re medicina (Lilly Comp.) 2. ed., Indianap., 1941, 180.—Thomson, D.. A Thom- son, R. Oral staphylococcal vaccines. In their Oral Vaccines, Lond., 1948, 213-5.—Urbain, A. Vaccination du lapin contre le staphylocoque par la voie digestive. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 1336-8.—Velu, H., A Sarthou, C. Pouvoir antigenique des vaccins staphylococciques sodiques. Ibid., 1937, 124:638-40.— Wolfsohn, G. Ueber eine Modification des Staphylokokken- vakzins. Deut. med. Wschr., 1913, 39: 463.—Wollman, E. Action lytique des staphylocoques vivants sur les staphylocoques tues (a propos de la note de A. Gratia) C. rend. Soc biol., 1926, 95: 679. MICROCOCCUS pyogenes (var. albus) [1889 Rosenbach] See also in 3. ser., Staphylococcus. Carmona, L. SulTazione dell'idrogeno solforato sopra due stipiti di stafilococco albo patogeno per il cane. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1935, 14: 389-413—Fosdick, L. S., A Rapp, G. W. The degradation of glucose by Staphylococcus albus. Arch. Biochem., N. Y., 1942-43, 1: 379-89.—Gibbs, C. S. A com- parative study of human and avian strains of Staphylococcus albus. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 81.—Grassellino, V. SulTazi- one delTanidride carbonica sopra due stipiti di stafilococco albo patogeno per ilcano. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1936, 15:262-70.— Jeney, A., Vaczi, L., A Toth, I. Wirkung von Sulfanilamiden und Vitaminen auf die Warmeproduktion des Staphylococcus albus. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1944, 105: 272-84.—Rapp, G. W., A Fosdick, L. S. Glucose degradation by Staphy- lococcus albus. J. Dent. Res., 1943, 22: 199— Tauber, O. E., A Griffiths, J. T., jr. Isolation of Staphylococcus albus from hemolymph of the roach, Blatta orientalis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 51: 45-7.—Tilmant, A. Action attenuante des lipoides hepatiques a Tegard du Staphylococcus pyogenes albus. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1914, 76: 388. ---- Infection. See also under names of organs and regions as Eyelid, Abscess. Conklin, C. B. A sporadic outbreak of neonatal pneumonia with accompanying skin lesions due to Staphylococcus albus hemolyticus. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1936, 5: 264- 9.—Malcev, M. Staphylococcus albus et aureus: vozbuditeli krupoznago vospaleniya v legkikh. Sborn. tr. Kharkov. vet. inst. (1891-94) 1895, 4: 127-34.—Yras, J. M. Un caso de blefaro-conjuntivitis ulcerosa cronica; por estafilococos blancos? An. Soc. mex. oft., 1938, 13: 40. ---- Sepsis. See also Micrococcus sepsis. Barber, M. A case of Staphylococcus albus septicaemia; with reactions of 150 strains of staphylococci. Brit. M. J., 1942, 1: 407-9.—Bland, J. H. Hemolytic staphylococcus albus bacteremia and pericarditis treated with sodium salt of peni- cillin and penicillin in beeswax and peanut oil. Am. J. Med., 1948. 5: 298-303.—Dassen, R., Martinez, F., A Fisher, A. Septicemia a estafilococus albus, de caracteres raros. Sem. med., B. Air., 1938, 45: 1202-5—Ericksen, O. C. Staphy- lococcus albus osteomyelitis and septicemia treated with penicillin. J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 124: 1053.—Galewski, S., & Stannus, H. S. Septicemia due to Staphylococcus albus. treated with M. A B. 693. Lancet, Lond., 1939, 2: 1067.— Herbst, R. H., A Merricks, J. W. Staphylococcus albus septicemia following nephrolithotomy; recovery with penicillin. J. Am. M. Ass., 1945, 127: 518.—Leopold, J. S. Staphylo- coccus albus septicemia in an infant aged 6 weeks; recovery with penicillin. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1944, 61: 347-51.— Pettigrew, A. Septicemic post-abortum a staphylocoques Wanes. Union med. Canada, 1938, 67: 256-9.—Roehm, H. R Staphylococcus albus septicemia; report of two cases. Arch Pediat., N. Y., 1932, 49: 165-9. MICROCOCCUS pyogenes (var. aureus) [1884 Rosenbach] See also in 3. ser., Staphylococcus. Bach, D. Les donateurs d'hydrogene pour le staphylocoque dore. C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 120: 608-10.—Brewer, C. M. Use and abuse of Staphylococcus aureus as a test organism. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1942, 32: 401-5.—Doudoroff, M. Associa- tion of characters among dissociates from Staphylococcus aureus. Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34: 216.—Durfee, O. • Classification of 110 strains of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 44: 589-95.—Dyar, M. T. Studies on the surface lipids of Micrococcus aureus. Ibid., 1947, 54: 17.— Fisk, R. T., A Mordvin, O. E. Studies on staphylococci; further observations on bacteriophage typing of Staphylo- coccus aureus. Am. J. Hyg., 1944, 40: 232-8.—Gilbert, R. An interesting strain of Staphylococcus aureus. Annual Rep. Div. Laborat. N. York State Dep. Health, 1938, 34.—Hoff- stadt, R. E., A Youmans, G. P. The genetic significance of the dissociants of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1934, 27: 551-60. ----■—- Dissociation of Staphylococcus aureus; the relation of filtration to dissociation of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Infect. Dis., 1934, 54: 250-2.—Kelly, T. A., McDow- ell, M. A., A Nutini, L. G. Effect of a Staphylococcus aureus extract on bacteria. Stud. Inst. Divi Thomae, Cincin., 1946—47, 5: 49-54.—Macdonald, A. Staphylococcus aureus in cows' milk; the results of phage-typing. Month. Bull. Emerg. Pub. Health Laborat. Serv., Lond., 1946, 5: 230-3.—Miescher, G., Lincke, H., A Storck, H. Analytische Untersuchungen epi- cutan wirksamer Stoffe der Staphylokokken (Staphylococcus aureus) Bull. Schweiz. Akad. med. Wiss., 1948-49, 4:355-73.— Nutini, L. G., Kelly, T. A., A McDowell, M. A. Effect of Staphylococcus aureus extracts on various bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51:533-8.—Park, J. T., A Johnson, M. J. Accumu- lation of labile phosphate in Staphylococcus aureus grown in the presence of penicillin. J. Biol. Chem., 1949, 179: 585-92.— Pinner, M., A Voldrich, M. Derivation of Staphylococcus albus, citreus and roseus from Staphylococcus aureus. J. Infect. Dis., 1932, 50: 185-202.—Talcott, T. B., A Webb, L. J. Queensland plants tested against Staphylococcus aureus. Austral. J. Sc, 1947-48. 10: 82. f ---- Allergy. Afremov, M. L., A Pilot, I. Skin tests with filtrates and vaccines of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Infect. Dis., 1929, 45: 167-71.—Kobak, A. J., A Pilot, I. Skin reactivity of mothers and infants to staphylococcus aureus filtrate and vaccine. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 584-6.—Miani, G. Microbidi cutanei a tipo papuloso con reperto positivo di stafilococco aureo nei tessuti e nel sangue. Atti Soc. ital. derm. sif., 1938, 1: 184-92. ---- Antagonism. Kelly A McDowell. Studies in vitro and in vivo on the effects of a Staphylococcus aureus extract on mouse carcinoma. Cancer Res., 1948, 8: 495-9.—Vanbreuseghem, R. Antago- nisme des cultures de Staphylococcus aureus et de Tricho- phyton (Achorion) schoenleini. Ann. parasit., Par., 1948, 23: 47-54. ---- Antigenicity and antibodies. Blavet di Briga, C. Equilibrio della difese immunitarie delTorganismo; ricerche sullo stafilococco piogeno aureo. Gior. batt. immun., 1930, 5: 935-50, pi.—Day, H. B. The preparation of antigenic specific substance from Staphy- lococcus pyogenes aureus. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1928, 9: 198- 206.—Fellowes, O. N., A Routh, J. I. A study of the chemical composition and antigenic properties of a polysaccharide frac- tion of 3-hour cultures of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1944, 29: 1054-61.—Finucci, V. Equilibrio delle difese immunitarie delTorganismo; ricerche sullo stafilococco piogeno aureo. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 6: 659-72, pi.— Fisher, A. M. The plasma-coagulating properties of staphylo- cocci. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1936, 59: 393-414.— Hoffstadt, R. E., A Clark, W. M. Studies on the antigenic structure of the variants of Staphylococcus aureus; the carbo- hydrates of the rough and smooth forms of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Infect. Dis., 1935, 56:250-4. ------ The chemical composition and antigenic properties of fractions of the smooth and rough strains of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1938, 62: 70-82.—Hoffstadt, R. E., A Youmans, G. P. Antigenic reac- tions of Staphylococcus aureus and its variants. Ibid., 1935, 56: 288-96.—Hopkins, J. G., A Barrie, N. Antigenic relation- ships of certain strains of Staphylococcus aureus as shown by agglutinin absorption. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1927-28, 25: 701.—Lenti, G., A Janella, L. Modificazioni nei batteri coltivati su agar-organi; variazioni del potere emolitico dello stafilococco aureo. Gior. batt. immun., 1947, 37: 31-7.— Lichty, J. A., jr, Katsampes, C. P., A Baum, W. S. A study of humoral antibodies for Staphylococcus aureus in infants and their mothers. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1943, 22: 549-58.— Marsalek, J. [Immunity of Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus from lactic acid] Cas. lek. desk., 1927, 66: 1312-4.—Millet, M., A Schmitz, P. Proprietes serologiques comparees de souches de staphylocoques dores et de leurs mutants blancs. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 132: 334.—Packalen, T. A peculiai type of hemolysis produced by Staphylococcus aureus (Themo- phagie staphylococcique de Muller) Acta path, microb. scand., 1938, 15: 117-49.—Schacf, F., A Robert, P. Der Antigenge- halt von Staphylococcus-aureus-Kulturfiltraten (Antigen- analyse mit Hilfe des Schultz-Daleschen Versuchs) Zschr. Immunforsch., 1937, 90: 192-206.—Simizu, M. Ueber die Saureagglutination von Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus und ihre klinische Bedeutung (eine neue Methode zur Virulenz- bestimmung) Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 77: 323-17. ------ Ueber Lipingehalt und Agglutinabilitat. Ibid., 1933, 90: 208-15.—Shrigley, E. W. The agglutination of Staphylo- coccus aureus in the presence of chorio-allantoic fluid from hens' eggs; a description of the phenomenon. J. Bact., Bait., 1945,50:611. Also Science, 1945,102: 64. ------Theaggluti- nation of Staphylococcus aureus in the presence of normal or influenza virus-infected mouse lung filtrates and of chorio- allantoic fluids. Yale J. Biol., 1945-46, 18: 81-102, pi------ MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 47 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES A Maculla, E. S. Preliminary studies on the identification of the principle in chorioallantoic fluid responsible for the ag- glutination of some strains of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1947, 54: 62.—Takayasu, A. 1st die allgemeine roborie- rende Wirkung [tuberculin] auch im Antigen aus Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus enthalten? Kekkaku, 1938, 16: 15.—Toomey, J. A., A Freedlander, S. O. Further experiences with non- specific local cutaneous immunity to Staphylococcus aureus; local non-specific protection. J. Exp. M., 1931, 53: 363-75. ---- Bacteriophage. Callow, B. R. Bacteriophage phenomena with Staphylo- coccus aureus. J. Infect. Dis., 1922, 30: 643-50.—Fisk, R. T. Studies on staphylococci; occurrence of bacteriophage carriers among strains of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1942, 71: 153-60. ------ Identification of Staphylococcus aureus strains by means of bacteriophage. Ibid., 161-5.-—Freeman, M. The phage inactivating agent in extracts of Staphylo- coccus aureus. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1937, 15: 221-5.-— Gates, F. L. Results of irradiating Staphylococcus aureus bacteriophage with monochromatic ultraviolet light. J. Exp. M., 1934, 60: 179-88.—Gratia, A., A Mutsaars, W. L'action inhibitrice du serum normal sur la lyse du staphylocoque dore par les bacteriophages staphylococciques polyvalents. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 943-5.—Hoffstadt, R. E., A Almaden, P. Dissociation of Staphylococcus aureus; relation of bacterio- phage to the dissociation of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Infect. Dis., 1934, 54: 253-8.—McKinley, E. B., A Camara, J. Re- sistance of hemolytic staphylococci to bacteriophage lytic for non-hemolytic Staphylococcus aureus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1929-30, 27: 846.—McKinniss, E. E. Compati- bility of Staphylococcus aureus bacteriophage and maggot- extract. Univ. Pittsburgh Bull., 1934, 31: No. 1, 618.— Mutsaars, W. De Taction protectrice exercee par le serum normal sur les staphylocoques dores, contre la fixation du bacteriophage. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 235-7. ------ De l'action du sang normal sur la lyse transmissible du staphy- locoque dore. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1933, 51: 605-25. ------ La lyse du staphylocoque dore par le principe corres- pondant et son inhibition par le serum normal. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 1212-4.—Simizu, M. Ueber das d'Herellesche Phanomen des Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1933, 157: 154-65.—Williams, R. E. O. Skin and nose carriage of bacteriophage types of Staph, aureus. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1946, 58: 259-68.—Wynd, F. L., A Bronfen- brenner, J. The nature of the catalase reaction in the residue of Staphylococcus aureus lysed by bacteriophage. J. Bact., Bait., 1939, 38: 659-75. ---- Carriage. Loghem, J. J. van. Le staphylocoque dore dans le nez sain et les agglutinines naturelles. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1946, 72: 978-80.—Miles, A. A., Williams, R. E. O., A Clayton- Cooper, B. The carriage of Staphylococcus (pyogenes) aureus in man and its relation to wound infection. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1944, 56: 513-24.—Moss, B., Squire, J. R. [et al.] Nose and skin carriage of Staphylococcus aureus in patients receiving penicillin. Lancet, Lond., 1948, 1: 320-5.-—Roberts, J. Nose and skin carriage of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 3g7_—Vierthaler, R. W. The relation between bacterial con- tent and the physiological condition of the epidermis, with special reference to the occurrence of persistent carriers of pyogenic cocci. Bull. Hyg., Lond., 1942, 17: 136 (Abstr.) ---- Culture and growth. Homp, U. *Beeinflussung von Gelbkeimen mittelst Passagen durch Pflanzensafte. 19p. 8? *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Stoff- Micrococcus pyogenes aureus 8? Munch., 1909. Bach, D. Evolution des deshydrogenases du staphylocoque dore au cours de la culture. C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 120: 673. .----— Sur Temploi des creusets a plaque de verre fritte pour la determination ponderale des bacteries; etude du developpement du staphylocoque dore. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1937, 44: 479-87.—Bigger, J. W., Boland, C. R., A O'Meara, R. a! Q. Variant colonies of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1927, 30: 261-9, pi.—Brandt, S. On catalase in Staphylococcus aureus. Acta path, microb. scand., 1944, 21: 867-81.—Brewer, C. M. A study of certain factors which influence the resistance of Staphylococcus aureus when grown in beef extract. Abstr. Theses Grad. School Univ. Maryland, 1938-40, 9.—Byatt, P. H., Jann, G. J., A Salle, A. J. Variation in pigment production in Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1948, 55: 787-92.—Clark, W. M. The chemical analysis of Staphylococcus aureus and a rough variant. Ibid., 1937, 33: 20.—Clifton, C. E. Oxidation-reduction potentials in cultures of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1933, 25: 495-507.— Demerec, M. Genetic aspects of changes in Staphylococcus aureus producing strains resistant to various concentrations of penicillin. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard., 1945, 32: 131-8.— Elliott, W. H., A Gale, E. F. Glutamine-synthesizmg system of Staphylococcus aureus; its inhibition by crystal violet and methionine-sulphoxide. Nature, Lond., 1948, 161: 129.— Fildes, P., A Richardson, G. M. The nutrition of btaphylo- Konigsb., 1935. RlEMER, M. wechsels des [Rostock] 94p. coccus aureus: sulphur requirements. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1937,18:292-304. ----—[etal.] A nutrient mixture suitable for the growth of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1936, 17: 481-4.—Friedemann, T. E. The carbohydrate metabolism of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Biol. Chem., 1939, 130: 61-5.— Gladstone, G. P. The nutrition of Staphylococcus aureus; nitrogen requirements. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1937,18:322-33.— Hills, G. M. Aneurin (vitamin Bi) and pyruvate metabolism by Staphylococcus aureus. Biochem. J., Lond., 1938, 32: 383-91.—Hirsch, J., A Midler, A. W. Zur Bedeutung des Peptons als Nahrsubstrat aerober Bakterien; die Verwertung des Peptons durch Staphylococcus aureus. Zschr. Hyg., 1933, 115: 443-94.—Hoffstadt, R. E., A Youmans, G. P. A single cell study of the smooth and rough strains of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 31. ---->— Dissociation of single cell cultures of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1938, 35: 511-4.—Holiday, E. R. Spectrographic identification of nicotinic acid in Staphylococcus aureus growth factor con- centrates. Biochem. J., Lond., 1937, 31: 1299-302.—Hughes, D. E. Glutamine and the growth of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Biol. Chem., 1948, 176: 1473.—Kendall, A. I., Friedemann, T. E., A Ishikawa, M. Quantitative observations on the chemical activity of resting staphylococcus aureus; studies in bacterial metabolism. J. Infect. Dis., 1930-31, 47: 223-8.— Kligler, I. J., Grossowicz, N., A Bergner, S. Studies on the role of niacin and thiamine in the metabolism of glucose by Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 46: 399-403.— Knight, B. C. J. G. An essential growth factor for Staphylococ- cus aureus. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1935, 16: 315-26. r— The nutrition of Staphylococcus aureus; nicotinic acid and vitamin B. Biochem. J., Lond., 1937, 31: 731-7. ——--- The nutrition of Staphylococcus aureus; the activities of nico- tinamide, aneurin (vitamin Bi) and related compounds. Ibid., 966-73. ------ A Mcllwain, H. The specificity of aneurin and nicotinamide in the growth of Staph, aureus. Ibid., 1938, 32: 1241-51. Lenti, G., A Jannella, L. Modificazioni nei batteri coltivati su agar-organi; variazioni di alcune attivita fermentative dello Stafilococco aureo. Gior. batt. immun., 1947, 37: 19-30.—Lominski, I. Preparation of cell-free plasma coagulase of Staphylococcus aureus. Nature, Lond., 1944, 154: 640.-—Ludlam, G. B. A selective medium for the isola- tion of Staphylococcus aureus from heavily contaminated material. Month. Bull. Min. Health Gr. Britain, 1949, 8: 15-20.—Markees.S. Ueber Wachstumsversuche mit Staphylo- coccus aureus im vollsynthetischen Nahrmedium und zur Frage des Pantothensaure-Salicylat-Antagonismus. Schweiz. Zschr. Path. Bakt., 1946, 9: 88-124.—Oesterle, P. Die Ver- schleimung des Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus; Beitrag zur Biologie der Aureusstamme. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1936, 136: 221-5.—Packalfin, T. On the phenomenon of satellite zones produced by Staphylococcus aureus in some solid media. Rep. Proc. Internat. Congr. Microb. (1939) 1940, 257. Also Am. J. Hyg., 1941, 33: Sect. B, 56-62.—Pasqualino, G. Sulle pro- priety culturali morfologiche e biologiche dello stafilococco aureo proveniente da ascessi di animali sottoposti a dieta al- calosica ed acidosica. Gior. batt. immun., 1935, 14: 623-32.— Porter, J. R., A Pelczar, M. J., jr. The nutrition of Staphy- lococcus aureus; the influence of biotin, bios IIb and vitamin H on the growth of several strains. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 173-92.—Powelson, D. M., Wilson, P. W., A Burris, R. H. Oxidation of glucose, glycerol and acetate by Staphylococcus aureus. Biochem. J., Lond., 1947, 41: 486-91.—Richardson, G. M. The nutrition of Staphylococcus aureus; necessity for uracil in anaerobic growth. Ibid., 1936, 30: 2184-90. -----r The necessity for nucleic acid components in the anaerobic growth of Staphylococcus aureus. Proc R. Soc, Lond., 1937, ser. B, 124: 10-2.—Sevag, M. G., A Green, M. N. Indis- pensibility of tryptophane, and glucose or pyruvate for the formation of arylamines (paraaminobenzoic acid) by Staphy- lococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 47: 450. —'---- The role of carbohydrates in the development of pigment by Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 48: 496,-^Shands, A. R., jr. An experiment with broth cultures of Staphylococcus aureus and gentian violet. Arch. Surg., 1928, 16: 1078.—Simizu, M. Ueber das fettlosliche Vitamin von Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1935, 25: 94.—Swingle, E. L. Studies on small colony variants of Staphylococcus aureus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 891-3. Also J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 29: 467-88, pi—Tocco, L., A Taormina, A. Sulla presenza in molte piante superiori di sostanze attivanti (filobio- tiche) lo sviluppo dello stafilococco piogeno aureo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1947, 23: 136.—Webster, M. D. Change in amino acid oxidation following dissociation of Staphylococcus aureus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40: 289-92 — Wyss, O., Stone, W. S., A Clark, J. B. The production of mutations in Staphylococcus aureus by chemical treatment of the substrate. J. Bact., Bait., 1947, 54: 767-72.—Youmans, G. P. Production of small-colony variants of Staphylococcus aureus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937-38, 36: 94-6. ---- Detection. Forssman, J. Staphylokokken und Gramfarbung; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Auflosung des Staph, aureus im infizierten Organismus. Acta path, microb. scand., 1944, Suppl. 54, 1-13.—Lominski, I., A Grossfeld, E. A direct coagulase test for rapid detection of Staphylococcus aureus. Brit. M. J., 1944, 2: 854.------An improved direct coagu- lase test for the rapid detection of Staphyloccus aureus. Ibid., 1948. 1: 343. MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 48 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES ---- Food infection. See also Food poisoning; Micrococcosis, Food infection. Avdeeva, E. A. [Three cases of food poisoning caused by Staphylococcus aureus] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1942, No. 5, 75-8.—Cherviakov, M. P., Fisher, G. M., A Belikov, L. A. [Staphylococcus aureus as causative agent of food poisoning] Sovet. med., 1943, 7: No. 10, 24.—Fingerov, L. S. [Staphy- lococcus aureus as the cause of mass food poisoning] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1940, 115.—Geiger, J. C, A Crowley, A. B. Illness due to commercially prepared egg and olive sandwiches contaminated by a probable carrier of hemolytic Staphylococcus aureus. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1940, 30: 1351-4.—Giovanardi, A., A Stoppa, G. Un episodio epidemico di intossicazione alimentare da stafilococco piogene aureo. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1939, 11. ser., 7: 44. Also Minerva med., Tor., 1939, 30: pt 2, 333-40.—Lawson, G. M., A Englar, T. S. An out- break of food poisoning due to Staphylococcus aureus. Virginia M. Month., 1944, 71: 253-5.— Pikkarainen, J. Ueber Nah- rungsmittelvergiftungen, verursacht durch Staphylococcus aureus. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1938-39, 143: 60-6.—Sangster, C. B., A Constance, T. J. An outbreak of food poisoning due to Staphylococcus aureus. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 264-6.— Semikoz, F., Voronova, S., A Gorbacheva, M. [Mass food poisoning by Staphylococcus aureus] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1937, 18: 173-6. ---- Infection. See also Micrococcosis; also under names of infections as Conjunctivitis; Endocarditis, Bac- teriology; Epididymitis, etc. Ernst, J. * Untersuchungen iiber die pyogenen Wirkungen des Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus im Unterhautzellgewebe des Kaninchens. 27p. 8? Wiirzb., 1886. Avdeeva, E. A. [Three toxicoinfections caused by Staphy- lococcus aureus] Hig. san., Moskva, 1943, 8: 44-6.—Bliss, E. A., A Long, P. H. Comparative therapeutic effects of sulfapyridine in experimental Staphylococcus aureus infections in mice. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40: 32-4.—Carroll, G., A Kappel, L. The first clinical case to receive sulfamethyl- thiazol for treatment of virulent Staphylococcus aureus infec- tion with recovery; case report. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1939-40, 34: 197.—Dadlez, J., A Koskowski, W. Les 6changes gazeux dans la fievre provoquee par le Staphylococcus aureus. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 109: 301.—Di Gioia, C. La leucocitosi nelle infezioni sperimentali da stafilococco piogeno aureo. Ann. clin. med., Pal., 1926, 16: 249-81.—Dingle, J. H., Hoff, H. E. [et al.] The effect of Staphylococcus aureus exotoxin on the rabbit heart. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1937, 61: 121-9.— Dohmen, A. Scarlatiniforme Exantheme bei Infektionen mit dem Staphylococcus aureus haemolyticus. Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17: 1689-91.—Einaudi, M. Ricerche sulla localizzazione elettiva dello stafilococco piogeno aureo dopo passaggi in vitro ed in vivo su pelle. Gior. batt. immun., 1933, 10: 957-80.— Ercoli, N., Lewis, M. N., A Harker, E. M. The chemothera- peutic activity of sulfonamides in the Staphylococcus aureus infection of mice. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 47: 451.—Fiorio, A. Infezione sperimentale da stafilococco piogeno aureo. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 6: 635-58.—Fischer, G., A McClure, L. E. Penicillin therapy of Staphylococcus aureus hemolyticus infec- tion in an allergic infant. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1945, 27: 436- 41.—Fitch, T. S. P. Sulfathiazole in Staphylococcus aureus; epidural abscess with septicemia and pyemia. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1940, 57: 119-24.—Greenbaum, S. S., A Harkins, M. J. Staphylocin: its use in Staphylococcus aureus infections of the skin. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 776-82.—Herrell, W. E., A Brown, A. E. The clinical use of sulfamethylthiazol in infec- tions caused by Staphylococcus aureus; preliminary report. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1939, 14: 753-8.—Hoffstadt, R. E., A Youmans, G. P. Staphylococcus aureus; dissociation and its relation to infection and to immunity. J. Infect. Dis., 1932, 51: 216-42.—Jeffery, C. C, Sevitt, S., A Topley, E. Acute osteomyelitis due to a penicillinase-producing Staphylococcus aureus. Lancet, Lond., 1949, 1: 259-61.—Kiang, S. Staphy- lococcus aureus infection in new born infants; three case reports with autopsy findings. Chin. M. J., Chengtu Ed., 1942-43, 61 A: 158-60.—Knott, F. A., A Blaikley, J. B. The control of Staphylococcus aureus infections in a maternity department. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1944, 51: 386^00.- Krock, F. H-, A Chamberlain, C. T. The clinical use of sul- famethylthiazol in infections caused by Staphylococcus aureus; case report. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1939-40, 36: 247.—McBryde, A. Hemolytic staphylococcus pneumonia in early infancy; response to penicillin therapy. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1944, 68: 271.—Michael, M., jr. Staphylococcus aureus pneumonia; with special reference to its occurrence as a complication of influenza. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 869-74.—Nutini, L. G., A Lynch, E. M. Effect of tissue extracts in controlling Staphy- lococcus aureus infections. Nature, Lond., 1945, 156: 419. ------ Comparative action of an extract of brain tissue and penicillin on Staphylococcus aureus infections. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 52: 681-4.—Osgood, E. E., Joski, J., A Brownlee, I. E. The superiority of neoarsphenamine and sulfathiazol in the therapy of Staphylococcus aureus infections in marrow cultures. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1940, 71: 445-50.—Pardo, E. A. _ Historia de un caso mas para servir al estudio de la estafilococia dorada del recien nacido. Rev. obst., B. Air., 1905, 3: 127-36. ; Peracino, M. Infezione da stafilococchi piogeni aurei e narcosi eterea. Gior. batt. immun., 1934, 13: 901-10.—Rolla, C. Contributo alio studio delT infezione da stafilococco piogeno aureo. Ann. 1st. Maragliano, Genova, 1908-09, 3: 311-8.— Simizu, M. Ueber Einfluss des Staphylococcus aureus auf B-Avitaminose. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1936, 26: 19.—Stevens, F. A. The occurrence of staphylococcus aureus infection with a scarlatiniform rash. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 1957. ---- Pathogenicity. Abe, T. Ueber die Proteasenwirkung von Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1947, 49: 33-7.—Fiorio, C. Die Wirkung des Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus auf den Glukosestoffwechsel. Wien. med. Wschr., 1943, 93: 184 (Abstr.)—Geisse, A. Erzielung pathogener Eigenschaften bei saprophytischen Staphylokokken. Zschr. Hyg., 1914, 77: 482-94.—Hoff, H. E., Dingle, J., A Nahum, L. H. The effect of staphylococcus aureus toxin on the heart. Am. J. Physiol., 1937, 119: 337.—Johnson, A., A Siebert, W. J. Injections of caffeine and adrenalin and subsequently staphylococcus aureus suspensions on myocardium and endocardium. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1926-27, 24: 726.—Kisi, S. Erforschung iiber die virulizide Wirkung des sogenannten Antivirus von Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1934-36, 4: Surg., 177.—Lieb, F., A Nothhacksberger, W. Ueber Plas- magerinnung durch Wirkung des Staphylokokkus pyogenes aureus. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1943, 131: 31-4.—Ligas, A., A Trasino, M. Sul pneumotropismo sperimentale dello sta- filococco aureo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1942, 17: 495.— Menkin, V., A Walston, H. D. Role of coagulating principle of Staphylococcus aureus in relation to invasiveness of this microorganism. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 1259-63.—Thompson, R. H. S., A Dubos, R. J. Production of experimental osteomyelitis in rabbits by intravenous injection of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Exp. M., 1938, 68: 191-206, 2 pi.—Weld, J. T. P., A Gunther, A. Differentiation between certain toxic properties of filtrates of hemolytic Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid.. 1931. 54: 315-22. ---- Resistance and virulence. Abraham. E. P. The effect of mycophenolic acid on the growth of Staphylococcus aureus in heart broth. Biochem. J., Lond., 1945, 39: 398-^08. —---- Callow, D., A Gilliver, K. Adaptation of Staphylococcus aureus to growth in the presence of certain antibiotics. Nature, Lond., 1946, 158: 818-21.— Bach, D. Sur la destruction des dehydrogenases du staphy- locoque dore par la chaleur; action protectrice du substrat. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1937, 204: 158-60.------A Lambert, J. Action de quelques antiseptiques sur la lactico-deshydrogenase du staphylocoque dore. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 126: 298-300. ----<— Action des anesthesiques et dea hypnotiques sur les deshydroxygenases du staphylocoque dore. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1938, 20: 679; 818.—Borgen, L. O. To penicil- linresistente staphylococcus aureus-stammer. Nord. med., 1947, 34: 1259.—Cramer, D. L. The mode of action of nitro- furan compounds; application of physicochemical methods to the study of action against Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1947, 54: 119-25.—Faguet, M. Obtension d'un Staphy- lococcus aureus resistant a la penicilline et etude de ses carac- teres. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1948, 74: 451-7.—Flocks, R., Fellowes, O. N., A Kerr, H.. D. The combined action of Roentgen rays and sulfanilamide on Staphylococcus aureus. Am. J. Roentg., 1940, 44: 115.—Frieden, E. H., A Frazier, C. N. The effects of various agents upon the sensitivity of Staphy- lococcus aureus to penicillin. Arch. Biochem., N. Y., 1947, 15: 265-78.—Gale, E. F. Correlation between penicillin resistance and assimilation affinity in Staphylococcus aureus. Nature, Lond., 1947, 160: 407. Also Biochem. J., Lond., 1948, 42: Suppl., p. i. ------ A Rodwell, A. W. The assimilation of amino-acids by bacteria; the nature of resistance to penicillin in Staphylococcus aureus. J. Gen. Microb., Lond., 1949, 3: 127-42, pi.—Gale, E. F., A Taylor, E. S. The assimilation of amino-acids by bacteria; the action of penicillin in preventing the assimilation of glutamic acid by Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1947, 1: 314-26.—Grossowicz, N. Glutamine, an anti- metabolite for Staphylococcus aureus. J. Biol. Chem., 1948, 173: 729-36.—Grubb, T. C, A Edwards, M. A. A method for restoring and maintaining the phenol resistance of certain strains of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51: 205-10.—Hoerlein, B. F. The inhibiting effect of normal serum and its gamma globulin fraction upon the variation of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1948, 56: 139.—Klimek, J. W., Cavallito, C. J., A Bailey, J. H. Induced resistance of Staphy- lococcus aureus to antibiotics. Ibid., 1946, 51: 580; 1948, 55: 139-45.—Latarjet, R., A Sournia, J. Diminution chrono- logique de la resistance du staphylocoque dore aux rayons ultra-violets. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 132: 570-3.—Laurel 1, A. The effect of physiological salt solution on Staphylo- coccus j pyogenes aureus. Acta path, microb. scand., 1933, Suppl. 16; 204-18.— Mallmann, W. L., Leavitt, A., A Joslyn, D. A. Effect of medium on resistance of Staphylococcus aureus to quaternary ammonium compounds. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1948, 68: 401-3.—Morton, H. E., A Baralt Perez, M. J. Staphylococcus aureus; drug-fastness studies with penicillin and sulfactin. Ibid., 69: 26-9. Nutini, L. G., & MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES 49 MICROCOCCUS PYOGENES Lynch, E. M. Further studies on effects of tissue extracts on Staphylococcus aureus. J. Exp. M., 1946, 84: 247-61 Response of penicillin-resistant strains of Staphylococcus aureus to extract of beef brain. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1947, 6: 281.— Plough, H. H. Penicillin resistance of Staphylococcus aureus and its clinical implications. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1945, 15: 446-51.—Poston, M. A. Comparison of in-vitro effectiveness of various sulfonamides on 110 strains of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 74.—Quisno, R., Foter, M. J., A Gibby, I. W. A technique for maintaining standard phenolic re- sistance of Staphylococcus aureus. Ibid., 1946, 52: 499.— Rake, G., A McKee, C. M. Action of sulfathiazole and sul- fa methyl thiazole on Staphylococcus aureus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 43: 561-4.—Rammelkamp, C. H. Observa- tions on resistance of Staphylococcus aureus to action of ty- rothricin. Ibid., 1942, 49: 346-50. ------ A Keefer, C. S. Sulfathiazole; effect on Staphylococcus aureus in vitro. Ibid. 1940, 43: 664-8.—Reddish, G. F., A Burlingame, E. M. The effect of peptone on the resistance of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1938, 27: 331-4. ------ A Wood, L. B. Resistance of Staphylococcus aureus cultured in semi-synthetic and F. D. A. media. Am. J. Pharm., 1946, 118: 4-10.—Serra, G. Ricerche sulla distribuzione dei germi e sul potere bat- tericida nella infezione sperimentale di stafilococco piogeno aureo in conigli preventivamente trattati con iniezioni di piccole dosi di arsenobenzolo. Dermosifilografo, 1935, 10: 36-43. ------ Ulteriore contributo alio studio del potere battericida esercitato in vitro dall'arseno-benzolo sullo stafilococco piogeno aureo. Ibid., 171-7.—Sevag, M. G., A Green, M. N. The mechanism of resistance to sulfonamides; factors controlling the formation of arylamine from tryptophane by Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 48: 615-22.—Stone, W. S., Wyss, O., A Haas, F. The production of mutations in Staphylococcus aureus by irradiation of the substrate. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S., 1947, 33: 59-66.—Sullivan, M., Stahiy, G. L. [et al.] Reciprocal sensitivities of Staphylococcus aureus to strepto- mycin, streptothricin, and penicillin. Science, 1946, 104: 397.—Tobler, A. B., A Pinner, M. The effects of pleural ef- fusions on the growth of Staphylococcus aureus in vitro. J. Bact., Bait., 1942,43: 104.—Vicher.E. E., Meyer, E., A Gather- coal, E. N. Phenol resistance of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1937, 26: 590-3.—Warmer, H., A Amluxen, J. Comparison of in vitro and in vivo penicillin resistance of a strain of hemolytic Staphylococcus aureus. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1945, 30: 419-21.—West, R., A Coburn, A. F. The rela- tionship of sulfapyridine, nicotinic acid, and coenzymes to the growth of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Exp. M., 1940, 72: 91-7.— Youmans, G. P., A Delves, E. The effect of inorganic salts on the production of small colony variants by Staphylococcus aureus. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 44: 127-36.— Zambruno, D. Azione della colchicina, della narcotina, e dell'androstendione sulla moltiplicazione dello Staphylococcus aureus. Gior. batt. immun., 1946, 34: 55-7. ---- Sepsis. See also Micrococcus sepsis; also Puerperal infection. Deboos, P. Contribution k l'etude du traite- ment des septicemies a staphylocoque dore" par la penicilline. 55p. 24cm. Par., 1946. Apert, E., A Porak, R. Septicemic a staphylocoque dore, abces miliaire et cavernes dans les poumons et les reins. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1911, 3. ser., 32: 149-52.—Barnstein, N. J. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia, chemotherapy. Jackson Clin. Bull., Madison, 1940, 2: 40.—Blumberg. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1943, 60: 580-2.— Brehant, J. Septicopyohemie a staphylocoque dore. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1936, 62: 1110.—Burford, T. H., Samson, P. C. [et al.] Recovery from hemolytic Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia attributed to penicillin therapy; case report. J. Thorac. Surg., 1945, 14: 483-6.—Cabot, R. C, A Richardson. [Septicemia, staphylococcus aureus.] Case Rec. Massachusetts Gen. Hosp., 1920, 6: No. 40, pt 1, 1-6.—Cochrane, R. F. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia following abortion; report of a case, with autopsy. Nicollet Clin. Bull., 1941-42, 2: 33.— Cohen, S., A Austin, R. Mycotic aneurysm of the aorta, chronic suppurative osteomyelitis and pyarthrosis, psoas abscess and chronic suppurative cellulitis; organizing sero-fibrinous pericarditis; miliary abscesses of kidneys and spleen (staphy- lococcus aureus septicemia) Cincinnati J. M., 1946, 27: 447- 54.—Corner, B. D. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia with recovery, treated with M A B 693. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1939-40, 33: Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 627.—Cresson. Trois cas de septicemies prolongees provoquees par le staphylocoque dore. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1937, 29: 69-73.—Dowd, J. F. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia treated with sulfamethyl- thiazol; report of two cases. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1940, 37: 358-60.—Dudgeon, L. S., A Goadby, H. K. The examination of the tissues and some observations on the blood platelets of rabbits at intervals of five minutes, and later, after intravenous inoculations of Staphylococcus aureus and indian ink. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1931, 31: 247-56, 3 pi.—Farber, H. W. A case of staphylococcus aureus septicemia treated with sulfamethyl- thiazol. South. M. A S-, 1940, 102: 352-4.— Flandin, C, A Chapuis, J. L. Septicemic a staphylocoques dores mortelle a la suite d'une injection de 4 cc. de propidon pour un anthrax de la region sacr6e. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1943, 59:408.— Girard, M., Viallier [et al.l Reactivation de la sero-agglutina- tion typholdique chez un ancien vaccine, au cours d'une sep- ticemic k staphylocoques. Lyon m6d., 1948, 179: 232-5.— Goldberg, S. L., A Sachs, A. Sulfapyridine in the treatment of Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 1639-41.—Grenet, H., Gautheron A Saulnier. Septicemie et meningite k staphylocoque dore. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1939-40, 37: 574-8.—Impink, R. R., Denhoff, E., A Vanderveer, J. B. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia, with osteomyelitis, pneumonia, and acute purulent pericarditis. Am. Heart J., 1943, 26: 699-708.—LeCocq, E. The use of neosalvarsan in the treatment of acute osteomyelitis and blood stream infec- tions caused by the Staphylococcus aureus. West. J. Surg., 1936, 44: 655-7.—Lehmann, O. Fulminating staphylococcus aureus sepsis treated with staphylococcus antitoxin and sulfa- pyridine. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1S39-40, 6: 338- 41.—Lenti, G. Modificazioni nei batteri c^tivati su agar- organi; contegno della setticemia da StafilococJb aureo coltivato su agar fegato. Gior. batt. immun., 1947, 37: 38-48.—Likely, D. S., A Swirsky, M. Y. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia treated with penicillin. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123: 956-8.— Mackay-Dick, J. A case of septicaemia, haernolytic Staph- ylococcus aureus, confused with clinical hepatic amoebiasis. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1948, 90: 171.—Mackenzie, G. M. Scarlatiniform eruption followed by desquamation, associated with Staphylococcus aureus bacteriemia. In: Clin. Misc. Bassett Hosp., 1934, 1: 48-52.—MacNeal, Staphylococcus aureus septicemia; a preliminary report. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1939,5:58.—Mathew, P. W., A Shera, A. G. Staphy- lococcus aureus haemolyticus septicaemia successfully treated with thiazamide. Brit. M. J., 1942, 1: 258.—Mathew, R. Y. The Staphylococcus aureus as the probable cause of a fatal disease simulating laryngeal diphtheria. Med. J. Australia, 1930,1: 34-6.—Miley, G. Disappearance of hemolytic staphy- lococcus aureus septicemia following ultraviolet blood irradia- tion, Knott technic Am. J. Surg., 1943, 62: 241-5.—Mitchell, O. W. H., A Chapman, O. D. Staphylococcus aureus septi- cemia. N. York State J. M., 1940, 40: 1308-11.—Mondon, H., Pirot, R. [et al.] Septicemie a staphylocoque dore hemo- lytique; guerison par le traitement sulfamide. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1942-43, 58: 443.—Parker, J. T., Hopkins, J. G., A Gunther, A. Further studies on the production of Staphy- lococcus aureus toxin. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1925-26, 23: 344-6.—Patrick, A. Staphylococcus aureus septicaemia; as a complication of influenza in an epidemic in Malta. Lancet, Lond., 1919, 1: 137.—Preti, L. Stafilococcemia da stafilococco aureo con localizzazioni all'endocardio, ai reni, ai polmoni, alia pleura, alia prostata. Gior. clin. med., 1935, 16: 1-6.— Rammelkamp, C. H., A Keefer, C. S. Sulfathiazole therapy of staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. N. England J. M., 1940, 223: 877-85.—Schwartz, B.—The successful treatment of a case of staphylococcus aureus septicemia with sulfathiazole. Bull. Buncombe Co. M. Soc. 1941, 5: No. 3, 15-8.—Silver- thorne, N. Penicillin in the treatment of haernolytic staphylo- coccal septicaemia. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1943, 49: 516.— Skinner, D., A Keefer, C. S. Significance of bacteremia caused by Staphylococcus aureus; a study of 122 cases and a review of the literature concerned with experimental infection in animals. Arch. Int. M., 1941, 68: 851-75.—Stevenson, H. A case of staphylococcus aureus septicaemia with multiple haematogenous pneumonic areas, spontaneous pneumothorax, pyaemic abscess in medulla; recovery under penicillin therapy. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1947, 96: 237-43, 4 pi.—Thompson, G. J., A Buchtel, H. A. Septicemia caused by Staphylococcus aureus; spontaneous recovery. Proc Mayo Clin., 1936, 11: 193-5.—Verge. Traitement d'un cas de septicemie a staphy- locoque dore. Union med. Canada, 1941, 70: 1258.— Zimmerman, J. J., A Durgin, B. Staphylococcus aureus septicemia and pericarditis treated with penicillin. Am. Heart J., 1946. 31:93-7. ---- Toxin. See also subheading Antigenicity and anti- bodies. Burnet, F. M. The exotoxins of Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1929, 32: 717-34.—Glahn, W. C, A Weld, J. T. The effect of Staphylococcus aureus toxin on the kidney. J. Exp. M., 1935, 61: 1-8, pi.—Inoue, S. Studien iiber die giftigen Leibessubstanzen von Staphylo- coccus aureus. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1942, 43: 1; 176—Kella- way, C. H., Burnet, F. M., A Williams, F. E. The pharma- cological action of the exotoxin of Staphylococcus aureus. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1930, 33: 889-912.—Morimoto, T. Osyoku budozyo-kyukin no dokuso sansei to baiyo yoyaku to no kanren ni tuite. Nagasaki igakkai zassi, 1935, 13: 748-60.— Okitu, W. Studien iiber das Toxin des Staphylococcus aureus. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1927, No. 77, 64-86.—Stokinger, H. E-, Ackerman, H., A Carpenter, C. M. The pH-stability of toxic filtrates of Staphylococcus aureus and certain species of the genus Clostridium. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 42: 135.—Weld, J. T., A Mitchell, L. C. Agglutination of rabbit leucocytes by staphylococcus aureus toxin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. V.. 1942, 49: 370-4. MICROCOCCUS pyogenes (var. citreus) See Micrococcus. M. citreus. MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS 50 MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS MICROCOCCUS sepsis. See also Micrococcosis; Micrococcus pyogenes (var. albus) Sepsis; Micrococcus pyogenes (var. aureus) Sepsis; Pyemia; Sepsis, Bacteriology. Felsenthal, W. *Ueber Staphylokokken- sepsis [Frankfurt] p. 185-262. 8? Jena, 1930. Also Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1930, 42: Alison, M. Septicemies a staphylocoques. Inter Exter, Par., 1947, 1: No. 8, 21.—Almeida Prado, A. de. Septico- pyohemia estaphylococcica. In his Lie- conf. clin. med., S. Paulo, 1934, 8-23.—Bariety, M. Septicemies a staphylocoque. Bull, med., Par., 1938, 52: No. 29, Suppl., 1-3.—Beddard, A. P. Staphylococcal septicaemia. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1926 40: 10»5.—Bouduin. Septicemie a staphylocoque. J. med. Paris, TO38, 58: 214-6.—Brookbank, E. B. Staphylo- coccic septicemia. Med. Sentinel, 1930, 38: 9-12.—Cohn, B. Staphylokokken-Sepsis. Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 243.— Dupe>ie. Septicemie staphylococcique. J. med. Bordeaux, 1911, 41: 699.—Generalised staphylococcal infection. Lancet, Lond., 1939, 2: 1076.—'Gonzalez Suarez. Septicemia esta- filoc6cica pura. Med. ibera, 1933, 27: pt 1, 830.—Gupta, S. P. Staphylococcal septicaemia. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1946-47, 16: 121.—Keeler, H. R. Staphylococcus septicemia. J. Chemo- ther., 1932, 9: 4-11.—Larue, L. Septicemics a staphylocoques. Laval med., Quebec, 1936, 1: 182.—La Torre. Septicemias estafiloc6ccicas. Sugestiones, Mex., 1947—18, 13: No. 153, 100-2. ------ TTranga Prado, H., A Alvarez Hernandez, P. Septicemia estafilococcica. Bol. med. Hosp. inf., Mex., 1948, 5: 352-62.—Lemierre, A., A Worms, R. Septicemics staphylo- cocciques. In: Traite d. med., Par., 1948, 1: 68-92.—Lowen- stein, P. S. Stanhylococous septicemia. Am. J. M. Sc, 1931, 181: 196-203.—Ludbrook, S. L. Staphylococcal septicaemia. N. Zealand M. J., 1943, 42: 229.—Millet. J. Septicemie staphylococcique. Union med. Canada, 1935, 64: 400-6.— Qoervain, de. Staphvlokokkenpyamie. Korbl. Schweiz. Aerzte, 1918, 48: 149.—Reed, A. C, A Stiles, F. E. Staphylo- coccus septicemia. California West. M., 1927, 26: 492.— Salveraglio, F. J. Las estafilococemias. An. Clin, enferm. infecc, Montev., 1940-42, 2: 65-79.—Stookey, P. F., A Scarpellino, L. A. Staphylococcus septicemia. South. M. J., 1939, 32: 173-9.—Sutherland, R. T. Staphylococcic septi- cemia. Arch. Int. M., 1940, 66: 1-10.— Torroella. E. Septico- piohemia estafiloc6ccica. In his I.eoc. clin. quir., Habana, 1944, 956-69. ---- Bacteriology. See also under specific name of microbe as Micrococcus, M. epidermidis; Micrococcus pyo- genes (var. aureus) Sepsis. Bourges, H., Langelin, R., A Joly, P. R. Septicemie a microcoque (diplococcemie) Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1915, 29: 831.—Cantor, I. B. Staphylococcus hemolyticus bacteremia; report of case with recovery. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1946, 35: 328-30.—Lemierre, A. Sur un cas de septicemie a staphylo- coques anaerobies. Bull, med., Par., 1948, 62: 441-4.— Mach, R. S., A Mach, E. Baciliemie tuberculeuse muette seconde au cours d'une septicemie a staphylocoques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3. ser., 49: 1199-202.—Roberts, C. G. Septicopyemia due to Staphylococcus hemolyticus. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n. ser., 12: 76-9.— Wolfe, A. G. Hemolytic staphylococcus septicemia. Illinois M. J., 1941, 80: 457-62. ---- Bones and joints. See also Osteomyelitis; Rheumatism. L'Honore, P. *Contribution a l'etude des metastases osteoarticulaires subaigues dans les septicemies a. staphylocoques. 74p. 8? Par., 1934. Eabinovici, J. H. *Contribution a l'etude des septicemics staphylococciques lentes a locali- sations ost£o-articulaires. 47p. 8? Par., 1935. Baker, L. D. Acute osteomyelitis with staphylococcus septicemia; a clinical report on the use of chemotherapy and staphylococcus antitoxin in its treatment. South. M. J., 1941, 34: 619-27.—Bernard, A., A Basuyau, T. Localisations rachidiennes des staphylococcemies. J. sc. med. Lille, 1947, 65: 455-61.—Bosch Olives, V. Focos oseos en la sepsis esta- filoc6cica; apofisario y epifisario. Rev. espan. reumat., 1947-48, 2: 496-501.—Bourgeois, J., A Porin, J. Forme pseudo- rhumatismale des staphylococcemies. Bull, med., Par., 1931, 45: 859-61.—Curtillet A Aubaniac. Une observation de septico- pyohemie staphylococcique a determination osseuse chez 1 'adulte. Afrique fr. chir., 1948, 75-7.—Debre, R., A Leveuf, J. Osteomyeiites aigues avec bacteriemie et septicemies a staphy- locoques. Presse med., 1939, 47: 361-4.—Gennes, L. de, Bricaire, H. [et al.] Osteite condensante, pseudo-neoplasique, au cours d'une septicemie a staphylocoques. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1946, 62: 466.—Gennes, L. de. Worms [et al.] Septicemie staphylococcique lente a localisations osteo-articu- laires. Ibid., 1934, 3. ser., 1634-40.—Grenet, H., Levent, R., A Isaac-Georges, P. Septicemie staphylococcique k forme rhumatismale. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1939^0, 37: 571-4.— Hart, F. D. Acute rheumatism occurring in the course of a staphylococcal septicaemia. Proc R. Soc M., Lond., 1937- 38, 31: 357.—Kendrick, J. I. Staphylococcus septicemia with septic arthritis of the knee treated with sulfapyridine; report of a case. Cleveland Clin. Q., 1940, 7: 35.—Lattes, A., A Pe>oz, A. A propos d'un cas de staphylococcemie consecutive a une osteite diffuse du maxillaire superieur. Rev. stomat., Par., 1929, 31: 92-8.-—Leveuf, J. Formes bacteriemiques des osteo- myeiites aigues et septicemies a staphylocoques. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr., 537-47.—Rocher, H. L., A Villar, H. Pyo-septicemie staphylococcique consecutive a une osteomyeiite bipolaire du tibia. J. med. Bordeaux, 1913, 43: 517. ---- Cardiovascular system. See also Endocarditis, Bacteriology. Anderson, W. L. Staphylococcic septicemia and endocar- ditis; report of a recovered case. Harper Hosp. Bull., Detr., 1941-42, 1: 84.—Ehrich, W., Wohlrab, R., A Voigt, W. Ueber die Reaktionen des Gefassbindegewebsapparates auf intra- venose Staphylokokkeninjektionen und ihre Bedeutung. Beitr. path. Anat., 1934, 93: 321-70, pi.—Hiller, K. Staphy- lococcal septicaemia with ulcerative endocarditis of the tri- cuspid valve following on a boil. Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep., 1932, 3: 33.—Lombard, P. Trois cas de septicemie staphylococcique suraigue; les thromboses arterielles dues au staphylocoque. Algerie med., 1941, 4. ser., 45: 2-5.—McDer- mott, V. T. Report of a case of staphyloccic bacteremia with endocarditis and myocarditis treated successfully with peni- cillin. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater U. S., 1944, 2: 10-2.— Velasco Mora, G., Weinstein R. F. [et al.] Septicemia estafilo- c6cica; endocarditis bacteriana aguda; curaci6n con penicilina. Rev. med. Chile, 1945, 73: 1086-9.—Rigdon, R. H. Capillary permeability and inflammation in rabbits with staphylococcic septicemia; an experimental study. Arch. Surg., 1942, 44: 129-38.—Walton, C. H. A. A cured case of staphylococcal septicaemia with endocarditis. Manitoba M. Rev., 1947, 27: 583. ---- Cases. Aris, J. Septicemia estafilococica. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1927, 2. ser., 8: 239-45.— Ben Salem. A propos de deux cas de septicemie a staphylocoques. Tunis, med., 1948, 36: 384-6.— Bourrat, L., A Vincent, M. Septico-pyohemie et infection generale a staphylocoques chez Tadulte. Lvon med., 1931, 147: 37-41.— Derot, M., Canivet, J., A Lefort, J. Staphylo- coccie maligne de la face avec thrombo-phiebite du sinus ca- verneux, meningite staphylococcique et sequelles de paralysie oculaire; guerison par les sulfamides malgre accident anurique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1946, 62: 479-81.—Gasperini, U., A Edel, L. Stafilococcemia o i misfatti di un callo. Fracastoro, 1910, 6: 23-5.—Graham, J. A. Presentation of a case of staphy- loccic septicemia. Proc. Univ. Hosp. Oklahoma School M., 1940-41, 1: No. 2, 110— Greengard, J. Staphylococcic septicemia. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1945, 69: 60.—Guimaraes, A. G. Sobre um caso de septicemia estaphylococcica. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1919, 10: 258.------Sobre dois casos de septicemia estaphylococcica (appendicite hematogenica; bron- cho-pneumonia, derrame purulento) Brasil med., 1919, 33: 269.—Gupta, S. P. A case of staphylococcal septicaemia. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1937-38, 7: 659.—Hamilton, J. W., A Price, L. W. An unusual case of staphylococcal pyaemia. Glasgow M. J., 1941, 136: 33-40, 2 pi.—Hosford, B. B. Four cases of staphy- lococcal septicaemia. West London M. J., 1929, 34: 100-4.— Larue, L., A Patry, L. Un cas de septicemie a staphylocoques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Quebec, 1935, 341-3.— Leo, G. De Themoculture positive avec staphylocoques. Bull. Soc chii. Paris, 1929, 21: 761-5.—Lindborg. B. Fall av staphvlococc- sepsis. Nord. med., 1941, 10: 1567.—McCIeave, T." C. A case of staphylococcus septicemia. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc. (1928) 1930, 28: 40-3—MacNeal, W. J., Frisbee, F. C, A McRae, M. A. Staphylococcemia 1931-40; five hundred patients. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1942, 12: 281-94.—Massias, C. Quatre cas de septicemie staphylococcique. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1934, 48: 581-4— Mendell, T. H. Staphylococcic septicemia; a review of 35 cases, with six recoveries, 29 deaths and 16 autopsies. Arch. Int. M., 1939, 63: 1068-84.—Menendez, P. Septicemia estafiloc6ccica medica. Gac. med. Occidente, S. Ana, 1945-16, 8: 1633-7.—Merino Reyna, A. Septico-piohemia estafiloc6cica. Gac. peru. cir. med., 1939-40, 2: No. 13, 11-5.— Monnier, IT. Contribution a l'etude des septicemics staphylo- cocciques: a propos d'un cas de staphylococcemie. J. med. chir., Par., 1919, 90: 49-66.—Morris, J. F. Staphylococcus septicemia; case report. West Virginia M. J., 1939, 35: 186.— Mouisset, M., A Delachanal, J. Septicemie staphylococcique avec pseudo-rhumatisme et meningite cerebro-spinale. J. physiol. path, gen., 1911, 13: 581-8.—Nestor.N.I., A Vasilescu, G. Un caz de septicemie stafilococcica. Spitalul, 1913, 33: 445-8.—Raybaud, A., A Cousin, J. A propos d'une septicemie a staphylocoques. Marseille med., 1934, 71: 413-6.—Rousla- croix A Giraud, E. Septicemie mortelle a staphylocoque; haute virulence du germe pour le lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 47-9.—Russum, B. C. Staphylococcus septicemia; clinico- pathological presentation of three cases, two with autopsy findings. Nebraska M. J., 1926, 11: 214-9.—Sarrouy, Prost A Ferrand. Un cas de septicemie a staphylocoques. Algerie med 1948, 51: 161-4.—Tait, J. T., A Bolton, J. H. A case of staphylococcal septicaemia with recovery. Melbourne Hosp. MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS 51 MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS Clin. Rep., 1934, 5: 50-5.—Vires, J., Deshons, A. [et al.] Sur un cas de staphylococcemie suraigue. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1934-35, 16: 390-6.—Wooley, I. M. Staphylococcic septicemia; report of a case with complete recovery. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1929, 46: 741-8. ---- chronic. Nedelkoff, S. I. *Contribution a l'etude des septicopyohemies staphylococciques a evolution prolong6e. 64p. 8? Par., 1932. Arnaud, M. A propos des septicemies a staphylocoques et a evolution chronique et prolongee. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1937, 63: 240—4.—Bovier, M. Reflexions sur le staphylocoque; a propos d'une septicemie a staphylocoques suivie depuis neufs ans. Bull. Soc. chir.. Par., 1936, 28: 557-63.—Masselot, F., A Fleury de la Ruelle, R. Staphylococcie prolongee a foyers successifs. Gaz. med. France, 1931, 278.—Oury, P., A Le Bars, L. Les septico-pyohemies staphylococciques chroniques a evolution prolongee. Presse med., 1935, 43: 161-3.—Perrin, E., A Duroux, P. E. Une observation typique de septico- pyohemie chronique a staphylocoque. Lyon chir., 1943, 38: 291-4.—'-Raiga, A. Deux septicemics a staphylocoque gueries depuis quatre et cinq ans; le processus de la guerison naturelle et son utilisation therapeutique. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1937, 29: 102-13.—Rebeck, P. Setticopiemia stafilococcica cronica. Clinica, Bologna, 1936, 2: 12-22. ---- Clinical aspect. Corctjff, B. *Contribution It l'etude des septicemics a staphylocoques. 66p. 8? Par., 1937. Desrosiers, L. C. Contribution a l'etude des septicemics a staphylocoques. 97p. 8? Par., 1935. Fieschi, P. Contribution a l'etdde des septicemies staphylococciques. 56p. 24}£cm. Par., 1939. Giroire, H. Contribution a l'etude clinique et anatomie-pathologique des septicemies staphy- lococciques malignes. 124p. 8? Par., 1926. Mailliez, A. Contribution a l'etude clinique des septicemics staphylococciques. 56p. 24^cm. Par., 1939. George, P., A Giroire, H. A propos de faits nouveaux de staphylococcemies: etude clinique et anatomo-pathologique. Presse med., 1926, 34: 611-5.—Kleiger, B., A Blair, J. E. Correlation between clinical and experimental findings in cases of invasion of the blood stream by staphylococci. Arch. Path., Chic, 1940, 30: 640-2.—Ryle, J. A. Staphylococcal fever. Clin. J., Lond., 1930, 59:493; 511. ------ The natural history, prognosis and treatment of staphylococcal fever. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1930, 80: 137-52.—Schulten, H. Ueber ver- schiedene Formen der Allgemeininfektion mit Staphylokokken. Munch, med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 1161-3.—Vandini, D. Con- tributo alia conoscenza della stafilococcemia. Gazz. osp., 1912, 33: 273-6.—Worms, R. Formes cliniques des septicemics staphylococciques. Prat. med. fr., 1935, 16: 332-7. ---- Diagnosis. Hueber, E. Vorstellung eines Patienten mit dem Krank- heitsbild einer Dermatomyositis. Wien. med. Wschr., 1942, 92: 32.—MacNeal, W. J., Frisbee, F. C, A McRae, M. A. The criteria for diagnosis of staphylococcemia. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1941, 11:643-52.—Rose, I. Staphylococcal septicaemia simulating left perinephric abscess. Brit. M. J., 1940, 2:831. ---- Etiology. See also such headings as Face, Furuncle; Tonsillitis. Bardi, M. P. Un caso de estafilococcia consecutiva a un flem6n de origen dentario tratada con penicilina. Rev. odont., B. Air., 1945, 33: 130.—Gozberk, R. Sur un cas de septicemie a staphylocoques consecutive a une meibomite suppuree. Ann. ocul., Par., 1938, 175: 159-65.—Jutoran, M., A Matusevich, J. Estafilococcemia con abscesos multiples de origen amigdalino. Arch. Hosp. israel., B. Air., 1937, 1: 101-4.—Lacomme A Siguier. Septicemie k staphylocoque au cours de la gestation. Gyn. obst., Par., 1942, 42: 212.—Lewin, C. Ein Fall von kryptogenetischer Staphylokokkensepsis. Fortsch. Med., 1904, 22: 1077.—Murrah, T., Gilmour, M. T., A Kemmelstiel, P. Staphylococcic septicemia of unusual origin. Bull. Char- lotte Mem. Hosp., 1944, 1: 5-8.—Rock, J. E. Staphylococcic septicemia, tonsillar in origin. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1944, 34: 10-3.—Sigurta, G. B. Stafilococciemia da tromboflebite infettante? a proposito di un caso di operazione Freyer. Pen- sieromed., 1914.4:225. ---- experimental. De Blasi, A. La batteriemia sperimentale stafilococcica. Policlinico, 1938, 45: sez. chir., 501-20—Ortiz Patto. Anti- toxina e septicemia experimental estafilococicas. Bol. Inst. Vital Brasil, 1938, No. 20, 17-20.—Sorkina, A. 1. [Experi- mental staphylococcic sepsis] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1944, No. 8, 29-32. ---- Hematopoietic system. Donath, F. Ueber einen Fall von Staphylokokkensepsis mit subakut leukamischem Ausgang. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 1470-3.—Falkenberg, T. Macrophages in the peri- pheral blood in staphylococcic sepsis. Acta path, microb. scand., 1947, 24: 1-10.—Glatt, A. Ueber Penicillinwirkung bei einem Fall von Staphylokokken-Sepsis mit schwerer mye- loischer Reaktion des Blutbildes. Wien. med. Wschr., 1947, 97: 73.—Loeper, M., A Loewe. Staphylococcemie avec anemie, leucopenie et hypogranulocytose. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1938, 3. ser., 54: 23-7.—Lundholm, I. Fall von Staphylokokkensepsis mit Entwicklung zu lymphatischer Leukamie. Acta ptediat., Upps., 1929, 9: 137-53, pi.—Red- dick, G. Staphylococcic septicemia with leukemoid blood picture; with a note on the origin of the basket cell. Dallas M. J., 1928, 14: 129-31.—Witts, L. J. Staphylococcal septi- caemia complicating Addison's anemia. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1930. 80: 203-7. ---- Immunology and serology. Abderhalden, R. Untersuchungen iiber das Auftreten und das Verhalten der Abwehrproteinasen im Verlauf der experi- mentellen Staphylokokkensepsis. Fermentforschung, 1942—44, 17: 202-8.—-Di Grazia, A. Effetti della reiniezione di germi sulla batteriemia stafilococcica sperimentale. Gior. batt. immun., 1936, 17: 52-8.—Storp, A. Positiver Ausfall der WaR. im Verlauf einer Staphylokokkensepsis. Deut. med. Wschr., 1923. 49: 1014. ---- Manifestation. Petroff, A. Contribution a l'etude de staphylococcemies a formes douloureuses. 59p. 8? Par., 1932. Kleiger, B., A Blair, J. E. Correlation between clinical and experimental findings in cases showing invasion of the blood stream by staphylococci. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1940, 71: 770-7.— Steen, R. E. Case of staphylococcal septicaemia with unusual features. Irish J. M. Sc, 1945, 126-8.—Veccia, P. Un caso di pseudo-tifoide da stafilococcemia senza localizzazioni. Tommasi, 1911. 6: 331-4. ---- Nervous system. Rosenfeld, J. Contribution a l'etude des septicemies a staphylocoque et en particulier a leur forme meningee. 76p. 8? Par., 1929. Bezancon, F., Weismann-Netter, R., A Destouches. Un cas de staphylococcemie avec meningite suppuree ayant abouti a la guerison. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3. ser., 52: 1764-8.-—Carr, J. G. Staphylococcic septicemia with menin- gitis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1931, 15: 627-33.-^Chabrol, E. Des effets de l'anatoxine dans une septicemie staphylococcique de forme prolongee avec reactions meningees et radiculaires. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1936, 53: 48-51.—Diaz Rousselot, J., Cardelle, G., A Marinello, Z. Sindrome septico; sindrome de hipertensi6n intracraneal; conferencia anatomo-patol6gica. Arch. med. inf., Habana, 1948, 17: 26-36.—Doicescu, T., A Ionescu, M. [Staphylococcic septico-pyemia, following pyo- dermitis with cerebellar localization, and complicated by basilar meningitis] Rev. san. mil., Bucur., 1939, 38: 72-7.—Leyritz, J. Confusions mentales staphylococcemiques gueries par l'ana- toxine staphylococcique et le serum antistaphylococcique. Paris med., 1939, 111: 450-2.—Machado, R., Borges y Her- nandez, F., A Fernandez del Moral, E. Absceso epidural y meningitis purulenta, sin germenes; septico-piohemia esta- filoc6ccica. Arch. med. inf., Habana, 1942, 11: 77-84.—i Martmer, E. E., A Penberthy, G. C. Perimeningitis; staphy- lococcus septicemia complicated by osteomyelitis of the second lumbar vertebra. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1935, 6: 226-8.— Monges, J., Recordier, A. M. [et al.] Septicemie aigue a staphylocoques; parapiegie brutale par spondylite avec eff ondre- ment de D5 Da; laminectomie et extension continue; guerison actuelle de la septicemie et tr£s grande amelioration de la parapiegie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1946, 62: 505-9.— Santarelli, A. Su di un caso di sepsi stafilococcica con trombosi del seno cavernoso e meningite, curato con penicillina. Poli- clinico, 1946, 53: sez. prat., 48-50.—Wahl, E. F. Clinical note on staphylococcus septicemia with diffuse involvement of the nervous system (purulent meningitis; encephalomyelitis with involvement of the basal ganglia) J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1928, 67: 351-4. ---- Pathogenesis. See also subheading Etiology. Berchmann, D., A Schedrovicky, S. G. Zur Frage der Sta- phylokokkensepsis. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1927, 102: 213-8.— Forssmann, J. Verbreitung der Staphylokokken in Kaninchen nach intravenosen Injektionen von Staphylokokken. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1937, 91: 165-75.-—Gonzalez Suarez. Estudio patogenico y clinico de la septicemia estafiloc6cica pura. Med. MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS 52 MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 641.—Janbon, M., Bigonnet, J., A Rabe- jac, J. Septicemie staphylococcique aigue sans porte d'entree apparente. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1939, 20: 343-8.—Lyons, C. Bacteriemic staphylococcal infection. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1942, 74: 41-6.—Potie, G. Trois cas de metastases staphylococciques. J. sc. med. Lille, 1921, 39: pt 2, 100-4.—Van den Brenk, H. A. S. Cryptogenic staphy- lococcal pyaemia. Med. J. Australia, 1945, 2: 83. ---- Pathology. Agosta, G. Sul comportamento del sistema reticolo-istio- citario nelle setticemie stafilococciche. Arch. ital. chir., 1937- 38, 47: 389-431.—Arnaud, Stora A Verrier. Au sujet d'un cas de septico-pyemie aigue staphylococcique. Maroc med., 1939, 19: 170-4; Disc, 150-3.—Fedeli, F. As septicemias por estafilococos, do ponto de vista biologico. Resenha clin. cient., S. Paulo, 1947, 16: 55;.93.—Lemierre, A. Les septi- cemies k staphylocoques. J. med. chir., Par., 1927, 98: 381- 95.—Long, C. H., A Longacre, A. B. Staphylococcus septi- cemia; observations relative to the state of hydration in the dog and in man. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1942, 74: 353-60.— Phillipps, F. A. Relapsing staphylococcal septicaemia; associ- ated with cirrhosis of the liver and splenomegaly. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1: 1050.—Wilberforce, O. Fatal staphylococcal septicaemia with pseudomyxoma peritonei. Brit. M. J., 1933, 1:269. ---- Prognosis. Batista, V. Cura espontanea de um caso de septicemia estafiloc6cica. Pediat. prat., S. Paulo, 1935, 6: 1-6.—Gilbert, W. M. Staphylococcus bacteremia; report of a case with recovery. Colorado M., 1934, 31: 66-9.—Learmonth, J. R., A Moersch, H. J. Recovery from staphylococcus pyemia: report of a case. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1932, 7: 465.—McLellan, N. W., A Goldbloom, A. The prognosis and treatment of staphylococcal septicaemia. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1942, 46: 136-43.—Merz A Touzard, J. Septicemics mortelles a staphy- locoque. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1938, 32: 388-94.—Millar, J. H. D. Recovery from haernolytic streptococcal septicaemia in patient with diabetes. Brit. M. J., 1938, 2: 404.—Pichler, H. Bericht iiber einen Todesfall durch Staphylokokkenpyamie. Zschr. Stomat., 1928, 26: 267.—Sison, A. B. M. A case of staphylococcus septicemia that recovered. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1937, 17: 387-91. ---- Respiratory system. Bondoux, P. Contribution a l'etude des localisations pulmonaires au cours des staphylo- coccemies. 105p. 8? Par., 1935. Araoz Alfaro, G., A Hitce, J. M. Septicemia y pleuresia purulenta estafiiococcicas. Arch. lat. amer. pediat., B. Air., 1914, 8: 201-10.—Artagaveytia, A. C, A Bazzano, H. C. Pioneumot6rax doble simultdneo por estafilococcia en un nifio de 9 afios de edad. Rev. tuberc. Uruguay, 1943-44, 11: 254-62.—Berger, J., A Worms, R. Septicemie a staphylo- coques avec determinations pulmonaires multiples; traitement par l'anatoxine et le serum antistaphyloccique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1938, 3. ser., 54: 141-51.—Di Sant'Agnese. Septicemia staphylococcus; bronchopneumonia. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1942, 59: 333-5.—Johnson, A. Report on a case of staphylococcal pneumonia with staphylococcal septicaemia; treated with penicillin. Ulster M. J., 1944, 13: 144-9, 2 pi.— Lagarde, J. L., A Jullien, W. Image de pseudo-tuberculose pulmonaire au cours d'une pyohemie a staphylocoques; gueri- son et nettoyage radiologique a la penicilline. Rev. tuberc, Par., 1944-15, 9: 386-8.—Lag eze, P., A Cahen, P. Les com- plications pulmonaires des septicemies a staphylocoques. J. med. Lyon, 1947, 28: 281-6.— Piaggio Blanco, A., A Salvera- glio, F. ^ Manifestaciones pulmonares en las septicopiohemias estafiiococcicas. Rev. tuberc. Uruguay, 1939, 8: 12-7.— Scarf, M., Rosenthal, S., A Marquis, H. H. Staphylococcic septicemia following uncomplicated upper respiratory infec- tion. Northwest M., 1944, 43: 201-3. ---- Skin. Bernard, A. Les placards erysipeiatoides dans les staphy- lococcemies. Bruxelles med., 1937-38, 18: 1535-8.—Rathery, F., Derot, M., A Conte, M. Septicemie staphylococcique k forme de gangrene cutanee diffuse des extremites. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1935, 51: 436-10.—Renard, G. La forme erysipelatoide de la staphylococcemie maligne. Arch, opht Par., 1929, 46: 544-50.—Thiodet. Staphylococcemies sub- aigues avec purpura. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1938, 3 ser 54: 52-6. ---- Surgical aspect. Debre, R. A propos des septicemics a staphylocoques d'ordre chirurgical. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr 530-6.—Dziembowski, S. de. Sur la septicemic a staphylo- coques. Ibid., 553-8.—Leriche, R. Sur le terrain dans les septicemies staphylococciques. Ibid., 558-65.—Moiroud, P. Septicemies a staphylocoques d'ordre chirurgical; traitement" J. chir., Par., 1938, 52: 458-77. ------A Patel) J. Forrnes cliniques et traitement des septicemics a staphylocoques d'ordre chirurgical. Ibid., 433. Also P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr., 371-529. Also Paris med., 1938, 110: 289-97. Also Presse med., 1938, 46: 1577-9.—Sauve. Sur les septicemics a staphylocoques. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr., 565-7. ---- Treatment. See also Micrococcosis, Treatment. Bariety, M. Le traitement des septicemics a staphylocoques. 68p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Rosenfeld, H. *Le traitement des septi- cemics a staphylocoques. 63p. 23j^cm. Strasb., 1936. Bariety, M. Quelques notions recentes sur la clinique et le traitement des septicemics a staphylocoques. J. med. chir., Par., 1936, 107: 589-98.—Collins, J. A., jr. The treatment of staphylococcus septicemia. Pennsylvania M. J., 1944—45, 48: 345-8.—Koek, C. [Case of staphylococcic sepsis successfully treated] Geneesk. gids, 1934, 12: 601-5.—MacDowell. Um caso de cura de septicemia staphilococcica. Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio, 1934, 105: 744-54.—Marks, I. L. The treatment of staphylococcus septicemia; report of case. Bull. Stuart Circle Hosp., Richmond, 1940, 11: 86-90. ---- Treatment: Anatoxin. Hamonet H. *Les septicemies a staphy- locoques; contribution a l'etude du traitement par l'anatoxine staphylococcique de Ramon. 63p. 8? Par., 1938. Cazals, J., A Riotte, R. Staphylococcemie k localisations multiples guerie par l'anatoxine staphylococcique. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1938, 32: 492.—Debre, R., Levy, P. P. [et al.] L'anatoxine staphylococcique; son emploi dans un cas de staphylococcemie grave k foyers multiples termine par la guerison.^ Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser., 51: 1334- 41.—Luccioni, F., A Blanchard, J. Sur Taction de l'anatoxine anti-staphyloccique de Ramon dans un cas de staphylococcemie a forme grave. Marseille med., 1936, 73: pt 1, 734-6.— Merklen, P., Waitz, R., A Pernot, R. Staphylococcemie grave; injections d'anatoxine; transfusions. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52: 459-64.—Mirallie. Septico-pyohemie a staphylocoques; action heureuse de l'anatoxine antistaphyr lococcique. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1936, 62: 1004.— Pagniez, P., Plichet, A., A Rendu, C. Staphylococcemie grave, traitee et guerie par l'anatoxine. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52: 1318-21. Also J. med. Paris, 1936, 56: 427.— Soupault A Bernardini. Un cas de septicemic k staphylocoques traitee et guerie par l'anatoxine staphylococcique. Mem. Acad. chir., Par., 1936, 62: 162-8. ---- Treatment: Bacteriophage. Artarit, G. *Traitement des septicemies staphylococciques par les injections intra-vei- neuses de bacteriophage de d'Herelle. 46p. 8? Par., 1935. Gross, A. *Des septicemies a staphylocoques (formes chirurgicales, osteomyeiites exceptees) et de leur traitement par le bacteriophage intra- veineux. 99p. 8? Par., 1937. Bacteriophage for staphylococcal septicaemia. Brit. M J 1940, 2: 676.—Bronfenbrenner, J., A Sulkin, S. E. Effect of bacteriophage in experimental staphylococcal septicemia in rabbits. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 61.—Davioud. Septico- pyohemie k staphylocoques traitee et guerie par un auto- bacteriophage intraveineux. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1929 55: 1127-34.—Dutton, L. O. The therapeutic use of bac- teriophage, with special reference to staphylococcus septicemia. Southwest J. M. A S., 1933, 17: 374-9.—Flandrin, P., A Sobieski, E. Septicemie a staphylocoques chez un prostatique, guerie par Tinoculation intraveineuse de stock staphy-bac- tenophage. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 524-9.—Longacre, A. B., Zaytzeff-Jern, H., A Meleney, F. L. The treatment of Staphylococcus septicemia with bacteriophage. Surg. Gvn. Obst., 1940, 70: 1-11— MacNeal, W. J., A Frisbee, FC Bacteriophage as a therapeutic agent in staphylococcus bac- teremia. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 99: 1150. ------ Bacterio- phage service to patients with staphylococcus septicemia. Am. J"-*??\ScU }936' 191: 17-°~8: ------ °ne hundred patients with staphylococcus septicemia receiving bacteriophage service. Ibid., 179-95 —--- A Slavkin, A. E. Mechanism of bac- teriophage action in staphylococcus bacteremia. Proc. Soc Exp Biol., N. Y 1932, 30: 12.-Raiga, A. Septicemic a staphylocoque guerie par une inoculation intra-veineuse de bacteriophage. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1931, 23: 441-50. ______ Guerison, par une inoculation intra-veineuse de bacteriophage um? septicemie a staphylocoque compliqUee d'une osteo- myeiite vertebrate k deux foyers, corporeal et lamellaire; acte chirurgical reduit; resultat eioigne de deux ans. Ibid., 1933, 25: x5~68A_:ReuCamier' J- & s<»bieski. Un cas grave de septi- cemic^ staphylocoque gu6n par le bacteriophage intraveineux. Bull Soc nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 60.—Sauve. Un cas de staphylococcie de tres haute gravite traite et gueri par des injections intraveineuses de bacteriophage. Ibid., 1933, 59: MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS 53 MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS 1382.—Sulkin, S. E., Douglass, D. D., A Bronfenbrenner, J. Bacteriophage therapy; effect of bacteriophage in experimental staphylococcal septicemia in rabbits. J. Infect. Dis., 1942, 70: 92-5.-—Ulrich, P. Septicemics k staphylocoques et phago- therapie. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr., 586-8. ---- Treatment: Biological products. Bothel, W. Giinstiger Erfolg bei Staphylokokkensepsis durch kiinstlichen keimfreien Abscess, Olobintin-Klingmuller. Deut. Militararzt, 1940, 5: 273.—Combiesco, D., A Popesco, C. Donnees experimentales sur le traitement specifique des septicemics staphylococciques. Bull. Acad. med. Roumanie, 1936, 1: 394-404.—Frassineti, C. Cura delle infezioni da sta- filococco con la piolisina. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 1010-2.—Joyner, A. L., A Smith, D. T. Acute staphylococcus osteomyelitis; the use of staphylococcus antitoxin as aid to management of toxemia and staphylococcemia. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936, 63: 1-6.—Oules. Staphylococcemie penicillino- resistante; emploi de produits biologiques. Concours med., 1948, 70: 2488.—Parker, H. M. The treatment of staphy: lococcic septicemia; with a specific antitoxin. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1938, 35: 30-2.—Sager, W. W., Hunter, O. B., A Tolstoi, G. Staphylococcal septicemia treated with staphy- lococcal antitoxin; report of a case. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1940, 9: 306-8. ---- Treatment: Chemotherapy. Bantman, H. Contribution a l'etude du traitement des staphylococcemies par l'iodo- sulfamidotherapie. 84p. 24cm. Par., 1945. Lebow, E. E. *Staphylococcal septicemia; report of a case of recovery with therapy of sulfa- thiazole together with a review of the literature [U. S. Marine Hosp.] 8 1. 28cm. N. Or!., 1941. Applebaum, I. L. Complications of staphylococcus sepsis: treatment by intrapleural and intrapericardiac injections of sulfa compounds. Mil. Surgeon, 1945, 96: 424-9.—Arguello, R. A., A Otero, O. Sobre un caso de septicemia a estafilococos tratado con quimioterapia. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1942, 26: pt 2, 406 (Abstr.1—Arnaud, L. Traitement des septicemics a staphylocoques d'ordre chirurgical par les injections intra- arterielles et intracardiaques de mercurochrome. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr., 575-85.—Aversa, T. Sepsi stafilococcica (tromboflebite del seno cavernoso, meningite purulenta ed osteomielite) guarita con trattamento sulfamidico. Pediatria (Riv.) 1943, 51: 164-71.— Blumenthal, J. S. Sulfa- pyridine in the treatment of staphylococcus septicemia. Min- nesota M., 1940, 23: 122.-—Cardelle, G. Septicemia estafilo- c6ccica en un lactante de seis meses, curada con inyecciones de rivanol. Bol. Soc cubana pediat., 1938, 10: 395-101.— Carroll, G., Kappel, L. [et al.] Sulfamethylthiazol; a report of its clinical use in Staphylococcus septicemia with apparent success; report of animal experiments. South. M. J., 1940, 33: 83-7.—^Eberlin, E. Zur Chemotherapie der Staphylokok- kensepsis. Zbl. inn. Med., 1943, 64: 521-3.—Fenton, W. J., A Hodgkiss, F. Staphylococcal septicaemia treated by M. A B. 693. Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 667.—Flowers, W. S., Collins, D. H., A Hardy, K. H. Staphylococcal septicaemia; two cases treated with sulphathiazole. Ibid., 1942, 1: 470-3.—Glorig, A., A Englander, H. H. A case of staphylococcus septicemia treated with sulfamethylthiazol. Ohio M. J., 1941, 37: 962.— Goldberg, S. L., A Bloomenthal, E. D. Staphylococcic septi- cemia; treatment by chemotherapy and serotherapy. Surgery, 1941, 9: 508-23.—Hamburger, M., A Ruegsegger, J. M. Treatment of staphylococcal septicemia with sulfamethyl- thiazole and sulfathiazole; a report of 12 cases. Ann. Int. M., 1940—41, 14: 1137-54.—Heselson, J. Staphylococcal septicaemia treated with sulphathiazole. Lancet, Lond., 1941, 1: 311.—Huber, J., Florand A Duperrat. Septicemie a strepto- coques hemolytiques, traitee exclusivement par la para-amino- phenylsulfamide. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1937, 35: 582-93.— Jackman, W. A., A Martin, N. H. Staphylococcal septicaemia; recovery with sulphathiazole. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 1: 135-7.— Jarrell, K. M. Blood stream infection due to a carbuncle; recovery following the use of mercurochrome 220. Internat. J. Surg., 1927, 40: 168.—Keliher, T. F., A Carlen, S. A. Treat- ment of staphylococcal septicemia with sulfamethylthiazol; report of a case with recovery. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1940, 9: 78-80.—Kenney, J. F. Report of a case of staphylo- coccus bacteremia treated with sulphadiazine and penicillin. Rhode Island M. J., 1944, 27: 663-5.—Maxwell, J. Staphy- lococcal septicaemia treated with M. A B. 693. Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 1233.— Mondon, H., Pirot, R. [et al.] Septico-pyo- hemie a staphylocoques; guerison par Tiodo-sulfamidotherapie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1942^3, 58: 445.—Norman, H. B. Staphylococcal septicaemia treated with sulphadiazine. Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 183.—O'Brien, E. J., A McCarthy, C. J. Sta- phylococcal septicaemia treated with M. A B. 693. Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 1232.—Pinto, J. C, A Appollonio, H. C. Septi- copiohemia estafiloc6ccica tratada con sulfamerazina. Com- pend. med., Phila., 1945, No. 37, 1-3.—Pound, J. H. A case of staphylococcic septicemia treated with sulfamethylthiazole. J. Florida M. Ass., 1940-41, 27:451-3.—Spink, W. W.,Hansen, A. E., A Paine, J. R. Staphylococcic bacteremia; treatment with sulfapyridine and sulfathiazole. Arch. Int. M., 1941, 67: 25-35.—Sulfatiazol (El) en las septicemias estafiloc6ccicas. Dia med., B. Air., 1941, 13: 875.—Thornhill, W. A., jr, Swart, H. A., A Reel, C. Sulfanilamide in staphylococcic septicemia; two cases with recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 1638.— Torrey, R. G., Julianelle, L. A., A McNamee, H. G. The sulfonamide therapy of staphylococcal septicemia. Ann. Int. M., 1941-12, 15: 431^5.—Wade, H. J. Staphylococcal septi- caemia treated with M. A B. 693; report of a case. Lancet, Lond., 1939, 1: 756. ------ Staphylococcal meningitis and subacute bacterial endocarditis treated with M. A B. 693. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1940, 26: 379-85.—Weinstein, M., A Greenberg, I. Sulfapyridine in the treatment of staphylo- coccus septicemia; report of a successfully treated case. N. York State J. M., 1940, 40: 1799-802. ---- Treatment: Hemotherapy. Cadenat, Funck-Brentano A Falgairolle, P. Septicemie staphylococcique par abces du sein post-puerperal, guerie par la transfusion du sang normal. Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Mont- pellier, 1925-26, 7: 355-62.—Estiu, M., Pessacq, T. S., A Gayoso Rojas, B. Inmunotransfusi6n en una estafilococcemia. Rev. As. med. argent., 1933, 47: 2854-8.—Lereboullet, P., Joseph, R., A Brincourt, J. Un cas de septicemie k staphylo- coques chez un nourrisson traite avec succes par la perfusion veineuse continue. Bull. Soc pediat. Paris, 1937, 35:117-22.— Vanlande, M. Septicemics k staphylocoques et immuno- transfusion. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr., 572—4. ---- Treatment: Methods. Bonoli, U. Le vitamine B e C nella sepsi sperimentale da stafilococco. Clinica, Bologna, 1939, 5: 596-606.—Brown, A. K. Intensive therapy in staphylococcal septicaemia. Edin- burgh M. J., 1943, 50: 469-73.—Casella, G. Azione del glu- cosio nelle sepsi stafilococciche; variazioni del quadro emato- logico. Fol. med., Nap., 1937, 23: 247-54, ch.—Giangrasso, G. La vitamina C nelle stafilococcemie sperimentali; suq mec- canismo d'azione dimostrato dal comportamento del sistema reticolo-istiocitario. Fisiol. A med., Roma, 1947, n. ser., 1: 339-66.-—Miley, G. Efficacy of ultraviolet blood irradiation therapy in the control of staphylococcemias. Am. J. Surg., 1944, 64: 313-22.-—Ogilvie, J. M. A case of staphylococcic septicaemia treated with injections of boiled milk. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1939, 40: 270.—Simici, Pavelescu, N., APopescu.M. [Case of staphylococcal septicemia (.treatment by fixation abscess with immunotransfusion by Wright's method)] Rev. san. mil., Bucur., 1933, 32: 75-9.—Villaret, M., Justin-Besan- ton, L., A Fauvert, R. Sur le mode de guerison d'une septi- cemie k staphylocoques (role de Tabces de fixation et effets secondaires sur Involution d'une tuberculose pulmonaire) Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 50: 472r6. ---- Treatment: Penicillin. Anderson, J. D., A Hill, L. F. Penicillin in the treatment of severe staphylococcic bacteriemia with complications; report of a case. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1944, 34: 191-8.—Bashinsky, L. Unusual fulminating generalized staphylococcus infections treated with penicillin. J. Pediat., 1945, 27: 448-52.—Boiler, R. J. Case of staphylococcic septicemia treated with peni- cillin. J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 125: 629-31.—Costantini, H. Septicemie k staphylocoques dedenchee par un traumatisme; guerison par penicillinotherapie. Afrique fr. chir., 1947, 193- 5.—Denning, B. Staphylococcal septicaemia treated with penicillin. Med. J. Australia, 1945, 2: 158.—Dow, J. A case of staphylococcal septicaemia treated with penicillin. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1945, 31: 58-60.—Gaquiere, A. Staphylo- coccemie; guerison par la penicilline et la sulfamidotherapie iodee. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1945, 61: 442-4.—Howells, L., Hughes, R. R., A Rankin, R. Staphylococcus pyogenes septicaemia treated with penicillin; report of two cases. Brit. M. J., 1945, 1: 901-3.—Lombard, P. Septicemie staphylo- coccique suraigue; osteomyeiite du tibia; perfusion de peni- cilline; guerison. Afrique fr. chir., 1947, 195. ------ Septi- cemie a staphylocoques; perfusion a la penicilline; abces sous penostique; guerison. Ibid., 341.—Loon, J. A. van, A Kleyn, G. H. de. Penicillinetherapie van een staphylococcussepsis. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1946, 90: 59.-—Loygue. Septicemie a staphylocoques, sulfamidotherapie; guerison par la penicilline. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1945, 61: 153.—MacNeal, W. J., Blevins, A., A McGrath, R. Septic staphylococcemia success- fully treated by penicillin and bacteriophage. Arch. Int. M., 1947, 79: 391-400.—Mugler, A., A Rouillard, J. M. Guerison d'une staphylococcemie aigue par des doses massives de peni- cilline. Strasbourg med., 1948, 108: 13.—Nicaud, P., Lafitte, A., A Dessertenne. Septicemie a staphylocoques guerie par la penicilline et compliquee d'hydro-pneumothorax. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1947, 63: 834-6.—Nichols, D. R., A Herrell, W. E. Penicillin in the treatment of staphylococcic sepsis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1944, 28: 860-8.—Palacio, J., A Magalhaes, E. Septicemia estafiloc6ccica y penicilina. Relat. Congr. argent, med. int. (1944) 1945, 2. Congr., 393. Also Rev. As. med. argent., 1945, 59:277.—Schlossberg,T. Staphy- lococcal septicaemia treated with penicillin. Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 326.—Swyer, G. I. M. Staphylococcus pyogenes septi- caemia treated with penicillin. Ibid., 1945, 2: 532.—Terrasse, J., Lere, J., A Boucharenc, G. Septicemie, osteomyeiite, pericardite suppuree a staphylocoques; guerison par la peni- cilline intra veineuse, intramusculaire, intrapericardique. Bull- Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1945, 61: 400-2.—Visani, A., A Gueli, U. MICROCOCCUS SEPSIS 54 MICROCOLORIMETER La penicillina nelle sepsi stafilococciche. Clin, nuova, Roma, 1948, 7: 395-^07.—Yazigi, R. Septicemia estafiloc6cica tratada con penicilina. Rev. med. Chile, 1944, 72: 902-5. ---- Treatment: Serum and vaccine. Antoni, V. de. Autovaccinotherapia endovenosa nella sepsi stafilococcica. Policlinico, 1936, 43: sez. prat., 763-77.— Caroli, J., A Bons, G. Septicemie staphylococcique guerie par le serum et l'anatoxine staphylococcique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser., 51: 1396-9.—Clinical (The) administration of specific antibacterial serum in staphylococcal septicemia. Bull. Lederle Lab., 1941, 9: 77-80.—Didier. Un cas de septi- cemic a staphylocoque traitee par la vaccinotherapie et suivie de guerison. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1937, 31: 597-600.— Fac6e- Schaeffer, N. J. M. Een voorbeeld van prompte werking van het serum antistrepto en antistaphylo-coccium van Spronck bij staphylococcaemie. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1911, 2: 436-9.—Julianelle, L. A. Observations on the specific treat- ment (type A antiserum) of staphylococcal septicemia. Ann. Int. M., 1939-40, 13: 308-16; 1942, 16: 303-26. -----r The treatment of staphylococcal septicemia with specific antiserum. Washington Univ. M. Alumni Q., 1940, 3: 66-8.—Roux, G., Chaptal, J. [et al.] Septico-pyohemie a staphylocoques a localisations osteoarticulaires multiples et avec souffle mitral d'apparence organique; guerison de la periode aigue et d'une rechute grave par les immuno-transfusions. Montpellier med., 1942, 21:-22: 26-8.—Wanchoo, S. P. Serum treatment in a case of acute staphylococcal septicaemia. Ind. M. Gaz., 1936, 71: 592. ---- Urogenital apparatus. Chollet, C. *Les localisations prostato- vesicales au cours des septicemies staphylococ- ciques. 61p. 8? Par., 1919. Cilento, M. Le localizzazioni nei reni, funzionalmente affaticati, nel corso di setticemie stafilococciche sperimentali. Ann. ital. chir., 1930, 9: 530-12.—Fey, B., Quenu, J., A Bonnard. Abces multiples et dissemines du rein au cours d'une septicemic a staphylocoques. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 66-72. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1929, 27: 234-40— Flandin, C. Un cas de staphylococcie generalisee, avec abcSs perinephretique gueri par Tintervention chirurgicale, et localisation cardiaque guerie par la vaccinotherapie. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 50: 1698-700.—Gruber, G. B. Pyamie nach akuter staphylomykotischer Spermatozystitis. Munch, med. Wschr., 1911, 58: 1014-7.—Legueu. Stafilococcia generalizzata di origine urinaria. Gazz. osp., 1913, 34: 1544-6.—Sarperi, A. Contributo alia conoscenza clinica delle setticemie da stafilo- cocco e delTascesso pararenale. Prat, pediat., Genova, 1929, 7: 219-22. ---- in animals. Foggie, A. The prevention of tick pyaemia in lambs with staphylococcus toxoid. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1943, 55: 317. ------ Studies on the source of the staphylococcal infection found in tick pyaemia of lambs. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1947, 57: 245-60.—McDiarmid, A. Studies on enzootic staphylo- coccal infection in lambs associated with tick-bite; patho- genicity of the causal organism in the guinea-pig. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1946, 58: 431. ------ Pathogenicity of the causal organism in the lamb. Ibid., 1948, 60: 1-3.—Zaki, O. A., A Saleb, G. A case of fatal staphylococcal pyaemia in a dog, with abscess formation at the site of penicillin injection. Ibid., 109. ---- in children. Aguiar, A. de, A Moreira Lopes, W. Sobre um caso de septicemia estafilococica em crianca. Fol. med., Rio, 1944, 25: 145-8.—Bahl, E. Spontan geheilte Staphylokokkensepsis eines acht Wochenalten Sauglings. Zschr. Kinderh., 1929, 47:166.— Fornara, P. Considerazioni sulle setticemie stafilococciche nell'infanzia e sulla loro cura. Atti Accad. med. lombarda, 1941, 30:437-56.—Marino, E. Le stafilococcemienell'infanzia. Med. ital., 1927, 8: 658-68.—Salvioli, G., A Mazzetti, G. Contributo alio studio della sepsi stafilococcica nella puerizia. Riv. chn. pediat., 1936, 34: 961-71.—Simonini, A. Considera- zioni terapeutiche su di un caso de sepsi de stafilococco in un neonate di giorni 15. Lattante, 1947, 18: 98-102.—Wu, J. P. Staphylococcus bacteremia in children: a clinical study of forty-three cases. Chin. M. J., 1937, 52: 807-16. MICROCOLORIMETER. See also Colorimetry, Methods; also under names of substances examined. Baudoin, A., A Bernard, H. Un nouvel instrument (micro- colorimetre et nepheiemetre) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 602.— Dumazert, C, A Poggi, R. Sur le microdosage colorimetrique de Targinine et de divers derives guanidiques monosubstitues; application aux hydrolysats proteiques. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1939, 21: 1381-8.—Evelyn, K. A., A Gibson, J. G., II. A new type of absorption cell for the photoelectric microcolori- meter. J. Biol. Chem., 1937-38, 122: 391-4.—Horvath, S. M., A Knehr, C. A. Adaptation of the Folin-Malmros micro blood sugar method to the photoelectric colorimeter. Ibid., 1941, 140: 869-77.—Sols. A. Utilizaci6n microcolorimetrica sencilla de la colorimetria de dos standards. Laboratorio, Granada, 1946, 1: 121-3. Microcosm (The) a monthly journal of sub- stantialism and collateral discussions; the organ of the substantial philosophy, v.6, extra No. 16, p. 27 cm. N. Y., 1889. MICROCOSM. See also Cosmos; Ideology, philosophical; Renaissance, Medical history. Mikrokosmus; aus dem Hortus Deliciarum [Illust.] In: Eingeweide (Bargheer, E.) Berl., 1931, opp. p. 16.—Plarr, V. G. The poetry of the microcosm. Brit. M. J., 19JU, 2: ggg —strebel, J. Quid est Archeus? Archeus als individuelles und kollektives Seelenprinzip des Mikro- und Makrokosmos. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 1130-3.—Strunz, F. Mensch und Natur in der Weltanschauung des Paracelsus. Acta para- cels., Munch., 1930-31, 108-120.—Titley, A.F. The macro- cosm and the microcosm in mediaeval alchemy. Ambix, Lond., 1937-38, 1: 67-9, ilTust. MICROCOSMUS (gen.) See also Ascidiacea. Karrer, P., Manunta, C, A Schwyzer, R. Ueber em Vor- kommen von Purinen und eines Pterins in einer Ascidienart (Microcosmus polymorphus) Helvet. chim. acta, 1948, 31: 1214-8. MICROCOTYLE. See also Monogenea; Trematoda. Fujii, H. Three monogenetic trematodes from marine fishes. J. Parasit., Lane, 1944, 30: 153-8.—MacCallum, G. A. Fertilization and egg-laying in Microcotyle stenotomi. Science, n. ser., 1913, 37: 340.—Remley, L. W. Morphology and life- history studies of Microcotyle spinicirrus; a monogenetic tre- matode from the gills of Aplidonotus grunniens. Univ. Iowa Doct. Diss., 1941, 2: 291 (Abstr.) ------ Morphology and life history studies of Microcotyle spinicirrus MacCallum 1918, a monogenetic trematode parasitic on the gills of Aplodinotus grunniens. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1942, 61: 141-55. MICROCRYSTAL. See also Crystal; Microchemistry, Methods; also under specific names of microcrystalline substances as Sulfonamide, etc.; also Blood-stain, Identification. Bacharach, A. L. The separation of crystals and gums on the micro or semimicro scale. Analyst, Lond., 1947, 72: 244.— Grimes, M. D., Bond, J. M., A Shead, A. C. Angular con- stants of microcrystalline profiles and silhouettes in conclusive identification of substances; metallic helianthinates, 00 tropae- olinates, and miscellaneous compounds. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sc, 1940, 20: 111-6.— Keenan, G. L., A Eisenberg, W. V. Tables for the microscopic identification of N. F. VII crystal- line substances. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1946, 35: f 4-6.—Perez, L., A Villamil, J. Las cristalizaciones argenticas en microqui- mia. Arch. med. leg., Lisb., 1933, 6: 358-65.—Sandoval S., L. La microcristalografia en policia cientifica. Criminalia, Mex., 1943-44,10: 81-4, pi.—Saredo, J. F. Reacciones micro- cristalinas con germenes. An. As. quim. farm. Uruguay, 1947, 49: 3-38.—Schindel, L. Micro-crystals, a new drug principle. Acta med. orient., Jerusalem, 1947, 6:_ 170-5.—Sergent, E. Observation, au microscope, de la formation et de la croissance de cristallites dans des milieux organiques. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1945, 23: 1-20.—Weimarn, P. P. t. [Ultramicroscopy of crystallization phenomena] J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch., 1915, 47: 2140-63, 5 pi. MICROCTONUS. See also Tobacco, Parasites. Wene, G., A Dominlck, C. B. The abundance of Microc- tonus epitricis (Vier.) in Virginia. J. Econom. Entom., 1943, 36: 114. MICROCULTURE. See also Bacteria, Cultivation: Culture media; Fungi, Cultivation; Micromanipulation; Micros- copy, Technic; Mycosis, Diagnosis. Aleksieeva. K tekhnikle prigotovlenia visjachel kapli. Kharkov. M. J., 1913, 16: 55-7. Brown, J. H. A fungus culture slide. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1942, 70: 460-2.----— A micro-culture slide for fungi. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 16.—Greene, R. A. A vaseline dispenser for hanging drop preparations. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 978—Hogue, M. J. A method for preventing moisture condensation during photography of tissue cul- tures in hanging drops. Science, 1949, 110: 198.—Johnson, MICROCULTURE 55 MICROFILARIA E. A. An improved slide culture technique for the study and identification of pathogenic fungi. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51: 689-94. ------ The use of an improved slide culture tech- nique for identification of pathogenic fungi. Proc. Am. Fed. Clin. Res., 1947, 3: 30.—Method for slide culture of fungi. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944, No. 78, 18.—Popov, 1. S., A Kirillova, N. I. [Methods of cultivation of microcultures of fungi] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1942, 154.— Willard, D. G. A convenient method of preparing a vaseline ring for hanging drop preparations. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1921, 15: 92.—Wil- son, J. W. An improved method for preparing permanent slides of fungus cultures. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1945, 52: 267.—Zimerinov, A. A., A Rafalovich, S. M. An attempt to investigate fungus cultures in the hanging drop; preliminary report. Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1948, 60: 238-43, 3 pi. MICROCYCLUS. 0rskov, J. Beschreibung eines neuen Mikroben, Microcy- clus aquaticus, mit eigentumlicher Morphologie. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1928. 107: 180-4. MICROCYSTIS. See also Plankton; Schizophyceae. Ashworth, C. T., A Mason, M. F. Pathological changes produced by a toxic component in Microcystis aeruginosa. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1945, 4: 81. MICROCYTOSIS. See Erythrocyte, Size: Variation: Anisocytosis. MICRODERMA. See also Trematoda. Mehra, H. R. On a new trematode Microderma elinguis n. g, n. s. Parasitology, Lond., 1931, 23: 191-5. MICRODIPODOPS. See also Rodent. Hall, E. R. Revision of the rodent genus Microdipodops. In: Papers Mammal. (Chicago Field Mus.) Chic, 1941. MICRODIFFUSION. See also Diffusion; Microchemistry, Methods. Brady, T. G. Microdiffusion analysis. Mikrochemie, Wien, 1948-19, 34: 120.—Conway, E. J., A O'Malley, E. Microdif- fusion methods; ammonia and urea using buffered absorbents, revised methods for ranges greater than 10 /ig. N. Biochem. J., Lond., 1942, 36: 655-61. MICRODISSECTION. See Micrurgy. MICRODON. See also Syrphidae. Andries, M. Zur Systematik, Biologie und Entwicklung von Microdon Meigen. Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1912, 103: 300-61, 3 pi.—Carrera, M., Souza Lopes, H. de, A Lane, J. Um novo genero e auas especies de Microdontinae; Diptera-Syrphidae. Brasil med., 1947, 61: 245.—Hecht, E. Notes biologiques et histologiques sur la larve d'un diptere (Microdon mutabilis L.) Arch. zool. exp., Par., 1899, 3. ser., 7: 363-82, pi. MICROELECTROANALYSIS. See also Electrocataphoresis; Electrochemistry; Electrolysis; Microchemistry, Methods. Hallett, L. T. Microelectroanalysis. In: Standard Meth. Chem. Analysis (Scott, W. W.) 5. ed., N. Y 1939, 2510-21.- Laitinen, H. A., A KolthofT, I. M. A study of diffusion pro- cesses by electrolysis with microelectrodes. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 3344-9.—Lindsey, A. J. A review of electrolytic methods of microchemical analysis. Analyst, Lond., 1948, 73: 67-74.—Zworykin, V. K. Using electrons ^or microanalysis. Science, 1944, 99: 334. Microentomology. Stanford Univ., v.l, 1936- MICROFAUNA. See also Microorganism, Ecology; Soil, Micro- biology. TT Fahrion, H. *Die Mikrofauna des Unteren Doggers in Schwaben. 37p. 8? Tub., 1935. Koffman, M. Die Mikrofauna des Bodens; lhr Verhaltnis zu anderen Mikroorganismen und ihre Rolle bei den mikrobio- logischen Vorgiingen im Boden. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1934, 5:246-302. MICROFILARIA [and microfilariasis] See also Filariasis; Filariinae; Filaroidea; also under names of filarial genera as Acanthochei- lonema; Dirofilaria; Loa; Onchocerca; Wuche- reria, etc. Bergman, R. A. M. Mikrofilarien und Blutleukozyten in Kulturen in vitro. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1932, 13: 491-509.— Foshay, L. The cuticular morphology of some common micro- filariae. Am. J. Trop. M., 1947, 27: 233^3, inch 2 pi.— Gonnert, R. Zur Lebensdauer menschlicher Mikrofilarien. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1942-43, 149: 75-81. Also Bull. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1943, 41: 172. Also Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 160-2 (Abstr.)—Joyeux, C, A Sautet, J. Contribu- tion a l'etude de la culture des microfilaires. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 126: 361.— Laas, E. Blutzellen und Mikrofilarien bei Auspflanzung. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1934, 16: 270-4.— Sautet, J., A Palais, M. Recherches experimentales sur Taction de quelques produits sur les microfilaires en culture. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1937, 29: 241-5. ---- M. actoni. Rao, S. S. A new species of human microfilaria (Microfi- laria actoni sp.nov.) from eastern India allied to microfilaria of Acanthocheilonema perstans. Ind. J. M. Res., 1930-31, 18: 979-81, pi. ---- M. bancrofti. See under Wuchereria, bancrofti. ---- Detection. Brady, F. J., A Lawton, A. H. New method for quantitative estimation of microfilariae in blood samples. J. Parasit., Lane, 1944, 30: 34.—Demonstration of microfilaria. Am. J. Ophth. 1942, 25: 215.—Franks, M. B., A Stoll, N. R. The isolation of microfilariae from blood for use as antigen. J. Parasit., Lane, 1945, 31: 158-62.—Galliard, H., A Ngu, D. V. Recherches sur la filariose; choix d'une technique de numeration des micro- filaires du sang. Ann. parasit., Par., 1947, 22: 158-63.—Har- ris, J. S., A Summers, W. A. A concentration method for demonstrating microfilariae in blood. Am. J. Trop. M., 1945, 25: 497.—Khali), M. B. Microfilariae disappear into the lym- phatics when absent in the peripheral blood. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1938, 21: 595.—Knott, J. A method for making micro- filarial surveys on day blood. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1938-39, 32: 191-6.—Semadeni, B. Erster Nachweis in der Schweiz am Spaltlampenmikroskop von zahlreichen Mi- krofilarien der beiden Augen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1940, 70: 275. ---- diurnal. See Loa loa. ---- M. immitis. See under Dirofilaria. ---- Infestation. See also Filariasis; also under generic names of filarial worms. Augustine, D. L. Observations on living sheathed micro- filariae in the capillary circulation. Tr. R. Soc Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 55-60—Biglieri A Araoz, J. L. Estudios sobre microfilarias (16 casos argentinos) Prensa med. argent., 1914-15, 1: 234-6.—Brochard, V. Recherches sur une microfilaire humaine des lies Wallis. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1910, 3: 138-42.—Fiilleborn, F. Ueber Mikrofilarien des Menschen im deutschen Sudsee-Gebiet und deren ''Turnus", nebst Bemerkungen iiber die klinischen Manifestationen der dortigen Filariasis. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1912, 16: 533- 47.—Harant, H., A Bres, A. A propos de deux cas de para- sitisme par filaires immatures. Bull. Soc path, exot.. Par., 1946, 39: 286.—Hartz, P. H., A Stadt, F. R. van de. Micro- filarial granulomas, elephantiasis and adenosis of the breast. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1947, 17: 823-6.—Heijde, C. G. van der. [Investigation on microfilaria carriers among the Chinese workers in the tin industry in Banka] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1937, 77: 1288-97.—Lane.C. The mechanism of microfilaria! periodi- city. Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 1100.—Okada, K. Ketunyu- binyo-syo no 1 rei; microfilaria yusyutu-ho ni tuite. Acta derm., Kyoto, 1942, 39: 375-7.—Ovalle Quintero, F. Un por- tador de microfilarias. Rev. Fac. med., Bogota, 1940-41, 9: 377-9.—Rodenwaldt, E. Die Verteilung der MikrCfilarien im Korper und die Ursachen des Turnus bei Mikrofilaria nocturna und diuturna; Studien zur Morphologie der Mikrofilarien, Arch. Schiffs. Tropenhyg., 1908, 12: Beih. 10, 1-30, 4 pi.— Semodeni, B. Histologischer Befund bei einem Fall von zahl- reichen Mikrofilarien beider Augen. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1943, 109: 35-41.—Suarez Morales, O. Microfilariosis en Montea- gudo, Chuquisaca, Bolivia. Prensa med. argent., 1939, 26: pt 2, 1838-41.—Van der Sar, A., A Hartz, H. The syndrome, tropical eosinophilia and microfilaria. Am. J. Trop. M., 1945, 25: 83-96. MICROFILARIA 56 MICROFILARIA ---- Infestation—in animals. See also Dirofilaria; Heart worm; Litomosoides. Floch, H., & Lajudie, P. de. Sur vingt-huit microfilaires animales en Guyane frangaise. 30p. 22Hcm. Cayenne, 1942. Aldice, E. Microfilariose du cheval en Afrique Occidental Francaise. Rec med. vet., 1920, 96: 46-54.—Archetti, I. Descrizione di alcune nuove microfilarie di vertebrati africani Rendic 1st. san. pubb., Roma, 1947, 10: 643-63.—Bacigalupo, J. La evoluci6n en el Taeniorhynchus titillans. Walker, de la microfilaria de nuestros perros. Sem. med., B. Air., 1941, 48: 718-23.—Battelli, C. Segnalazione di una microfilaria sanguicola del Corvus frugilegus. Boll. Soc. ital. med. igiene trop. (Sez. Eritrea) 1942. 1: No. 2, 49-52, pi. —----_ Se- gnalazione di una microfilaria sanguicola del cane in Eritrea. Ibid., 1943, 2: No. 3, 51-4.—Beltran, E. Hallazgo de microfi- larias en aves mexicanas. Rev. Soc. mex. hist, natur., 1942, 3: 85.—Berke. Mikrofilarien von einen Haushuhn. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1911, 58: Orig., 326-30, pi.—Boughton, D. C, Byrd, E. E., A Lund, H. O. Microfilarial periodicity in the crow. J. Parasit., Lane, 1938, 24: 161-5.—Carballo Pou, M., Viera, O. [et al.] Primera conprobaci6n de microfilarias del perro en el Uruguay. An. Fac. vet., Montev., 1938, No. 4, 355-8.—Car- rodetti, A. Una nuova microfilaria rinvenuta nel dig-dig, specie di antilope della Dancalia Meridionale. Riv. parassit., 1939, 3: 335-8.—Cassamagnaghi, A. hijo. Nueva especie de micro- filaria localizada en nodulos de la pleura, en Callus gallus domee- ticus. An. Fac. vet., Montev., 1944, 4: 439-41. ------ Mi- crofilarias en los pajaros del Uruguay. Ibid., 1945-46, 4: 505- 14.—Christensen, N. O. Filariasis and microfilariasis in the horse. Acta path, microb. scand., 1944, 21: 804.—Curasson, G. Essai de traitement de la microfilariose du charognard. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1920, 13: 654.— Dacorso Filho, P. Notas anatomopatologicas; encefalite por microfilaria em c5o. Bol. Soc. brasil. med. vet., 1944, 13: 211-7, 2 pt.—Datta, S. Microfilarial pityriasis in equines (lichen tropicus) Vet. J., Lond., 1939, 95: 213-22, 2 pi.—Dios. R. L., A Zuccarini, J. A. Microfilaire du sang des chevaux. C. rend. Soc biol., 1926, 95: 827.—Faure. Microfilariose equine en Tunisie. Rec med. vet. exot., 1928, 1: 84.—Foley, H., A Catanei, A. Microfilaire sanguicole de la caille. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1941, 19: 342-5.—Jakimov, W. L., A Shokhor, N. I. Les microfilaires des animaux domestiques au Turkestan. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1914, 7: 188. ------[et al.] Microfilaires des animaux au Turkestan russe: chiens, bovides, grenouilles. Ibid.. 1917, 10: 102-5.—Jakimov, W. L., A Strischewsky, N. W. La microfilariosi dei cavalli in Transcaucasia. Arch. ital. sc med. col., 1932, 13: 531-7.—Leger, M. Microfilaire et filaire du cra- paud, Bufo marinus L. Ibid., 1918, 11: 182-7—Mazza, S. Espiroquetas y microfilarias en comadrejas (D. paraguayensis) de la zona biol6gica chaquena. Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region (1935) 1939, 9. meet., 3: 1941-5.------ A Franke, I. Micro- filarias de ranas (Leptodactylus occelatus L.) del norte argen- tino. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 383-5, pi. ------A Alvarado, S. Algunas nuevas microfilarias de aves del norte. Ibid., 1928,4:625-7.—Mazzotti.L., A Osorio, M.T. Presencia de microfilarias sanguineas en perros de la ciudad de Mexico. Rev. Inst, salub. enferm. trop., Mex., 1941, 2: 363.—Peel, E., A Chardome, M. Sur des filarides de chimpanzes Pan panicus et Pan satyrus au Congo beige. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1946, 26: 117-56, 23 pi.—Rao, K. S. P. Cutaneous microfilaria. Ind. Vet. J., 1941-42, 18: 170.—Ray, H., A Gupta, M. D. Mi- crofilaria columbae n. sp. du sang d'un pigeon indien: Columba intermedia. Ann. parasit., Par., 1936, 14: 256-60, 2 pi.— Romanovitch. Microfilaire hemorragique du cheval. C. rend. Soc biol., 1916, 79: 744.—Schnelle, G. B., A Young, R. M. Clinical studies on microfilarial periodicity in war dogs. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944, No. 80, 52-9.—Sergent, E. Modi- fication experimentale de la periodicite d'une microfilaire aviaire. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1941, 19: 346-52, 2 pi.—Tisseuil, J. Processus de destruction des microfilaires vivantes par Tepiploon chez la Sarigue philander. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 735-7. ----— De la longevite des microfilaires de la Sarigue philander dans la circulation generale. Ibid., 1935, 28: 193. ---- M. malayi. See under Wuchereria, malayi. ---- M. medinensis. See Dracunculosis. ---- nocturnal. See ur\der Wuchereria. ---- M. ozzardi [Mansonella ozzardi] Brevi, H. Mansonella ozzardi (Microfilaria demarquayi or Microfilaria tucumana) in one hundred consecutive admissions to Central Camp Hospital, Argentina. Med. Bull. (Standard Oil Co.) NY., 1941-43, 5: 372.—McCoy, O. R. The occur- rence of Microfilaria ozzardi in Panama. Am. J. Trop. M., 1933, 13: 297-306, 4 pi.—Mazzotti, L. Comprobaci6n de la existeneia de Microfilaria ozzardi en Mexico. Rev. Inst, salub. enferm. trop., Mex., 1942, 3: 223-8, pi.—Vogel, H. Ueber Mikrofilaria demarquayi und die Mikrofilaria aus Tucuman in Argentinien. Arb. Tropenkrankh. (Festschr. B. Nocht) 1927. 573-84. — M. perstans. See under Acanthocheilonema, perstans. — M. sanguinis. See under Wuchereria. — M. streptocerca. See under Wuchereria, bancrofti. — Vector. Toumanoff, C. A propos de la degenerescence brune des microfilaires chez les moustiques, sa nature; analogie avec les black spores de Ross. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1940, 33: 372-7.—Transmission (The) of a microfilaria of monkeys. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1941, 44: Suppl., 40. ---- M. volvulus. See under Onchocerca. MICROFILM. See also Documentation; Motion picture; Photoduplication; Science, Information service; also Photograph; Radiograph. Seidell, A. Filmstats, a new means for the advancement of science. p.415-8. 28}^cm. [n. p.] 1935. Repr. from J. Chem. Educ, 1935, 12: No. 9. Carter, R. W. Metal film for permanent records. J- Docum. Reprod., 1938, 1: 354-61.—Michel, K. Der plastische Mikrofilm. Zeiss Nachr., 1939-40, 3. Folge, 240-9.—Normalisa- tion des films parlants de 16 mm.; rapport ... de TAmerican Standards Association. P. verb. Congr. internat. photogr. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr., 655-66 [Discussion] 837.—Proposed American standard practice for microfilms, Z38.7.8. J. Optic. Soc. America, 1944, 34: 243.—Zisman, S. B. Photorecord microfilm. In: Graphic Graflex Photog. (Morgan, W. D., A Lester, H. M.) N. Y., 1943, 127. ---- Acquisition and preservation. See also Library, Acquisition. Documentary reproduction. Brit. M. J., 1942, 2: 103.— Lilliput library. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 2: 21.—Metcalf, K. D. Implications of microfilm and microprint for libraries. Libr. J., N. Y., 1945, 70: 718-23.—Pratt, V. E. The micro-copy film situation; a discussion of films for library use. Ibid., 1936, 61: 260-3.—Walter, M. E. Practical points on microfilms. Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1941-42, 30: 80-4.—Wilson, W. J. Manu- scripts in microfilm; problems of librarian and custodian. Libr. Q., 1943, 13: 212-26. ------ Manuscripts in microfilm; problems of cataloger and bibliographer. Ibid., 293-309. ---- Photography. See also Microphotography 1. De Sola, R. Microfilming. 258p. 16cm. N. Y., 1944. Greenwood, H. W. Document photography. 2. ed. 163p. 19cm. Lond., 1943. Raney, M. L. Microphotography for li- braries. 138p. 22cm. Chic, 1936. Bennett, M. A., A Litchfield, D. H. Problems of micro- photography. Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1939-40, 28: 105-9.— Danton, J. P. Microphotography in a University Library. J. Docum. Reprod., 1938, 1: 297-315.—Fletcher, H. F. Textual microphotography for the individual scholar. Ibid., 316-29.— Johnson, A. Some early experiences in microphotography. Ibid., 9-19.—Litchfield, D. H., A Bennett, M. A. Teaching microphotography to librarians. Libr. J., N. Y., 1945, 70: 734-7.—Microfilm photography. Science, 1942, 96: 266.— Microfilming, a new servant of science. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1939, 10: 12-5.—Peters, M. L. Cleveland calls micropho- tography an essential library service. Libr. J., N. Y., 1945, 70: 726-30.-—Robertson, B. Microphotography in Australia. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 30-6.—Rush, N. O. Micropho- tography in the curriculum of the liberal arts college. Ibid., 89-92. ---- Photography: Equipment. Bendikson, L. The miniature camera in library work. Army M. Bull., 1938, 45: 37-40.—Bobb, F. W. Microfilm camera adapted for reproducing photographs. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 219-21.— Brennan, J. P. Microfilming, machine tool of management. Ibid., 81-8.—Caggiano. D. An improved book holder. Ibid., 216-8.—Microfilm (The) MICROFILM 5 i MICROFILM equipment. Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc. (1937) 1938, 100-6.— Moen, A. J. Adapter for processing 70-mm. roll film in open tanks. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1947, 62: 512, pi.—Robins, A. B. An improved filing cabinet for 35-mm. film. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1944, 42: 708-11.—Useful (A) microfilming accessory. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1939, 10: 66. ---- Projects. Cibella, R. C. Directory of microfilm sources, including photostat service. 56p. 25 ^cm. N. Y., 1941. Committee on Scientific Aids to Learning. Microphotography for scholarly purposes; report of an inquiry. 40 numb. 1. 27J4cm. N. Y., 1940. Microfilm abstracts. Ann Arb., v.2, 1940- Dahl, F., A Knutsson, K. Om mikrofotografering av tid- ningar; tva foredrag hallna vid svenska bibliotekariesamfundets mote i Upsala den 6 juni 1948. Biblioteksbladet, 1948, 33: 148-57.—Erickson, E. L. A program for microcopying his- torical materials. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 3-29.------ Microphotography at the American Historical Association. Ibid., 49-52.—Jenkins, W. S. Peregrinations of an itinerant microphotographer; microfilming the journals of state legis- latures. Ibid., 177-97.—Jolley, L. The use of microfilm for completing sets. J. Docum., Lond., 1948-49, 4: 41—4.— Libri sintetici. Minerva med., Tor., 1940, 31: pt 2, varia, 128.— Lodge, C. Acquisition of microfilms; commercial and institu- tional sources. Coll. A Res. Libr., Chic, 1946, 7: 226-30.— Micro-books to be mass produced. Connecticut M. J., 1943, 7:719.—Shaw, R. R. Continuous fotoprinting at the U. S. D. A. Library. Libr. J., N. Y., 1945, 70: 738-41.—Tate, V. D. File microcopy projects; the National Archives. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 227-35.—Worth, J. T. Microfilming in Kentucky. Ibid.. 93-7. ---- Reading machine. Draeger, R. H. Microfilm reading machine. 13p. 26^cm. Bethesda, 1945. Forms Rep. No. l.Res. ProjectX-l71,U.S. Nav. M.Res.Inst. Litchfield, D. EL, & Bennett, M. A. Micro- film reading machines; reprints, v. p. 25cm. Morningside Heights, 1943. Ciechanow, S. A. Film viewer. U. S. Patent Off., 1939, No. 2,182,514.—Litchfield, D. H., A Bennett, M. A. Microfilm reading machines. Spec. Libr., Newark, 1943, 34: 15; passim.— Microfilm projector for Army hospitals. Bull. IT. S. Army M. Dep., 1945, No. 88, 62.—Microfilm projectors. Lancet, Lond., 1947, 1: 382.—Microfilm reader. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1942, 13: 271.—Microfilm and slide hand viewer. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 1261.—Naramore, W. W. Viewer for transparencies. U. S. Patent Off., 1944, No. 2,345,416.—O'Gorman, W. F. Microfilm reader. Ibid., 1946, No. 2,403,747.—Proposed American standard specifications for microfilm readers, Z38.7.9. J. Optic Soc. America, 1944, 34: 244.—Raney, M. L. Reading miniature photo-copy. Libr. J., N. Y., 1936, 61: 136-8.—■ Rush, N. O. Notes on building a reading machine. J. Docum Reprod., 1943, 5: 146-9.—Schuster, E. H. J. A new form o microfilm reader. Nature, Lond., 1944, 153: 155-7.—Stahl K. M. Viewing device. U. S. Patent Off., 1912, No. 1,019,853 ---- Use. See also Record, medical. Beeny, L. E. Don't be afraid to microfilm. J. Am. Ass. M. Rec. Librarians, 1948, 19: 31.—Bobb, F. W. Applying micro- film in a war agency. Spec. Libr., Newark, 1948, 39: 50-2.— Davis, W. Microfilm in research. In: Med. Physics (Glasser, O.) Chic, 1944, 727-9.—File it on microfilm. Sc. Illust., N. Y., 1948, 3: No. 2, 96.—Glanzer, P. They file on film. Brit, Chem. Digest, 1946^7, 1: 338.—Green, P. D. Microfilm magic. Sc. American, 1947, 177: 60-3.—Hallock, M. Micro- filming, why we decided against it. J. Am. Ass. M. Rec. Librarians, 1948, 19: 35.—Hayt, E. The legal future of micro- filmed records. Mod. Hosp., 1944, 62: 61.—Jortberg, C. A., jr. Perpetuation of essential records by microfilming. Water Works A Sewer., 1943, 90: 439-42.—Kogel, G. Das Kleinstbild. Arch. Krim., 1926, 79: 167.—Larsen, A. O. The pros and cons of microfilming. J. Am. Ass. M. Rec Librarians, 1948, 19: 33.—McMahon, L. N. Little pictures; big savings; microfilm has joined the war effort, lending its advantages to civilian and military uses alike. Sc. American, 1942, 167: 121^4.— Microfilm; for tomorrow's vital information. Am. Opt. Vision, 1942 26: 14.—Moholy, L. Documentary reproduction. Nature, Lond., 1946, 157: 29; 38.—Ogilvie, D. W. Micro- filming in the hospital. Canad. Hosp., 1944, 21: No. 11, 34. ------Microfilming in Canadian hospitals. Ibid., 1947, 24: NTo. 3, 48.—Sister Virgine. How micro-filming has solved our problem. J. Am. Ass. M. Rec. Librarians, 1947, 18: 37.— Tate, V. D. Microphotography in wartime. J. Docum. Reprod. 1942, 5: 129-38. ---- Use, documentary and scientific. See also Research, Methods. Special Libraries Association. Directory of microfilm services in the United States and Canada. 30p. 23cm. N. Y., 1946. Washington, D. C. American Documenta- tion Institute. Bibliofilm service. 6p. 21^cm. Wash., 1938. Washington, D. C. Army Medical Library. Medicofilm service. Medicofilm service of the Army Medical Library. 26p. 21%cm. Wash., 1940. Adams, K. A microfilm service in Washington, D. C. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 103-7.—Brown, F. M. The use of slidefilms in libraries. Spec Libr., Newark, 1942, 33: 363.— Bultingaire, L. L'extension de la documentation scientifique par une utilisation plus rationelle des periodiques. Rev. sc, Par., 1938, 76: 447-53.—Burrow, K. W., A Mellor, D. P. Microfilm for the scientist and scholar. Austral. J. Sc, 1945, 8: 4-6.—Busson, F. Le microfilm. Med. trop., Marseille, 1948, 8: 492-4.—Chilton, L. V. Microfilm and other means of documentary reproduction. Nature, Lond., 1945, 156: 24-6.— Comparative cost estimated in microfilm service and book lending. J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117: 2265.—Dally, P. Micro- films. Presse med., 1937, 45: 1879-81— Hahn, A. A propos d'un nouveau systeme mondial de bibliographic medicale. Sem. hop. Paris, 1946, 22: Suppl., 19.—Hsiao, T. Y. Micro- film and the reconstruction of China. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 222-6.—Jones, H. W. Medical research and the microfilm. Mil. Surgeon, 1941, 89: 172-6.—Kappes, M. Microfilm in the Joseph Brennemann Library. Case Rep. Child. Hosp., Chic, 1943, 2: No. 9, 18.—Library facilities. Circ. M. Sect. Far East Command, 1948, 3: 2.—Litchfield, D. H. Station WIP broadcast on microfilm. Spec. Libr., Newark, 1942, 33: 364-7.—Mayer, C. F. Bibliofilm service. Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1937, 26: 153.—Metcalf, K. D. Usos del microfilm y de la microfotografia en las bibliotecas. Fenix, Lima, 1945, 395-407.—Microfilm and medical literature. Lancet, Lond., 1945, 2: 856.—Policard, A. Renseignements sur Temploi des microfilms dans la documentation scientifique d'aujourd'hui. Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1946, 23: 14-6.— Raney, M. L. Microphotography in the service of science. Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1936, 25: 81-8.—Redepenning, W. Ueber Probleme der Lesefilm-Technik. Zbl. Biblioth., 1948, 61: 121-8.—Seidell, A. Microfilm copies of scientific literature. Health Off., Wash., 1936-37, 1: 388. ------ Utilization of microfilms in scientific research. Science, 1939, 89: 32-4. ------ Microfilm copying as an extension of library service. Spec. Libr., Newark, 1944, 35: 417-9.—Servicio de biblio- pelicula de la Biblioteca medica de la Escuela de medicina tropical. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1946, 38: 182.—Shaw, R. R. Bibliofilm service of the U. S. Department of Agriculture Library. J. Docum. Reprod., 1942, 5: 198-208.—Storing (The) of data on microfilm. Brit. Chem. Digest, 1947-18, 2: 135.—Transfer of ASLIB Microfilm Service. Brit. M. J., 1946, 1: 173. MICROFILM abstracts; a collection of ab- stracts of doctoral dissertations which are avail- able in complete form on microfilm. Ann Arb., v.2, 1940- MICROFILM letter; Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. No. 3. 6p. 27cm. Wash., 1943. Mimeographed. MICROFLORA. See also Soil, Microbiology. Bogopolsky, M. D. [Biological activity of the soil microflora of the Stakhanov fields (Ukraine)] J. mikrob., Kiev, 1940, 7: No. 4, 79-95, pi.—Gibson, T. The urea-decomposing micro- flora ofsoils. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1935, 92:364;414.—Kholodny. N. G. A soil chamber as a method for the microscopic study of the soil microflora. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1934, 5: 148-56. ----— [Investigation of soil microflora by means of germina- tion of soil dust] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1936, 5: 159-66, 2 pi. Also Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1936, 7: 286-96.—Krasilnikov, N. [Microflora of soils as influenced by plants] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1944, 13: 187-98.------Kriss, A. E., A Litvinov, M. A. [Effect of the root-system on the soil microflora] Ibid., 1936, 5: 270-86.—Kubiena, W., A Renn, C. E. Micropedo- logical studies of the influence of different organic compounds upon the microflora of the soil. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1934-35, 91: 267-92, 3 pi.—Newman, A. S., A Norman, A. G. The evaluation of the microflora of soil at various depths. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 42: 144. MICROFORM (1945) See Cornea, Erosion, in 5. ser. MICROGAMETE. See Gamete; Gametocyte; Protozoa. MICROGASTERINAE 58 MICROGLIA MICROGASTERINAE. See also Hymenoptera. Kutfn, A. Die gelbbeinige Schlupfwespe (Microgaster glomeratus L.) der Verderber der Kohlraupe, als indirekter Schadling des Weizens. Zschr. Pflanzenkr., 1916, 26: 452-4.— Reum, W. Zur Biologie der Gattung Microgaster Latr. unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Entwickelung aus der Puppe von Tieris brassicae L. Biol. Zbl., 1912, 32: 722. MICROGENESIS. See Abnormities; Dwarfism; Growth, abnormal and retarded. MICROGENIA. See Chin, Diseases; Jaw, Macro- and micro- gnathism. MICROGEOMETRY. See also Micrometry; Microscopy, Methods. Okajima, K. Mikrogeometrische Messung. p.2021-41. 8°. Berl., 1932. In: Handb. bioi. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Abt. 5, Teil 2, pt. 2. MICROGLIA. See also Brain, Histology; Cerebellum, Histol- ogy; Glioma, Astrocytoma; Nervous system, Histology; Neuroglia; Spinal cord, Histology. Bairati, A. Studi sulla nevroglia; struttura degli astrociti. Monit. zool. ital., 1947, 56: Suppl., 188-91.—Bourgeois, P. La nevroglie et la microglie. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1930, 7: 853-62.—Cherniakhovsky, A. G. [Effect of cytotoxic anti- reticular serum on microglia] J. med., Kiev, 1939-40,9: 1201- 9,7 pi.—Del Rio Hortega, P. Concepts histogenique, morpholo- gique, physiologique et physio-pathologique de la microglie. Rev.neur.,Par.,1930,37: ptl, 956-86. Also Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1930, 88: pt 2, 347-9. ------ The microglia. Lancet, Lond., 1939, 1: 1023-6.—Dewulf, A. La microglie normale chez le singe (Macacus rhesus) J. beige neur. psychiat., 1937, 37: 341-65, 12 pi.—Gans, A. [Del Rio-Hortega's third element in the central nervous system] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1923, 67: pt 2, 1024-7.—Gozzana, M. Osservazioni sulla microglia in alcune specie di vertebrati. Riv. neur., Nap., 1929, 2: 322-7.— Mlyagawa, R. Untersuchung tiber Hortegaschen Zellen. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1933,23:915-20.—Nlculescu I. T. [Neuroglio- microglialsystem] Rev. ?t. med., Bucur., 1931,20:1336-47.— Schaffer, K. Ueber die Hortegasche Mikroglia. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1926, 81: 715-9. ---- Diseases. Bolsi, D. Le trasformazioni patologiche della microglia stu- diate con un nuovo metodo d'impregnazione all'argento ridotto (cellule a bastoncello e corpi granulo-adiposi) Riv. pat. nerv., 1927, 32: 907-47. ------ Ricerche sulla microglia ed oligo- dendroglia; corpo granulo-adiposi. Ibid., 1930, 36: 74-104. ------ Richerche sulla microglia e la oligodendroglia; altera- zioni degenerative. Ibid., 1931, 37: 1—13.—Bratiano, S., A Llombart, A. La mesoglie (microglie) dans la maladie de Borna. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 792-4.—Cardenas Pupo, M. D. Intervenci6n de la microglia en la meningoencefalitis por Salmonella. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1938, 4: 55-7, 5 pi.—Cardona, F. Sui quadri istopatologici della micro- glia cerebrale umana. Riv. pat. nerv., 1937, 50: 141-7.— Creutzfeldt, H. G., A Metz, A. Ueber Gestalt und Tatigkeit der Hortegazellen bei pathologischen Vorgangen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 106: 18-53.—Frigerio, A. Reazioni mi- crogliali a cause tossinfettive. Riv. pat. nerv., 1930, 35: 256.—Garofeanu, M., A Ornstein, I. Reaction de la micro- glie dans Tinanition. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1179.— Gozzano, M. La microglia e la nevroglia nelle lesioni speri- mentali iente del cervello; compressioni cerebrali. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1932, 7: 242-5.—Kallo, A., A Dubrauszky, V. Sulle alterazioni postmortali della microglia. Riv. neur., Nap., 1931, 4: 84-9.—Lorente, A. La microglie dans les ectodermoses neurotropes. Rev. neur., Par., 1930, 37: pt 1, 1027.—Marco- vitz, E., A Alpers, B. J. Swelling of the microglia; reaction to intoxication. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1934, 31: 1045- 54.—Marinesco. G. Recherches sur la structure normale et pathologique de la microglie. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1930, 7: 153-99.—Meduna, L. Beitrage zur Histopathologie der Mikro- glia. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1927, 82: 123-93.—Mogilnitzky, Marcuse, K., A Shdanov, I. Die Ein wirkung der Sensibilisie- rung auf die Mesoglia und das retikuloendotheliale System. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1933, 46: 210-7.—Penfield, W. Micro- glia and the process of phagocytosis in gliomas. Am. J. Path., 1925, 1: 77-89, 8 pi.—Scholz, W. Einiges fiber progressive und regressive Metamorphosen der astrocytaren Glia. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1933, 147: 489-504.—Seifried, O. Die Horte- gaschen Zellen im entziindlichen Reaktionskomplex der Borna- schen Krankheit Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1931, 63: 294- 306.—Shakhnovich, R. A. [Microglia (mesoglia) reaction in infections of the central nervous syst em] J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1931, 24: 68-72.—Testa, M. Le cellu e di yluBe' ie cellule a bastoncello di Nissl e la mesoglia. Fol med., f^P-- 14: 725-34.—Ugurgieri, C. La microglia e 1 oligodendroglia nelle intossicazioni da istammina, guanidina, acido "^"^"cOj tallio e piombo. Rass. stud, psichiat., 1930, 19: Jbl /». tlrechia, C. I., A Mihalescu. Recherches experimentales sur la microglie. Arch. gen. neur., Nap., 1930, 11: 95-101, 4 pl.- Vizioli, F. Alterazioni tossiche e post-mortah della> microglia e delToligodendroglia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 1031- 6 ------ La microglia e Toligodendrogha nelle intossica- zioni sperimentali e nelle alterazioni post-mortali. Riv. neur., Nap., 1929, 2: 365-86, pi. ---- Function. Bazgan, J., A Enachescu, D. Recherches experimentales sur la microglie. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1929, 6: 44-56 — Belezky, V. K., A Garkavi, N. L. [Protective role of the mesoglia cells and hemato-encephalic barrier] J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1930, 23: 33-41—Bratianu, S., A Guerriero, C. Nouvelles recherches experimentales sur les cellules & tonc- tion colloidopexique de Tencephale et sur la^ microglie de Del Rio Hortega. Arch. anat. micr.. Par., 1930, 26: 335-7A 7 pi — Bufio, W. Sobre las relaciones entre la microglia y el sistema reticulo-endotelial. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1933, 18: 732-47, 3 pi.—Campanini, A. La funzione ed il significato della micro- glia alia luce delle moderne vedute. Gior. batt. immun., 193b, 16- 619-39 —Daddi, G. Studi sulla microglia; dimostrazione di una probabile propriety lipopessica delle cellule microghali. Sperimentale, 1931. 85: 5-24, pi.—Dunning, H. S., A Furth, J. Studies on the relation between microglia, histiocytes and mono- cytes. Am. J. Path., 1935, 11: 895-913, 3 pi.—Urechia, C. I., A Elekes, N. Contribution a l'etude de la microglie. Arch. internat. neur., Par., 1926, 19. ser., 2: 81-96, 5 pi. ---- Histology and staining. Belezky, V. K. Die Pyridinsodamethode zur Impregnation der Mesoglia (Hortegazellen, Oligodendroglia, Drenagezellen) und Reticuloendothelzellen (fur Gelatin und Celloidinsclinitte) Virchows Arch., 1931, 282: 214-24.—Bertolucci, I. Un nuovo metodo per la microglia (metodo Bianchi) Rass. stud, psichiat., 1935, 24: 659-72.—Bolsi, D. Nuovi metodi per Timpregnazione della microglia. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1927, 4. ser., 33: 262-6. ------ Un nuovo metodo d'impregnazione della micro- glia. Riv. pat. nerv., 1927, 32:898-907. ------ Ricerche sulla microglia ed oligodendroglia; metodi d'impregnazione. Ibid., 1930, 36: 60-73.—Bozzolo, E. Estudios acerca de la microglia v de su tecnica histol6gica. An. Fac med., Montev., 1931, 16: 735-48. Also Arch. Soc. biol. Montevideo, 1931, 3: 151-61.— Buno, W. Colorisation vitale de la microglie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 783.—Cardona, F. Osservazioni sui metodo ad impregnazione della microglia; un nuovo metodo per la dimostrazione della microglia su materiale umano fissato in for- malina. Riv. pat. nerv., 1930, 36: 603-10.—Carrillo, R. As- pectos morfologicos de la astroglia microglia con el metodo cromoargentico de Hortega, derivado de Golgi. Arch, argent, neur., 1938, 19: 99-114.—Dubrauszky, V. [New method for impregnation of the microglia] Magy. orv. arch., 1931, 32: 159-63.—Giuntoli, L. II nuovo metodo Bolsi per la microglia. Rass. stud, psichiat., 1927, 16: 537-47.—Hornet, T., A Pfleger, R. Sur une metode d'impregnation de la microglie par le sul- fate d'argent, C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 277-9.— Kanzler, R. Eine Modifikation der Darstellung der Hortegaschen Glia- zellen fiir Formalinmaterial. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929, 122: 416-9.—King, L. S. Vital staining of microglia. Arch. Path., Chic, 1935, 19: 656-72.—Kufs, H. Bemerkungen zur Kanzlerschen Modifikation der Darstellung der Hortega-Zellen fiir Formalinmaterial. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929, 122: 420-2.—Lippi Francesconi, G. Comparazione di alcuni metodi d'impregnazione argentica della microglia su materiale fissato in formolo. Rass. stud, psichiat., 1931, 20: 543-54.—Mir, L. Methode nouvelle pour la coloration de la microglie dans les pieces anciennement formoiees. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 657. Also Cr6n. med. quir. Habana, 1930, 56: 1.—Miyagawa, R. Studien fiber die Hortegaschen Zellen; Studien fiber die Farbungsmethoden zur Darstellung der Hortegaschen Zellen. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1933, 9: 476. ----— Histologische Studien iiber die normale Form der Hortegaschen Zellen. Ibid., 749.—Negrin, J., jr. A method for staining microglia. Arch. Path., Chic, 1940, 30: 768-71.—Pacifico, A. Possibility d'im- pregnazione della microglia su fette in paraffina. Riv. neur., Nap., 1936, 9: 298-303.— Pancanti, G. I metodi Belloni e Bianchi per la microglia. Rass. stud, psichiat., 1937, 26: 781-9. ------ II metodo del Dubrauszky per la microglia ottenuto partendo dal formolo. Ibid., 1939, 28: 52-8.— Piolti, M. Ten- tatives de coloration vitale de la microglie. Rev. neur., Par., 1930, 37: pt 1, 1004-11.—Russell, D. S. Intravital staining of microglia with trypan blue. Am. J. Path., 1929, 5: 451-7, 2 pi.—Stern, J. B. Neue Silberimpragnationsversuche zur Dar- stellung der Mikro- und Oligodendroglia (an Celloidinserien- schnitten anwendbare Methode) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psvchiat., 1932, 138: 769-74.—Wells, A. Q., A Carmichael, E. A. "Micro- glia; an experimental study by means of tissue culture and vital staining. Brain, Lond., 1930, 53: 1-10, 3 pi. ---- Morphogenesis. Bolsi, D. II problema della origine della microglia. Riv. pat. nerv., 1936, 48: 1-128.—Dougherty, T. F. The origin and MICROGLIA 59 MICROGRAPHY structure of the microglia cells. Anat. Rec, 1942, 82: 407 (Abstr.)—Ferrer, D., A Salvans, I. Acerca del origen de la microglia. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1934, 21: 143-59.—Gozzano, M. Ricerche sull'istogenesi della microglia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 1028-31. ------ Quelques observations sur Torigine de la microglie. Rev. neur., Par., 1930, 37: pt 1, 1024-7.------L'istogenesi della microglia. Riv. neur Nap., 1931, 4: 225; 374. ------ Sulla istogenesi della micro- glia. Monit. zool. ital., 1932, 42: suppl., 141-4.—Ionesco- Mihaesti, C, A Tupa, A. A propos de Torigine mesodermique de la microglie et de son role physiologique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 1084.—Juba, A. Untersuchungen uber die Entwicklung der Hortegaschen Mikroglia des Menschen. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1933, 101: 577-92. ------ Das erste Erscheinen und die Urformen der Hortegaschen Mikroglia im Zentralnervensystem. Ibid., 1934, 102: 225-32.—Stern, I. B. [Histo-cyto-morphogenesis of neurology in man; criticism of conceptions on the mesenchymal origin of microglia] Tr. Inst. Gannushkina, Moskva, 1940, 5: 670-98, 6 pi.—Testa, M. Sulla genesi della microglia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 761, pi. ---- Topography. Blanchini, F. Microglia e reticolo diffuso-pericellulare. Riv. neur., Nap., 1935, 8: 40-4.—Civalleri, A. Microglia e sistema reticolo-endoteiiale. Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 6: 12-37.—Tolone, S. Sulle terminazioni parenchimali dell'astro- glia. Acta neur., Nap., 1948, 3: 335-44, 4 pi.—Vazquez-Lopez, E. Ueber die Beziehungen der Mikroglia zu den Gefassen. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1935-36, 104: 652-62.— Visintini, F. Sulla presenza di cellule ramificate simili alia microglia, nel cuore, nei muscoli volontari e nella vescica urinaria. Riv. pat. nerv., 1931, 37: 36-47.—Winkler, E., jr. [The significance of Rio del Hortega's study of the neuroglia in the histopathology of the central nervous system] Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1926, 30: 91-101, 4 pi. ------ [Importance of microglia in the formation of senile plaques] Ibid., 1933, 37: 15-25, 22 pi. MICROGNATHY. See Jaw, Macro- and micrognathism; Mandi- bula, Micrognathy and hyperplasia; Maxilla, Abnormity. MICROGRAPH ,. See also Diagnosis, Instruments; Kinetography. Austin, J. H., A Piersol, G. M. The use of the Crehore micrograph in clinical and experimental studies of cardio- vascular conditions (Abstr.) Proc. Path. Soc. Philadelphia, 1913, 15: 32.—Crehore, A. C, A Meara, F. S. The micrograph: an instrument which records the microscopic movements of a diaphragm by means of light interference, and some records of physiological events showing the registration of sound waves including the human voice. J. Exp. M., 1911, 8: 616-25, 9 pi. MICROGRAPH 2. See also Microgeometry; Micrography, Pho- tomicrography; Microscopy, Methods; Motion picture. Baecker, R. Einfache Bestimmung der Vergrosserung von Mikrophotographien. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1937, 54: 101.— Bryson, V. Curvature of field in photomicrographs. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1944-45, 13: 181-3.—Heard, O. O. Direct photomicrographic half-tone negatives for color reproductions. Ibid., 1936-37, 5: 57-63, pi.—Hellmer, A. M. Recording magnification in photomicrographs. Ibid., 1944-45, 13: 41.— Kieffer, J. Print criticism; photomicrography of leucocytes. Ibid., 1936-37, 5: 194.—Ledden Hulsebosch, C. J. van. Haarscherpe fotografieen. Pharm. wbl., Amst., 1928, 65: 493-5.—Lunkevich, M. V. K demonstracii cvletnikh mikro- fotogramm. Tr. Imp. Kavkazsk. med. obshch., 1907-08, 44: 311-8.—McComb, S. J. Duplicating color slides. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1940-11, 9: 210-3.—Mandle, R. J. Artifacts in gold shadowed electron micrographs due to electrons of high intensity. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1947, 64: 362-6.— Medina, F. Expresi6n grafica del aumento en las microfoto- grafias. Rev. mex. biol., 1929, 9: 90-1— Rosch, S. Kenn- zeichnung des Vergrosserungsgrades bei Mikrophotogrammen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1933-34, 50: 273-84.—Schmidt, L. The preparation of photomicrographs and the effective grouping of prints in pages. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1935, 3: 123-9.— Smith, H. A. A technique for making photomicrographic prints in color. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1939,19:45-51, pi.— Tomlinson, W. J. Clinical laboratory photography with a new method of preparing photomicrographs. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 1064-71.—Villasefior, C. Estampas histol6gicas. Rev. cirug. Hosp. Juarez, Mex., 1937, 8: 19.—Weber, J. Unusual photomicrographic studies of normal and pathologic tissues. Merck Rep., 1944, 53: 16; passim.—Williams, R. C, A Wyckoff, R. W. G. Shadowed electron micrographs of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1945, 59: 265-70—Wyckoff, R. W. G. Electron micrographs from concentrated solutions of the tobacco mosaic virus protein. Biochim. biophys. acta, Amst., 1947, 1: 143-6, 4 pi. MICROGRAPHY,. See also Microgeometry; Micrograph 2; Micro- projection; Microscopy; Motion picture. Baker, H. The microscope made easy; or, I. The nature, uses, and magnifying powers of the best kinds of microscopes described, calcu- lated, and explained ... II. An account of what surprizing discoveries have been already made. 4. ed. 3Jlp. 21cm. Lond., 1754. Gonzalez Alvarez, R. Manual de tecnica micrografica. 3. ed. 208p. 21%cm. Madr., 1944. Soueges, R. Analyse micrographique; tech- niques, interpretations. 2. ed. 240p. 8? Par., 1932. Hittmair, A. Das Photographieren und Zeichnen mikro- skopischer Praparate. In: Handb. allg. Hamat. (Hirschfeld) Berl., 1933, 2: 1. Halfte, 229-38.—Kimpflin, G. L'enseigne- ment de la micrographie et son utilite. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc. (1912) 1913, 41: 1027-33.—Salazar, A. L. Procede rapide de dessin microscopique. Fol. anat. Univ. conimbr., 1932, 7: No. 12, 1-9, 4 pi.—Shennan, T. A simple method of preparing accurate pen-and-ink drawings of specimens. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1929, 32: 164, pi.—Walsem, G. C. van. Weiss auf Schwarz bei der Ausfiihrung mikroskopischer Zeichnungen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1915-17, 33: 345-8. ------ Bemerkungen zur Technik des mikroskopischen Zeichnens. Ibid., 1928, 45: 59. ---- Apparatus. See also Microprojection; Microscope. Allen, W. F. An inexpensive microscopic projection and drawing apparatus. Anat. Rec, 1918, 15: 53-5.—Begg, A. S. A simple form of drawing apparatus. Ibid., 1915, 9: 715-7.— Edinger, L. Zwei neue Apparate zum Zeichnen mikroskopischer Praparate. Munch, med. Wschr., 1906, 53: 2322. —— Ein neuer Apparat zum Zeichnen und Projizieren. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1907, 24: 26-34.—Gage, S. H. Recent developments in drawing by the aid of projecting apparatus used on house lighting system. Tr. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1912, 31: 177-97, 7 pi.—Gunther, H. Edingers Zeichenspiegel. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1914—15, 8: 154-6.—Isaacs, R. A mechanical device to simplify drawing with the microscope. Anat. Rec, 1915, 9: 711-3.—Kasper, A. Der Abbesche Zeichenapparat, ein Uni- versalzeichenapparat. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1924, 41: 176-89.— Kurati, M. Ueber den einfachen Zeichenapparat von Kurati. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1936, 48: 2796.—Metz, C. Zeichen- apparat zum Zeichnen in nattirlicher Grosse oder bei schwacher Vergrosserung oder Verkleinerung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1912, 29: 79-81. ------ Der makroskopische Zeichenapparat. Ibid., 1920, 37: 55-8.—Pohlman, A. G. Ein neues Projektions- zeichenbrett. Ibid., 1906, 23: 41-4.—Rowntree, C. W. A simple apparatus for drawing from the microscope. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1908, 13: 206-8— Studnicka, F. K. Ueber die Verwendung des Abbeschen Zeichenapparates in Verbindung mit dem Mikroskope zum Zeichnen makroskopi- scher Gegenstande. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1925, 42: 324-8.— Tafner, H. Das Zeichnen auf einer durchsichtigen Zeichen- flache. Ibid., 1909, 26: 384-7.—Weill, P. Ein einfacher Zeichenapparat fiir mikroskopische Zwecke. Munch, med. Wschr., 1918, 65: 879. ---- Chronophotography. Chevroton, L. Dispositif pour les instantanes et la chrono- photographie microscopiques; technique des prises de vues. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909, 66: 340-2.— Storch, O. Ueber eine Einrichtung fiir mikroskopische Zeitdehneraufnahmen und fiber die wissenschaftliche Auswertung von Filmaufnahmen Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1929, 46: 21-44. ---- Kinemicrography. See also under Motion picture. Carlile, J. A. Photomicrography of moving objects using SM photoflash lamp. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1944-45, 13: 187-90.—Franke, K. Die Technik photographischer Auf- nahmen bei mikroskopischen und fluoreszenz-mikroskopischen Lebendbeobachtungen. In: Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abder- halden, E.) Berl., 1938, Abt. 5., T. 10, Bd 4, 973-86.—Hughes, A. F. W. Cine-photo-micrography using the phase contrast method. Europ. Sc Notes, 1949, 3: 55-7. ------ The technique of cine-photomicrography of living cells. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1949, 69: 53-64, 2 pi.— Kazeeff, W. N. Moving photomicrography. Annual Rep. Bd Regents Smithson. Inst., 1937, 323-38, 12 pi.— Kingery, H. M. Inexpensive motion photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1934, 2: 130-40.— Schulz, U. K. T. Das Mysterium des Lebens vor der Mikro- Kamera. Biologe, Munch., 1939, 8: 131-6.—Webster, S. H., Liljegren, E. J., A Zimmer, D. J. Photomicrography of moving objects by electronic photoflash technique. Brit. Chem. Digest, 1947-48, 2: 394-6. MICROGRAPHY 60 MICROGRAPHY ---- Photomicrography. For photographic diminution of macroscopic objects see Microfilm; Microphotography2; Mo- tion picture; Photography. Allen, R. M. Photomicrography. 2. print. 365p. 23#cm. N. Y., 1943. Dalimier, H. Notes pratiques de photo- micrographie. 34p. 12? Par., 1909. Eastman Kodak Company. Photomicrogra- phy; an introduction to photomicrography with the microscope. 14. ed. 174p. 22>^cm. Roches- ter, 1944. Laubenheimer, K. Lehrbuch der Mikro- photographie und Mikroprojektion. 2. Aufl. 272p. 8? Berl., 1931. London, Engl. Photomicrographic So- ciety. Journal. Lond., v.4, 1915- Shillaber, C. P. Photomicrography in theory and practice. 773p. 22cm. N. Y., 1944. Stade, G., & Statjde, H. Mikrophotographie. 202p. 24cm. Lpz., 1939. Barnard, J. E. Photomicrography. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 1146-9, pi.—Benedek, T. Use of photomicrography in my- cological research. Chron. bot., Leiden, 1940-41, 6: 201.— Berg. Ueber Mikrophotographie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1910, 36: 2202.—Boltjes, T. Y. K. Some remarks on microphotog- raphy. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1947, 12: 232- 42.—Butterfield, J. V. Faults in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1941-^2, 10: 175^83.—Cheavin, W. H. S. Mi- crography records in medical science; the value of low power photomicrography. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1935, No. 220, 55-63.—Ciaiola, L. F. Practical photomicrograph v. Science Stud., S. Bonavent., 1939-40, 8: No. 3, 9-11.—Foster, L. V. Photomicrography. In: Med. Physics (Glasser, O.) Chic, 1944, 1008-13.—Hanna, G. D. The photography of small ob- jects. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1927, 46: 15-25.—Hardy, A. C. Depth of field in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1936-37, 5: 119-23.—Harrison, V. G. W. Aspects of photo- micrography. Nature, Lond., 1943, 151: 367-9.—Hutchinson, C. M. Photography from the microscope. Ind. J. M. Res., 1925-26, 13: 449-66, 5 pi.—Jasienski, S. Micro-Wle et t£l<5- photomicrographie. P. verb. Congr. internat. photogr. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr., 756-61.—Knaysi, G. A photomicrographic Btudy of the rate of growth of some yeasts and bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 40: 247-53.—Kroning, F. Aus der Praxis der Mikroskopie und Mikrophotographie. Zeiss Nachr., 1939- 40, 3. Folge, 34-9.—Liesegang, R. E. Prinzip des minimalen Vorsprunges. Zbl. Physiol., Wien, 1910, 24: 514.—McComb, S. J. Some experience with microphotography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1943-44, 12: 115-20.—Michel, K. Die Klein- bildphotographie in der Mikroskopie. Zeiss Nachr., 1939-40, 3. Folge, 121-9.—Moore, R. A. Recent advances in photomi- crography. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1939, 19: 20-6.— Neu- bauer, H. Die Mikrophotographie, ein Hilfsmittel bei der mi- kroskopischen Untersuchung von Futter- und Nahrungsmitteln. Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch. (1904) 1905, 2. Teil, 170.—Peter- sen, H. Mikrophotographie als graphisches Problem. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1927, n. F., 52: 45-55.—Reukauf, E. Mit Mikroskop und Kamera; ein Wort zur Einfuhrung. Mi- krokosmos, Stuttg., 1913-14, 7: 55-64.—Richards, O. W. Photomicrographic notes. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1941-42, 10: 109-12.—Schloemann, E., A Trabert, E. Die Mikrophoto- graphie als Hilfsmittel bei der Untersuchung von Photopa- pieren. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1937, 54: 145-58.—Seron, S. M. Photomicrography. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1942, 29: 556.— Stevens, R. B., A Taylor, J. H. Photomicrography at your convenience. Science, 1948, 108: 420.—Trivelli, A. P. H. Photomicrographic investigations on the resolving power of microscope objectives with the violet mercury monochromat (Wratten filter No. 50) Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1930, 49:258-63.— Vries, W. M. de. Mikrophotographieen in kleuren. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1908, 2. R., 44: 1. Afd., 153-9.—Williams, R. C, A Wyckoff, R. W. G. Electron shadow-micrographs of haemocyanin molecules. Nature, Lond., 1945, 156: 68-70. ------ Electron shadow micrography of the tobacco mosaic virus protein. Science, 1945, 101: 594-6. ---- Photomicrography: Color and illumination. Binkin, J. *Mikro-Photographie mit infra- roten Strahlen [Basel] 10 p. 8? Bialystok, 1933. Knofel, W. * Wissenschaftliche Mikrophoto- graphie im durchfallenden Licht mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Phototechnik [Leipzig] 31 p. 8? Glauchau, 1932. Auer, A. Die Verwendung des Rollfilms und die Messung der Belichtungszeit in der Mikrophotographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1939, 56: 259-64.—Bacteria sit for color portraits in new microscopic technique. Sc. Illust., N. Y., 1946, 1: 72-5.— Baird, T. T. Polarized light in photomicrography; its principles and applications. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1936-37, 5: 4d-»<. Balado, M., A Franke. E. Procedimiento rapido para la obten- ci6n de microfotograflas en colores. Arch, argent, neur., 19^8, 2: No. 2, pi.—Berkhofer, W. R. Photomicrographic exposure. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1944-45, 13: 131-5—Berthelsen, H. Eine objektive Methode zur Bestimmung der genauen Exposi- tionszeit bei der Mikrophotographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1934- 35, 51: 383-7.—Bodecker, C. F. Microphotography in natural colors. Dent. Rev., Chic, 1910, 24: 1203-7—Boisseau, J. Technique de la microphotographie en couleurs. Tribune med., Par., 1910, n. ser., 43: 325.—Buchthal, F., A Knappeis, C. G. Eine Blitzlichtlampe zur Herstellung von Momentaufnahmen in der Mikrophotographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1935, 52: 37-44, 3 pi.—Butterfield, J. V. An illuminating system for large trans- parent sections in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1937-38,6:155-71. ------ Color photomicrography. Educ. Focus, Rochester, 1946, 17: No. 2, 11-8. Also Sc. Month., 1946, 63: 30-6, pi.—Cole, W. V. The demonstration of cellular e'ements by the use of niters in photomicroscopy. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1948-49, 17: 115-20.—Collin, R. Double colo- ration des microphotogrammes par Temploi des chromogenes. Bibliog. anat., Par., 1909-10, 19: 25.—Connolly, V. J. Calcu- lating exposure in photomicrography. Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus., Montreal, 1947, 27: 205-8.— Ehrlich, J. C. Photomicro- graphy with 35 mm. kodachrome. Arch. Path., Chic, 1942, 33: 263-6—Ernest, H. C, A Wolbach, S. B. Ultra-violet photomicrography (a preliminary communication) J. Med. Res., 1906, n. ser., 9: 463-9.—Faure, G. La luce monocro- matica in fotomicrografia. Arch. farm, sper., 1913, 2: 218-23, 3 pi.—Foster, C. S. A laboratory setup for photomacrography of stained slides. Med. Radiogr., Rochester, 1949, 25: 19-21.— Foster, L. V. Photomicrography in the ultra violet. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1935, 4: 14-23.—Frantzell, A. Mikrophoto- graphischer Vergleich zwischen silberimpragnierten histolo- gischen Schnitten, photographiert auf orthochromatischen und fiir Ultrarot sensibilisierten Platten. Upsala lak. foren. forh., 1943-44, 49: 237-44, 3 pi.—Grabner, K. E. Graphische Dar- stellung der Filterfunktionen; ein Hilfsmittel fiir die Mikro- fotografie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1943, 59: 12-21—Gravelle, P. O. Surface illumination in low and medium power photo- micrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1938-39, 7: 27-32, 3 pi.—Grim, K. B. Kodachrome photomicrography. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 44: 146.—Hansen, F. C. C. Einige Farbfilter, sowie einige histologische Farbungen fiir mikrophotograohi- sche Aufnahmen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1906, 23: 410-4.—Hef- ley, H. M., A Smith, A. I. A method for determining exposures for photomicrographs. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1941-42, 10: 165-71.—Hyndman, O. R., A Putnam, T. A method of three- color photography, adapted to photomicrography, lantern slides, and paper prints. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1935-36, 21: 850-60.—Jones, W. R. Lantern slides of photomicrographs in color; a simplified method. Ibid., 1937-38, 23: 1297.—KiefTer, J. Improved illuminating system for photomicrography with immersion lenses. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1936-37, 5: 103-13.— Koch, W. Increasing the depth of focus in photomicrography by incident light. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1941, 61: 86, pi.— Kodachrome photomicrography by transmitted light. Radiogr. Clin. Photogr., 1942, 18: 12-9.—Kohler, A. Einige Neuerun- gen auf dem Gebiet der Mikrophotographie mit ultraviolettem Licht. Naturwissenschaften, 1933, 21: 165-73.—Kornhauser, S. I. Experience in kodachrome photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1943-44, 12: 47-53.—Laven, L. Lichtfilter fur mikrophotographische Zwecke und ihre Herstellung. Mikro- kosmos, Stuttg., 1913-14, 7: 121-5.-—Letherby, A. Systematic exposure with transmitted light in photomicrography. J. R. Mici. Soc, Lond., 1907, 651-5.—Lowenstein.E. Versuche fiber Dreifarben-Mikrophotographie. Zschr. Tuberk., 1906-07, 10: 34.------Fluorescence photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1943-44, 12: 121-9.—Loveland, R. P. Kodachrome pho- tomicrography of stained slides. Ibid., 143-57. —---De- termination of exposure in kodachrome photomicrography. Ibid., 1944-45, 13: 79-97.—Maas, H. Erfahrungen mit dem Leitzschen Monochromator. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1938-39, 55: 41-3, 2 pi.—McComb, S. J. Three-color transparencies; a method of reproducing microscopic stained sections of tissue. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1936-37, 5: 31-4.—McWhorter, F. P. Application of fine grain processing and condenser illumination enlarging to photomicrography. Stain Techn., 1939, 14: 87- 96.—Maurer, J. A. Exposure control in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1943-44, 12: 173-85.—Metzner, P. Einfache Einrichtungen zur Fluoreszenzmikroskopie und Fluo- reszenzmikrophotographie. Biol, gen., Wien, 1930, 6: 415-32, 3 pi.—Mueller, W. The colour plate in photomicrography. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1935, 14: 54-9.— Munhoz Braga. A diferenca de tonalidade em microfotografia com o emprfigo de filtros corados. Arq. pat., 1938, 10: 285-93.— Noda, S. Sigai-sen kenbikyo-syasin ni tuite [. . . with UV rays] Zikken igaku zassi, 1937, 21: 385.—Reinert, G. G. Die Verwendung von Farbfiltern in der Mikrophotographie und ein neuer prak- tischer Filterhalter. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1934, 51: 253-7.— Richards, O. W. Color and illumination in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1940-11, 9: 77-86.— Royer, G. L., Maresh, C, A Harding, A. M. Optical staining. Ibid., 1944- 45, 13: 123-30, pi.— Scheffer, W. Bemerkungen zur Beleuch- tung mikroskopischer Gbjekte mit auffallendem Licht fiir die Mikrophotographie mit kurzbrennweitigen photographischfB Objektiven. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1914, 31: 373-9.—Schrotter, H. von. Beitrag zur Mikrophotographie mit ultraviolettem Lichte nach Kohler. Virchows Arch., 1906, 183: 343-76. 3 MICROGRAPHY 61 MICROGRAPHY pi.—Shropshire, R. F. Oblique photomicrographic illuminator Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1947, 66: 269-71.—Sikl, H. Vereinfachte Berechnung der Belichtungszeit fiir die Mikrophotographie im durchfallenden Lichte. Zschr. wiss. Mikr.,1936,53: 295-302.— So 6s, A. Eine Herstellung farbiger Mikrophotogramme. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1920, 57: 66.—Stahli, F. Die Mikrophotographie mit ultravioletten Strahlen. Apothekerzeitung, 1905,20: 267; 289.—Stempell, W. Ueber feinste organische Strukturen und ihre Auflosung durch Mikrophotographie mit ultraviolettem Licht. Sitzsber. Naturhist. Verein. preuss. Rheinlande (1909,1 1910,TeilC,21.—Stttber, C. FarbigeMikrophotographieimpo- larisierten Licht unter Verwendung der Kleinbildkamera. Zeiss Nachr., 1939-10, 3. Folge, 326-31.—Sweet, A. P. S., & Brown- ell, C. G. Photomicrography in full color. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1943, 30: 545-52.—Tanchester, D. Photomicrography in color. Mod. Hosp., 1943, 61: 114-6.—Teitelbaum, H. A., A Plagge, J. C. A simple method for determination of exposure time in photomicrography. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1941-42, 27: 846-50.—Waller, R. K., A Breedis, C. Photomicrography in colors. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1941-42, 10: 71-7, pi.—Weiss, R. M., A Noback, C. R. Determination of exposure time in color photomicrography. Science, 1948, 108: 362.—Wieland, M. Ein Messverfahren zur Bestimmung der Belichtungszeit fur die mikrophotographische Aufnahme. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1936, 53: 183-92.— Wolff, M. Eine selbstregulierende 2-Amp.- Fixpunkt-Bogenlampe als Miniaturscheinwerfer fiir subjektive Beobachtung und Mikrophotographie. Anat. Anz., 1912, 42: 346-50.—Wycherley, S. R. Photomicrography and record photography with Dufaycolor. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1938, 58: 244-9.—Zieler, W. Illumination systems for photomicro- graphy by transmitted fight. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1933, 2: 16-22. ---- Photomicrography: History. Belin, M. B. M. L'evolution de la technique photomicrographique. 85p. 25J^cm. Par., 1938. Harvey, E. B. Earlv biological photomicrographs. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1944-45, 13: 177-80.— Lawson, H. B. Early photomicrography. Ibid., 1945-46, 14: 91-4.—Lombardo, C. Di due mende della lettera di Giovan Cosimo Bonomo al Redi. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: Suppl., 337.—Schlumberger, H. G. J. J. Woodward and photomicrography during the Civil War. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1945. 25: 81-6. ---- Photomicrography: Instruments. See also Microprojection; Microscope. Celloidine; directions for making collodion with same, for photographic and microphoto- graphic purposes. 2 1. 8? Bait., ca 1907. Aosima, S. Hutu no camera wo motiite okonau kan-i kenbikyo syasin satuei-ho ni tuite. Igaku A seibutugaku, 1942, 1: 202.—Ardaseer, G. Photo-micrography without a micro- scope; simple apparatus for low power magnification. Sc. Am. Month., 1920, 1: 229.—Baecker, R. Zur Mikrophotogra- phie mit dem photographischen Okular Phoku (Zeiss) Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1929, 46: 257.—Boutry, G. A., A Billard. P. L. Un nouveau type d'objectif pour le microscope photographique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1947, 224: 1496-8.— Bowen, J. P. Micro- photography with professional view camera. J. Nat. M. Ass., 1939, 31: 246.-—Colombo, L. Banco ottico per microfoto- grafia, fotografia di soggetti, riproduzioni, ingrandimenti, osservazione e fotografia del fondo oculare. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1919, 3. ser., 7: 199-202.—Dammrich, R. Einige Versuche fiber die Brauchbarkeit der Lifa-Lichtfilter fiir mikrophotographische Zwecke. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1926- 27, 20: 45-8.—Delattre, G. Sur une chambre noire pour ph'otograpbie microscopique. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1913, 7. ser., 8: 118-20.—Durante, G. Un appareil simple pour la micro-photographie. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1923, 93: 145-50.— Earle, W. R. A simple photoelectric exposure meter for use in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1938-39, 7: 54-8. ------ Production of malignancy in vitro; photo- micrographic equipment. J. Nat. Cancer Inst., 1943-44, 4: 135-45.—Feldman, W. H. A simple inexpensive photomicro- graphic apparatus. Arch. Path., Chic, 1929, 8: 78-80.— Freund, H. Panphot, ein neues mikroskopisch-mikrophoto- graphisches Gerat. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1936, 53: 50-6.— Gaudet, A., A Delattre. C. Sur une nouvelle chambre micro- photographique. C. rend. Congr. internat. pharm. (1910) 1911, 117-9.-—Gimesi, N. Das Mikrophotographieren mit Klein- kameras. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1933-34, 50: 419-27.—Gopsill, W. L. Construction of a micro-camera, also utilizable for telephotography, at a maximum cost of £2. J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1931, 5: 248-50.—Gross, L., A Johnson, C. A. A photoelectric exposure meter for photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1933, 1: 172-99.—Guth, G. Mikrophotographie mit Flachkameras. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg.. 1913-14, 7: 273.— Hallett, G. E. M. Photomicrography for the amateur, a simple home-made apparatus. Brit. Dent. J., 1942, 73: 29-33.— Introducing the microdak; equipment for photomicrography with ordinary microscopes. Radiogr. Clin. Photogr., 1935, 11: No 4 13.—Jorg, M. E. Mikrophotographisches Arbeiten mit der Contax. Zeiss Nachr., 1939-40, 3. Folge, 332-41.—Jones, F. T. Shutter shadow in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1946-47, 15: 193.—Koch, W. Eine einfache Vorrichtung zur Mikrophotographie und zur Photographie kleiner lebender Objekte. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1936, 53: 37-42.—Kufferath, A. Ueber apparative Neuerungen auf dem Gebiete der Mikro- fotografie. Munch, tierarztl. Wschr., 1936, 87: 579.—Leak. W. N. Photomicrography with ordinary cameras; a simple technique. Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 787.—Lendrum, A. C. A new aid for photomicrography and general laboratory photography. Ibid., 1947, 2: 585.—Leroux, R. Appareil de microphoto- graphie et microprojection. Presse mid., 1924, 32: annexe, 1641.—Loveland, R. P. Simplified photomicrography with a hand camera. Science, 1943, 97: 24-6.—Marshall, G. S., A Howard, J. G. An inexpensive, coarse adjustment, remote control for photomicrography. Anat. Rec, 1934, 60: 19-21.— Meneses Hoyos, J. C6mo tomar microfotograffas con una camara de menisco. Rev. mid. mil., Mix., 1940, 3: No. 2, 29.— Michel, K. Ein Vergrosserungsrechenstab fur die Mikro- photographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1935-36, 52: 293-305 — Minoprio, J. L. Nuevo modelo de cdmara de microfotograffas adaptable a los binoculares. Sem. med., B. Air., 1943, 50: 1380.-—Murray, N. A. A combined 35mm. and cut film photo- micrographic apparatus. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1944, 24: 46-50.-—Parker, H. B. Microphotography with simple ap- paratus. Bull. Hyg. Laborat., Wash., 1902, No. 7, 7-10.— Pence, R. J. A simple attachment to increase depth of focus of microscope objectives for photomicrography. Science, 1948, 107: 631.—Photography with the electron microscope. Nature, Lond., 1945, 155: 68.—Pollister, A. W., A Moses. M. J. A simplified apparatus for ' photometric analysis and photo- micrography. J. Gen. Physiol., 1948-49, 32: 567-77, inch 3 pi.-—Price, Z. An auxiliary microscope base for use in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1948-49, 17: 59-63.-—Proell. Ein Universalapparat fiir Mikrophotographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1927, 44: 42-6.—Raeburn, L. T. Side- focusing eyepiece for small micro-cameras. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1944, 64: 147.-—Rappoport, A. E. Apparatus for photo- micrography or microprojection. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1946, 5: 487.—Reyniers, J. A. A special camera for routine photomicrography. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 979.— Robinson, W. L. A simple photomicrographic camera. Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus., Montreal, 1934, No. 13, 67-70.— Ruge, H. Ein einfaches Hilfsmittel zur mikrophotographischen Aufnahme von kleineren Gegenstanden bei schwacher Ver- grosserung und auffallendem Licht (Doppelspiegel nach Plett) Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 454.—Russow, K. E. Apparat for teckning af mikroskopiska bilder. Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1916, 58: 549-54.—Sadler, A. Amplifying lenses for biological photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1946-47, 15: 31- 45.—Sandino, P. M. Manera de hacer una camara para microfotografia. Bol. odont., Bogota, 1943, 9: 93-6.—Scheffer, W. Ueber eine Spiegelreflexkamera fiir Mikrophotographie und einen Mikroskopietisch fiir subjektive Beobachtung und Pho- tographie. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1914, 31: 84-96.—Weber, J. Photomicrography with the Graflex. In: Graphic Graflex Photogr. (Morgan, W. D., A Lester, H. M.) N. Y., 1943, 319- 31.—Wolff, M. Mikrometerokulare fiir mikrophotographische Zwecke. Zeiss Nachr., 1943, 4. ser., 149-54.—Wrighton, H. An outfit for photomicrography. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1935, 55: 79-82, 2 pi. ---- Photomicrography: Methods and tech- nique. See also Histology, Methods; Pathology, Methods. Aguirre, F. Tecnicas microfotograficas adaptadas a nues- tros trabajos de anatomfa patologica. Bol. Liga cancer, Ha- bana, 1936, 11: 63-72.—Barker, E. C. A few fresh-water micro-organisms. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1948-49, 17: 98- 100.—Barnard, J. E. A simple method of obtaining instantan- eous photomicrographs. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1911, 19.— Bowell, E. W. The mounting of radulae for photomicrography. ibid., 1924, pt 3, 292-4.—Bowen, J. L. A simple technique for photomicrography. Nature, Lond., 1944, 153: 685.—Car- rillo, L. A. Tecnica semimicrofotografica, aplicable en parasi- tologia, entomologia y en botanica microsc6pica. Mem. Congr. farm. Centr. America (1938) 1940, 2. Congr., 604, 9 pi.—Dreu, W. Zur Mikrophotographie. Mschr. prakt. Derm., 1905, 41: 306-13.—Dutton, L. O. A simple method of making microphotographs. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1931, 16: 831-6.—Froome, K. D., A Jarrett, B. A. The instantaneous photomicrography of living microorganisms. J. R. Micr Soc, Lond., 1944, 64: 136-46.—Gomez Rodriguez, M. El contraste en microfotografia. Med. col., Madr., 1944, 4: 120- 8.—Greenberg, S. A new method of photographing microscope slides. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1945-46, 14: 155.—Haam, E. von, A Simmon, R. L. The microphotography of opaque tis- sues. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1936, 15: 59-61.—Hellwig, C. A. Photographic and photomicrographic technic. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1937, 7: 184-92.—Henbest, L. G. Exposure de- termination in photomicrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1934, 3: 2-23.—Huldschinsky, K. Ein einfaches Verfahren zur Her- stellung von Mikrophotogrammen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1913, 30: 206.-—John, K. Ueber ein Verfahren zur Erzielung guter Mikrophotographien von weniger guten Praparaten. Ibid., 1927, 44: 470.—Katznelson, Z. S. Microphotographie ohne Photokamera. Ibid., 1930, 47: 216-20.—Kieffer, J. Photo- micrography by the Finlay process. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1934, 2: 178-88, pi.—Krogh-Christoffersen, A. Das Mikro- photographieren ohne photographische derate. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1939, 56: 301-8.—Lambertini, G. Di un metodo pra- MICROHYDRA MICROGRAPHY tico per eseguire microfotogra fie in assenza delle comuni macchine microfotografiche. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 25-31. Also Monit. zool. ital., 1935-36, 46: 39-42.—Leak, W. N. A simple technique for photomicrography. Nature, Lond., 1944, 153: 563.—Leonard, D. W. Photomicrography; a short method using negative projection prints. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1946, 31: 373-8.—Levin, E. Photoaufnahmen mikroskopischer Pra- parate ohne Apparatur sowie eine einfache und billige Methode, um Literaturbelege zu gewinnen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1938, 55: 470.—Linde, O. Kleine Beitrage zur Mikrophotographie. In: Festschr. 70. Geburtst. Alexander Tschirch, Lpz., 1926, 142- 8.—Lonert, A. C. Notes on photomicrography. Turtox News, 1948, 26: 14; passim.—McKay, H. C. Routine record photo- micrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1935-36 4: 86-94—Ma- zurkiewicz, L., A Bukowiecki, H. [Microphotography in darkness] Acta biol. exp., Warsz., 1930, 4: 287-91.—Mellon, R. R. Precision photomicrography in bacteriology. J. Infect. Dis., 1933, 52: 60-88.—Meyer, F. Eine einfache Methode zur Anfertigung von Mikrophotogrammen. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1928, 30: 103.—Naumann, E. Ueber das Mikrophoto- graphieren mit Gaslichtpapieren in direkt positivem Bild. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1914, 31: 474, pi.—Pence, R. J. A simple device to increase background contrast in photomicrography. Science, 1947, 105: 503.—Richards, O. W. Phase photomicro- graphy. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1947-48, 15: 29-38.—Rich- ards, T. W., A Archibald, E. H. A study of growing crystals by instantaneous photomicrography. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sc, 1900-01, 36: 341-53, 3 pi.—Sadler, A. Some aspects of photo- micrography. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1943-44, 12: 161r72 — Sanmartin, R. Procedimiento empleado para tomar microfo- tograffas. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1925-26, 17: 256-9 — Schaum, K. Mikrophotographische Aufnahmen im Tubus. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1924, 41: 93.—Schmidt, L. Photomaero- graphy (enlarged photography without the use of a compound microscope) J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1937, 6: 47-61. Also Stud. Rockefeller Inst. M. Res., 1938, 106: 231-45.—Sobolev, L. V. O kombinacii mikrofotografii s risunkom. Vrach. gaz., 1912, 19: 1187. Also German transl. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1911, 28: 445-8.—Stange. Praktische Winke fur Mikrophotographie. Munch, med. Wschr., 1915, 62: 1170. Also Zschr. arztl. Fort- bild., 1917, 14: 108.—Staub. Technik der Mikrophotographie. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch., Bern, 1926, 17: 207-21 — Teitel-Bernard, A. Sur une technique de reconstruction micro- phocographique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 985.—Thulin, I. Note sur une methode microphotographique pour l'etude des structures moindres que 0.2ju. Bibliogr. anat., Par., 1914, 24: 116-22—Trivelli, A. P. H., A Lincke, E. Photomicro- graphy of Amphileura pellucida. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1932, 52: 26-9, pi.—Weber, J. A new technic in photomicrography. Merck Rep., 1946, 55: 11.—Wolff, M. Bemerkungen und Bei- trage zur Praxis der wissenschaftlichen Makro- und Mikro- photographie, einschliesslich der Farbenphotographie mit Au- tochromDiatten. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1912, 29: 145-81.— Wright, E. S. A simple method of photomicrography. Am. J. Ophth., 1948, 31:611. ---- Stereomicrography. Defrise, A. Ricostruzione stereografica di oggetti micro- scopici. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 618-25.—Gird- wood, G. P. Stereomicrography. Proc. R. Soc. Canada (1913) 1914, 7: Sec 3, 79.—Guieysse, A. Platine oscillante de Nachet pour la microphotographie st€reoscopique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1907, 63: 18.—Lebedkin, S. Projectionsrekonstruktionen und stereoskopische Rekonstruktionen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 1-86, 3 pi.—Lutigneaux, H. Une methode de reconstitu- tion photographique dansl'espace reel desobjets microscopiques: Ia.stereophotographie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 289-91. ------La sensation de perspective dans les reconstitutions microphotographiques et stereographiques. Ibid., 291.—Mur- ray, J. A. Stereo-photomicrography by object displacement at right angles to the optic axis. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1935, 55: 83-5, pi.—Quidor, A. Un appareil pour la micro- photographie stereoscopique et son utilization en systematique. Arch. zool. exp., Par., 1910, 5. ser., 5: p. Ixvii-lxxxi.— Scheffer, W. Ueber einen neuen mikrostereophotographischen Okularaufsatz des Leitz-Werkes fur Beleuchtung in auffallen- dem und durchfallendem Licht. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1926, 43: 233-40. MICROGRAPHY 2. See also Graphology, Medical diagnostic use; Handwriting, Disorder; Paralysis agitans, Mani- festations. Pick, At Ueber motorisch bedingte Mikrographie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1906, 19: 756-9.—Stankovic, R. Prilog poznavanju motoriCne mikrografije. Lijed. vjes., 1911, 33: 369-72. MICROGYRIA. See Rrain cortex, Abnormities. MICROHISTOLOGY. See Histology. MICROHYDRA. See also Medusa. Backhoff. Ein neuer Fundort von Microhydra ryderi Potts. Zool. Anz., 1923-24, 58: 194.—Roch, F. Microhydra germani- ca, eine neue Siisswassermeduse. Ibid., 131-6. MICROHYLA. See Anura. MICROICHTHYS. Facciola, L. Sul Microichthys coccoi Riipp. Monit. zool. ital., 1900, 11: 188-94, pi. MICROILLUMINATOR. See also Illuminant; Lamp; Microscope lamp. Barta, T. [The microilluminator] Magy. orv. arch., 1933, 34: 438-46. Also Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1935-36, 52: 276-92, 2 pi. ------ Mikroskopische Untersuchung von Organen in vivo mit Hilfe des Mikroilluminators. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1936-37, 19: 405-9.—Wolff, M. Ein automatisch regulieren- der Miniaturscheinwerfer (2 Ampere-Fixpunktbogenlampe) fur mikroskopische und makroskopische arztliche Untersuchungen. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1912, 49: 2462. MICROINCINERATION. See also Chemistry, Methods; Histochemistry; Metal, Chemistry; Mineral, Chemistry; also such headings as Pneumokoniosis; Silicosis, etc. Policard, A. La methode de la microincinera- tion; expose1 pratique. 50p. 25%em. Par., 1938. Baginski, S. Mikroveraschung; einige praktische Hinweise. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1938, 55: 241-8, pi.—Brenner, M. W., A Harris. P. L. An improved method of the wet ashing of bio- logical materials. Chemist Analyst, 1939, 28: 55.—Gage, S. H. Apparatus and methods for micro-incineration. Stain Techn., 1938, 13: 25-36.—Godlewski, H. Quelques obseiva- tions concernant la microincineration effective a l'aide d'un dispositif nouveau permettant le controle de ce processus. Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1938, 15: 245-64.—Gorbach, G. Eine Mikromuffel zum Universalheizstativ nach Gorbach. Mikrochemie, Wien, 1948-49, 34: 189-91.—Herrmann, F. Zur Methode der Veraschung von Gewebsschnitten und der Aschen- differenzierung (Darstellung von Magnesiumsalzen und Phos- phaten) Zschr. w'ss. Mikr., 1932, 49: 313-32, pi.—Krogh, A. Eine Mikromethode fiir die organische Verbrennungsanalyse, besonders von gelosten Substanzen. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 221: 247-63.—Maclennan, R. F., A Murer, H. K. Localization of mineral ash in the organelles of Trichonympha, a hypermasti- gote flagellate from Zootermopsis angusticollis. J. Morph., 1934, 56: 231-41.—Man, E. B., A Siegfried, D. A. Micro per- manganate acid ashing method for determination of serum io- dine. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1949, 8: 224.—Policard, A. Twenty years of microincineration; cytological results. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1942, 62: 25-35. ------ Caracteres des micro-inci- nerations et ultra-structures. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1946, 76: 785.—Reed, H. S., A Dufrenoy, J. Histochemical analysis of plant tissues for iron and zinc by a combination microincinera- tion and microanalysis. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: p. lxx.— Roddy, W. T. Frozen section micro-incineration. Stain Techn., 1941, 16: 101-4.—Sanchez Calvo. La microincinera- ci6n. Med. espan., 1940, 3^ 500-7.—Struckmeyer, B. E. Techniques used for the microincineration and mineral analysis of plant tissue. Am. J. Bot., 1943, 30: 477-81. MICROINJECTION. See also Micromanipulation; Micrurgy. Buck, J. B., A Specht, H. Ureteral catheter for microinjection tubing. Science, 1947, 106: 551.—Chambers, R. A simple micro-injection apparatus made of steel. Ibid., 1921, n. ser., 54: 552.—Hoyer, H. Eine neue Vorrichtung zu Injektionen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1908, 25: 412-20.—Konaschko, P. Zur Technik der Injektion feiner Gefiisse. Ibid., 1905, 22: 179.— Mozejko, B. Ueber mikroskopische Injektionen nach der Methode des Prof. Heinrich Hoyer in Krakau. Ibid., 1911-12, MICROINSTRUMENT. See under Micrurgy. MICROKLOSSIA. See also Klossiella. Krassilstschik, J. Sur une affection parasitaire des lepi- dopteres produite par un sporozoaire nouveau (Microklossia prima) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1905, 58: 656. MICROKYMATOTHERAPY. See Microwave, Diathermy. MICROLEPIDOPTERA 63 MICROMANIPULATOR MICROLEPIDOPTERA. See also Moth. Beirne, B. P. A list of the Microlepidoptera of Ireland, p.53-147. 8? Dubl., 1941. In: Proc. R. Irish Acad., 1941, 47: sect. B, 53-147. MICROLESTES. See also Coleoptera. Holdhaus, K. Monographic der palaarkti- schen Arten der Coleopterengattung Microlestes. p.477-540. 4? Wien, 1913. In: Denkschr. Akad. Wiss., Wien, 1913, 88: MICROLICHUS. See also Mange. Henry, A., A Guilhon, J. Gale deplumante d6termin6e par Microlichus avus Tr. chez un serin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 431. MICROLITHIASIS. See under such headings as Biliary calculus, Microlith; Nephrolithiasis, etc. MICROLOGY. See also Micrography; Microscopy. Geiser, S. W. Syllabus of practical exercises in invertebrate micrology. 16p. 8? Ann Arb., 1934. Guyer, M. F. Animal micrology; practical exercises in microscopical methods. 240p. 23cm. Chic, 1906. Also 3. ed. 303p. 1930. Placido da Costa, A. *Apontamentos de micrologia medica. 61p. 22cm. Porto, 1879. MICROLYNCHIA. See Hippoboscidae; also Pigeon, Diseases. MICROMANIA. See under Manic-depressive psychosis, De- pressed phase. MICROMANIPULATION. See Micrurgy; see also Micromanipulator; Microtool. MICROMANIPULATOR. See also Cytology, Methods; Microbiology, Methods; Microtool; Micrurgy. Barer, R., A Saunders-Singer, A. E. A new single-control micromanipulator. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1948, 89: 439-47, pi.—Bergman, R. A. M., A Mertens, W. K. [The micromanipu- lator and single-cell cultures of Bacterium cocovenenans] Meded. Dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1938, 27: 236-44 — Browaeys, J. Presentation d'un micromanipulateur a panto- graphe. Presse mid., 1943, 51: 96 (Abstr.)—Cailloux, M. Un nouveau micromanipulateur hydraulique. Rev. canad. biol., 1943, 2: 528-40.—Christophersen, J. Eine neue Methode zur Isolierung von Mikroorganismen mit Hilfe des Mikro- manipulator. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., Orig., 1939-40,145: 366-8 — Dunn, F. L. The use of hydraulic devices for obtaining micro- manipulation. J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 40: 383-8.—Fulton, G. P. A silver-glass micro-electrode for use in a micro-manipulator. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1941, 48: 427.—Hansen, WW. On a new design of micromanipulator. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1938, 58: 250-2, pi.—Hauser, E. A. Ueber die An- wendung des Mikromanipulators und anderer neuer optischer Instrumente bei mikroskopischen Studien an Kautschuk- milchsaften in den Tropen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1924, 41: 465-80.—Nygaard, G. A simple micromanipulator. Science, 1949 110: 165.—Peragallo, I. Dispositivo pratico per micro- mani'polazioni. Gior. batt. immun., 1939, 23: 591-3.—Peterfi, T., A Bergonzini, M. L'isolamento e la cultura dei micro- organismi con 1'aiuto del micromanipolatore di Peterfi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1932. 7: 647-52.-TReinert, G. Ein neuer Mikromanipulator fiir Arbeiten bis zu I"=2500 x. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1938-39, 22: 681-5.—Schouten, S. L. [The micro- manipulator; the apparatus] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1935, 2: 207-24, 2 pi.------[Certain applications of the micromanipulator] Ibid., 250-74, 4 pi. ----— Der Mikromanipulator. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1934-35, 51: 421-515. ------The micromanipulator. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1949, 18: 34.—Soriano, S. Dispositivo sencillo para micromanipula- cionesj Fol. biol., B. Air., 1935, 205-10.—Thaysen, A. C, A Morris, A. R. The preparation of microtools for the micro- manipulator. J. Gen. Microb., Lond., 1947, 1: 221-31, pi. MICROMASTIC reaction. See under Cerebrospinal fluid, Colloidal reac- tions: Mastic and modifications. MICROMELIA. See also Achondroplasia; Dwarfism; Extremity, Absence and hypoplasia; Extremity, lower, Absence and hypoplasia; Extremity, upper, Abnormity; Growth (Human) Disorders. Asmundson, V. S. An inherited micromelia in the domestic fowl. J. Hered., 1942, 33: 328-30.—Benvenuti, M. Su di una forma particolare di micromelia superiore, bilaterale, ereditaria; contributo alio studio delle malformazioni congenite. Neo- psichiatria, Pisa, 1938, 4: 725-90.—Mindlin, S. Ein seltener Fall von Mikromelie. Anat. Anz., 1929-30, 68: 324-36.— Rieti, E. Contributo alia conoscenza della micromelia. Poli- clinico, 1930, 37: sez. prat., 289-91.—Rizzatti, E. Un singo- larissimo caso di micromelia (pseudo-acondroplasia?) (cenni sulla medicina legale della mostruosita) Gior. clin. med., 1928, 9: 404-12.—Seze, de A Houdart, R. A propos d'un cas de nanisme micromelique d'origine hypophysaire probable; dis- cussion du syndrome dit acromicne. Presse med., 1943, 51: 231 (Abstr.)—Zwilling, E. Association of hypoglycemia with insulin micromelia in chick embryos. Anat. Rec, 1948, 101: 662. MICROMERIA. See also Lamiaceae. Naves, V. R. Etudes sur les matieres v6g€tales volatiles; sur Thuile essentielle de Micromeria abyssinica (Hochst.) Benth., source de (i-isomenthone. Helvet. chim. acta, 1948, 31: 932-6. MICROMERISM. See also Living matter. Holmes, S. J. Micromerism in biological theory. Isis, Bost., 1948-49, 39: 145-58. MICROMEROZOITE. See under Plasmodium; Sporozoa. MICROMETHOD. See under such headings as Microbiology, Methods; Microchemistry, Methods; Micro- manipulator; Microscopy, Methods, etc. MICROMETRY [incl. micrometer] See also Microgeometry; Microscope. Georgi, J. Zur Verwendung flachenmessender Instrumente in der Mikrotechnik. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1918, 35: 175-88.— Lendenfeld, R. von. Bemerkungen iiber die technische Aus- fiihrung und biologische Verwertung mikroskopischer Mes- sungen. Ibid., 1911, 28: 27-34.—McPherson, A. I., A Douglas, D. G. Measurement of the thickness of thin nvlon films. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1949, 20: 457.—Nelson, E. M. On the measurement of very minute microscopical objects. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1909, 549.—Peragallo, I. Misurazione micrometrica. In his Techn. microb., Milano, 1945, 1: 47.— Stahn, R. Eine neue Methode zur Messung der Flachenaus- dehnung mikroskopischer Bilder. Naturwissenschaften, 1943, 31: 19. ---- Instruments. See also Blood sedimentation, Methods, micro- metric; Photometer. Allison, A. C, A Chacko, L. The use of a camera lucida for micrometry and counts of nerve fibres and other small objects. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1949, 69: 18.—Easier, A. Ein Gerat fiir mikroskopische Messungen an sich bewegenden Objekten. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1937, 54: 98-101-Bauer, A. Die neue Leitzsche Mikrometerbewegung mit Kugelfiihrung. Ibid., 1926, 43: 372-4.—Beppu, H. MakS syowa; micrometer ni tuite. Ika kikaigakuzassi, 1935-36, 13: 175-9.—Clendinnen, F. J. Micrometric measurements by a projected scale. Tr. Austral- as. M. Congr. (1908) 1909, 2. Congr., 377, pi.—Conger. P. S. A simple method for micrometric ruling, and some applications. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1944, 63: 358-61.—Eyster, J. A. E., A Hippie, J. S. A micrometer curve measuring apparatus. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1938-39, 24: 1205-7.—Field, R. H. A large cylinder and taper comparator for gauge measurement. Canad. J. Res., 1947, 25: F, 238-41, 3 pi.—Fiorentino, M. Nuova camera per conteggi microscopici e sue applicazioni pratiche. Diagn. teen, laborat., Nap., 1930, 1: 949-57.— MICROMETRY 64 MICRONESIA Cordon, R. M. A counting apparatus for use with the micro- scope. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1930-31, 24: 81-3, pi.—Gueguen, F. Reglette a lecture directe pour mensurations microscopiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1907, 63: 117.—Howard, H. J. A stereomicrometer. Am. J. Ophth., 1920, 3. ser., 3: 417-21.—Koch, E. Measuring to 1/10,000 of an inch. Educ. Focus, Rochester, 1944, 15: 39-^2.—Kuhl, W. Die Anwendung des Zeichenapparates zur Messung von Kriimmungen unter dem Mikroskop durch Projektion eines Systems konzentrischer Kreise (oder anderer Kurven) in das mikroskopische Bild. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1925, 42: 265-9.—Lecteur (Le) micro- m6trique de la Societe optique et precision de Levallois. Rev. opt., Par., 1948, 27: 510-2.—Levison. W. G. Photographed ocular micrometers. Ann. N. York Acad. Sc, 1898, 11: pt 3, 405.—Lotze, J. C, A Yiengst, M. J. An apparatus for measuring microscopic objects. Science, 1941, 93: 45.— Malassey, L. Sur les oculaires a glace micromfitrique et a usages multiples. Tr. Laborat. histol. Coll. France, Par., (1901) 1903, 1-12. —---- Nouveau modele d'oculaire a glace micrometrique. Ibid., 13-5.—Palmes, E. D. The filargraph; a recording device to facilitate filar micrometry. J. Indust. Hyg., 1944, 26: 64-7.—Pulling, H. E. The angular micrometei and its use in delicate and accurate microscopic measurements. Am. J. Bot., 1916, 3: 393-406.—Quastler, H. Steigerung dei Messgenauigkeit bei Messung kleinster sichtbarer Grossen mit dem Schraubenmikrometerokular. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1932-33, 49: 195-207.-—Schilainer, M. Regelbare Vorrichtung zur Feineinstellung fur Mikroskope. Ibid., 1924, 41: 155-66.— Witt, W. Eine Methode zur Sichtbarmachung von Faden- kreuzen, Strichmikrometern usw. beim ultramikroskopischeij Beobachten von Kolloidteilchen. Ibid., 1935-36, 52: 315-7.— dimmer, K. G. Statistische Ultramikrometrie mit Rontgen-, Alpha-, und Neutronenstrahlen. Forsch. & Fortschr., 1944, 20: 106-8. MICROMONOSPORA [1923 0rskov] See also Streptomycetaceae. Erikson, D. Studies on some lake-mud strains of Micro- monospora. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 277-300.—Hungate, R. E. Studies on cellulose fermentation; an anaerobic cellulose- decomposing actinomycete, Micromonospora propionici. n. sp. Ibid., 1946, 51: 51-6.—Waksman, S. A., Geiger, W. B., A Bugie, E. Micromonosporin, an antibiotic substance from a little-known group of microorganisms. Ibid., 1947, 53: 355- 7.—Welsch, M. Les proprietes antibiotiques d'une espece du genre Micromonospora; la micromonosporine. Rev. beige path.. 1947, 18: 235-42. MICROMYCES. See also older literature under Actinomyces; also Asterococcus; Micromycetes; Peripneumo- nia. Neumann, A. N. Die pathogene Bedeutung des polymor- phen Mikroorganismus, Myxomycet-Schmidt, Onkomyxa- Nebel, Micromyces blastogenes-Gerlach. Krebsarzt, Wien, 1948, 3: 209-12.— 0rskov, J. On the morphology of some species of Micromyces. Rep. Proc. Internat. Congr. Microb. (1939) 1940, 179.— Speiser, P. Zur Frage des Vorkommens des Micromyces blastogenes Gerlach in menschlichen Leichen. Krebsarzt, Wien, 1947, 2: 523-30. MICROMYCETES. See also Cancer, Etiology; Micromyces; Peri- pneumonia. Gerlach, F. Methoden zur Sichtbarmachung des bei bosartigen Geschwulsten aufgefundenen Mikromyzeten. Mi- kroskopie, Wien, 1949, Sonderbd 3, 43-58. ------ Zur Frage der Pathogenitat des in bosartigen Geschwulsten aufge- fundenen Mikromyzeten. Krebsarzt, Wien, 1949, 4: 171-83. — Pucher, S. Die Mikromyzeten als Krankheitsursache. Ibid., 1947, 2: 513-23.—Sydow, H., A Sydow, P. Enumeration of Philippine fungi, with notes and descriptions of new species. Micromycetes. Philippine J. Sc, 1913, 8: Sect. C, 265-85.— Theiss, O. Mikromyzeten und L-Kulturen. Zbl. Bakt 1 Abt., Orig., 1947-48, 152: 209-14.—Vogel, A. Ueber das Vorkommen der Mikromyzeten in Pflanzen. Krebsarzt. Wien 1948,3:468. MICRON. See also Measure; Micrometry. Heimstadt, O. Beugungserscheinungen an Ultramikronen Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1943, 59: 153-62.—Microns, use in botanical monographs. Bull. Nat. Formulary Com. U. S., 1939-40, 8: 35. MICRONEMEAE. See Fungi imperfecti. MICRONESIA. See also Marshall Islands; Pacific. Arnold, H. L., jr. Two weeks in Micronesia. Proc. Clinic, Honolulu, 1949, 15:21-32.—Coolidge, H.J. The 1947 invasion of Micronesia. Research Rev. (U. S. Navy) 1948 June, 1-6 — Kanehira, R. On the phytogeography of Micronesia. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1940, 6. Congr., 4: 595-611—Mur- dock, G. P. New light on the peoples of Micronesia. Science, 1948, 108: 423-5. ---- Anthropology. Ike, S. Mariana-gunto-zin no taisitu-zinruigaku-teki kenkyu. Tyosen igakkai zassi, 1941, 31: 380; 545; 859, 4 ol.—Murdock, G. P. Anthropology in Micronesia. Tr. N. Vork Acad. Sc, 1948-49, 11: 9-16.—Murrill, R. I. Ponape; a Micronesian culture of the Caroline Islands. Ibid., 1947- 48. 10: 154-8. Diseases. United States. Navy. Bureau of Med- icine and Surgery. Compilation on the diseases of naval importance in Micronesia; including the identification and distribution of arthropods of medical importance. 107p. 27cm. Wash., 1944. Farner, D. S. Arthropod-borne diseases in Micronesia. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1944, 42: 977-89.—Gilbert A Ellice Islands [medical and sanitary reports, 1932] Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1934, 31: Suppl., 166. MICRONUTRIENT. See also Food; Mineral; Trace element; Vita- mer; Vitamin. Allison, I. Trace elements and their importance to man. J. Missouri Dent. Ass., 1949, 29: 119-23.— Arenz, B. Einfluss und Stellung der Spurenelemente in der Pflanzenernahrung und in der landwirtschaftlichen Praxis. Naturwiss. Rdsch., 1948, 1: 61-6.—Auchter, E. C. Micro-elements as affecting health and disease. Plantation Health, Honolulu, 1947, 11: 10-8.— Bertrand, D. Les infiniment petits chimiques indispensables a la vie. Atomes, Par., 1948, 3: 221-6.—Green, H. H. Trace elements in relation to health of livestock. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1947, 34: 159-65.—Harvey, D. G. Trace elements in plant and animal nutrition. Vet. J., Lond., 1947, 103: 278- 69.—Kollath, W. Die Spurenelemente. In: Blut A Boden, Niirnb., 1939, 83-115, 2 tab.—Moore, C. V. Trace elements in nutrition; iron and the essential trace elements. In: Dieto- therapy (Wohl, M. G.) Phila., 1945, 98-120.—Randoin, L. Recherches experimentales sur la necessite' absolu de la presence des oligo-el^ments dans une ration alimentaire et sur le r61e de certains oligo-ele'ments dans les phenomenes vitaux essentiels. Bull. Soc. sc. hyg. aliment., Par., 1944, 32: 105-12.—Rygh, O. Unders0kelser over mikronaeringsstoffer. Tskr. Norske laegeforen., 1949, 69: 6-9. ------ Importance of trace elements in nutrition. Research, Lond., 1949, 2: 340 (Abstr.)— Salisbury, E. J., Wallace, T. [et al.] The significance of trace elements in plants and animals. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond , 1947, 34: 144-65.—Salter, W. T. Tracer substances in nu- trition. In: Dietotherapy (Wohl, M. G.) Phila., 1945, 188- 207.—Schwarz, R. Die physiologische Bedeutung der Spuren- elemente. Aerztl. Wschr., 1946-47, l:-2: 743-5.—Simpson, H. N. Quantification of micronutrients. Science, 1946, 104: ;i03.—Stiles, W. Trace elements. Science Progr., Lond.. 1947, 35: 716-23.—Voss, R. C. Trace elements and animal health. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1949, 61: 39. MICRO-OPERATION. See Micrurgy. MICROORGANISM. See also Algae; Bacteria; Cell; Fungi; Microbe; Microbiology; Microfauna; Microflora; Mold; Mycology; Plankton; Protophyton; Protozoon; Spore; Virology; Virus; also such headings as Detergency; Disinfection; Sterilization. Akehurst, S. C. A trap for free-swimming organisms. J. Quekett Micr. Club, 1914, 2. ser., 12: 279.—Barnard, J. E Towards the smallest living things. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond. 1939, 59: 1-10, pi.—Booth, V. H., A Green, D. E. A wet- crushing mill for micro-organisms. Biochem. J., Lond , 1938 32: 855-61, pi.—Carpenter, P. D. An apparatus for the con- tinued observation of micro-organisms. Turtox News, 1949, 27: 12-6.—Cimmino, R. I microrganismi. Med. ital., 1907 No. 6, 111 passim.—Gaudin. Levures,sarcines, coccus, bacilles et streptothnx. Arch. meU Angers, 1914, 18: 137; passim.— Glasser. Zelle, Bakterium und mikroskopisch unsichtbare Lebewesen. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1936, 52: 501-3.—Mur- ray, J. A. The open-tube-pvroxylin method of manipulating small organisms. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1924, pt 3, 289-91.— Nomenclature of nutritional types of microorganisms. Sympos Quant. Biol., 1946, 11: 302.—Oelze, F. W. Beobachtungs- kammer fur Mikroorganismen und Blutkorperchen im ruhen- den Medium fur Hell- und Dunkelfeldbeleuchtung, nebst MICROORGANISM 65 MICROORGANISM Spezialobjektiv. Munch, med. Wschr., 1921, 68, 130.— Pratt, R. Armageddon of the microbes; a consideration of certain relationships in a microbiological society. Texas Rep. Biol. M., 1949, 7: 12-21.— Rinne, F. Parakristalline Lebe- wesen. Kolloid Zschr., 1931, 56: 71-7.—Schouten, S. L. [Individual treatment of micro-organisms] Ned. tschr. geneesk.. 1924. 68: pt 2, 1814-7.—Taylor, W. R. A method of demonstrating the sheath structure of a desmid. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1921, 40: 94.—Wegener, E. E. [Methods of pre- paring complete specimens of microscopically small organisms] Arch. russ. anat., 1940, 23: 185. ---- Antagonism. See also Antibiosis, in the 5. series. Bachmann, W. Ueber Fernwirkung einer Hefekultur auf Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1932, 124: 113-22.— Dmitrievskaia, N. A., A Chebotarevich, M. F. [Manifesta- tions of antagonism among microorganisms] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1936, 43: 337-44.—Gratia, A. Techniques se'lectives pour la recherche syste'matique dans la nature, de microorga- nismes doues, soit de proprietes antibiotique?, soit de proprietes antibactlriophages, soit de proprietes antagonistes des antibio- tiques. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1947, 29: 352-4.—Kasa- hara, M., Oyama, H., A Sugada, E. Saikin-tai-nai no bisyo- seikatu-tai ni tuite. Osaka igakkai zassi, 1943, 42: 1085; passim.-—Melin, E. Zur Frage des Antagonismus zwischen frei lebenden Mikroorganismen; Untersuchungen an Holz- schliff; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1933. 4: 509-13.—Noster, K. Antagonismus zwischen einem apatho- genen und zahlreichen pathogenen Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., Orig, 1949, 153: 32-9.— Rosenfeld, W. D., A ZoBell, C. E. Antibiotic production by marine microorga- nisms. J. Bact., Bait, 1947, 54: 393-8.—Schiller, 1. Ueber erzwungene Antagonisten. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1925, Orig., 94: 64-6.—Sickles, G. M., A Shaw. M. The antibacterial activity of microorganisms and their products. Annual Rep. Div. laborat. N. York State Dep. Health, 1945, 10.—Waks- man, S. A. Antagonistic relations of microorganisms. Bact. Rev., Bait., 1941, 5: 231-91. Also Chron. bot., Waltham, 1940-41, 6: 145-8.—Wilska. A. Spray inoculation of plates in the detection of antagonistic micro-organisms. J. Gen. Microb., Lond., 1947, 1: 368.—ZoBell, C. E. The antagonistic effects of microorganisms. In his Marine Microb., Waltham, 1946, 80-2. ---- aquatic. See also Hydrobiology; Plankton; Protozoa. Brehm, V. Die Rotfarbung von Hochgebirgsseeorganis- men. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1938, 13: 307-18.— Korinek, J. Ueber oligonitrophile Mikroben im Meere. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1932, 86: 201-6.—Peters, A. W. The biochem- ical action of copper sulphate on aquatic microorganisms [Abstr.] Science, 1908, n. ser., 27: 1909. Association. Castellani, A. Fermentation phenomena when different species of micro-organisms are in close association. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1925-26, 23: 481-8.—Jensen, H. L., A Swaby, R. J. Association between nitrogen-fixing and cellu- lose-decomposing microorganisms. Nature, Lond., 1941, 147: 147.—Karaffa-Korbutt, K. von. Ueber die Symbiose einiger saproyphten Bakterienformen und der Blastomyceten. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1914, 40: 239-43. ---- Biological role. See also Microorganism, Use. Gabbett, H. S. Beneficent germs. 12p. 20cm. N. Y., 1900. Taliaferro, W. H. Microorganisms and their roles in nature, p.448-85. 23#cm. Garden City, N. Y., 1937. In: World A Man (F. R. Moulton) N. Y., 1937. Banjee, D. N. Microbe, our very best friend, our deadliest enemy. Ind. M. Rec, 1943, 63: 161; 193.—Berry, H. The use of bacteria and moulds in industry. Pharm. J., Lond., 1942, 95: 20.—Owen, E. C. The role of micro-organisms in the nutrition of farm animals. Proc. Nutrit. Soc, Cambr., 1946-47, 186-99.—Schwarz, C. Die physiologische Bedeutung der Mikroorganismen im Kreislauf des Lebens. Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1930, 17: 462-8. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1946, 58: 173-5. Composition. Raistrick, H. Studies in the biochemistry of micro-organisms. p. 1-367. 29cm. Lond., 1931. In: Philos. Tr. R. Soc, Lond., 1931, ser. B, 220: Ay res, G. B., A Tobie, W. C. The isolation of crude pro- teolytic enzymes from microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 45: 18 (Abstr.)—Bois, E., A Savary, J. Les amylases des micro-organismes. Canad. J. Res., 1945. 23: Sect. B. 208- 13.—Boivin, A. Les nucleoprot&des et la constitution chimique 824787—vol. 11, 4th series-----5 des microorganismes. Bui1 Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1943, 41: 177 (Abstr.)—Eyre, J. V. Unicellular chemistry: the part played by external influences in determining the chemical character and biological behaviour of unicellular organisms. J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1935, 201-7, 2 pi.—Karstrom, H. Enzymatische Adaptation bei Mikroorganismen. Erg. Enzymforsch., 1938, 7: 350-76.—Niel, C. B. van. Biochemistry of microorganisms. Annual Rev. Biochem., 1943, 12: 551-86.—Sarciron, R., Vendrely, R., A Briand, O. Recherches sur les nucleopro- teides des micro-organismes; contribution a l'etude du probleme analytique. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1945, 71: 147-51.— Stacey, M., A Webb, M. Some components of the lytic system of gram-positive micro-organisms. Nature, Lond., 1948, 162: 11-3.—Stokes, J. L.. A Gunness, M. The amino acid composition of microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1946, 51: 570; passim.—Werle, E. Ueber das Vorkommen von Diaminoxydase und Histidin-decarboxylase in Mikroorganis- men. Bull. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1943, 41: 188 (Abstr.)— Yud- kin, J. Enzyme variation in micro-organisms. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1938, 13: 93-106. ---- Cultivation and growth. See also Microbioassay; Microculture. Kuster, E. Anleitung zur Kultur der Mikro- organismen. 3. Aufl. 233p. 8? Lpz., 1921. Yamada, Y. Biseibutu no hatuiku ni tai-suru tansan-gasu no eikyo [ . . . influence of carbon dioxide] p.325-793. 21cm. Kyoto, 1934. In: Kokumin eisei, 1934, 11: Axelrad, C. Ueber Fortpflanzung und WachBtum der Mikroorganismen. Pharm. Prax., Wien, 1904, 111: 49-52, pi.—Fulmer, E. I. Colloids and the growth of microorganisms. In: Colloid Chem. (Alexander, J.) N. Y., 1928, 2: 557-65.— Gee, A. H., A Hunt, G. A. Single cell technic; a presentation of the pipette method as a routine laboratory procedure. J. Bact., Bait., 1928. 16: 327-48, 3 pi.— Harmsen, G. W., & Kolff, W. J. Cultivation of microorganisms with the aid of cellophane membranes. Science, 1947, 105: 582.—Holzinger, F. Ueber den Einfluss osmotischer Vorgiinge im Medium auf das Wachstum von Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1908, 21: 449-59.—Johnson, F. H. A micro-method for determining the utilization of carbohydrates and polyhydric alcohols by microorganisms. Science, 1935, 81: 620.—Kyo, K. Tanko-kin film baiti baivS-ho wo oyo-seru saikin no hatuiku keisiki ni kan-suru kenkyu; saikin no S-kei, R-kei no hatuiku keisiki ni kan-suru kansatu. Zikken igaku zassi, 1935, 19: 1383-7, pi.—Moor, W. A. The continuous cultivation of micro- organisms. Science, 1945, 102: 594.—Morton, H. E. An im- proved technic for growing microorganisms under anaerobic conditions. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 46: 373-6.—Negroni, P. Procede' de culture monocellulaire. C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1931, 106: 388.—Nieuwenhuis, A. W. Wijze om microorganismen uit e^n eel te kweeken. Verh. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1910, 19: 522-34. 2 pi.—Nunes Vaz, C. Do cultivo artificial em microbiologia. Impr. med., Rio, 1942, 18: No. 344, 29-^37.— 0rskov, J. Zur Morphologie der von G. Seiffert kultivierten Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1938, 141: 229-32.— Palm, B., A Hinricsson, H. [The impression method in study of microorganisms on certain substrates] Tskr. mil. halsov., 1940, 65: 147-51.—Simonart, P. Facteurs de croissance. In his Introduct. microb. gen., Liege, 1947, 53-60.—Slator, A. A note on the lag-phase in the growth of micro-organisms. J. Hyg., Lond., 1917, 16: 100-8.—Stearn, E. W., A Steam, A. E. A modification of the 0rskov single cell culture technic. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 276-8.— Stockhausen, F. Die Ziichtung der technischen Mikroorganismen auf Leistung. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.. 1925-26, 97: 31-11.—Utenkov, M. D. [Invisible stages of microorganisms and one-cell cultures] Vest, mikrob., 1928, 7: 190-3. ---:— [Cultivation of micro- organisms during a considerable period of time] Microbiology, Moskva, 1944, 13: 310-4.—Van Laer, M. H., A Merten. J. L'acidite' libre et son influence sur la reproduction des levures et des microbes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 990-2.—Van Niel, C. B. The kinetics of growth of microorganisms. In: Chem. A Physiol. Growth (Parpart, A. K.) Princet., 1949, 91-105. ---- Culture media. See also Bacteria, Cultivation. Lafay, G. *Contribution h l'etude des varia- tions de la reaction des milieux de culture, sous l'influence des microorganismes [Lyon] 70p. 8? Trevaux, 1934. Schmtjtz, D. *Methodes de contr61e de croissance des bact^ries en rapport avec l'addi- tion prealable de vitamines hydrosolubles. 96p. 24cm. Strasb., 1938. Achorn, G. B., jr, A Schwab, J. L. A method for the aera- tion of liquid cultures of microorganisms. Science, 1948, 107: 377.—Belenkyi, D. E., Popova, N. N., A Khalt, S. L. [Use of soya culture medium in microbiology] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1932, 9: 83-5.—Bordet, P. Les facteurs de croissance chea les microorganismes. Ann. Soc. sc. m£d. natur. Bruxelles, MICROORGANISM 66 MICROORGANISM 1938, Bull., 51-67.—Bovarnick, M. R. Substitution of heated asparagine-glutamate mixture for nicotinamide as a growth factor for Bacterium dysenteriae and other microorganisms. J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 148: 151-61.—Cicconl, M. Reiskleie- extrakt als Nahrboden fOr Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1942-43, 149: 61-4.—Das Gupta, G. C, A Guha. B. C. The effect of vitamin C and certain other substances on the growth of micro-organisms. Ann. Biochem. Exp. M., Calc, 1941, 1: 14—26.—De Gara, P. Nuovo metodo di microcul- tura con le "slide-cells". Diagn. teen, laborat., Nap., 1935, 6: 21-6.—Demby, K. G. La concentration optima en ions hydrogene favorisant le developpement de certains microor- ganismes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1921, 35: 277-90.—Gach, I.. & Poluliakh, N. [Fish nutritive mediums; use of auto- digestive products of the stomach of certain fishes instead of peptone for microbiological nutritive mediums] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1936, 41: 65-112.—Gehrke, C, A Weiser, H. H. Com- parative studies on growth and biochemical features of micro- organisms grown in cow's and soybean milk. Food Res., 1947, 12: 360-4.—Goy, P. Physiologie microbienne et facteur ac- eeesoire de la croissance. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1922, 174:1579.— Harrison, F. C. A study of some organisms which produce black fields on aesculin-bile salt media. Science, 1915, n. ser., 42: 468.—Hidalgo Larrua, F. Estado actual de algunas in- vestigaciones sobre factores vitamlnicos indispensables al creci- miento bacterial. Rev. med. cubana, 1939, 50: 1021-4.— Hruszek, H. Pilz-, Sporotrichon-, Actinomyces-, Hefe-, Bak- terien- und andere Kulturen auf Gurkenschnitten. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1934, 170: 670-5.—Humfeld, H., A Feustel, I. C. Utilization of asparagus juice in microbiological culture media. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1943, 54: 232- 5.—Ingelman, B., A Laurell, H. The preparation of silicic acid jellies for the cultivation of microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1947. 53: 364.—Kanel, E. S. [Oxidation-reduction po- tential of the medium as a restraining factor in the development of mikroorganisms] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1937,6: 254—66.— Kharasch, M. S., Conway, E. A., A Bloom, W. Some chem- ical factors influencing growth and pigmentation of certain microorganisms. J. Bact.. Bait., 1936, 32: 533-40.—Kimler, A. Vegetable juice in the cultivation of pathogenic micro- organisms. South. M. J.. 1947, 40: 1026.—Koser, S. A. Growth factors for microorganisms. Annual Rev. Microb.. 1948, 2: 121-42. ------ A Saunders, F. Accessory growth factors for bacteria and related microorganisms. Bact. Rev., Bait., 1938, 2: 99-160.—Lewis, R. W., A Lucas, E. H. Ap- garatus for growing microorganisms on a flowing medium. cience, 1945, 101: 364.—Liggett, R. W., A Koffler, H. Corn steep liquor in microbiology. Bact. Rev., Bait., 1948, 12: 297-311.—Loureiro, J. A. M. de. Aerobiose forcada; um aerador aseptico para culturas Hquidas em profundidade de microorganismos aer<5bios. Cadern. cient., Lisb., 1946-47, 1: 22-44, 2 pi.—Lulla, B. S. _ Utilization of desizing washings for the culture of industrially important micro-organisms. Current 8c, Bangalore, 1948, 17: 24.—Lwoff, A. Les facteurs de croissance pour les microorganismes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1938. 61: 580-617; Disc. 777.—Mario, F. Milieu solide pour l'isolement et la conservation des microorganismes degra- dant la cellulose en aerobiose. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1939, 11: 82-4.—Moore, H. N. The use of silica gels for the cultivation of halophilic organisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 40: 409-13; 1941, 41: 317-21.—Naegeli, O. Studien uber die gegenseitige Beeinflussung von Pilzkulturen auf kunstlichen Nahrboden (Pilzkolonien als Nahrboden fiir andere Mikroorganismen) In: Sobernheim Festschr. (Burgi, E., et al.) Basel. 1935, 117-23, pi— Pezzi, A. Ricerche sullo svilup- go di diversi microrganismi sul terreno al lattosiero del carbone. loll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1940, 19: 48-50.—Pratt, E. L. The growth of' microorganisms on media exposed to ultra-violet radiations. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 32: 613-9.—Reader, V. The relation of the growth of certain micro-organisms to the composition of the mediu m; the addition of mannitol. Biochem. J., Lond., 1929, 23: 61-7.—Sahyun, M., Beard, P. [et al.] Growth stimulating factors for microorganisms. J. Infect. Dis., 1936. 58: 28-44.—Salk, J. E. Method for separation of micro-organisms from large quantities of broth culture. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 38: 228-30.—Schweizer. G. Die Kaltsterilisation von Nahrboden und ihre Bedeutung fur die Reinkultur von Mikroorganismen. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1936, 7: 297-314.—Scott, W. J. The growth of micro-organisms on ox muscle; the influence of temperature. J. Counc. Sc. Indust. Res., Melb., 1937, 10: 338-50, 4 pi.—Simmonds, S., A Fruton, J. S. A microorganism exhibiting a growth require- ment for peptides. Science, 1949, 109: 561.—Snell, E. E. Growth factors for microorganisms. Annual Rev. Biochem., 1946, 15: 375-96.—Spector, H. The comparative effect of the fatty acids of butterfat and corn oil on the growth and metabo- lism of microorganisms. Arch. Biochem., N. Y., 1946, 11: 167-77.—Stokes. J. L., Gunness, M., A Foster, J. W. Vita- min content of ingredients of microbiological culture media. J. Bact., Bait., 1944, 47: 293-9.—Stringer, W. J. A simple dispenser for microbiological media. Analyst, Lond., 1948, 73: 508.—Sturm, L. D. [Cultivation of microorganisms on solid starch media and on gypsum plates] Microbiology, Moskva, 1944, 13: 45-53.—Tatum, E. L. Are gene mutations responsi- ble for the growth factor requirements of microorganisms? J Bact., Bait., 1945. 49: 202.—Torri, O. II glucosio nelle cul- ture dei microorganismi. Clin, mod., Fir., 1905, 11: 361.— Vacirca, F.. A Spiga, A. Azoto aminico del terreno e sviluppo dei microorganismi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1946, 22: 229 — Vladimirov, B. D., & Nefedjeva, N. P. Mavonnaisen. als Nahrboden fUr die Entwicklung der Mikroorganismen] Vopr. pitan., 1937, 6: 85-96.—Weleminski, F. Ueber Zuchtung von Mikroorganismen in stromenden NahrbSden. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.. 1906, 42: 280; 376.—West, P. M., A Wilson, P. W. Growth factor requirements of the root nodule bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1939, 37: 161-85, incl. 3 pi.— Williams. J. W. Growth of microorganisms in shake cultures under increased oxygen and carbon dioxide tensions. Growth, Ithaca, 1939, 3: 21-33.------The nature of gel mediums as determined by various gas tensions and its importance in growth of microor- ganisms and cellular metabolism. Ibid., 181-96.—Yosida, N. Nicotinic acid and co-enzyme of respiration as growth-promoting substances for microorganisms. Fukuoka acta med., 1939, 32: 88. ---- Ecology. Deposit of micro-organisms at Southport. Rep. Invest. At- mosph. Pollut. (Gr. Britain Dep. Sc Indust. Res.) 1930. 16: 11.—Lipman, C. B. Living microorganisms in ancient rocks. J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 22: 183-98.—Manns, T. F. Peat organ- isms that slowly liquefy agar. Science, 1916, n. ser., 43: 289.— Meier, F. C, A Lindbergh, C. A. Collecting micro-organisms from the Arctic atmosphere, with field notes and material. So. Month., 1935, 40: 5-20.—Raadt, O. I.. E. de. Over het voor- komen van een tot dusver onbekend microorganisme in het lichaam van den mensch in Nederlandsch-IndiS. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1917, 1: 1604-8.—Shaposhnikov, V. N. [Significance of physiological characteristics in the taxonomy of microorgan- isms; criticism of contemporary classifications] Microbiology, Moskva, 1942, 11: 1-14. ------ [R61e of physiological char- acteristics in the taxonomy of microorganisms; the genetic re- lation of energetic processes] _ Ibid., 1944, 13: 1-22.—Soule, M. H. A microorganism carried by the dust-storm. Science, 1934, 80: 14.—Sternberg, C. Ueber den Einfluss von Licht, Luft und Feuchtigkeit auf das Vorkommen von Mikroorga- nismen in der Aussenwelt. Wien. med. Presse, 1906, 47: 2565- 74.—Trotman, S. R. A new chromogenic organism. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond.. 1909, 28: 1238. ---- Evolution and genetics. Cold Spring Harbor symposia on quanti- tative biology, v. 11: Heredity and variation in microorganisms. 314p. 28cm. Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y., 1946. Lwoff, A. L'evolution physiologique; etude des pertes de fonctions chez les microorganismes. 308p. 25cm. Par., 1944. Bastian, H. C. The forms of lower organisms as dependent upon molecular constitution and environmental conditions. Lancet, Lond.. 1915, 2: 624.—Beijerinck, W. Over het ni- traatferment en over physiologische soortvorming. VersL Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1914, 22: 1163-70. Also Eng. transl., Proc Akad. wet. Amsterdam, sect, sc, 1914, 16: 1211-7.— Chodat, F. Chimie et gene'tique des microorganismes. Chi- mia, Zur., 1949, 3: 53-6.—Pontecorvo, G. Microbiology, bio- chemistry, and the genetics of microorganisms. Nature, I^ond., 1946,157:95. ------ Genetics of microorganisms. Schweis. Zschr. Path. Bakt., 1948, 11: 395-407. ------ New fields in the biochemical genetics of micro-organisms. Biochem. J., Lond., 1949, 44: Suppl., p. xviii.—Tausson, W. O. [Evolution of microorganisms during the geological periods] Arch. biol. nauk, 1936, 43: 267-86. ---- filtrable. See also Virus. Schatjpp, E. *Beitrag zur Methodik der Fil- tration kleinster Korperchen [Konigsberg] 31 p. 20 Hem. Sarata, 1938. Ledingham, J. C. G. Unclassified filtrable microorganisms; historical review and brief statement of the present position. Rep. Proc. Internat. Congr. Microb. (1939) 1940, 175.—Milne, G. R. Filtration of suspensions of micro-organisms through filter paper and 5-on-3 Jena sintered glass filter. Pharm. J., Lond., 1937, 86: 5.— Schmidt-Lange, W., A Hepp, W. Unter- suchungen uber Filtrierbarkeit an Bakteriophagen, Lyssavirus und Diphtheriebazillen. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1940-41, 125: 53-64.—Seiffert, G. Ueber das Vorkommen filtrabler Mikro- organismen in der Natur und ihre Ziichtbarkeit. Zbl Bakt 1. Abt., 1937. 139: 337-42. ' fossil. Deflandre, G. Considerations biologiques sur les microor- ganismes d'origine planctonique conserve's dans les silex de la craie. Bull. biol. France, 1935, 69: 213-44, 5 pi.—Galippe. V., & Soufnand, G. Recherches sur la presence dans les meteorites, les pierres dures, les minerals, le quartz, le granite, le ba«alte, les cendres et les laves volcaniques, d'organites susceptibles de reviviscence et sur leur resistance aux hautes temperatures. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1921, 172: 1252-4.— Moodie, R. L. Thread molds and bacteria in the Devonian. Science, 1920. n. ser., 51.: 14.—Rippel, A. Fossile Mikroorganismen in einem per- mischen Salzlager. Arch. Mikrob., BerL, 1935, 6: 350-8. MICROORGANISM 67 MICROORGANISM ---- Metabolism. Fulmer, E. I., Werkman, C H. [et al.] An index to the chemical action of microorganisms on the non-nitrogenous organic compounds. 198p. 23cm. Springf., 111., 1930. Bibliogr.: p. 167-98. Anslow, W. K., A Raistrick, H. Studies in the biochemistry of micro-organisms; the molecular constitutions of catenarin and erythroglaucin, metabolic products respectively of Helmintho- sporium catenarium Drechsler and of species in the Aspergillus glaucus series. Biochem. J., Lond., 1940, 34: 1124-33.—Aubei, E. Sur le me'thylglyoxal consider comme intermediate au cours de la degradation du glucose par les microorganismes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1926. 183: 572-4.r-Challenger, F., A Ellis, L. The formation of organc-metalloidal compounds by micro- organisms. J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1935, 396; 1936, 264.— Chase, M. W. A microorganism decomposing group-specific A substances. J. Bact., Bait., 1938, 36: 383-90.—Cholodny. N. G. Volatiles evolved by flowers and leaves as a source of nutriment for micro-organisms. C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS, 1944, 43: 71—4.—Cimino, S. La produzione di catalasi da partedei microviventi in rapporto all'eta delle culture. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1947, 23: 230-2.—Clifton, C. E. Oxidative assimila- tion by various microorganisms. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, Amst., 1947, 12: 186-92.—Crablll, C. H., A Reed, H. S. Con- venient methods for demonstrating the biochemical activity of microorganisms, with special reference to the production and activity of enzymes. Biochem. Bull., 1915, 4: 30-44, pi.— Dieckmann, H. Neuere Untersuchungen uber den 0*-Ver- brauch von Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 1 Abt., 1934, 114: 193-211.—Doudoroff, M. On the utilization and synthesis of sucrose and related compounds by some microorganisms. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1945, 4: 241-7.—Franke. Neuere Erkenntnisse mm Stoffwechsel der Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1942-43, 105: 425 (Abstr.)—Frei, W. Oxydation und Zell- teilung bei Mikroorganismen. Schweiz. med. Wscbr., 1947, 77: 23-5.—Grinev, D., A Svitalskaia, N. [R61e of microbes in carbohydrate metabolism and its changes] Vrach. delo, 1928, 11: 547-51.—Hesselink van Suchtelen, F. H. Ueber den Zu- Bammenhang zwischen den thermochemischen Eigenschaften der Verbindungen und der Angreifbarkeit dieser Substanzen fur Mikroorganismen. Ber. Oberhess. Ges. Natur. Heilk., na- turwiss. Abt., 1933, 15: 166-83.—Hutner, S. H. The calcium requirements of purple bacteria, green algae, and Spirodela polyrrhiza. J. Bact.. Bait., 1947, 54: 18.— Karpman, L. [Ob- servations on the production of sulphur hydride by microor- ganisms] Med. dosw., 1936. 21: 255-8.—Kluyver, A. J. At- mung. Caning und Synthese in ihrer gegenseitigen Abhangig- keit. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1930, 1: 181-96.—Loofbourow, J. R., A Morgan, M. N. Investigation of the production of growth-promoting and growth-inhibiting factors by ultra-violet irradiated microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 437-53.— McCloskey, C. M., A Porter, J. R. Utilization of certain rare sugars by microorganisms. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1945, 60: 269-71.—Meewes. K. H. Neuere enzymatische Unter- Buchungen an technisch schadlichen Kleinlebewesen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1939, 144: Beih., 135-8 [Discussion] 138-40.— Meissel, M. N. Hyper- and avitaminosis in micro-organisms. Nature, Lond., 1947, 160: 269.—Nikitinsky, J. Die anaerobe Bindung des Wasserstoffes durch Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1907, 19: 495-9.—Novy, F. G. Respiration of microorganisms. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1932. 17: 731-47.— Perin, A. Contributo sj erimentale alio studio dei microorga- nismi indolgeni. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1921-22, 1: 279-97.— Pickett, M. J. On the relation between the oxidation and assimilation of simple substrates by microorganisms. Abstr. Diss. Stanford Univ. (1942-43) 1943, 18: 26-8.—Pulley, H. C, A Greaves, J. D. An application of the autocatalytic growth curve to microbial metabolism. J. Bact., Bait., 1932, 24: 145- 68.—Rodionova, E. A. [Influence of metabolism products of micro-organisms on the development of others] Arch. biol. nauk, 1930, 30: 335-44.—Sanborn, J. R. Materials manufac- tured by microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 97.— Sickles, G. M. Microorganisms which decompose bacterial carbohydrates. Annual Ren. Div. Laborat. N York State Dep. Health, 1935, 9; passim in subseq. vols.—Simonart, P. Sources d'azote. In his Introduct. microb. gen., Liege, 1947, 44-53.—Smith, E. F. Two sources of error in the determina- tion of gas-production by microorganisms. Science, 1909, n. ser.. 30:224. [Abstr]—Stephenson, M., A Gale. E. F. Metabol- ic processes in micro-organisms. Brit. M. Bull., 1947-48, 5:305- 7.—Tausson, V. O. [Transformation of energy by microorgan- isms] Mikrobiologia. Moskva, 1933. 2: 19-50; 1938, 7: 445- 65.—Verkade, P. E. Ueber die Angreifbarkeit organischer Verbindungen durch Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 2 Abt., 1920, 52: 273-80.—Waksman, S. A. The influence of avail- able carbohydrates upon ammonia accumulation by microor- ganisms. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1917, 39: 1503-12.—Wedberg, S. E., A Rettger, L. F. Factors influencing microbial thermo- genesis. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 23— Wedum, A. G., A Golden, B. L. The carbohydrate gradient of certain microor- ganisms. J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 60: 94-8.—Woods, D. D- Wider aspects of studies of the nutrition of microorganisms. Brit. M. Bull., 1947-48, 5: 308-12.—ZoBell, C. E. Action of microorganisms on hydrocarbons. Bact. Rev., Bait., 1946, 10: 1-49. ---- pathogenic. See Microbe; Micropathology. ---- Physiology. Bushnell, L. D. Micro-organisms and the struggle for ex- istence. Tr. Kansas Acad. Sc, 1945-46, 48: 55-69.—Fischer, H. Physiologische Leistungen primitivster Organismen in ihrer stammesgeschichtlichen Bedeutung. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1921, 55:1-5.—Herman, M. L'infiniment petit vivant. Liege med., 1931, 24: 1589-611.—Hirsch, J. Zum Nachweis von Faktoren, welche die Vermehrung aerober Mikroorganismen beeinflussen. Enzymologia, Amst., 1937, 4: 94-106, ch.—Jen- nings, H. S. The behavior of unicellular organisms. BioL Lect., 1900, 93-112.—Micro-organisms and their environment. Nature, Lond.. 1946, 157: 27.—Mishustin, E. N., A Vasileva, O. I. Termofilnye mikroorganizmy pochvyi prichiny, vyzy- vaiushchie ikh rasprostranenie. Mikrobiologia. Moskva, 1945, 14: 237—43.—Miiller, P. T. Die allgemeinen Lebensbedingun- gen der Mikroorganismen. Erg. Physiol., 1905, 4: 138-83.— Niel, C. B. van [Methods of locomotion of microorganisms] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1927-28, 2: 93-112.—Perec, L. G.t A Mostova, R. S. [Reciprocal action of microorganisms at a distance] Vest, rentg., 1935, 14: 352-5; 1936, 17: 510-8.— Seigneurin, R. Age physique et age physiologique des micro- organismes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 131: 682-5.— Zikes, H. Vergleichende Untersuchungen Uber Sphaerotilus natans (Kiitzing) und Cladothrix dichotoma (Cohn) auf Grand von Reinkulturen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1915, 43: 529-52. ---- Population [and count] Allen, E. S. The accuracy of the dilution method of esti- mating the density of a population of micro-organisms. J. Sc. Iowa Coll., 1931-32, 6: 251-62.—Forster. W. H. C. A simple technique for the enumeration of organisms in any fluid. Lancet, Lond., 1905, 1:1641.—Fortner, H., A Kalmus. H. Die quantitative Darstellung von Protisten und Bakterien mit Hilfe der FUtermethode nach Gimesi. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1928, 45: 61-4.—Hwang, Y. Ueber die Moglichkeiten der logarithm mischen Darstellung der Mikroorganismenzahlen. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1938, 9: 253-67.—Lilly, D. M. A photoelectric method for counting microorganisms. Anat. Rec, 1946, 96: 550.—Reimesch, E. Zur Frage der quantitativen Bestimmung von Mikroorganismen nebst einer neuen diesbezuglichen, all- gemeinen Bestimmungsmethode. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1934- 35, 91: 460-8. ---- Preservation. Resseler, R. Het droog-bewaren van micro- biologische wezens en hun reactieproducten; de droogtechniek. 63p. 24#cm. Brux., 1946. Forms Pt 2, v. 15, M6m. Sect. sc. natur. Inst. col. beige (Collect. 8!) Bushnell, O. A. A simple method for the preservation of bacteria and yeasts by cryochemic means. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 42: 152.—Coupin, H._ Sur la conservation en prepara- tions microscopiques des moisissures et des peronospor^es. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1919, 82: 209.—Gordon, R. E., A Smith. N. R. Preservation of certain microorganisms under paraffin oil. J. Bact., Bait., 1947, 53: 669.—Ibanez, R. Preservaci6n de mi- croorganismos. Rev. san., Madr., 1949, 23: 395-410, 4 pL ---- Resistance and viability. See also Disinfection. Kasimir, I. *Schadliche Einflusse auf Mikro- organismen. 22 p. 8? Konigsb., 1933. Mannozzi-Torini, M., & Vendramini, R. Effetti biologici delle radiazioni sui microorga- nismi. p. 1467-525. 25cm. Roma, 1939. In: Trat. radiobiol. (Balli, R.) Roma. 1939, 3: Banr, M. Studien uber chemische Konstitution und Wir- kung; die Wirkung einiger a, a-Diaryl-/3-amino-athanen auf Bakterien und Protozoen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1924, 42: 651-60.—Bokorny, T. Einwirkung einiger basischer Stoffe auf Keimpflanzen; Vergleich mit der Wirkung auf Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1912, 32: 587-605.—Bortels, H. Meteoro- biologische Reaktionen einiger Mikroorganismen. Ibid., 1942, 105: 305-25.—Brticke, F. Ueber die naturliche Sulfonamidre- sistenz der Mikroorganismen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1948, 60: 89-91.—Chistyakov, F. M. [Effect of temperature on micro- organisms] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1937, 6: 810-24. ------ A Noskova, G. L. [Effect of low temperatures on the develop- ment of microorganisms; effect of low temperatures on the de- velopment of bacteria and yeasts] Ibid., 1938, 7: 565-78.— Dozois, K. P., A Hachtel, F. The influence of heat and storage on the electrophoretic migration velocities of various microorganisms. J. Bact.. Bait., 1935, 30: 473-7.—Dreyer, G., A Walker, E. W. A. Res>stance_ of micro-organisms sus- pended in glycerin or oil to the sterilizing action of heat [Abstr.] Proc. Path. Soc. Gr. Britain, 1912-13. 17: 142.— Frouin. A. Influence des phosphates sur le developpement des microorga- nismes dans les milieux non albuminoldes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1910, 68: 801-3.—Fulmer, E. I., A Buchanan, R. E. Studies MICROORGANISM 68 MICROORGANISM on toxicity. J. Gen. Physiol., 1923-24, 6: 77-89.—G., H. Ueber einige chemische Reaktionen der Mikroorganismen und ihre Bedeutung fiir chemische und biologische Prol leme. Naturwissenschaften, 1913, 1: 981.—Haines, R. B. The freez- ing of microorganisms. Rep. Food Invest. Bd Gr. Britain, 1936, 40.—Hartoch, O., A Kanewskaja, M. Beitrag zur Lehre von der mechanischen Schadigung der Kleinlebewesen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1932-33, 127: 263-8.—Hinterberger, A. Geis- seln und Mvzele unter der Einwirkung von Warme. Ibid., 1921, Orig., 86: 233-5.—Hollaender, A. Modes of action of monochromatic ultraviolet radiation on microorganisms. Rep. Proc. Internat. Congr. Microb. (1939) 1940, 264.—Irwin, J. O. The distribution of the logarithm of survival times when the true law is exponential. J. Hyg., Lond., 1942, 42: 328-33.— Jahnel, F. Ueber das Ueberleben von Trypanosomen und Re- kurrensspirochaten nach Abkiihlung in flussigem Helium bis auf —269,5° C, d. i. 3,7° vom absoluten Nullpunkt entfernt. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1938, 94: 328-41.—Janke, A. Ueber die Ein- wirkung von Radon sowie von Gasteiner Thermalwasser auf Mikroorganismen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1938, 98: 97-109.— Jennings, H. S. Papers on reactions to electricity in unicellu- lar organisms. J. Comp. Neur., 1905, 15: 528-34. ------ Age, death and conjugation in the light of work on lower organ- isms. Harvey Lect., Phila., 1911-12, 7: 256-76— Jennison, M. W. The growth of bacteria, yeasts, and molds in a strong magnetic field. J. Bact., Bait., 1937, 33: 15.—Jettmar, H. M. Ueber das Vorkommen von Mikroorganismen hochster Thermo- resistenz in der Natur. Abh. Hyg., 1936, H. 22, 1-58.—Jong, D. A. de. Micro-organismes et basses temperatures. Arch. neerl. physiol., 1922, 7: 588-91.—Kanunnikova, Z. A. [Action of the high frequency field on certain microorganisms] In: Biol, deist, ultravys. chast. (Kupalov, P. S., et al.) Moskva, 1937, 294-301.—Khalil, F. The effect of drying on the micro- biological processes in soils. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1929, 79: 93-107.—Kossarev, V. A., A Koshelev, V. I. [Effect of chloro- picrin on vegetable microorganisms] Eksp. vet., Moskva, 1926, 3: 3-9.—Levine, A. S., A Fellers, C. R. The inhibiting effect of acetic acid with sodium chloride and sucrose on microorgan- isms. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 17.—McFarlane, V. H. Be- havior of microorganisms at subfreezing temperatures; influence of sucrose and hydrogen-ion concentrations. Food Res., 1941, 6:481-92.—Marrassini, A. A proposito di alcuni procedimenti sperimentali, fondamentali, nella valutazione della attivita svolta dalla enorgia raggiante sui microorganismi. Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1937, 16: 794.—Matuda, M., A Wakahara, H. Tyoonpa sayS no biseibutu ni oyobosu eikyo ni kansuru zikken- teki kenkyu [supersonic effect] Igaku A seibutugaku, 1944, 5: 461-3.—Metalnikov, S., A Jakimash, A. Action du rayonne- ment radioactif sur la multiplication et sur la structure des microorganismes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1940, 64: 47-54. ------A Jadov, O. Action du rayonnement radioactif sur la multiplication et la structure des microbes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1939, 208: 605; 1692.—Moiler, L. Die Einwirkung von Dicy- andiamid auf das Wachstum verschiedener Mikroorganismen. Biochem. Zschr., 1918, 88: 85-96.—Morton, H. E. The sur- vival of microorganisms in fixed and stained preparations. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1939, 9: Suppl., 68-70.—Nadson, G. Sur T ac- celeration du tempo de la vie et le vieillissement premature1 chez les organismes infeneurs sous l'influence des rayons X et du radium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 1585.—Pickett, M. J., A Clifton, C. E. The effect of selective poisons on the utili- zation of glucose and intermediate compounds in microorgan- isms. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1943, 22: 147-65.—Rippel, A., A Heilmann, F. Quantitative Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung der Kohlensiiure auf Heterotrophen. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1930, 1: 119-36.—Sabalichka. T., A Dietrich, K. R. Ueber das Verhalten von Mikroorganismen im luftverdiinnten Raum. Apothekerzeitung, 1926, 41: 68.—Salle, A. J., A Morrison, J. L. Studies on the virulence of organisms. J. Immun., Bait., 1939, 36: 385-94.—Schopfer, W. H. Recherches sur Taction des produits animaux sur le developpement d'un micro- organisme (Phycomyces) Taction du lait. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1937, 8: 231-43.—Schumacher, J., A Liese, W. Ueber den Abbau der Mikroorganismen in vivo. Zschr. Hyg., 1926, 106: 28-35.—Shillinglaw, C. A. Effect of carbon dioxide and acids on survival of micro-organisms. J. Sc Iowa Coll., 1941- 42, 16: 132.^Slater, C. The effect of disruptive discharges and high-tension and high-frequency electrical currents on microorganisms. Rep. Clin. Res. Laborat. George Hosp., Lond., 1910, 58-65.—Soshestvensky, N. A., A Sisov, P. V. [Effect of chloropicrin on sporogenic microorganisms] Eksp. vet., Moskva, 1926, 3: 10.—Stille, B. Ueber den Verlauf des Absterbens von Mikroorganismen bei wiederholtem Gefrieren. Arch. Mikrob., Berl., 1942-43, 13: 293-300.—Tanner, F. W., A Appling, J. W. Bactericidal effect of ultraviolet rays on non-spore forming bacteria and mold spores. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.. 1941, 47: 47-51.—Tanner, F. W., A Houston, C. W. Survival of microorganisms in physiological sodium chloride solutions and in distilled water. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1940, 102: 353-61.—Tanner. F. W., A Wallace, G. I. Effect of freezing on microorganisms in various menstrua. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1931. 39: 32-4.—Teternik, D. M. [Effect of sugar and alcohol on the viability of various microflora in hematogenj Vopr. pitan., 1939, 8: 106-10.—Trigg, C, A Stanly, G. L. Some effects of plant growth-regulating sub- Btances on microorganiBms. Ohio J. Sc, 1948. 48: 49-55.— T'ung, T. Recent studies on the effect of photo-dynamic ac- tion on microorganisms. Chin. M. J., Supol., 1940, 3: 304- 20, pi.—Werkman, C. H. Factors influencing the thermal death time of microorganisms. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sc. 1928, 35: 97.—Wertheim, H. Ueber die Beeinflussung von Lebens- vorgiingen der Mikroorganismen durch die Bestrahlung mit Kurzwellen und Ultrakurzwellen. Wien. klin. W?chr.. 1937, 50: 1296-300.—Worth, W. A., jr. A McCabe, A. M. Differ- ential effects of 2,4-D on aerobic, anaerobic, and facultative anaerobic microorganisms. Science, 1948, 108: 16-8. ---- Size and weight. Dervichian, D. Sur les dimensions des microoriranismes consid<5rees a Techelle moleculaire. Vet. Bull., Lond., 1943, 13: 207 (Abstr.)—Hinkelmann, A. J. Micro-organic weight. Illinois M. J.. 1916, 29: 202-6.— Lange, L. B. The dimensions of dividing microorganisms. J. Bact., Bait., 1927, 14: 275-8. ---- Staining. Babes, V. Ueber safraninophile Mikroorganismen. Bull. Acad, roumain., sect, sc, 1916-17, 5: 211-5.—Brossa. G. A. Assorbimento di sostanze coloranti per mezzo di microrga- nismi. Igiene mod.. 1921, 14: 194-9.—Burdon, K. L. Fatty ma- terial in bacteria and fungi revealed by staining dried, fixed slide preparations. J. Bact., Bait., 1946. 52: 665-78.—Callerio, C. Ricerche col metodo di Feulgen su alcuni micro organismi. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia. 1938, 52: 747-53, pi.—Fischel, R. Beroerkungen zu den Methoden der Mikroorganismenfarbung von Waelsch und von Kraus. Arch. Derm. Syph., Bei I., 1905, 76: 399-402.—Gray, P. H. H. A solution for staining differ- entially the spores and vegetative cells of micro-organisms. Canad. J. Res., 1941, 19: Sec. C, 95-8.—Hatcher, J. Gram positive and negative organisms. Brit. J. Nurs., 1942, 90: 16.—Hoffmann, E. Einfache Dauerfarbung von Hautpilzen und Mikroorganismen mit Azureosinglycerin. Klin. Wfchr., 1938, 17: 1622.—Krajian, A. A. A new and rapid staining method for Gram-positive and Gram-negative organisms in frozen and paraffin sections. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 1602-6.—Maneval, W. E. Staining bacteria and yeasts with acid dyes. Stain Techn., 1941, 16: 13-9.—Mazza, S. Sobre las ventajas del nuevo metodo llamado de la imagen brillante de Hoffman para la observaci6n de microorganismos coloreados en campo obscuro. Rev. As. m£d. argent., 1921, 34: Sect. Soc. med. intern., 372-81.— Muller, H. E., A Cher- mock, R. L. A rapid staining technique for acid-fast organ- isms. J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1945, 30: 169-71.—Neumann, F. Ueber Geisseldarstellung bei Mikroorganismen im Dunkelfeld, mit Lichtbildern, mikrokinematographischen Demonstrationen von Infusorien, Trypanosomen und Bakterien, sowie Lebend- vorfiihrung begeisselter Proteusbazillen. Arch. Schiffs Tropen- hyg., 1926, 30: Beih. 1, 125-32.—Nitzsche. P. Verwendung kolloidaler Metalle an Stelle der Tusche bei Burri-Praparaten. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1912. 63: Orig., 575.—Patocka, F., A Ilavsky, J. [New method in staining microorganisms] Cas. \ik. cesk., 1937. 76: 1457-60.—Piffard, H. G. A new staining method for microorganisms. N. York M. J., 1907, 86: 965.— Pinner, M. Atypical acid-fast microorganisms. Tr. Nat. Tuberc. Ass., N. Y., 1935, 31: 147. ---- Suspension. See also Vaccine. Stier, T. J. B. A perfusion method for suspensions of micro- organisms. Am. J. Physiol., 1940. 129: 475.—Williams, R. J., McAlister, E. D., A Roehm, R. R. A rapid and accurate method for determining the quantity of yeast or other micro- organisms in a suspension. J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 83: 315-20. ---- Therapeutic use. See also Antibiotic; Vaccine, etc. Merck & Company. Bactericidal substances derived from microorganisms; annotated biblio- graphy. 47 1. 27>£cm. Railway, 1942. Florey, H. W. The use of micro-organisms for therapeutic purposes. Brit. M. J., 1945, 2: 635-42. Also Produits pharm., 1946, 1: 373-8. Also Sem. meU, B. Air., 1946, 53: pt 2, 377- 84. Also Yale J. Biol., 1946-47, 19: 101-17, pi. ---- Type collection. See also under Bacteria. Catalogue of the National Collection of Type Cultures, maintained by the Council at the Lister Institute of Preventive Medicine. 4. ed. 159p. 8? Lond., 1936. Forms No. 214, Spec. Rep. Ser. Med. Res. Counc. Gegenwartige (Der) Bestand der Kralschen Sammlung von Microorganismen, October 1901. 37p. 8? Praha, 1901. Gundel, M. Die Typenlehre in der Mikro- biologie; ihre Grundlagen und ihre Bedeutung fur die Epidemiologic, Klinik und Therapie. 192p. 8? Jena, 1934. Pribram, E. Der gegenwartige Bestand der vormaligen Kralschen Sammlung von Mikroor- ganismen. 148p. 8? Wien, 1919. MICROORGANISM 69 MICROPATHOLOGY Catalogue of type cultures [England] J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107: 1575.—Collection of cultures of micro-organisms. Brit. Sc. News, 1947—48, 1: No. 7, 21.—Collections of micro-organ- isms. Nature, Lond., 1946, 157: 360.—Conference on culture collections of micro-organisms in London. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1947, 16: 374.—Dmitrevskaia, N. A. |History of the Museum of Living Cultures] In: Mat. istor. Vsesoiuzn. inst. eksp. med. Gorky, Moskva, 1941, 1: 143-6.—Green, R. The collection of type cultures maintained in the Division of Bacteriology, Institute for Medical Research. Annual Rep. Inst. M. Res., Kaula Lumpur (1936) 1937, 53-60.—Hauduroy, P. The collection center for microbic types at the School of Medicine of Lausanne. Med. Times, N. Y., 1946, 74: 243- 6.—National (The) collection of tvpe cultures. Lancet, Lond., 1925, 2: 1086.—Prevot, A. R., A Bonneroi, A. Le centre de collection de types microbiens. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1947, 73: 280-5.—St John-Brooks, R. The National Collection of Type Cultures. Brit. M. Bull., 1944, 2: 284-6. ---- Use. See also subheadings (Biological role; Thera- peutic use) Marchal, J. G., A Thomas, P. Un indicateur biologique du fer constitue1 par les produits de secretion d'un microorganisme chromogene. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1944, 138: 168.—Marshal, C. E. The technical application of microorganisms to agricul- ture. Science, 1915, 42: 257-64. ---- Variability. Bordet, J., A Bordet, P. Le role du calcium dans la disso- ciation microbienne. Schweiz. Zschr. Path. Bakt., 1941, 4: 321-31.—Gause, G. F. [Variation and heredity among micro- scopic organisms] Usd. sovrem. biol., 1945, 19: 132-4.—Kor- shikov, A. A. On some new organisms from the groups Volvo- cales and Protococcales, and on the genetic relations of these groups. Arch. Protistenk., 1926, 55: 439-503, 9 pi.—Krasil- nikov, N. A. [Individual variability of microorganisms] J. obshch. biol., Moskva, 1943,4:15-27.—Maccolini.R. Variabili- dad y especificidad de los microorganismos. Farmalecta, B. Air., 1947-48, 2: 75; 109.—Petri, L. Les saltations des mi- crorganismes et leur signification biologique. Bol. Sez. ital. Soc internaz. microb., 1930, 2: 260-94.—Pontecorvo, G., A White, M. J. D. Heredity and variation in micro-organisms. Nature, Lond.. 1946, 158: 363.—Souknev, V. V. [Variability of microorganisms according to the Marx-Lenin theory] Vest. mikrob., 1932, 11:3-16. MICROPARASITOLOGY. See also Bacteriology; Microbe; Microbiology; Microorganism; Parasitology. Dougherty, J. M., & Lamberti, A. J. A textbook of bacteriology and immunology. 360p. 25cm. S. Louis, 1946. Gotschlich, E., & Schurmann, W. Tratado prdctico de microparasitologfa y serologic, con- siderando especialmente los metodos de investi- gacidn que se exponen en los cursos de bacterio- logia. 2. ed. 355p. 23#cm. Madr., 1932. Gtjndel, M. G. P. Grundriss der Mikropara- sitologie und der Infektionskrankheiten. 2. Aufl. 214p. 22cm. Lpz., 1944. Logan, W. R. Bacteriology and protozoology; in medicine and public health. 5. ed. 2 pts in 1 v. 155 p. 18J4cm. Edinb., 1945. Polettini, B., & Severi, R. Lezioni di micro- parassitologia umana. 553p. 24}£cm. Padova, 1938. . Steinhatjs, E. A. Insect microbiology; an ac- count of the microbes associated with insects and ticks with special reference to the biologic rela- tionships involved. 763p. 24cm. Ithaca, 1947. VIsokovich, V. K., & KleIn, B. I. Mikro- parazitologia. p. 471-542. 8? S. Peterb., 1911. In: Osnov! klin. diag. (Levin A Visokovich) Doetschman, W. H. Some suggestions in microtechnique particularly useful in microentomology and parasitology. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1944, 63: 175-8.—Eisenstein, V. W. Ills, pills and bills; Alice's adventures in germ-land or through the micro-glass. Phi Del